"BOTANICAL GAZETTE
reaenmieeeietaiatemnnaaedl
EDITORS:
M. COULTER, Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind. CHARLES R. BARNES, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. J. C. ARTHUR, N. Y. Agric. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y.
VOLUME X1
1886 CRAWFORDSVILLE, INDIANA + PUBLISHED BY THE EDITORS. ae
sence a ies
ees
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Ce
Asa Gray (portrait) . j : . Charles R. Barnes. Birthday Congratulations Pollen-spores of Tradescantia Vincues (plats 1)
J. M. Coulter and J. N. Rose.
A new larval Entomophthora (plate m) =. J. @. Arthur. Some Arctic grasses (plate 111) . . F. Lamson Scribner. The Life and Labors of Linnezus. : . A. P. Morgan. Notes on the flora of eastern Virginia. . Lester F. Ward.
Development of the root in Botrychium ternatum (plate rv)
ouglas H. Campbell.
On some recent notes and descriptions of Eriogonex in Pro-
ceedings of the California Academy of Sciences
C. C. Parry.
Botanizing in Texas . Mildews of Indiana
Edward Tuckerman—
J. N. Rose.
I. Biographical Sketch. : . Prof. Goodell. II. Bibliographical Sketch . . . Henry Willey.
Revision of North American Hypericaceze
54 J. Reverchon. 56, 211 60
73 74
John M. Coulter. 78, 106
Origin of the flora of Indiana Harvey Thomson. 88 Scribneria, gen. nov. (plate v) : E. Hackel. 105 A trip to Willoughby Lake, Vt. . : "Walter Deane. 112 Specimens and Te me rma . page Mirtindale J. W. Chickering, C. E. Bos, W. Chapman, Be. Cray J . Davis, C. E.
Smith, Gerald McCarthy.
. 129
iv BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
How to collect certain plants (Ill.)_. f : : . 135
Cactuses. . : Geo. orga Parasitic fungi : . A. B. Seymour Willows. . é T. S. Beb : E. W. D. Holway Catices:; . i i, H. Bailey, i Marine algve (2 ALB, Herve
rasses . FL. Fresh water alge . Francis Wolle ba ' Thomas Mor ong, - or : ill — ; ; Eloise Butler Mosses . E. A. Rau, Clara E. Cummings — Nos W. A Farlow Chara Slime, moti A. Rex Lichen F.L. Sargent Bacteria. ; “Willian Trelease Fleshy fungi. : AP. Morgan Yeasts : W. G. Farlow
C. H. "Peck, H. W. Ravenel
The ony Herbarium of Harvard University, a s)
harles R. Barnes. 151 The National Herbarium at oe George Vasey. 153 The genus Asimina . Asa Gray. 161 Revision of North teens species of Nave (plate v1)
ns
Thomas Morong. 16 Gras-es of Yellowstone National Park. I. F. LZ. Seribner and Frank Tweedy. 169 Outline for study of chemical botany . — Lillie J. Martin. 178 The flora of our southwestern archipelago. Wm. 8. Lyon. 157, 330 Structure and distribution of the resin-passages of white pine (plate vin) : : tta L. Knowles. 206 Notes on Campanula ee : : Oe W. Barton. 208 Botany at the American Association . ivoee Botanical Club of the American kaeeonias 5 ‘ . 224 Entertainment of the Botanists at Buffalo
4 ; ; , 229 Essay toward a revision of Dodecatheon —. .Asa Gray, 231 The Development of the Gymnosporangia of the United States . ‘ . W. G. Farlow, 234
The theory of i pee Pia joulaesan diseases. D. E. Salmon, 241 Memoranda of a revision of North American Violets. Asa Gray, 253, 289 Synopsis of North American pines, based on leaf anatomy (plate viz) . John M. Coulter and J. N. Rose. 256, 302 Notes on the mode of pollination of Asclepias (plate vim) rles 1
yertson. 262
— Certain a constituents of plants cousiccad in relation
to their morphology and evolution Helen C. DeS. Abbott. 270
TABLE OF CONTENTS. Vv The relative value of cultures in liquid and solid media in the diagnoses of bacteria . . Theobald Smith. 294 Botanical character of the black rot, Physstoapore Bidwellii, Sacc. (plate rx). F. Lamson Seribner, 297 The bulliform or hygroscopic solic of grasses os sedges compared (plate xX) : ‘ ‘ V. J. Beal. 321 Hierochloa borealis F a Deane. 326 Notes on Care®—VIII ees (plate x1) L. H. Bailey, Jr. 328 BRIEFER ARTICLES— Anemone nudicaulis n. sp... dct Pts : Asa Gray. 17 Dispersion of some tree seeds . . ‘ ; ‘ ete Js Beal. 17 Anemonella thalictroides : ; : ‘ ‘ i Asa Gray. 39 Edmond Boissier . i : . ‘ epee de A syn 39 Sections of native woot = 4 40 he tumble weed of the west Sit ¥ alee C. E. Bessey. 41 Aspidinm vere Swe. i: euglthiie ani ele T. J. W. airing 63 A cheap camera : : d : “ ; ‘ 4 oo J.R. Lowrie . : i , ‘ ‘ « ho Porter... 64 Primula Cusickiana , Gray ; C teline dole ds BE oer. ot On me obation of authorities. a , ; . .« Gen. Bentham. 91 Thalictrum 2 : = « Wm. Tretease. 92 The pen Tulas ‘ : see . W. G. Farlow. 93 The gr aa’ of Coulter's Manual . ; ; . F. Lamson bt pia 95 Seas on 2 ; Tasey. 116 On the oka eiiens of species in Cacti hs An aasiea, bee Yarn. M47 Herbarium notes in back num ‘ : : i ; . 156 Mounting delicate nan : : : ak Seym . 156 Liqnid fish glue ase ed. eee 157 ree eet of thick specimens cS Trelease C. E. Bessev. 157 Cal ni Obiapoenetes n. *P- cae wd: irae 80 Ara i : ‘ . ZL. G. Yates. 181 Vimithkth Dp. oe: eee Tuckerman ead i ne a spaen bols 1 ee Vancouveria . ‘ ; : : Z é : . Asa Gray. 182 How to make pockets (ay ) C. R. Barnes, 183 nical d ‘ ; E. J. Hill. 183 Collecting fossil plan pened on Ayelet dhortey.. 4A Drying plants out of pee in wet weather 5 : . John Macoun. 185 Herbarium cases (III. C. E. Bessey, Win lease. 186 alis aurea and its allies : ‘ . Asa Gray. 188 Development of Reestelize frou Gymmosporangia W. G. Farlow. 189 The Arillus in Asimi Asa Gray. 190 Gymnosporangium macropus on Pyras coronaria . B.D. Halsted. 190 Notes on Arisema triphyllum : omas Meehan, 217 Dr. sake A 8 Seite to the Cerestes) club . ‘ ; . .Asa Gray. 245 Orange scab F. Lamson Scribner. 246 Expu wisi ee ey ‘seeds 0 f Sporobolus cryptandras (IL) . Wd. Beal. 247 The biology of timber trees with special relate to the requirements . B. E. Fernow. 247 An aerate ‘Peronospora plate vit. op ae BEY aS i 272 John Goldie, gardener and bo Va. 2 6 ale hee mmole . . °... « « (Jehu Deindl Sk 24
vi BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
BRIEFER ARTICLES— Continued—
Testa of the seeds of Sdyctnagnatg (plate vim.) . . Chas. U. Stockbarger. 274 Some notes on Hyp hn M. Coulter. 275 How the hamble ei parece nectar from Physostegia Virginiana. J. Schneck. 276 Home-made bacteria — (Il1.) T. J. Burrill. 276 A case in teratolo A. Crozier. 3 Puccinia Malvacearum in Massachus G. Farl 09 Making ings with a dissecting 2 a (Il 1.) F. L. Scribner. 310 Plan for emaaads work in chemical botany (IIl.) “Lillie J. Martin. 311 Some addi a to the sylva of North pene a y Chas. S. Sargent. 313 New Gra Poe George Pon 337 Ambrosia s bidentata ak trifida. x i ‘ : . Asa Grav. 338 partie nse in Indiana ° ; i : Rose. 338 eorge Martin : : js : : reer fered ad "Rothrock. 338 Pec new Californian plan Volney Rattan, 338 A oe gta ae ment in Naboratory practice Byron D. Halsted. 339 Alaskan p F. H. Knowlton. 340
EDITORIAL ‘ 18, 41, 65, 97, 118, 157, 191, 248, 279, 315, 340 NICAL GAZETTE.— Plant teudshowa and botany.—Treatment of -
siccate.—Citation of authorities. Ripene topacage for botanical research.— Lite ture of ice: och “a ed.—The sketches of Dr. Asa Gray.—The Ga — the port
“amepe ns ae and wor' .-A botanical jection of ‘hie Ake®: "S—Re
Sistinent stations.— Physiological botany in Am
contributions.— Botanical activity.— Recognition of reat an wor ak.
OPEN nee 20, 43, 67, 98, 120, 192, 250, 281, 316, 341
Seeds wanted. Asa Gray The dispensaries 6 ee A Phallu M. B. Flint
The Agriceliatel department.
Some yeh ; Botany at Harv Reverchon’s texan oy
Has ies ad Franklin Collins W. G. Farlow
FE. Davenport tlue for = herbarium, W. W. Bailey rofun Bail:
Quisqu Nasturtium lecuutre pt v2 M Bailey, ge . double — Z os. F. James \ rrangeme of herbarium. Ww. J. Beal Tamarack “ipa Thomson li
C I I I begins L é " Fertilization of Cinpaaeln:
Barnes
Pe sepervins ght * ec Coulter jiquid glue . . H. Oyster Concerning 1. . W. W. Bailey
Arrangement of herbaria Wm. Trelease,
W. W. Bail Ee . H. Knowlton
asic ieoy and a dredge Thos. Morong
n the he ae waa W. Bailey ne
F. Sinteni’s Puerto- Rico ar . Urban
Spores of Pilobolus Ww. J. Beal iola tricolor, var. arvensis. os. P. Hari be aiming substances within scieaal - Brayton ines rs Botanical Club N. J. Colman Second bloom ing of Salix humilis. iver A. Farwell
Orientation of cassia leaflets. W. W. Bailey Eupatorium exinene J. Franklin Collins
TABLE OF CONTENTS. vil
CURRENT LITERATURE. . 21, 44, 68, 99, 121, 194, 218, 282, 317, 341 Bausch’s “ Manipulation with the microscope Fe: ck’s “ Report of the
botanist Peis e’s “ "Synopsis ve the inet ages ga n’s “ Revision of Cana-
dian Raaunculacee.”—Coulter’s “ Man of Roc a - Moeetata Botan 7
Zopi’s “Zur ee und Biologie io Pilzthiere.”—Gray’s “Sup- plement and Indexes to Synoptical Flora.”—Allen’s “ English Worthies: ig r eff bs } n he
$ see i r. and Coulter’s ‘“ Hand-book of oa daeeciton,” ary’s “ Vorlesungen tiber Bacterien.”—Hueppe’s “ Die Methoc en der Bacterien- a g” and English Fup
sses. —— Watson
i Co) togams, n hysiolog Dra gendorff’s * Plant chet ema Me gy ibe: and Wilson’s “General biology.”— 8 Synopsi of North American Cari sone AND cicero . 22, 47, ae 103, 125, 158, 195, 219, 251, 286, 319, 342
BoranicareG
Vou, XI. JANUARY, 1886. No. 1.
Asa Gray.
BY CHARLES R. BARNES. (WITH PLATE A.)
Asa Gray was born in Sauquoit, Paris township, Oneida Co., N. Y., on the 18th of November, 1810. His father had been ap- prenticed to a tanner and currier and must have been still work- ing at the trade when this eldest child was born, for the little house which was his home stood on the tannery premises, and
where his father established a tannery. Here the monotonous oceupation of feeding the bark-mill and driving the old horse that turned it was assigned to the child.
His schooling began at the age of three years, and at six or seven he was a champion speller in the numerous “‘ matches ” that enlivened the district school. Later, he attended, for a year or two, a “ select ” school taught at Sauquoit by the village pastor’s son, and at twelve or thereabouts he was sent to the Clinton Grammar School. Here he stayed two years. His summer va- cations were spent in the hay or corn-fields, for his father had begun to buy up the Jand cleared by the Furnace Co. for char- coal, and to turn his attention to farming. After leaving the Clin- ton school he went, in October, 1825, to the academy at Fairfield, |
mt
Herkimer Co., seven miles north of Little Falls, where he re-
~
2 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Jan.
mained a year. His father, who thought an investment in land
better than one in a collegiate education for his son, persuaded him to begin at once the study of medicine. He therefure entered the “ Medical ‘College of the Western District ” (located at Fair- field) in the autumn of 1826, whose courses of lectures in chem- istry he had attended the year before while at the academy. The annual sessions were very short.
In the spring and summer of 1827 he studied with Dr. Priest, of Sauquoit, returning to the medical school inautumn. In that winter, 1827-8, he chanced to read the article Botany in Brew- ster’s Edinburgh Encyclopedia. He was greatly interested, bought Eaton’s Manual and read its pages eagerly, longing for spring. He sallied forth early, discovered a plant in bloom, brought it home and found its name in the Manual to be Clay- tonia Virginica, the species Caroliniana to which the plant really belonged, not being distinguished then. In the same spring he became a pupil of Dr. John F. Trowbridge, of Bridgewater, with
zled him, hoping to get assistance from Professor Hadley. He
These botanical studies continued to oceupy his leisure. In the summer of 1829 he collected largely, and in the summer of
In the latter part of May and June he delivered his first course of lectures on botany, Dr. Beck, who had been lecturing
_ previously, having given up the engagement. With the money
~~
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 3
thus earned, he made a collecting tour through western New ork, going as far as Buffalo and Niagara Falls. About this time he received an appointment as teacher of chemistry, botany, geology and mineralogy ina private school for boys in Utiea, controlled by a Mr. Bartlett. is first summer vacation was spent ina trip through southern New York, Pennsylvania and New Jersey, collecting plants, fossils and minerals. At Bethle- hem he spent a day with Bishop Schweinitz. Arriving in New York City, in September, m met Dr. Torrey for the first time, and went with him ona collecting trip to Tom’s River, N.. uring the next summer he was employed by Dr. "Torrey to collect in the “ pine barrens” of New Jersey, and the regions about Little Egg Harbor, Wading River and Quaker Bridge were scoured by him. On one of his excursions he fell in with an entomologist who proved to be Major Le Conte. Many of the plants which he collected in this locality came into possession 0 reene, and are to be met with in various herbaria labeled “Coll. Greene.” The winter was spent at the Bartlett school, but the spring saw him on another collecting tour along the Black river, During the summer he gave a course 0 ectures on min- eralogy and botany at Hamilton College, Clinton, N. Y., for Professor Hadley.
In the autumn he gota furlough from the Bartlett school in order that he might be Dr. Torrey’s assistant in chemistry in the medical school at New York. During this winter, 1834-5 (?), he lived with Dr. Torrey, and worked all the spare time in his herbarium. At this time he issued the first century of “ Gra- mine and Cyperacee of North America.” In December, 1834, he read his first paper before the New York Lyceum of Natural History, entitled: “A Monograph of N. Am. Rhynchospore,” and a second one, “A notice of some new, rare or otherwise in- ames plants from the northern and western portions of the
\. Y.” In February or March he returned to his school york ! apes but the summer again found him collecting plants and minerals in northeastern New York.. An account of the min- erals then ee forms his first contribution to the American Journal of Scie
He exp Sotat fs return to New York in the fall, as Dr. Tor- rey’s silient and to this end had resigned his pattie in the Bartlett school. But the autumn brought a letter from Dr. rey saying that the prospects of the school were so poor that he could not afford to employ him. Nevertheless he went to New York, assisted Torrey as he had opportunity, and issued the sec-
d century of “ Graminez.’
4 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Jan-
In the summer of 1835 he returned to his father’s home with some books received from Dr. Lehmann, of Hamburg, in ex- si for plants. In this summer he planned and partly —
«Elements of Botany,” and when he retarned to New < in ale autumn, arranged for its publication. It appeared in hha ; 1836. In the fall of this year he was appointed curator of the collections of the New York Lyceum of Natural History, and in its new building he made his home. There he wrote two papers:
“Remarks on the structure and affinities of the Ceratophyl- lacexe ” and “ Melanthacearum Am. Sept. Revisio,” both of which were published in 1837. As the duties of his curatorship were light, and he had time on his hands, Gray took hold of the work of making a preliminary revision of some of the orders for the Flora of North America, which had been planned by Torrey. He was at this time awaiting the sailing of the exploring expe- dition to the South Pacific, to which he had been appointed botanist in the summer of 1836. The departure was long de- layed. When the “ Wilkes Expedition” finally sailed it was with a smaller fleet and a reduced staff. In the meantime (1838) Dr. Gray was elected professor of Natural History in the just- organized University of Michigan, and when the staff of the Wilkes expedition was to be diminished he resigned in favor of the assistant botanist, Wm. Rich.
As in the year or more in which he had been working at it, Dr. Gray had sonny oa so much work, Dr. Torrey invited him to become joint author of the Flora of North America. In July, 1838, the first 08 and in October, 1838, the second part of this work was issued. Having gotten so far, it was necessary to consult the American collections in European herbaria. Dr. Gray therefore asked a year’s leave of absence from the Univer- sity of Michigan, that he might go to a urope. This was grant- ed, and a considerable sum of money was placed in his hands by the trustees to be expended in uitehanilig books for the infant University.
He sailed in November, 1838, and went at once to Glasgow, where he was the guest of Dr. W. J. Hooker. In England he consulted various public and private herbaria, and met Arnott, Greville, Graham, Balfour, Boott, Bentham, Robert Brown, Ben-
nett, Lambert, Lindley, Bauer, Ward, Menzies and others. In March, 1839, he crossed to the continent and made an extensive tour of the principal points of interest, keeping in mind always the chief object of his visit. In Paris he met Mirbel, Adrien Jussieu, Brongniart, Decaisne, Spach, A. Richard, Montagu ue,
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 5
Gaudichaud, Delessert, Jacques Gay and Boissier ; at Lyons, Se- ringe; at Montpelier, Delile and Dunal; at Vienna, Endlicher and Fenzl; at Munich, Martius and Zuccarini; at Geneva, the De Candolles and Reuter; at Halle, Schlechtendal; at Berlin, Klotzsch, Kunth, Link and Ehrenberg; and at Hamburg, his early correspondent, Lehmann. His letters to Dr. Torrey, which contain a complete account of his journey and doings, are still in existence.
When he returned, late in 1839, he fuund matters at Michi- gan University still in a somewhat chaotic condition, and the trustees were willing to extend his furlough. Accordingly he
Mts. in North Carolina. In January, 1842, he made his first visit to Boston, as the guest of B. D. Greene. While there he made the acquaintance of President Quincy of Harvard College, and in April the Fisher Professorship of Natural History was tendered him. This he accepted, and went to Cambridge in July. This position he holds to the present time.
At Cambridge he devoted his time to the reorganization of the botanic garden and the necessary instruction of students, giv- ing whatever time he could command to continued study of the voluminous and important collections which poured in from all sides, especially from the government surveys of new territory and the assiduous work of individual collectors. The results of this study, of the highest importance, are embodied in various memoirs in different publications. This embarrassment of riches caused the suspension of the Flora of North America.
“Manual” appeared. When the Wilkes Expedition returned, all its material was put into his hands. The report on these col- lections forms a large quarto volume with an atlas of one hund- red royal folio plates. It is not possible, however, to enumerate even the most important of his writings since 1842. They are scattered through the American Journal of Science (of which he
1 Pages 185-400 were issued in the spring of 1842, and the remainder of vol. ii in Feb- Tuary, 1843.
6 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Jan
became associate editor in 1853), the Annals of the N. Y.
Lyceum of Natural History, the Memoirs and Proceedings of the American Academy, Hooker’s Journal of Botany, the Jour- nal of the Linnean Society, the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, the North American Review, the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, the American Naturalist, and the BoTan- ICAL GAZETTE.
Every one is familiar with the text-books, passing through
many editions, which have made his name a household word, and which fully demonstrate that scientific truths can be popularized without being distorted or transformed into errors. Many learned societies of this country and Europe have honored themselves and
im by electing him to membership and to offices of honor. For over fifty years he has been a member of the oldest natural his- tory society in Europe, Academia Ces. Leopoldino-Carolinee Na- ture Curiosorum, from which he received, on the fiftieth anniver- sary of his election, a letter of congratulation.
In 1864, his offer to Harvard University of the immense and’ priceless herbarium which he had accumulated, on condition that a fire-proof building be erected to contain it, was accepted and
the herbarium building put up. The special library attached to the herbarium, consisting of nearly 5,000 volumes, and over 3,000 pamphlets, i is very lar gely due to his generosity.
Since 1873, at which time he retired from the work of instruc-. tion, he has devoted himself rao oy to the preparation of the Synoptical Flora of North America, a work which will represent, when complete, the greater pie of the labor of a lifetime. No
continue until he has finished this masterpiece of scholarly fever ing and critical acumen.
Birthday Congratulations. VERSITY OF Mic SECRETARY’s OFFICE, ANN ARBOR, ie conher 16, 1885. Professor Asa Gray, M. D., LL. D., Cambridge, Mass.: My Dear Sir:
The Senate of the University of Michigan wish, as a body, to be represented among the many friends who will join in pay- ing their respects to you on your approaching seventy-fifth birth- day, and to that et has adopted a congratulatory address, of
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 7
which I have the honor, as Secretary of the University Senate, herewith to transmit to you a copy.
At the same time, allow me to recall the privilege I had, more than a quarter of a century ago, of sitting under your instruction, and personally to extend to you my most cordial greetings and congratulations, Very respectfully yours,
W. H. Perrer.
[Congratulatory Address, adopted by the Senate of the University of Michi- gan, November 9, 1885.] - To Professor Asa Gray, M. D., LL. D.:
The Senate of the University of Michigan, mindful of the approach of the seventy-fifth anniversary of your birth, take great pleasure in sending you their greetings on the occasion. We congratulate you that life and health and usefulness have been prolonged till three-quarters of a century have passed over your head Ye entertain the hope that many years of activity yet remain.
With our congratulations we beg to give expression to a lively sentiment of gratitude for services rendered to your chosen science during a long and devoted life. You found the science of botany barred by a hedge of technicalities against the approach of the common student. You have made it the delight and inspiration of the youth of the land. You have subjected the science of botany in its higher departments to lucid and masterly exposition. Many of the comprehensive and critical reviews of the Ameri- can flora have proceeded from your pen. The botanical pages of the American Journal of Science reveal labors sufficient in vol- ume and value to fill and honor a lifetime. And those labors are yours. We hail you as the Nestor of American botany. Few of us there are who do not feel gratefully proud to testify our personal obligations to you for aid and inspiration in our earlier studies ; and none of us fail to appreciate the services and
onor which you have rendered to education and cultivated scholarship. We recall the catholic spirit and breadth of view with which you have treated questions of the interpretation and philosophy of science. We thank you for your acute but just and conservative criticisms and estimates of the doctrine of evo- lution through natural selection, at a time when the doctrine was new and rising into overshadowing importance which filled many honest minds with apprehension. We thank you again for stepping to the defense of fundamental religious truth through the power of the very philosophy which so many thought sent into the world
8 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Jan.
to destroy religion. But for all that you have done we do not release you from service. We expect you to serve yet many years the cause of education and sacred truth ; and we expect to concede you the highest honors of all for the labors which, we trust, are to adorn the last quarter of your century.
With us the pleasure of these congratulations is quite pecu- liar, since we can hail you as an ex-professor in our University. Your memory readily reverts to the crude infancy of this insti- tution, when your name was chosen to stand first in its list of professors. You recall your actual participation in the labors of our early organizers; and we trust that while your recognized gifts of mind and heart found early employment in a broader field than was offered in Michigan, you have never ceased to en- tertain an interest in the University which you aided to inaugu- rate, and have some personal satisfaction in seeing the slender shoot of 1838 grown to the dimensions of the sturdy oak of 1885.
Accept, Respected Sir, Our Kind Remembrance And Our Cordial Greeting.
DR. GRAY’S REPLY.
CAMBRIDGE, Mass., November 20, 1885. Prof. W. H. Petiee, Secretary of the Senate of the University of Michigan: DEAR Sir:
I can not well say how deeply I was touched and gratified by the Congratulatory Address from the Senate of your University, which I found on my table on the morning of my seventy-fifth birthday, accompanied by your official and friendly note. I was particularly impressed with the breadth of its survey of the la- bors of my life, and with the discriminating reference to some of them which would escape ordinary notice. I beg you to convey to the Senate my grateful acknowledgement of the very kind notice thus taken of my endeavors. recognize, moreover, the fitness of its intimation that I should make the most of the few years that may perhaps remain. I am happy to be able to de- clare that my appetite for work is as yet unabated; also that labor is still attended with joy rather than with the sorrow which the Psalmist contemplates.
I am much pieased that, although a deserter from the ranks before the war began, I am generously recognized as an ex-pro- fessor of the University of Michigan. I suppose that the only direct service I ever rendered it was that of getting together,
when in Europe in 1838-9, the books which were the small
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 9
foundation of its library. I well remember the gratified feeling with which, long afterwards, I incidentally heard that the first President of the University, on viewing this slender collection, expressed - opinion that the books had been well selected for the purpos
I have never ceased to be particularly interested in the Uni- versity in which I expected to pass my life. I regret that cir- cumstances have hitherto almost wholly prevented me from per- sonally verifying the impressions which I have received of the amplitude of its appliances for the higher education io of the worthy and efficient use that is made of them indeed, glad that I have lived to see the acorn which was ne platited in my youth develop into “ the fre ne oak,” vigorous and benef- icent in its youth, and rich in the promise of future years. May its leaf never wither nor its fruitape fail.
Please convey to the Senate my heartiest thanks for such “kind remembrance and cordial greetings,” and believe me to be
Very truly yours, Asa GRAY.
LINES On Dr. Asa Gray’s Seventy-fifth Birthday, November 18, 1885, Oft times it haps the singer’s voice is ect
hen most is needed eloquence of so And oft the heart, though stirred by passions strong,
So is it with myself. - ie wenls }
f On this birthday, when friends a come to praise His virtues and his works. To such as he
There cometh certain immortality ! % GEORGE E. DAVENPORT.
TO A. G. On his Seventy-fifth Birthday.
Just Fate, prolong ea pe Segal -spent ose indefatiga e been as gaily innocent. ret fragrant as his flow November 18, 1885, cae ames RusseLt Lowen.
10 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Jan.
TO DR. ASA GRAY. November 18th, 1810-1885, Over the earth is reachless, living Pe In flaming marvels that de fy the sig Under the — are brilliant inings, but dead; Who toil a g them are igi The orld of g That oves bet iWesitis With sweets and alo ors, flowering turf and height— Comes ¢ ty Bede health and beauty as with bread, ae eas ondly, foot and hand and ben Till we are ated and healed as vail as fed The child, the feeble, and the lusty man, Each finds a mother in the green earth’s ‘plan,
Thou who art wise with searching all her looks, books ;
H es
Into thine own, as bless their native nooks.
Ferns, grasses, ancient trees of might y mould
Whose mazy roots run deep, whose aim is bald,
Their varied forces in thy life have told; For, while int ent on flower or tree or sod, Thy soul’s full eye hath been "Leela to God.
ARLOTTE Fiske BATES.
The Pollen-spore of Tradescantia Virginica L. ~~ BY JOHN M. COULTER AND J. N. ROSE. (WITH PLATE I.)
The pollen-spores of Tradescantia Virginica are exception- ally favorable for study. With the simplest appliances, and with few staining reagents, both nuclei can be demonstrated, the de- velopment of the pollen-tube can be watched, and the descent of the nuclei plainly followed. We have not been able to consult Hartig’s paper,’ in which is recorded the original discovery of two nuclei in pollen-spores, among which he includes those of Tradescantia, but the general facts pertaining to the subject are well presented in the works of Strasburger and Sachs, and re- cently summarized in this prt by Goodale. In fact, to Stras- burger is due most of our knowledge of this interesting subject, his latest views being presented in the first part of his Neue Un-
Q Karsten’s Botan. Untersuch. ili. 1866.
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,1886. 1 eZ
COULTER & ROSE on TRADESCANTIA.
xo
REE
pegene t Peekedaad
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 11
tersuchungen,’ published in 1884. The only original paper upon the subject published in this country is that of Barnes on Cam- panula Americana.*
All these authors agree in their testimony as to the difficulty of performing this work, and so the demonstration of these recon- dite, but very important, facts has been left entirely to trained investigators. Knowing that the pollen-spores of monocotyle-
ons were much more favorable for study than those of dicotyle- dons, which are certainly too difficult for ordinary observers, and desiring to discover some plant in which these almost inaccessi- ble facts could be seen with comparative ease, the pollen-spores of Tradescantia were selected. ‘The result was so signally suc- cessful, and the methods were so repeatedly tested, that we pre- sent them in this paper.
flowers that had been open for some time, such seeming to re- spond more readily. A power of 250 diameters was constantly used in the work, though the figures of the plate are drawn larger (460 diameters) for the purpose of securing clearness of detail.
e spores are elliptical in optical section, and the extine is so thin and so free from the customary markings of pollen-spores that the details of the interior can be easily seen, In a few min-
? For review see Bot. Gazette, x. 328. ® Bot. Gazette, x. 349.
*Practical Botany, p. 16
* Physiological Botany, p. 430.
12 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Jan.
utes, at most five or ten, the swelled up sufficiently to show their apalatte and usually e two nuclei became plainly visible. Figures 1 oe show some of ete most common positions. In the os adie e of these nuclei we use that of Strasburger in his Neue Unter suelnnge followed by Barnes in the paper al- ready referred to, exactly the opposite of that of at ee in his Botanisches Pr -acticum, and Sachs in his Text-book.° generative nucleus is a thick, worm-like filament, tapering ms both ends, and always more or less coile ts appearance is exactly that gured by Bernimoulin in his studies’ in the division of the nucleus in the pollen-spore mother-cells of the same spe- cies. The vegetative nucleus is round or oval, of much smaller size, and some of its positions with reference to the generative nucleus are shown in figures 1-4. In some cases, as in figure 4, the generative nucleus is seen almost to encircle the contents of the pollen-spore. In figures 5 and 6 is seen the small cell cut off from the larger ¢ one, containing the generative nucleus, and form- ing the generative cell. The generative nucleus always lies against the intine wall, and its apparent central position in some cases, as in figures 1 and 3, is explained by the fact that it is ly- ing against the upper or ‘lower wall in the figure. The wall which cuts off the generative cell seems to be simply an ectoplas- mic layer of protoplasm,*° and not in any case cellulose. That this layer is often difficult to demonstrate seems to be due both to the fact that the generative nucleus almost entirely fills its cell, and that it is so transparent that only an exceptional position will bring it into view.
Usually within fifteen minutes, or at most half an hour, the pollen-tube can Le seen developing from the larger or vegetative cell. It breaks through the extine at one end of the spore, and the broken edges of the extine can be seen turning back from the emerging tube, figure 7. The generative nucleus retains its po- sition until the pollen-tube is of considerable length, when it
e seen shifting its position towards the side of the pollen- vets from which the tube is ee (figure 8). The stream-
in the nuclei themselves. The fact that the nucleus of the vege- tative (large) cell invariably remains towards the further end of the spore until the generative nucleus passes into the tube, seems
® Second English edit., p. 5
7 Note sur hy Division des Sirus dans le Tradescantia Virginica. Bull. Soe. Roy. bot. Belgique, t. xxiii
8 Sachs’ Text-book, 2d English ed., p. 583.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 13
figure 13. Oy the size of the generative nucleus it was hoped that its division could be demonstrated, but such was not the case. Although in some instances it was suspected, it was
not clear enough to be certain.
After the generative nucleus had entered the tube, the nucleus of the vegetative cell seemed to be carried forwards, and when the former had proceeded some distance down the tube, the latter was swept into it, and followed along at considerable interval (figures 10, 11,12, 13). The vegetative nucleus retained its struc- ture perfectly as far as we were able to trace it in the cultures.
The nuclei in the spores could always be demonstrated after a short immersion in the sugar solution, without the use of a stain- ing fluid, but of course were brought out much more distinctly by it. The nuclei in the pollen-tubes, however, were never seen, with certainty, without staining. e method employed was as follows : drop each of magenta solution and ordinary acetic acid was placed upon a slide, the cover-slip with hanging drop of sugar solution containing the developing pollen-tubes was let down into it, and then, after a moment or two, glycerine was run under.” In this way the nuclei in the tubes receive a dark stain, while the intine is left colorless. Of course there are other and better methods and stains, but our ebject was to use only such reagents as could be obtained at any drug store. Crushing a Stained pollen-spore resulted as shown in figure 17, by which method the shape and structure of the nuclei can easily be studied. It should be said that in many cases both nuclei were not visible, as is represented in figures 14 and 15, although this fact should not be connected with the spores that are exceptional in other re- spects. In many instances a tube began to develop from each end of the pollen-spore, as shown in figure 15, but one was usually Stronger than the other. Quite frequently a pollen-tube devel- oped from one side instead of the end, as represented in figure 14. These two cases would seem to indicate more than one point of emergence, contrary to the general rule among monocotyledons.”
®*Sachs, Text-book, 2d English ed., p.583; Strasburger, Neue Unt hungen, p. 15
1° Or the magenta and acetic acid were added directly to the culture drop, allowed to
Standa moment, and then inverted and mounted in a drop of glycerine, "Sachs, Text-book, 2d English ed., p. 555.
14 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, | Jan.
In rare cases pairs of spores that had not completely separated were seen, but evidently mature, as in each one the two nuclei were demonstrable (figure 16). Sometimes, in strong and rapidly developing tubes which had attained considerable length, the in- tine of the pollen-spore seemed to be pulled away from the extine, or as though it had fallen in or was pushed in by external pres- sure which the more rigid extine resisted, as shown in figures 12 and 13, and finally became knotted up at the tube end of the spore.
In conclusion, then, the results intended to be presented in this paper are: :
1. That in Tradescantia Virginica, by using the simplest appli- ances, and in a very brief time, the two nuclei of the pollen-spore, and their descent into the pollen-tube, can be demonstrated.
2. That in this species the generative nucleus is a large worm- like spindle, and precedes the vegetative nucleus into the pollen- tube.
A New Larval Entomophthora. BY J. C. ARTHUR. (WITH PLATE It.)
The clover-leaf weevil, Phytonomus punctatus Fabr., is a com- paratively new insect in this country. It was first brought to public notice in 1881' as very destructive to clover in Yates county, N. Y. It has now extended considerably, being abun- dant at Buffalo, and in the adjacent part of Canada, and is also re- ported from Indiana. It is supposed to have been introduced from Europe, where it is common, but looked upon as innoxious.
In last of May and first of June of this year, the larvee were found in a clover field at Geneva, N. Y., dying in vast numbers of some parasitic fungus. Again,in October and November, they appeared in the same manner over a large lawn. At the latter date as fulla study of the fungus was made as limited time would permit. It proves to be an undescribed species of Entomophthora, and may be characterized as follows:
Entomophthora Phytonomi (n. sp.)—Mycelium abundant, branched, non-sep- tate, colorless, 9-12 in diameter, on the ventral surface of the insect growing out in form of rhizoids to act as holdfasts; hymenium over the whole surface except the head, 35-45” deep; conidiophores branched at the base, as thick as the mycelium ; spores oblong, colorless, 24-28 long by 7-10u thick. Resting spores not seen.
In the larve of Phytonomus punctatus Fabr. Geneva, N. Y., May—June and October—November, 1885.
1Riley, Amer. Nat., xv, p. 751; Rep. U. 8. *t Agric., 1881-2, p. 172; Lintn rst Ann. Rep. Insects of N. Y., p. 252. pe a 2, P. er, Fi
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 15
The habit of the larve isto feed during the night and remain concealed during the daytime, but when attacked by the fungus they crawl as high as possible before daylight, coil around the edge of the object, usually horizontally (figure 1), and do not again descend. Until ten o’clock in the morning most of them are still able to crawl about when disturbed, but are sluggish. B noon the insect dies, and the rhizoids fasten it firmly to the sup- port. Some hours afterwards the normal yellowish or pea-green color is changed to a dull gray by the appearance of the hyme- nium. The spores are produced late in the afternoon, and during the night they are discharged ; by morning only a small shriveled and blackened mass remains, while the objects beneath are powdered with the colorless and evanescent spores. the dead insect be placed on a pane of glass over night, the body will be surrounded in the morning by a halo of spores nearly two centimeters in di- ameter. When the atmosphere is damp enough during the night, the mycelium grows out over the whole body as a white pubes- cence. This is the usual course of development.
A larva dissected an hour ur two before its death shows a mass of interlacing hyphe (figure 9) among the muscles which line the outer wall of the body ; the viscera are still unaffected. The hy- phe are quite uniform in size, with finely granular contents and vacuoles of various sizes, and are extensively branched. s the mycelium grows it encroaches upon the internal organs, and eventually fills up the whole cavity of the body, except that it does not enter the alimentary tract or the trachex. The internal organs, except the two just named, together with the fluids of the body are entirely consumed by the fungus. The larva when now cut across presents a firm interior traversed by the cavity of the alimentary tract (figure 5). In some cases, however, certain bac- teria, and occasionally yeast, have become so abundant before this stage is reached that the tissues are converted into a slate- colored liquid, and the growth of the fungus is checked.
The rhizoids appear before the hymenium is formed, but whether before the insect is dead or not was not determined; nor was it ascertained on just what portions of the ventral surface they oc- eur. They will extend a full millimeter in length when the in- sect is removed from the supporting object and placed in a dam atmosphere. They consist of straight colorless hyphz, with walls much distorted and ends somewhat flattened
The hymenium, which surrounds the whole body, presents a uniform thickness when not grown in a very moist atmosphere (figure 11), The conidiophores branch at their base (figures 6 and 8),
16 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Jan-
and each bears a spore, formed by abstriction (figure 8). I was unable to see, either in fresh or alcoholic preparations, any ‘partition wall between the conidiophores and the hyphe from which they arise, but do not feel entirely convinced in regard to the matter, as I found it difficult to separate them well, owing to the compact interlocking of the branches. Swollen hyphe with granular contents (figure 10) were a few times seen among the conidiophores, but they could hardly have been paraphyses. No sterile hyphz projected beyond the hymenium under ordinary circumstances. When the dead larve are placed in a damp at- mosphere over night, the mycelium grows out a millimeter or so beyond the surface of the body in straight or somewhat coiled hyphz (figure 7); these do not appear to be elongated econidio- phores, or true paraphyses, but a luxuriant growth of the my- celium.
The spores are very regular and uniform in size (figure 3). When mature they are projected from the body of the larva, as in the common house-fly fungus, and like those adhere to what- ever they touch. Spores gathered in May and kept dry till No- vember measured, when examined in water, a little less than fresh ones, 21-27» by 6-8», had one end slightly pointed, and exhibited a central non-granular spot (figure 2). Fresh spores. are uniformly granular,and both endsare the same shape. They germinate in water in two to six hours by pushing out one to several tubes which grow irregularly and to indefinite length (figure 4). The protoplasm is filled with vacuoles, but does not all collect at the advancing ends of the hyphe nor are there septa formed as in the closely ‘related E. spherosperma Fres. Their behavior when germinated in moist air was not observed. Spores kept upon glass in the laboratory gave but a small per cent. of germinations after five days.
is fungus is intimately related to E. spherosperma Fres. (E. radicans Brefeld), the habit of growth being the same so far as investigated, but differs in ultimate shape of spores, septation of hyphe, the various measurements, ete. Although observed as late as Nov. 20, when cold weather set in, no mummified larvee
an epidemic of economic importance ; whether it could be prop- agated at will is yet to be determined by experiment.
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,I886.
sie
Arthur, del.
ARTHUR ON ENTOMOPHTHORA, N. SP.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 17
XPLANATION OF PiatE II.—Structure and development of Entomoph- tho a Picient: Fig. 1, rh position of larvaof Phytonomus punctatus at tip of a blade of grass when sick with Entomop hota, x 5. Fig. 2, spores examined in water from a dry specimen gathered nearly six months before. 430. Fig. 3, spores a few hours aiter maturity. X 430. Fig. 4, successive stages of ger-
Vv a peripheral border of hymenium and the alimentary tract at center empty ex- cept a little undigested food. 5. a 6, two ey phe at an early stage in the development of the pepe x 4 30. Fig. 7, a coil of hyphe from the pubescence on larye in dam atmpen ner. 250. Fig. 8, A, hyphe bearing four conidiophores, a b ¢ d, ionuuata stages in the formation of a spore. & 430. ig. 9, myceliu wey ate among the muscles ba an early stage of the disease. 150. Fig. 10, sw alle ends a by! Soe led with granular protoplasm won with- out vacuoles. < 480 nium c, and subjacent myceliu > the spores have all been icceies, ’s shagls mature spore; drawn from an S atcohol specimen. 430.
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
nemone nudicaulis, n. sp.—I wish to direct the attention of any of our botanists, who may next summer be visiting Lake Superior, to a singular Anem- one. which grows in bogs and on banks near the water at Sand Bay, Minne- sota, very near lat. 48°, and in or near the Canadian boundary. All I know of it is from a specimen sent to me in a letter, dated August 8, 1870, from Mr. Joseph C. Jones, then of the U.S. Steamer Search. He wrote that the plant was found growing in mossy ground, close to the water’s edge, and also in the bogs, and that it grows in the manner of Coptis trifolia. I believe it has filiform root stocks, like those of Anemone Richardsoni, and the radical] leaves are so like those of that species that I inadvertently mistook the plant for that species. But the involucre consists of a single petiolate leaf, very like the radical, or else is wholly wanting. And the akenes are tipped with rather short and hooked _ very unlike the long ones of ae nore Arctic species. A flowering is a desideratum.—Asa GRA rsion of some tree sasite: inate twenty-five rods to the north- west of my foot-path on the lawn, there are two large white_birch trees, still holding fruit of the last summer. Along the depressions of foot-steps and the mark of an occasional sleigh in the snow may be seen large numbers of birch seeds, looking as though some one had scattered bran on the snow. Most likely many other seeds went further, as there was fair sailing beyond.
For some years past I have often observed the distribution of the winged fruits of the tulip-tree, of which there are several on our lawns. In autumn part of the fruits drop off, falling near the tree, but even in the grass and weeds every wind tosses them a little further on. Before snow came this year there were certainly many of them ten rods from the nearest bearing tree. When the snow comes others are torn from the trees and may often be seen for a quar- ter of a mile going before the wind on the snow, which may be only very
2
18 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Jan.
rr packed. I have known persons who stoutly maintained, from experi- made, that the wings of the fruit of the tulip-tree ibitititet to little, Pies they did not carry the fruit through the air like a miniature balloon. The nuts of the basswood have also frequently been seen drifting on the snow before the wind, ai ided by the decurrent bract which is attached in such a way that the fruit teiabar is not likely to remain flat on le snow or on the ground. Numerous other Sabie could be eited, but we shall leave the rest of them for some of the sharp students who are dd ping botany in winter.—W J. BEAL, pensions College, Mich.
EDITORIAL.
WITH THIS INITIAL NUMBER of a new decade before us, it is impossible not to think of the change since a single naked sheet made its appearance a little more than ten years ago and announced its desire to become the organ of bot- ani It was projected by one whose determination to make it succeed was unfailing, and so through non of all kinds the Gazerre made its way. irable articles came in slowly, subscriptions still more slowly, — advertisements not at all, the constant financial loss being set over agains constantly increasing experience. At last botanists thought re struggle Sa been long enough to show vitality, and articles and subscriptions began to come
in more rapidly, until the Gazerre has entered upon its second decade with
growing interest and vigor in botanical studies. The history of this journal can be taken as an index of botanical iat i and this country is to be con- gratulated that its botanists are so thoroughly aroused and energetic that the
botanical activity in this country, many young men, strong, A Ea and well-equipped, having entered the field. The Gazerre proposes to s sataie, 0 assist, to record this activity, and no honest worker need fear that pe work will be lost. And so this journal, strengthened by the struggles and successes of ten years, faces its second decade with the marks of undoubted success, and as it deserves, so will it expect the hearty support of every American botanist. A LITTLE REFLECTION will show that the recent sale in New York city of orchids Senne to the Morgan estate, at which single plants brought from to ndred dollars each, has some relation to the pr of botanical science. as this age any science is stimulated into increased activity by its objects becoming of commercial value. In the domain of electrical and me-
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 19
chanical sciences the importance of their nied has had a reciprocal influence upon the further development of them $ pure sciences; plenty o illustrations to the same end might be taken ici. chemistry, mineralogy, zool- ogy and other departments of learning. A case, analogous in some respects: to that under consideration, is the wholesome lian of veterinary science in this country during the last few years, a progress to be traced in so me degree to the great increase of thorough- bred and valuable stock whose owners demand the services of skillful and learned practitioners. The increased cultivation of rare and costly plants must in a similar way lead to a demand for additional knowl- edge in regard to various physiological, pathological and even structural mat- ters which have a bearing upon their growth and well-being. The important question of timber in this country has led to the admirable oo work of Professor Sargent in connection with the tenth census; in Germany, where the necessity of forestry knowledge has been still more keenly felt, much attention as been devoted to the diseases of trees, involving a careful investigation of the life histories of a number of species of fungi. Thus in many ways which the reader will have no difficulty in calling to mind does the market value of a class of objects have an indirect influence upon the recondite investigations ien C)
fluence real and effective however, is a readiness on the part of those holding commercial interests to accept scientific facts and to encourage their discovery. In agriculture, horticulture, floriculture, etc., it is unfortunately true that there is great backwardness in seizing and a pits scientific results and methods, which hinders the advancement of those professions and at the same time fails to afford a needed stimulus to new investigations regarding plants and kindred subjects. Still there is hope of better us for PS future; the fashion for orchids, roses, chrysanthemums, or other flowers, may not now mean much to the botanist, and yet in so far as s any Hae rete is Seite exerted upon botanical science it is beneficial.
Ir so HAPPENS that one pe - editors has been using for reference both the dispensatories alluded to “ R.” in an “open letter.” The opinion ex- pressed by him is amply borne ae by our experience. The descriptive terms
botany are seer used and (Spain which are important are en- tirely overlooked. Of course it is to be remembered that the dispensatories are not written ae botanists, but for pharmacists and physicians, and this fact necessitates the use of somewhat less technical language. It is, however, a 2 to be ihitseoes upon, that the absence of technicality ought not to mean in- uracy. One of the volumes referred to is especially negligent in the matter
of quoting authorities for the scientific names of plants. This frequently ren- ts the identification of the plant named quite impossible. many changes are constantly being made in the nomenclature that it is not to be expected that such works as these should keep up with them, though an attempt should be made to use the best established names. But in the midst of such changes and for the reason that the names are foot 3 the Jeast that can be done is to quote the. authority for whatever name is used. When the next revision of these two very useful books is made, by all means let the editors use every en-
20 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Jan.
deavor to have the botanical portions as complete, exact and reliable as possi- present they are neither exact nor reliable, though the latest editions are nals better than former ones. E CUTTING UP of published exsiccate and distribution of the er ormnee in the general herbarium is advocated by Professor agit in the American Naturalist for December, and the method has much to commend it. This cites all the specimens of a group together and makes iste prec n simple and easy. The saving of time and patience may be well illustrated by an attempt to find a particular specimen in the unindexed and voluminous collections of von Thiimen for example, which, unless much time is taken, may lead to no other result than doubt whether it occurs there or not. Uniform treatment of this kind has been generally adopted in the large phanerogamic herbaria of the country, and it seems to us could well be extended to the cryptogamic col- lections—in fact that there should be, when possible, but a single series in each herbarium, erie from the protophyte to the highest angiosperm THE not far distant, we believe, when phanerogamic botanists will do as tol, yologs and reap are now doing in quoting authori- ties for plant names, i. ¢., cite not only the name of him who combines the generic and diuiid names, but ie the one who first distinguished the plant and assigned to it a specific name, The burden of synonymy is growing greater day by day THE ERAL INDEX to the first ten volumes has been somewhat delayed in its preparation, but will soon be ready.
OPEN LETTERS.
Seeds wanted.
Proiessor Schiibeler, of Christiania, Norway, whose works upon t the history of calniwated plants and the changes that have occurred in the distribution of indigenous vegetation are so rel known, ened desires fresh seeds of our In-
bar rice, Hydropyrum esculentum, or Zizania aquatica. If any of our western botanists can supply them hey ‘will much obiive him, and also the subscriber, ASA ane:
The Dispensatories.
I have had occasion to consult extensively the a ect bone of pa Navona and U. S. Dispensatories, and am much surprised at the looseness t und in the use of botanical terms and the frequent bisccahey 6 of the botanical jn formation (?) there given. Surely, in works of such prominence and impo
ance the very best botanical sleos ought to be employed to contribute thie ‘ps sete
tion, as has apparently been done in the chemical, pharmaceutical. and thera- peutic parts. Perhaps a w ie ae m the GazeTrE would be of influence upon the next editions of these
A Phallus.
lf the reply be within the scope of the Gazerrs, I should be very eco ie know if there be any means of extirpating from the soil the spores of a
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 21
presi Phallus. I do not know the species, but for a day or two — they appear above the ground the odor of carrion prevails, and as soon visible,
t i S. ey in r loamy soil, and follow one another in most an any "application to the ground can destroy them I should sii yaniy obliged eed informa MartHa Bock&e Fur
The Agricultural ii Denadimiack.
I was very much interested at Ann Arbor, last August, in two things con- ne ore with this department, viz: the action of the botanists with reference to h coura
ing the sintitoaial herbarium what i ght to be, and t yen no given to the new work under the charge of Prof ibne take ie ans of asking, either the editors of t ZETTE, or the officers of the Agri- inetd i perbeepon what en the r of the acti these two cases?
has be sult know of many botanists ready to peoriy in both these directions if they can oleae: the necessary informat Bs ITs
CURRENT LITERATURE.
me Ai of the Microscope. By Edward Saaiehy Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Rochester, 1885. 12°. 96 pp. Llu he author has attempted, in this on work to describe the parts of a microsco be and their uses in such aclear and concise manner that the beginner, confronted for the first time with a ar “inieroscope may have no difficulty in
firm’s salen oce ne one twice in the work, and that it is as free from any adver- well be. On i
vot rei 2 compound microscope, 0 ves and eye-pieces, saponep for il how g icr
mend the work to all ithe ome zn aan roscope, especially those who a Snaalees full masters of the ment, and it would also be ex- cellent . put into the hands of the any preg at the beginning of his
Thirty. — Annual Report of the N. Y. State Museum of core History: Report of th e Botanist. By Charles H. Peck. Albany, 1885. 8vo. pp. 77-138. “ ates.
of the Mascon staff are to be cee under their immediat superyision, an e work of the botan ist which has been partially inter- rupted for two years through political interference, has fully resumed, and the result is seen in the description of sixty-six new s in the present report, including a curious fungus on flies, assigned to a new genus, ppendicu- I Am aph of t New » k ies of Lactarius oe Pluteus is also given, containing forty and nine species respectively. eck says very
truly that “a nce Pie een of our cymenaareeiel fungi is greatly
22 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Jan.
needed,” and we think Be is just the person to write it. But if this is too great an undertaking at present, why not bring aie a monograph of the New York species with colored Sane to be printed i ”, _Mus eum series vs BASES! volumes ; it would be of great scientific iad and o ng cre uthor.
For the information of those who ma y not eS of the fac we will state that the vie report of the botanist, ci ha was over fistributed, may be found in Assembly Document. 89 for 1879, vol. 6.
seis SP - a Bate ia and Yeast Fungi and allied species. By W. B. Grove
and Windus. London, 1884. 12°. 112 p Le 87 Diepestions. tg ie a thes two classes of laut f given by Winter in the las
tion of Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen staal von Deutschland, etc., ates ua —
basis for several English works, and n ore serviceable than the one in han prey =~ ha if the book is iaeetaaiie a Hila pote from that work, with notes aealaies and some additional species, principally from Van Tiegher, Burrill, Kock and Hausen, Additional cuts are also introduced from various sources, of teas h the most interesting are those from Dallinger showing flagella A cha apter is given to forms which are inadequately known, or whose
i ould i
pope Thin, Engelmann, Warming, Van Tieghem, Klein, Ehrenberg ont ma
"This, in ts present unsatisfactory state of knowledge regarding these nute organisms, provides a very useful manual, giving good oe and istration, and igo “gsr bine to some extent the synonymy and literature. The e nume and clear, but in many instances have lost in — meee oduc- tion saiech of = 2g cety of Rae ne that gives individuality to the organ An _sretnon Sa feature of the work i i es chapter on plamibossion | in which rog of classi i
others, but asses by Zopf. They views et the latt ter on pleo ‘ morphism apt
its dangers i are discussed, 9 ope with a statement se the true nature of s
among th ara to the rank of the yeast plants i ln
space is given to - hypothesis of Hest id, who sald he them to be a conidial
stage of other fungi, probably
— ices s give information “regarding t the unit of micro-measurement, B duced by schizophytes. A full
staining index completes the Th
ork. e excellent pean of the work and no less excellent contents should bring it into the hands of many workers
NOTES AND NEWS. RANZ, Baron L bea tebe known as monographer of the Salicornie, died in ati, Italy, August 12, 18 AN APPARATUS to hibeilessins before classes or large audiences the manner in which e cambium gives rise to wood and bast, a been devised by Dr. F. Noll, of Heidelberg, and is highly spoken of by Professor Sach:
Dr. WInTER, of Leipsig, and C. H. Demctrio, of St. Louis, rere in Hedwigia, a list of 350 species of various kinds of fungi collected in Missouri. Twenty-five new species are described, including six of Septoria and eight of Cercospora.
Str JosePH D. HOoKER, aiter twenty years’ service, resigned the Directorship of the
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 23
Kew Sarno on November: 30. ‘Being wehipees of wateinsetative duties he will have more wh
time fo r
THE ronan L OF PERE LOGY ake its first year with an expression of satisfaction at its reception and success, and promise of more va gate igscee Acer for beginners, and biological ‘ieeeties of eminent my vsiteiie for the ng yea
VERY CONSIDERABLE ATTENTION is devoted to Ph forms of common wild plants in Sweden, judging from ane Sesageiny descriptions of named sorts the Botaniska Notiser. They are species, some well known in this country as weeds, of hak genera as Epilobium,
COOKE’S PROVISIONAL LIisT of the British Blige OLE praange in nigatacg reaches
in the December issue to No. 478, haying j ntered the us Septoria. Pyreno mere um, + in piace ye now Sathis a3. O34. One kek of hens numbers
a Sedlback es hucice AND » ep CINES es wom America, fine in Cincinnati, is a far more importa serial to peepee st" 1 botanists than its name would indicate. Its matter is and fresh, and toa considerable degree neti botanie:; Bi includes synonymy, sented by maps
vi he latte is es nted on excellent paper and the illustrations are copious and admirably execu E of ~ anes ($100) : is sre for the — lon a mo nee on a class or aire of “stint October, 1889. y be easaed in English, and is to be sent to to the Société ae Physique et d’ roan soo hinenn Jas eneva, Switzerland. en prize was founded P. De Candolle. It would be a matter of just pride - — rea lly able m i
prize in plant embryology, which is announced in our advertising colu ¥. Emicu has made extended researches upon the self-purification of natural w (detailed in Biedermann’s Centraiblatt fiir Agrikultur Chemie) and finds that aaa cab hat ozone an i
exposed t the water has been sterilized by boiling or germs are in any J ded. e entire tenia of desoentuae of rivers and other open channels is obviously removed from the of chemistry and becomes purely biologica AUCTION sale of iver Morga n :toagighenes of rag sin New York City some
ntio: The sale Aneter over 1,450 pia vate very few of them in flower at the time, for is said 0. A imen of Van
$2,000. ‘ e n southern Phillipine islands, and first flowered in eultivation pri t two years ey An- other equ plant of this species is sent y Mr. F. L. Ames of North Easto: ass. I gh 0 $750 ai all fk one going to mites.
THE ANNUAL FUNGUS FORAYS of Englan ee are an interesting feature of mycologic study in that country. They are agree” arran d by he societi es t o some co oe oe in
e Nat. Hist. Society and the Leicester Nat. Hist Society one ‘day ack. and the Woolhope ‘our days
Cth ay
STRASBURGER i i Ger
re: zg B ical Society on the _ wa Sere limits | s within which plants specifically distinet will permit effective grafting 0 or budding, and ti He grafted a large number oi various
24 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Jan.
Pp is vice versa. Almost all of the grafts ‘‘ took”’ and union was complete, The best results were obtained bale Datur: ra Stramonium on Solanum, the specimens of which formed good-sized t a small quantity of atropine! He also succeeded in grafting the Scrophularineous Schiz zanthus Grahami on Soianum, a most interesting result, and probably the first authentic instance of the union
i to tempt this
nt e was le develops on Schizanthus. The further results of these experiments and the promised “arses investigation will be looked for Sart ape The present paper is published in Berichte d. deut. bot. Gesell. iti, XXXIV. (Nov 9, 1885). one sar Sates is to be an to the esd eee TETASOTS of age ewe
esion
of the morphol
ina a recent paper’; sepoune the i idea aging in the C of th are car
1s which bear th and that ers ‘iets ‘aint of 1 tiene scales is not eon to the coalescence of two organ s, i bract and carpellary sal apo and Fruchtschw a as . laime ‘by sbme, but 9 produced ty mere swelling morphological aummuniie: s the Decksch — ag Simbu sea others as the ee a ee Fruchtschuppe as the placenta formed saxil. This placenta, in- stead o maining emall, —— se x eee: in size, the more riots id growth of the under side reverses th t fin: ally encloses them completely. According to this view of course the cone of these veo ister be considered a single flower and not as an inflorescence. Much has been said on both sides—and still it is doubtful where the truth is. An account of the development of pa cones of fourteen species of Cupressinez and Abietinex forms the bulk of the paper.
a .
ED a case of symbiosis between a ee and the roots - LM trees has hear described by Frank § beta the Bericht oder a chen botanischen Ges fun invests fee sank sothat the nutritive shai pass ce the my celium before entering th To thi gs applies the term Mycorhiza, ‘andi in a more recent arse aus tot the same subject makes é resumé these statements: 1. Mycorhiza is a symbiotic oS of which pera sal trees are capable under certain conditions. This has been rved in almost all Cupulifere, in Conifer and Sa — in the Betulacee re neat to hea raaine in fl linden and Prunus Jepine osa. 2. Mycorhiza is formed only in a soil which contains humus or unde- composed vegetable matter. The develo eae - mycorhiza diminishes with os poverty and increases B with t the richness of th t has been. observed to
il di
ret vod + ‘2
vary even ifferent
Biahats of ‘organic matter. 3. The fungus of ee. pani to the tree, in addition
to the necessary water and ‘oruanie and mineral nutritive matters, substances derived di- andd
of o nt vention of the mycorhiza fungus. 4. The old theory of the direct heinewe of green plants by Stee will be revived spate with a weet ‘meaning. 5. ete rtance of humus and fallen leaves for the ical su
pe 1 pport. 6. chiefly of , as in fous it assists in the
; production vas va stq titi vegetable seater sal where Sa ce — te recon ane
of veg ébris is high] aahs ul, tbo iti can ren nutrition humus becomes a necessity on account o e absence “ gril as in andes Hypopitys.
It is to ve noticed, a aaicted that in neither of his eee on the subject has Frank cinco bs ance is sterile and no cultures or infection experiments have been eastis do rved facts are interest- gand probably important, wat it — be sel to hold sane: noel his hypothesis of sym-
- 1
iBeitriige zur Kenntniss der Entwickelungsgeschichte und des anat h S sor Tenet der Cupressineen und der Placenten der deastaoa.-Plare, Won: 30, 3 30, , L885. 2Band iii, heft 4, p. 128. ’Berichte d. deut. bot. Gesell, iii, XX VII; Nov. 19, 1885. In this he shows the existence of ‘- same symbiosis between the fungus and roots of jr ree a Hy} opitys.
i
PLATE Ill.
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1886
a Ze =
Z
SS ==.
a wo
-
-SCRIBNER ON ARCTIC GRASSES.
VOL. XI, NO. 2.—-BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—FEB. 1886.
Some Arctic Grasses. F. LAMSON SCRIBNER. (WITH PLATE II.)
DESCHAMPSIA BREVIFOLIA R. Br. in Parr. 1st Voy. Suppl. p- 291. (1823).—The finding of what we believe to be the typi- cal form of Robert Brown’s D. brevifolia, by Lieut. A. W. Greely in 1882, near Ft. Conger, Grinnell Land, latitude 81° 44’, leads us to restore to its specific rank this truly Arctic grass that has been classed by many recent authors as only a variety or form of D. cespitosa. We do not find it represented in any of the numerous Rocky Mountain collections which we have examined, and the only approach to it among our Arctic collections is a spe- cimen from Schumagin Island, Alaska, collected by M. W. Har- rington in 1871-2. The Alaskan plant is about three times the size of the one from Grinnell Land, but in other respects there is no essential difference. The figure we have made is drawn from one of Lieut. Greely’s specimens and shows the habit of the plant, natural size, with enlarged illustrations of one of the spikelets,
The following is copied from Brown’s description :
folio brevioribus, ipsa basi integra; ligula lanceolata; supremum brevissimum,
terum obsoletis, apice eroso multidentato, dorso sepius infra medium aristata; ar setacea, recta, denticulata, valvulam ipsam vix vel paulo superanti; superiore longitudine inferioris, angustior, dinervis, apice bidentato, quandoque semifido. Puippsta aLGIpa R. Br.—Mr. H. N. Patterson, who is well- known both as a collector and a com iler of useful and neatly printed check-lists of plants, has been spending the season in the ocky Mountains, gathering in botanical treasures, and among his interesting finds is Phippsia algida, a curious little grass, allied to Coleanthus and Sporobolus, that has not before been discovered south of Alaska. Mr. Patterson collected it in wet, gravelly places about Chicago Lake, Georgetown, Colorado. It may not be so rare within our limits as now appears for its low, moss-like growth and aquatic habits render it very likely to es-
26 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
cape notice. Our figure is taken from Trinius, Jcones, and shows. very well both the habit of the plant, excepting that it is densely cespitose, and the minute characters of the spikelets. The outer or empty glumes are very small and the lower one is sometimes wholly wanting.
AGROPYRUM VIOLACEUM, Hornem.—This grass was collected at Ft. Conger, Grinnell Land, by Lieut. Greely and Dr. D. L Brainard. The specimens are fine, 8-15 em. high, with short spikes and densely pubescent glumes, a character observed in Greenland specimens collected by Thomas M. Fries. The figure illustrates one of the specimens nearly natural size.
In 1883 Mr. Wm. M Canby collected at the Upper Marias Pass, Montana, alt. 8,000 ft., specimens of this Agropyrum in which the leaves are much narrower than in the Scandinavian plant and pubescent, as are also the floral glumes. The outer glumes are smooth. All the glumes are remarkably broad with very short awns.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.—A, Deschampsia brevifolia R. Br.; entire plant, nat. size and spikelet enlarged. B, Phippsia algida R. Br.; entire plants and details of flowers. C, Agropyrum violaceum, Hornem.; entire plant, nat. size and spikelets enlarged.
The Life and Labors of Linnzeus. A. P. MORGAN,
Previous to the time of Linnzeus, the science of botany was in a chaotic state. Discoveries there had been, it is true, and the science had made much progress ; each discoverer seemed disposed to attach most importance to what he found out himself and pro- ceeded to establish a system of classification upon the particular feature which he had investigated. The method of Cesal pinus was founded on the fruit, that of Rivinus on the number of petals of the flower, that of Tournefort on the figure of the same. All were artificial because they took into consideration only one or a few features of the plants. .
e problem of the great botanists of all times has been to find a natural system, one in which every plant will be shown in its perfect relation to all other plants. With this problem all the distinguished botanists of Linneus’ time were busily engaged. Haller at Gottingen labored doubtfully, sometimes despairingly, over his Prodromus of a German Flora and Enumeration of the Plants of Switzerland. Dillenius at Oxford improved Ray’s Synopsis and labored faithfully upon mosses and other plants.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. at
Bernard de Jussieu, while arranging the great Jardin des Plantes at Paris, pondered deeply the problem of a natural system. Bot- anists of lesser note were all occupied with the same question.
While at the university in Upsala, in 1829, Linneus was prompted by reading a discourse by Vaillant, on the structure of flowers, to examine very closely the stamens and pistils of plants. These appendages he discovered to be essential to the vegetable and to assume as much variety as the petals; hence he conceived that they might be made the basis of a new system of classifica- tion. He thus early laid the foundation of that sexual system which he afterwards wrought up to such perfection. According to this system were arranged all his succeeding botanical obser- vations. :
The Linnean or sexual system is briefly as follows: All known plants are divided into 24 classes, the characters of which are established upon the number or upon the difference of situation or arrangement of the stamens; the orders as far as possible on a similar number, situation or arrangement of the pistils. For example the classes are Monandria, Diandria, Triandria, ete. ; stamens and pistils are present in all of the classes,to the 23d. The 24th class is the Cryptogamia containing even to this day many plants the mode and organs of whose fructification are not yet ascertained. Linnzeus did not publish his system till he went to Holland, in 1735. Having paid a visit to Dr. Gronovius, of Leyden, the latter returned it and saw his Systema Nature in manuscript, which astonished him, and he requested Linnzus” permission to get it printed at his own expense. The Dutch botanists received Linneus with the utmost cordiality and all immediately embraced and adopted his system. He rearranged
one day overthrow his own system. He gruffly called in question the genus Dillenia, named by Linnus in his honor, but whic
28 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
still holds good with nine species of Asiatic plants, and which furthermore has given name to the natural order Dilleniacez.
Linneus received word that the celebrated Prof. Haller, at Gottingen, contemplated writing against his new method. De- precating this he wrote to Haller the noblest protest that ever man made; from it we may make many valuable extracts. He said:
troversy with you; my wish is rather to act in conjunction with you; I should de
nd o e injurious nsequence? Time is too precious, and can be far better employed by me, as well a) young to take up arms; wl once taken, can
method ; on the contrary, in my Systema, I have said: “No natural botanical s yet been constructed, though one or two may be more so than
have been invented. Probably I may, on a future o ents of such a one. Meanwhile, till that is discovered, artificial systems are indispensable.”
Haller’s reply was cordial and removed all cause for anxiety He pronounced the report to be false; it had not entered his mind to disturb a young man of so much merit in the science of botany, in the commencement of his fame and fortune.
Linneus was delighted and very grateful. “I rejoice with all my heart,” he wrote, “that the rumor was unfounded, for in- deed you and Dillenius are the only people I would not wish to have for adversaries.” The life-long correspondence between these two great men is exceedingly interesting.
Before returning to his native country Linnzeus went to Paris and visited the Jussieus. Although “they would not stir a step from the method of Tournefort,’ yet they received him most hospitably and made him very welcome. They showed him their herbaria and that of Tournefort, and the large collection of books belonging to. Dr. Isnard. They made excursions to Fontain- bleau and Burgundy solely for the purpose of showing Linnzus
of Sciences, and Du Fay proposed to Linneus to become a Frenchman, in which case the Academy would appoint him one of its members with an annual salary. His correspondence con- tinued with Bernard de Jussieu, who, though continually plan-
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 29
ning the natural system, afterward published by his nephew, recommended the works of Linneus to his pupils and caused them to be published and sold at Paris.
Although the Oxfordian professor held aloof from the Lin- nean system, nevertheless it was speedily adopted and put in practice in England and America. His faithful disciples, Johm Ellis and Peter Collinson, were unwearied in their efforts to pro- mulgate his doctrine. They were rich merchants, actively en- gaged in trade, and with a love for natural history pursuits. Through their shipmasters they gathered plants from every coun- try in the world and sent them to Linneus. Their correspond- epee was extensive, especially with America, and through them Linneus obtained most of his American plants. f
After a while the mighty Solander, one of Linneus’ pupils, was sent to London. He sailed round the world with Captain Cook, and returning to London, laid the foundation of the Hor- tus Kewensis of his friend Aiton. By his elegant and engaging” manners he gained the favor of those high in authority, and over- threw at court the old regime in the person of the great Dr. Hil. When a king’s botanist was to be appointed for the provinces Ellis and Collinson secured the place for their friend John Bar- tra
wm.
Linnzus had several occasional correspondents in America, though most of the plants seem to have been sent through Ellis and Collinson.
His Excellency Cadwallader Colden, Governor of New York, addressed him stately and learned letters from his residence at Coldenham. He favored and assisted the enterprises of his stu- dent Peter Kalm, and facilitated his journeys through that part of North America. Linnzus named a genus for him, Coldenia- His daughter was an excellent botanist and had mastered the method of Linneus. John Ellis writes: “This young lady merits your esteem and does honor to your system; she f drawn and described 400 plants in your method only.” She figured and described the Gold-thread. Ellis sent her characters to Linneus and begged him to call this plant Coldenella.
ohn Bartram was unwearied in his labors and gathered everything into his garden at Philadelphia that he eould lay his hands on. He was much beloved by Dr. Garden, of Charleston, and they visited each other often. When Bartram was appointed king’s botanist in America, Dr. Garden appeared to be greatly astonished. He wrote to Ellis: “Is it reallyso? Surely ohn is a worthy man; but yet to give the title of ‘king’s botanist’ to a man who can scarcely spell, much less make out the characters
30 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
of any one genus of peat appears to me rather hyperbolical. Pray how i is this matter?
n was a very scholarly man; he was educated at Edinburgh ; his letters to’ Linneus were addressed in elegant _ Latin. He practiced medicine at Charleston, S. C., till after the revolution, when, with many other royalists, ‘he felt compelled to return to Great Brits ain. He attempted twice to penetrate through the wilderness to the Mississippi river, but was compelled to re- turn by the danger arising from the disturbed state of the coun- try. He sent many plants as well as animals to Linnzus through Ellis and directly. He was very anxious to have a plant named for his friend pa valued correspondent, Ellisia; he sent speci- mens and figures of the plant and persisted in his choice a long time. But Linneeus decided that his plant belonged to a genus already established; this was a great disappointment to “him Ellis named the e elegant genus Gardenia after him
The difficulties of shipping plants and sending letters in that day are well illustrated in many of his letters. ae soak and packages were captured by the French time and again, and his dJamentations are pitiful. He writes to Ellis after one “iia: dis- -aster:
My grief at my own and your ee 7" tama a . Rawivel chen A few days cago I Suaed that both Captain Coats and Cheeseman were taken and with them ‘the two most er bie et of seeds chang eee I could promise or even hope to A hes ure for ere was every kind that you mentioned in your letter to me an eee new and bike shrubs sence es. They were a care-
‘ae * me go ‘a SEs 2 abe yr fo) f=) oO tal 7) ° ee tq -p* 7] te o o Q we “= to) = “ a's = os te ® i=] ° o i Rm 8 5 ® Sc 2 <
The Linnean ersten of classes and orders held sway for a hun- years and many people in this country, not yet very’ old, Biadied tg Lincela: s Botany. Even after the recognition of the natural system of Jussieu, it was customary to prefix to floras the Linnean system as a key to the genera. No other such conve- nient artifical classification of plants was ever invented, and the im- petus it gave to the study of plants throughout the civilized world was never equaled. The facility with which the plants of a lim- ‘ited region could be marshaled into regular order was wonderful and young men and women, and old, too, took to the study of botany; it became the craze of the time. Linnwus sent his stu- dents abroad and busied himself with arranging under their proper lasses and orders the plants from the uttermost parts of the earth. The latest edition of his ag Ans Nature contained more than 1,200 genera and nearly 8,000 species. It is a. cabal fact that pastes did not at first perceive the
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 31
great value of the binomial nomenclature. He established the classes and orders of the sexual system and bent his energies to describing and defining genera with greater precision. He con- tinued to distinguish species by the explanatory phrases of the older botanists. Some examples from the Flora Lapponica will illustrate this. Three species of Violet are named thus:
76. Vio foliis cordato-obtusis, pedunculis caulinis. 7. Vion foliis cordatis oblongis, pedunculis fere radicatis. 8. Vion foliis subrotundis cordatis pedunculis radicatis. These species he afterward called Viola biflora, Viola canina and Viola palustris. The labor of handling these long names is apparent from the following extract from a letter from Dillenius to Linneus:
Iny coast of Gothland, which you judge to be Polygonum erectum augustifolium, flori- di. i oliis gramineis, w
bs nor do I object. But it is by no means Tournefort’s tiflora, perampla radice, whose flowers are more scattered : d.
The plant, the object of all these maledictions, seems to have
been Gypsophila fastigiata L.
appeared what Haller emphatically termed Linnzus’ “maximum opus ct wternum,” the Species Plantarum. To giv this work its utmost perfection had been the author’s object for many years, and to this all his other botanical productions were in some measure only preparatory, as the rightly ascertaining of species is the great end of all method. It is in this work that Linnzus first employs trivial names, as he termed them, which are single epithets, expressive as far as possible of the essential Specific differences among the species of a genus, or, In default of these, of some striking and obvious character; not seldom they are local terms or the names of the first discoverers.
Although the Linnean classes and orders for plants have passed away yet it is wonderful how well the Linnzan genera and species have stood the test of time; this is owing to the re- markable exactness of his descriptions as well as his keen per- <eption of the relationships of plants. Linnzeus was accustomed rom his earliest youth to put a high value on verbal accuracy and logical precision. He improved the distinctions of genera and species and introduced a better nomenclature on the binomial met
3. a < @ = 5 i) 5 g os ° a ry o Qu of = ) o S S bar} ae S) = o ot : j =) ar]
32 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [ Feb.
men, The knowledge which he displayed, and the value and simplicity of the improvements which he proposed, secured the universal adoption of his suggestions and crowned him with a suecess aha. unparalleled in the annals of science.
Notes on the Flora of Eastern Virginia. LESTER F. WARD.
While engaged in making a geological reconnoissance through the State of Virginia, and as far south as the Roanoake river in North Carolina, during the month of August of the present year, I made a few botanical notes, usually without collecting speci- mens, except where the plant was doubtful or specially desirable. The terrain to be studied forms a narrow belt, rarely over fifteen miles in width, and extends in a direction slightly west of south from. Washington, following the Potomac river as far as Aquia Creek, passing through Fredericksburg, Richmond and Peters- burg, from which point it was barely traceable to Weldon, North Carolina. It is the newer or younger Mesozoic of Rogers and Fontaine, or Potomac formation of Mr. W. J. McGee, of the United States Geological Survey, and contains several ‘beds of fossil plants which were the special object of my investigations.
“sogmarined age the flora of Washington and vicinity rendered it both easy and interesting to note the more conspicu- ous changes whioh. the flora undergoes in passing southward, and my notes were almost wholly confined to this aspect of the ques- tion. They were usually taken from the carriage, without stop- ping to make special researches, and it is therefore very evident that the species enumerated below can form only a small part of the whole num which a thorough investigation of the locali- ties named cee show to exist as marking “the differences be-
noted as well as that of the appearance of entirely new forms. The arboreous vegetation, as being the most striking as well as the most important, naturally claimed special attention, but the more humble forms were not alae: Meager as my notes are, however, I find it necessary to omit many minor points, in
order to restrict this article to sich limits as I presume to be suitable to the pages of the GAzETT
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 33:
I was much interested in the specimens seen of Quercus Michauwii Nutt., which, indeed, occurs near Washington, but very sparingly and in such doubtful forms that I had almost felt obliged to apologize for its introduction in the Flora of Wash- ington. The most northerly point at which typical specimens were seen was on Powell Run, the first stream north of the Quantico. Here a fine tree was found, and fruiting specimens collected. Some of the lower leaves are scarcely distinguishable from those of Q. Prinus, while the upper ones show considerable analogy to those of Q. bicolor, to which species the tree is, of course, most closely allied. In the valley of the Pamunkey, near Hanover Court House, this species is very abundant, and the trees attain a great size. The resemblance to Q. bicolor is
ably one half of the territory, is grown over with pines. The
considerable extent, of an “old field pine,” but P. inops, the scrub pine, grows in similar situations. As one proceeds south-
the species, while, as I have always observed, the leaves of young
the gradual appearance of the former species. One might almost think that a partial hybridization was going on. Nowhere on
34 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
the Rappahannock did I see a cone-bearing tree of the long- leaved pine, but there can be little doubt that sufficient research would reveal a few from which the seeds had come that produced the seedlings observed. A little further south, however, after _ crossing the Massaponax river, such trees began to be seen. y first occurred around the edges of yellow pine forests, as if sade for admission, next as encircling borders to such for- ests, a few trees penetrating some distance inward. Still further southward the obvious struggle between the two cate becomes more fierce, but to the evident disadvantage of P. mitis. The Tedas close in and share the ground equally, the sen ae of woods iedeirie entirely of them. Finally, as we approached the James and Appo omattox rivers the vellow pines had generally disappeared, and the timber consisted almost exclusively of P. Teda. It was only where this was the case that this species assumed the character of a distinctively “old field pine.” I ha expected to see it come in as such, but ‘this was not the case. In ese more southern districts, however, where vast forests of it exist, loblollies, having the typical form of top, stand out in the old fields with all the characteristics that are so often described. But it is proper to say that within the forests this tree presents none of these characteristics. It is tall, straight and symmetri- eal, having none of the small horizontal limbs, so characteristic of P. mitis, growing from the lower part of the trunk of the smaller trees. The trees when large stand well apart, the inter- spaces being devoid of shrubby undergrowth, and the appearance of one of these older forests is highly imposing. It is almost the only pine of this part of southern Virginia and northern North Carolina, no specimens of P. australis having been met with. It is also the only species of pine I have ever seen in the Dismal Swamp where it penetrates to Drummond Lake.
Ulmus alata, the winged elm, was first seen on the South Anna river, but it soon became common and remained so to the Roanoake. On the Chickahominy, James and Appomattox it is a small tree, but the specimens planted in the state capitol grounds at Richmond have attained a large size, and form graceful shade trees. The largest trees seen were in the valley of Fontaine’s creek, near the state line, some of which hada diameter of nearly two feet.
— aquatica was very closely associated with the last, being first seen near Ashland, 17 miles north of Richmond, and rad more abundant southward. The foliage is ne con- stant, being even less variable than that of most oaks. is en- ti irely different from any of the forms of Q. oesaaneile that 1
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 35
have ever seen, and I can not admit for a moment that the latter is a form of it.
The above are the principal trees in the range of which I was specially interested. The following herbs and shrubs either rare in or absent from the Washington flora were noted and may con- vey some idea of the unceasing interest and pleasure which a bot- anist must derive from a journey through that part of the south.
Rubus cuneatus, rare near Washington, steadily increases in abundance from the Accotink to the most southerly point
casions our party halted to enjoy a feast of them from the bushes. In the valley of the Nottaway river this species bas the habit of the northern blackberry and forms dense brambles along the
fences, some of the bushes growing to the height of six or eight
Wankapin (if this is the correct spelling), the first vowel having the same sound as in want. As it is the Water Chinquapin of other localities one might surmise that this name was a contrac- tion of the latter, but no one knows it by this more accepted name and it is more probable that Wankapin is an original In- dian name. This plant, so abundant in the tidal estuaries of the Potomac, was not seen in those of the James or Appomattox, nor did we meet with it at any inland point on our route. :
Liatris squarrosa was found at Brooke Station below Aquia creek and numerous points further south.
Helianthus atrorubens occurs some distance north of the Rap- pahannock and from this point to the Roanoake it was common, often abundant . :
hragmites communis was seen on the Tapony, six miles above Bowling Green, also near Chester, twelve miles south of Richmond, aad again on the Meherrin See
Eupatorium foeniculaceum first appeared in the vicinity of Stafford Court House and became a constant companion through- out southern Virginia. .
Vitis vulpina, of which a single vine was seen near Mount
36 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
Carmel pace was rare at F redericksburg, but soon became
common and is the principal grapevine of the South. Chrysopsia. graminea, first seen on the Tapony, above Bowling Green, side by side with the more northern species, C. Mariana,
pao takes the place of the latter as you go southward, until from ar asaian on it becomes very abundant and almost om- niprese
Clethra 2s. grams although it extends much further north and has lately been found north of Washington, near Bladensburg, Md., was not rile a until we reached the tributaries of the Mattapony. From here it rapidly —- abundant and in south- ern Virginia often lines the roadside for miles. As we happene red to strike it in its best flowering state we ian an opportunity to
enjoy the fragrance as well as the beauty of its flowers.
: Clitoris Mariana, which is a rarity here and is much sought by lovers of wild flowers, was found at Milford Station blooming in wild profusion along the railroad and in the fields and mead- ows, where it climbs up the tall weeds and stalks of corn. It was found in the same abundance at nearly all points along our route to Weldon, North Carolina
Sabbatia lanceolata was sellachcd near Ashland, about seven- teen miles north of Richmond. It was seen at one or two more southerly points.
Rhynchospora corniculata was found literally filling — plies dried ponds at two points south of Richmond, one
e miles from that place, the other near the Rawante icc pans miles south of Petersbur
Bignonia caprevlata was first seen on the James near the Dutch Gap canal. It was common enough there to be known to the inhabitants, who call it the Quarter-vine, from the fact that by a little twisting the stems will cleave tongiyacineiry along the planes whose cross-section gives the well-known “ cross” which has caused it to be called the “ Pion aine? I found by experi- ment that this was the case, and if it has not already been done, the peculiar character of these specialized medullary rays would undoubtedly well repay a careful investigation. The plant was still _— common further sout
mall patch of the northern Myrica asplenifolia was found
at Ware Bottom Mills, on Trent’s Reach, the great bend of the James that was cut off by the Dutch Gap eanal, and I thought this southerly position remote from mountains somewhat remark- able and worthy of record.
Diodia Virginica was first seen at the point last mentioned, below which it grows more abundantly.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 37
Silphiam compositum was observed near Swift ereek, about six miles north of Petersburg, and became abundant on Stony ereek and between the Nottaway and the Meherrin. As this species has not been previously reported north of the southern boundary of Virginia this constitutes a considerable addition to its northward range. It is so abundant all through the southern
alf of Virginia that it is strange that this fact should have re- mained so long unknown, and this and many other things indi- ¢ate that very little botanical work has been done in this region.
Polygala Curtisii, var. pycnostachya was found at various points ; near Swift creek, at Jarrat’s, below the Nottaway (where good albinos were collected), on Three creek, ete. It proves: to be a very common form and to range far southward. I have a specimen from Capt. John Donnell Smith, collected at Buck For- est, Transylvania county, North Carolina, and another from Dr. Chas. Mohr, collected by E. A. Smith, at Mobile, which, though labeled “ P, fastigiata??,” can be none other than our plant. Dr. Mohr suspected as much and wrote on the label “ caruncle sparsely hairy, as long as the stalk, but different in the persistent bracts. Is it Curtisii ? ”
Aster gracilis was seen five miles north of Petersburg, and at several points between the Appomattox and the Roanoake. It grows in sandy, open ground in small dense patches, its habit
gineus, except in its blue flowers. It agrees perfectly with Mar- tindale’s specimen from the New Jersey pine barrens, which is
Paspalum Floridanum was found at points a few miles both above and below the Appomatox, and also on the Nottaway grow- ing very tall (five to six feet) and stout. It seems to follow the eotton and pea-nut (“ goober”) belt of low sandy country.
Spirsea tomentosa was collected near Jarrat’s below the Not- _ taway, and not elsewhere seen
Parthenium integrifolium was common from above Rowanty Creek to the Roanoake. Sarracenia flava was found and pitchers brought to me by
38 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
Mr. W. J. McGee, of the party, from a swamp in a pine wood, two miles north of Rowanty creek.
Jatropha urens, var. stimulosa, becomes a common plant from the Rowanty creck southward.
Tephrosia spicata was found at Bolling’s Bridge, over the Nottaway, as a kind of vetch in the fields.
Desmodium strictum, one or two young flowering plants, was also collected in the vicinity of Bolling’s Bridge
reweria humistrata was found on the Nottaway, in a dense
pine wood, trailing and climbing over the smaller undergrowths and blooming profusely, a delicate and handsome vine.
Elephantopus tomentosus, which replaces E. Carolinianus of the northern districts, was first seen in the Nottaway valley, and became quite frequent as we traveled southward.
Cyrilla racemiflora was first seen on Falling Run, about three miles south of Hicksford, and once more near the state line in North Carolina. It was unfortunately then (August 18) out of
er.
Pluchea camphorata was seen between the Meherrin and Fon- taine’s creek.
Arundinaria macrosperma, which occurs sparingly on the Nottaway, forms a constant feature of the low ground along Fontaine’s creek, near the state line, and is abundant from that point southward.
The principal new forms noted in North Carolina, which were not seen in Virginia, were Senecio tomentosa, Baptisia vil- losa (in fruit), Carex glaucescens (I once collected this at Nor- folk, Va.), and Amorpha fruticosa.
After our return to Washington, the reconnoissance was ex- tended to Maryland.
Eupatorium serotinum, which has never been found in the District of Columbia, is one of the most abundant plants along the Patuxent, above and below Marlboro, a distance of less than twenty miles.
Centrosema Virginianum was also found growing in the deep sands that now cover the wide tract east of the Patuxent, across which the bed of that stream has been shifting since the tertiary
epoch.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 39
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
Anemonella thalictroides Spach, Hist. Nat. Veg. vii. 289.—We adopt this genus and Spach’s name for it, The little plant has given much trouble, , having the leaves of a Thalictrum, except that the cauline are whorled-invo- lucrate, the only point in which it really accords with Anemone, while the terminal depressed-sessile stigma is foreign to both these genera. Spach is the first to characterize the genus, though even he did not rightly describe the stigmas; and his name is excellent. Much earlier than this, F, Hofmeister, in the Regensburg Flora, gives the names Syndesmon thalictroides and Syndesmon tuberosum as imposed by Count Hofmannsegg, but no character is indicated, and the two plants are not of the same genus. ‘The latter species is one of a group of Asiatic and European species of Thalictrum (? CoroLiina of Bois-
but all have the unilateral stigma of Thalictrum. This is as true of Y, ori- entale Boiss., as of the rest, which this author well describes as with “ stigmate oblongo bade, but Lecoyer incorrectly as with ‘ stigmate minutissimo,” probably from the fruit. We await the concluding part of Lecoyer’s monograph of Thalictrum, which should give some needed explanations. The first part is in Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. xxiv, 1885. On page 223 it describes T. anemonoides as with “ stigmate minutissimo punctiformi,” which applies only to the remains of this organ upon the fruit; oe the next page comes nearer to the mark with stigmate ordinairement sessile, nia pebies dispose presque horizontalement au sommet de ovate Then it is large and bro may note that the specimen which M. Lecoyer describes at the close of his account of the above species, “dont les charactéres a ne concordant pas,” no doubt belongs to Isopyrum biternatum.—A. GRA
Edmond Boissier.—M. de Candolle has just igs a as sketch of this distinguished botanist, who died the 25th of last September, at his country residence in Switzerland. Dr. Gray has also given a brief outline of his life and work in the Am. Journal of Science for January. Both of these gentlemen knew Boissier personally, and none could be more competent to speak of him. He was born in Geneva the 10th of May, 1810, of a family from whom he inherited an independent fortune. Instead of peetigie his life to luxurious idleness, he determined to enter upon some profession, and being in Geneva, with the De Candolles, it was but natural that his Whales should fall upon botany. His attention was directed entirely to systematic work, chiefly in the region of the Mediterranean and the East. In 1837 he collected in Spain, and between 1839 and 1845 he published his Voyage Botanique dans le midi de V Espagne, two quarto volumes, containing 180 plates. In 1842 he trav- eled with his wife in Greece, Syria and Egypt. In 1849, while traveling in Spain, he lost his wife from typhoid fever, and the rest of his life was spent in the shadow of this sorrow and afflicted by his own bodily ailments. Between 1842 and 1855 appeared his Diaynoses Plantarum Orientalium Novarum. In 1 Was completed his monograph of Plumbaginacee, while in 1862 appeared his 8reat monograph of the genus Euphorbia, published in De Candolle’s Prodro-
40 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [ Feb.
mus. In 1866 he published his Jcones Euphorbiarum, containing 120 folio plates. His great work was the Flora Orientalis (1867 to 1884), in five octavo volumes, embracing a region extending from Greece and Turkey to the first cataracts in Egypt, and eastward to the borders of India. The work was en- tirely completed, and at the time of his death he wes preparing a supplement- y volume containing recent discoveries. was a great traveler, visiting Europe from Norway to Spain and the Crimea, and also much of the East. His last trip was to Spain in 1881, his eighth visit, his first botanical trip having been to the same region more than forty years before. And so the older botanists, the pioneers, are gradually de- parting, but their names will always be familiar to us as we endeavor to build a superstructure worthy of the foundation they have laid so well.—J. M. C. Sections of native woods.—Probably the most en collection of our native woods is the magnificent series in the American Museum in Central Park, New York City, known as the “Jesup da tivetica” The amount of money expended in gathering this collection was not less than $150,000. Truncheons from this collection, which was carefully named by Dr. Charles S. Sargent, have been placed in the hands of Mr. Charles W. Spurr, of Boston, a well- known manufacturer of veneers, who has cut from them a few sets of thin sec- tions which are now offered for sale These sets are certainly unique. Each represents about 200 species of native trees. Where the nature of the wood has permitted, transverse, tangential and radial sections have been cut of each. These sections vary in thickness according to the grain and character of the block from one one-hundredth to one two hundred and fiftieth of an inch. Each section is placed between thin sheets of mica, and mounted in flexible wood frames. Each frame consists of two layers of curled maple veneer backed by strong paper, and varnished with shellac, On the frame is printed the name of the individual or institution purchasing the set, a number corresponding to the specific name in Sargent’s Woods of the Jesup Collection, the scientific name in full, the common name, the direction of the section and the name of the preparer. One can hardly realize the time and patience represented by this work. sections were cut with a 3-ton veneer-machine, which had to be adjusted
same piece. In all nearly 18,000 separate sections had to be handled and laid carefully between blotting paper. Add to this the preparation of the woods for vegans the care necessary to prevent ‘nibinds the sections from the num-
runcheons, the making, finishing and printing of the frames, and the separa of the sections, and we have a truly appalling amount of work. No such series has ever before been made and probably no one else will ever have opportunity or patience to prepare another. The sections prepared and mounted as they are, are exceedingly valuable for the study of the nature and character of the various native woods. These sets, by reason of their completeness, ac- curate naming, elegant and durable mounting, are unequaled, and a rare op- portunity is thus offered to educational institutions which they ought not to be slow to avail themselves of. The price is certainly very reasonable.
1886.| BOTANICAL GAZEPTE. 41
The tumble-weed of the West.—In this plant we have an excellent illus- tration of the effect of climate upon the physical development of the plant body. In the east it is the familiar Amarantus albus, and so far as 1 have observed never shows any tendency to take upon itself the “tumbling ” habit, but grows into an irregularly branching plant which remains fixed to the ground long af- ter it dies at the close of the season. Upon the plains and prairies of the west, however, it grows into a compact plant, with stout curving branches, of such length and curvature as to give to the whole an approximately spherical form.
away the whole goes rolling, tumbling and bounding over the ground, often for miles. In Coulter’s Rocky Mountain Botany, by an accidental transposition of type, the related A. blitoides is called the “tumble-weed.” This latter species is, however, a prostrate plant, reminding one of the familiar purslane, and does not take the spherical form necessary to the “tumble-weed.”
It may be interesting to note in this connection that upon the steppes of Russia, north of the Black Sea, an entirely different plant becomes a veritable “tumble-weed.” Henfrey,in The Vegetation of Europe, thus describes it: ‘‘One curious dant of the thistle tribe has attracted the notice of most travellers,
‘wind witch,’ as it is is called by the German colonists, or ‘leap-the-tield,’ the Russian name may be translated. It forms a large globular mass of light wiry branches interlaced together, and in autumn decays off at the root, the upper part drying up. It is then at the mercy of the autumn blasts, and it is said that thousands of them may sometimes be seen coursing over the plain, rolling, dancing and leaping over the slight inequalities, often looking at a dis- tance like a troop of wild horses.”
On the island of Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., the wild Indigo (Baptisia tinc- toria) grows into a globular form, breaks off at the root in the autumn, an tumbles about much like the genuine “ tumble-weed ” of the west.
. E. Bessey.
EDITORIAL.
Mucu HAs BEEN SAID in the Gazerre about teaching botany, and it may be thought that the chief end of botanical study is teaching, but much as we would exalt the teacher’s profession there is another work for the professional botanist. If teaching botany is all, what is to become of the science? to teach the same things over and over again, with an occasional new inspira-
botanist is almost of necessity a teacher only, with his time fully occupied in the drudgery of the laboratory and lecturing upon the very rudiments of his c
perennial succession of teachers, then has all our teaching been in vain. What
We now need is endowment for botanical research, that our country and our
botanists may do themselves credit. This does not necessarily mean a great 3
49 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Feb.
outlay of money, but simply a supply of trustworthy assistants for seni that the professor may have ample time for research. Time at is vastly more than money, and when our boards of control ‘ae to pemenc the reflex influence of original investigators upon our whole system of educa- tion, they may see the wisdom of the necessary assistants. It is not to be ex-
hat we can soon emulate foreign countries in the matter of opportunities for original research, but it is a thing that our well-equipped universities shoul begin seriously to consider, and the first and most stood step is to give professors more time for special work. Furnishing cheap or temporary assist- ants will not answer the purpose, but they should be of fine proficiency that if desirable the entire work of instruction can be left to their care. In several universities we could mention, an abundance of material is stored up, with all needed accessories of library and apparatus, only waiting for time to become productive. The amount of dead capital laid up in such equipment in this country is astonishing. In such cases, an endowment for botanical research would mean simply a sufficient outlay to pay a reasonable salary to a compe- tent assistant. :
course many professors have neither ability nor inclination to pursue original investigations, and for such we make no plea, But there are some who
other time-consuming duties, and it is for such that we urge a more liberal allotment of time. It has been said that our boards of trustees can not be made to understand that anything is needed in a university except teachers and equipment for teaching, but we have just that faith in the growing intelli- gence of our people, which leads us to believe that we will not long be without some such provision as we have suggested.
THE NEED OF giving careful heed to the work of German botanists, both of to-day and of earlier times, is illustrated anew by the experience of Dr. Bess: o informs us that he finds in a German work just at hand that the ate character of the inflorescence of Cuscuta glomerata, discovered by him, and brought to the attention of the American Association a year and a half ago, and thought to be a new fact by all American botanists, has been known across the water for some time. He will have something further to say in regard to the matter in the March number of the American Naturalist. This case, which happens to an eminent investigator whose extensive know]- edge of German botanical literature is well attested by his writings, gives us the opportunity of saying that we have been long inclined to think that not enough attention, as a rule, is paid by our less advanced workers to the histori-
eal study of the subjects they may have in hand. We do not overlook the fact that few have the ample library facilities afforded the German student. Much can be done to remedy this disadvantage, however, by purchasing the seer rate papers which most authors now have printed, and which can be ob- ained = mail through foreign dealers.
THE STRIKING similarity between parts of the biographical sketch of Dr. Gray, published in the January Gazerre, and the account of his life, from the
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 43
pen of Dr. C. 8. Sargent, published in the New York Sun of January third and reprinted by the author in pamphlet form, makes it necessary for us to say, in oo justice to the Gazerrr, that our article was sent to the pet on Decem- ber 23 and the proof of it corrected and returned before we had seen Dr. Sar- pny paper. The reader of the two will notice that the ducal sketch is much fuller in its account of Gray’s early life, while Dr. Sargent’s contains a much more extended history of his botanical ]abors. Having both had access to the same source for our facts the two papers ae ng closely in some points while at the same time they supplement each o
DITORS OF THE GAZETTE intend to make their June number one for
ists will furnish notes pertaining to their own departments, but this early no- tice is given, with the Pee is that all collectors in every department and all herbarium workers send us notes concerning the collection, transportation, preservation, and final soci ole of plants. The cohneraten of botanists will make this number a valuable collector’s hand-boo
Tue portrait of Dr. Gray, which we csseailt in our last issue, was made from a photograph taken in 1880. It was selected by Mrs. Gray agg the numerous ones in her possession as being the best likeness of the Docto
OPEN LETTERS.
Some Variations,
In Acad 1885, I collected, in Somerset county, Maine, several specimens of Botrychium Matri icariefolium, in which the fertile segments were more com- lf s i
pound than in ms, and the sterile segments were smaller, especi- ally narrower, and had sporangia ar urious looking speci- mens when pared with the ordinary forms beside which they g
st, at Wen eG oe ted a handful of ns Hd
— J. FRANKLIN CoLLINs. Botany at Harvard.
With your permission I should like to ate the eve goad = e on page 397 of the Gazerre for December, as I understand that s readers
5 given in a Beas laboratory at the Agassiz Museum, and the zoological al portion i is Tae by Prof. Faxon, while it is my duty to ‘euch the
44 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
botany, which includes not only types of cryptogams, but ano of phenogams. This is properly the smn laboratory so-called, and the cryptogamic lab- oratory is in an adjoining room, in whic e large collection hes thallophytes, together with an illustrative beciieies of oe cryptogam phenogams, is deposited. In ue room all the special crypt — ic W wank 4h is a6 one with io
cryptogamic beteaye ‘s taingie 0 en area rator. nif = vard Hall. Ia pian to make this explanation lest s our r ales at otherwise inter: that the botanists of Harvard oe eve in in keeping exyptogemic svat distinct from phenogamic botany. e contrary is true, and no one w be allowed to take the courses in cr togamie — — ich had riot macsetoudts passed a satisfactory examination in pheno
Cambrid. ass. W. G, Fartow.
CURRENT LITERATURE.
Revision of the Canadian Ranuneulae cee. By Geo. cor Ph. D, LL.D. From Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, ii, pp. 15-90. 4°.
In this extended paper on plants of a single sees the author has treated a
spec
doubt exists respecting the validity of a species’ claim to recognition, he has entered into a discussion of historical data in regard to it. This paper was prece a similar one published in 1870, and embodies the results of riper study, and the additional information secured through private collectors
the plants embraced in the paper, of course ine uding synonyms. will prove valuable to al students of the North American flora, and particu- o those of Canada, for whom it is specially designed. n is author of a number of other botanical papers on the Can- adian flora, especially in reforence to several rare plants, including Calluna vulgaris, Sedum Rhodiola and others
Manual of Rocky Mountain Botany. By John M. Coulter, Ph. D., Professor of Botany in Wabash College. Ivison, he pire Pasloe & Co. New York and oneal 1885. 8vo. pp. 452, a agl ossar
med
vol Of ures we expected to find the erent ag paper, and binding satis- actory, and the Le ara is fully met. It is, howe ever, in some yeaginats un- pene that so close a conformity to a style adopted years ago was adhered to.
s Rocky Mou : ly it me will leave the tellers in boos region between the 100th meridian and the west- untains, on one hand, and between the latitudes of ee Colorado aa British a on has other, without excuse for re- aining ignorant of their own flora
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 45
The contents of the book might be outlined in tabular form, thus—
: | Species Genera. ar Varieties. gpociee pee likely to be pecies. pecies, found. Polypetalve..................38 Orders} 184. 613 59 11 4 Gamopetalee ............... eee 181 662 149 9 ?: Apetalze ot Bes 49 166 26 3 T Total Dicotyledons.....75Orders| 414 1441 234 28 5 M tyled iss. 0 104 344 49 7 7 Gymnosperms............. os 6 16 6 0 ? Vascular Cryptogams.. 7 “ 19 44 3 0 2 es eg ae een ee eke Total 97 * 543 1845 292 30 14
r ase to time and commercial ave- t houg ore ess V _— the west can certainly de- sire no portage of the number thus bro
g the state of Michigan frou oem area embraced by Gray’s Manual, it will then be found that Coulter's Manual covers nearly an equal su urface. i flor g
Our region is richer both in genera and in species of ifer cky Mountains. Touchin ng the south-western hot belt, it is Ag: surprising to
find Professor Coulter’s region so val represented in Cactacee. Wehave mo ra and fewer speci uminosze tha an — western pete now conside
w a sing] i tical bot o be tenes 2 ns os ree to be had which ee Lal shee ak oes diva he hel full
ools *nough and tho pot reliable. It is true that ‘as tate al Y there one detects an oversight. Thus we find Leu-
46 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Feb.
campyx in the text and Leucocampyx in the index. The use of a single para- graph for genus and species both, when there is but one of the latter, mars the
t
this want of uniformity does not run throughout the volume after it was started. ompare Anaphalis with Melampodium.
ymnosperme are placed where they should be —after the Monocotyledons.
Abolition of the Spadiceous, Petaloideous and Glumaceous Divisions in the
is good ; as one is no longer called upon to apologize, before pupils, for
the appearance of Juncus in the second and its absence from the third of these
groups. : oy There is, we think, a serious oversight in failing to give an artificial key to the Tubuliflore in Composite. e order is, in general, considered by stu-
Manual these difficulties vanish after a few lessons. True such keys do not teach affinities, but they are very likely to lead to a desire to know more about them.
Prof. Coulter deserves not only the gratitude of his botanical brethren, but also that more substantial recognition from educators which results in prompt and large sales of needed and meritorious books. The call for a new edition can only be a matter of a short time. “i OTHROCK,
Zur Morphologie und Biologie der Niederen Pilethiere (Monadinen), zugleich ein Beitrag zur Phytopathologie. Von Dr. W. Zopt. Veit & Co. Leipzig, 1885. 4°. pp. 45. 5 col. plates.
This is an important contribution to or rather against the monera theory. It consists of a careful and keen study of the biological changes in the life of
them apart in a group he called the “monera” (see is ‘History of Creation, Studien iiber Monera, or Leidy’s Rhizopods of N, A.). The characters and rela- tions of the monera are very well stated by Packard in his Zoology (p.18). The
em Heckel and subsequen writers, are character- ized by the simplest organization, consisting of undifferentiated protoplasm without nuclei or vacuoles. It was pl’s good fortune to come across a fine quantity of Vampyrella among some fresh-water alge, and he took the occa-
their structure and ¢ anges. e first treats of V. vorar Cienk very large specimen of this readily shows a border of weakly refractive protoplasm, free of the minute granules which are abundant throughout the remainder of the pig hfeaner. thus demonstrating the presence of a true ectoplasm and endoplasm, as in ameeba
re BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 47
bodies other than nuclei was demonstrated by their amceboid properties. i howed
a
change their form aa size in the least, as acnsles would be likely to do. He
therefore surmise at they onkght be solid bodies piace of empty spaces, and upon crushing a - individual foun ‘g to be so. By micro- thecatead tests
these were ied to be starch, celluin or ru pete Pe param
y u e times two or three. It is therefore evident that Heckel’s monera group must either be characterized anew or these species excluded ; it i <1 ssible that
: m other m rs
cS) the udies upon five new closely related species are given in Seddit the above, a the neo is summed up under the headings dente sitet "hoki ical and systemat Aside from the mportant facts which this memoir contains it is worthy of careful asantoedol: for its explicit and suggestive methods.
NOTES AND NEWS.
oe c wore E. B orpeeeid: Lincoln, Neb., desires to obtain dried or alcoholic specimens of various sp , either by nepurt or exchange.
SzyszyLowicz has published in Engler’s J h the first two parts of a paper on the systematic arrangement of ie are Tt “has not 7 reached the genus Tilia which most concerns American bota
BENEDICT R6zx died at Smichor, Prague, on Oct. 14 last, 61 years of age. He extensive collector, especially of orchids, vps had traveled through the southern Daited States and other parts of North wae South America
THE DEC R NUMBER of Queen ap tain Bulletin appeared with a cove permanent requisition which gives it more of a magazi nei kadai nee. Although a sen al, i
journ workers THE POTATO ines (Phytophthora) Reeoyes last year snetbird of the crop in st acne of Michigan in E Michigan raises i
kK. n prospero’ sons 9,000,000 bushels of potatoes "The importance of the thorough economic study ota a disease is sufficiently evident
AT ANNUAL ELECTION of January 12, 1886, Mrs. E. sagreap pest pI As © pe were elected editors of the Torrey — - the coming year, to succeed Mr. W rard, Bis exchanges or donations of papers or books for the club’s stpeazy. ast to be ban
“Torrey Botanical 00h Colombia — New York City.’’ Papers and notes
for Publication should be sent to addr HE ITALIAN GOVERNMENT Will open on March 2 an ere kerrontan Pselgrs of appa- ratus for the application of remedies i on, pow ture animal and
par tee Vegetable parasites of plants, especially the grape besoin gow will pean as follows: One gold medal with $100, three silver medals with $30 each, and five bronze medals, A
ibition for southern France will be given February 15 to 17, under the auspices of the Central Agricultural Society of the Herault.
48 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Feb.
W. T. THISELTON DYER, who has acted for some years
esignation of Sir J h D. Hooker. Dr. Dy e is familiar to botanical students in thi f the translators of Sachs’ Text- a th h ition of assistant, which has become of almost as great importance as that of director,
t, wh has been offered steal accepted by Mr. D. Morris, F. G. S., heretofore Director of Public cage Jamai
s to be a subject of aatiage nit ny by Thomas Hick. In the Journal re Botany for December he gives his results with Him:
thalia lorea and Laminaria digita t the same time apologizing for including the Satie with Fucacez. The most effective capi for sw ven anche « nd even dis ing were necessary. In both these cases continuity of protoplasm was clearly ace ia it the cor- tical and central tissues, bi not at all for the epidermal. In Himanthalia continuity is maintained by means of comparatively stout cords of protoplasm and also by sieve-plates, while in Laminaria it is ietiy through the intervention of sieve-plates.
THE EXISTENCE of Salvinia natans in this country has a ways been doubted. The only evidence that it grows in the United States is we. ant ement of -Pursh. that ses saw it in Western New York, but his collections which cimens of it. Recently, however, Mr. C. H. D tri d to Dr. Asa sy spec mens of Sonbine Salvinia —— collected ina bay ou of Bois Brule rok in Perr es Whether or s to be aust. It is hard . believe them native, as the plant could hardly be ‘confined to so limite ted a locality and is conspicuous enough not to be easily overlooked v ; an is equally sink t to understand how they could possibly be introduced.
THE GEOGRAPHICO-BOTANICAL EXPosITION held in Copenhagen last April under the supervision of M. Carl - nsen met with excellent success, according to a lithographed ac count just received. was held in the halls of the Royal Danish Society of Daneriiiey and aimed to give an pie of the vegetation of different — s of the earth by grouping
2: :
5
y me c
sigs eenc ayn = Sopa 8 we ere giv n, both a mateur and sesamiae aa panna a all a good attendance. This is one of
the f fst exhibitions of the kind yet attempted, and its success ought to innate iunilar
RED sNOw was the dabloct ofa paper by Romyn Hitchcock, before the Biological Soci- ety of Washington, which is printed in the December number of the Amer. Micro. Journal. e obse
lla, Pro cus, Lepraria and Chlam us, and its true position seems yet in doubt. Its papal and onsen has not yet been traced.
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,1886. PLATE IV.
=
74 es rs a8 =o Gi H
ae
We aS are eon 2° sonal ‘tise i Sizes snes
} CLEC RS , WI EKLIETC ay ae
a
Yr Qe? Cot WW SSN 3 asset NI
; We ea § gna
Hh | | lini
Tae Wr
!
ST A Ai (Mihir RO PANY (FU HUTLIINS ° arti (ATTRA Ue PR ad
CANADRE bois em REV PR veo eine
VOL. XI, NO. 3.-BOTANICAL GAZETTE—MAR. 1886. The Development of the Root in Botrychium ternatum. DOUGLAS H. CAMPBELL.
(WITH PLATE Iv.)
Among the peculiarities of the Ophioglossacex distinguish- ing them from the true ferns are the roots. hese are much less humerous, but of correspondingly greater size, only one root being developed at the base of each leaf, and consequently, in such forms as produce but one leaf annually, but one principal root is formed each year, though probably several leaves are de- veloped the first year, and a corresponding number of roots. On account of the extreme shortening of the internodes of the stem, Which in large specimens of the species under consideration sel- dom reaches a length of more than two or three centimeters, the roots are much crowded.
The roots are thick and fleshy, and almost completely desti- tute of root-hairs, thus differing very much from most other pter- idophytes, the older ones being sometimes 3mm. in diameter. they have a thin brown epidermis in the younger parts, becom- Ing in the older portions thicker and wrinkled, forming with the underlying tissue a tough and ridged cortex.
Arising from the larger roots are smaller ones, formed in acro- petal succession, but in smaller numbers than in the true ferns, and not as distinctly two-ranked. Nothing was observed to indi- cate that they arose dichotomously, or in any way differently from the ordinary methods in other pteridophytes. In some cases it was evident that a lateral root had taken the place of the main One, whose apex had apparently been in some way injured, and ™ one case this had been repeated, two roots branching out the second time nearly at the same point, diverging widely, and at first sight having the appearance of dichotomous branching, but their lateral origin was plainly evident on closer examination. Pe ossibly the supposed dichotomous branching of the roots was
derivative cells become differentiated into the permanent tissues of the root. The root-cap differs in appearance from that of the
50 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March,
true ferns in the indistinctness of the layers of cells representing the successive segments of the apical cell, all traces of the strati- fication so couspicuous in true ferns being very early lost. Oc- cupying the center of the root is a cylinder of procambium cells, and surrounding this, several rows of broader cells, with inter- cellular spaces between their lateral walls. On account of the air occupying the spaces, this zone of cells is very conspicuous when the section is mounted in water. Lying outside of these cells is a second zone of smaller cells destitute of intercellular spaces, and surrounding the whole is the epidermis whose cell- walls, very early, become brown in color, and form a continuous hin brown covering over the end of the root. Some of the cor- tical cells lying immediately underneath later have their walls similarly changed.
The apical cell (figure 1. a) is a nearly equilateral tetrahe- dron in form, and the succession of segments seems to be per- fectly regular. Each segment is formed by a wall parallel to one of the faces of the apical cell, the cell thus formed being tabular, with the broader faces triangular. The cap-cell is the last formed of each cycle of segments, and differs in its subse- quent divisions from the three lateral segments. Each of the latter is first divided into two nearly equal cells by a radial wall
gure 2.a). In each of the cells thus formed a tangetial wall arises, dividing it into an inner and an outer cell, the former be- ing the larger; and very soon after, the inner cell becomes fur- ther divided by a second tangential wall into two nearly equal cells. Of the three cells into which each half of the original segment is now divided, the inner one gives rise to the central
rocambium cylinder of the root; the middle one to the ground tissue lying next the procambium, and probably to the whole, or at any rate to a large part of the cortical parenchyma; from the outer cell, the epidermis and possibly part of the cortical tissue. I was unable to determine positively whether or not the outer cell underwent any further division by walls parallel to the first wall, that is, whether the cells derived from. this outer cell formed more than one layer, or whether all the subsequent di- vision walls were perpendicular to that first formed.
In the segments from which the root-cap is formed, the first wall, as seen from above (figure 3. 1), is parallel to one of the sides of the triangular cell, dividing it into two unequal cells, an elongated four-sided, and a triangular one. The former is divided into two by a wall perpendicular to the first (figure 3- 11), before the other is divided. For a short time walls are formed only at right angles to the broad faces of the segment, as
rs WRC IR Ae Sm oat re a ae eS ry ns, ee cg
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 51
in true ferns. In the latter this remains permanent, so that the root-cap consists of a series of distinct strata or lamelle, each composed of a single layer of cells, and representing a single segment of the apical cell; but in Botrychium walls are soon formed in all directions, and thus the original strata become so merged as to obliterate completely the boundaries between them.
In the lateral segments there are formed for some time walls perpendicular to the broad faces only of the segments, so that the latter remain for some time single layers of cells, the growth of the segments being almost entirely lateral, and the vegetative cone is thus rendered very obtuse. The first transverse walls are formed in the outer cells, where they continue to form rapidly, alternating with longitudinal walls and forming a small-celled tissue whose cells are nearly cubical in form. Division does not
pheral protoplasm of the cells contain numerous granules.
The root soon reaches nearly its full diameter, any further growth being due to increase in the size of the cells, and longi- tudinal divisions cease, although for some time transverse walls form rapidly except in the procambium cells. These finally cease and the subsequent lengthening of the root is due to the elongation of its cells.
The epidermal cells become thicker walled, the walls at the Same time becoming brown, and the cells losing the greater part or all of their contents.
_ The ground-tissue cells remain distinguishable into two por-
tions, although this is not so evident as in the younger parts oF the root. They develop great quantities of starch in sm ll, roundish or oval granules, these being especially numerous in the larger celled inner parenchyma.
52 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [ March,
The development of the different parts of the fibro-vascular bundle is most readily followed by means of a series of trans- verse sections. Such a section, made Lefore any of the perma- nent tissue is formed, shows that the young bundle is composed of a mass of thin-walled cells whose diameter is very much less than that of the surrounding ground-tissue cells, so that the young bundle is clearly defined (figure
The first indication of the formation of permanent tissue is a change in the walls of certain cells arranged in groups at the periphery of the cylinder and at equal distances from each other (figure 5. ph). Their walls become noticeably thicker and strongly refractive, so that they are easily recognized. These cells form the beginning of the phloem masses of the complete bundle. Shortly after the first phloem cells have become differ- entiated, there are formed at equal distances — them, also at the outside of the bundle, an equal number of groups, consisting at first of two or three cells, satiee: walls become strongly thick- ened, but appear — so t they differ markedly from the phloem cells. ei are ee primar tracheids and form the be- aera ns! the xylem (figure 5.
itudinal section of a traidle at this stage shows that the pe tracheids are narrow pointed cells, with spirally thickened walls, the spirals more or less confluent so as to form reticulate markings (figure 7. tr).
The further development of the bundle proceeds very slowly, the formation of permanent = continuing from the points at the circumference toward the center. e secondary tracheids, for there are no true nin are frequently marked with bor- dered pits, resembling more those of gymnosperms than the sealariform markings of the vessels of ferns. Their formation ean be readily followed by making — longitudinal sections at points where the bundle is not fully formed.
These markings begin by the sivintibe line of the wall leaving spaces of considerable size where the wall remains of its original thickness. At this stage (figu S 2s the wall appears marked with large bat shallow pita: the thickening progresses, while the bottom of the pit tees its original diameter, the parts of the wall surrounding it grow over it so as to make the pit assume more and more the form of an inverted cone. The upper opening does not close up, but after it has reached a certain size its walls cease to approach each other and the upper part 0 the pit has the form of a short tube, so that the whole pit is like an ordinary inverted funnel. On account of the uniform diam- eter of the neck of the funnel, its vata, when seen from above,
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 53
is very sharply defined ; whereas the outline of the base is much fainter, and the whole pit seen from above appears as a very definite pit whose transverse diameter is the greater, surrounded by a much less distinct, but usually quite evident circle marking the original outline of the pit (figures 8 to 10). In _pro- portion as the pits are more or less elongated and crowded, the tracheid approaches more those of the ferns or gymnosperms. could not certainly determine whether or not the bottom of the pit was finally absorbed. There isa general correspondence in the place of formation of pits on the adjacent walls of neighbor- ing tracheids, but not so marked as is often the case. Some- times the thickening of the wall is uniform between the pits, so that they retain the form of unbordered pits.
The bundles differ in form in the main and lateral roots. In the former the mature bundle has a nearly triangular sec- tion, the xylem consisting of three radially placed oval masses of tracheary tissue, with three masses of rather thick-walled, imperfectly deveioped sieve tissue, constituting the phloems lying
etween. The limits of the oem masses are not very clear, merging more or less into the thin-walled parenchyma, constitu- ting the rest of’ the fibro-vascular cylinder. In the lateral roots the bundle is oval in outline and the xylem and phloem in two masses instead of three (figure 6). In neither case do the sep- arate masses coalesce. In one case a very strong main root showed four instead of three xylem and phloem masses.
"he phloem consists of elongated cells of varying diameter, some of the larger ones with the transverse walls only slightly oblique, probably being undeveloped sieve-tubes. The rest 0 the cells are narrower, with much more oblique walls, so that their ends are often decidedly pointed ; otherwise they differ but little rom the surrounding parenchyma.
EXPLanation or Piare IV .—Fig. 1. Longitudinal section through the apex of a main root of Botrychium ternatum. < 150. a, apical cell. pr, pro- cambium cylinder. ¢, root-cap. : ig. 2. Transverse section through the region of the apical cell. The first six lateral segments are num . pepe.
Fig. 3. Young segment of root cap, showing the first division walls, 1 and 11. >< 245,
150.
6; 1gs. 4-6. Transverse sections through the young bundle of a lateral root. 18 practically complete. ph, phloem. ry, xylem. 245. i Fig ei selattadiaa! Foe da of the bundle of a main root, of about the age of Fig. 6, showi : ids, tr. ‘ v% 8 6, showing the primary tracheids, #7 adie ob with node
54 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Mareh,
On Some Recent Notes and Descriptions of Eriogonex in the Pro- ceedings of the California Academy of Sciences.
C.. Cc. PARRY.
The present energetic and successful botanical collector of the California Academy of Sciences, Mrs. M. K. Curran, having lately undertaken the very different work of systematic description in the published Proceedings of the Academy, the views there pre- sented naturally call for some notice in the current pages of bo- tanical literature.
Having lately given some attention to the study of Eriogone the writer was naturally much interested in seeing whatever new light might be thrown by recent discoveries on the difficult prob- lems of systematic classification, and having been kindly favored with authentic specimens and published notes from the above source, the following suggestions are respectfully offered. The old difficulty of strictly defining genera and species, that in the
idea of a species in a short description requires a thorough knowledge of the subject and a methodical mind.” In the brief pages 1-4 of the Calif. Acad. Proc. for 1885-86 Mrs. Curran claims to have data, mainly derived from her own recent discov- eries, to invalidate some of the long established genera of Erio- gone, even at the risk of merging all into the single polymor- phous genus Eriogonum. To properly substantiate such a claim we would naturally look for very important discoveries, but, as __ far as the pages referred to show, only two are brought to light. The first of these is a very well marked Eriogonum, closely re- lated to the well-known E. angulosum Benth., showing in fact no essential difference either in involucral characters, or internal bracteoles, only indeed remarkable for the excessive wooliness encompassing the flowers, on which the very appropriate specific name, 4. gossipinum, is based. On the strength of this normal species, however, Mrs. Curran proceeds at once to demolish the Nattallian genus Nemacaulis, and hastily constructs a section of Eriogonum, “Braeteolata,” in which it is snugly ensconced, being
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 59
somewhat strangely followed by a species (E. Greggii) which she knows only from description.
aving on a previous study of this genus carefully examined its character, and at one time even ventured to anticipate Mrs. Curran’s conclusions in merging it into Eriogonum,as E, Nema- caulis, on the advice of other experienced botanists, a second sober thought induced me to withhold my rash hand, and while still seeing how a further development of involucral characters, by uniting the lower series o spiral bracts into a true whorl, would break down the generic distinction, till this is accom- plished the genus may well stand as Prof. Gray suggested, one of the very best of the Eriogonex genera. Therefore t not the botanical verdict will be in the case under consideration “not proven,” and Nemacaulis Nuttallii Benth. will still escape an italicised reduction.
Coming next to Chorizanthe, the above writer, after designat- ing two unimportant varieties, comes out with a detailed descrip- tion of a minute, inconspicuous plant (barely three inches high), under the name of Chorizanthe insignis. “Why so designated
-does not appear, either from the specimen or description. At the same time nota single character is given to keep it out of the genus Oxytheca, as at present defined, the entire absence of basal Spurs, as well as an increased number of flowers, with obscure bracteoles at the base, clearly separating it from C. leptoceras, which it outwardly resembles, and, therefore, unmistakably a genuine Oxytheea, nly approximating, as one would naturally expect, the allied but very distinct genus Chorizanthe. Having thus glanced at the descriptive work, we may go back to the pre- Iminary views with which the descriptions are prefaced.
While realizing fully the difficulties that seem to crowd upon the path of discovery in the clear definition of the Eriogonous genera, we fail to get any light here in the confused statements made. Instead of which there are crude views of relationship, such as comparing the involucroid perianth (2) of Lastarriza, With the entirely normal one of Ho listeria, to which it has not the most remote resemblance, and which the author of the genus failed to recognize in his clear description.
_ The “theory ” of a reduced perianth in Chorizanthe Lastar- ria is demolished in a single paragraph by the inability of the Writer to recognize under her microscope a character which the Original deseriber clearly laid down, which is (perhaps in rather _ &n exaggerated way) shown in the published plate, and which all
- Subsequent descriptions have plainly stated, viz: a series of lok
appendages alternating with the stamens, reasonably representing
56 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, | March,
a reduced perianth. Only one other point in this connection, om which the writer feels competent to express an opinion. What Prof. Gray once suggested, but with an important reservation, might be the equivalent of an involucre in Lastarriva in the sub- tending whorl of cauline bracts, is utterly inadmissible from the fact that besides the so-called perianth, they encircle invariably the extending axis, thus showing that it is a true cauline and not a floral appendage. This is also clearly not the case in Oxytheca luteola (or any other Eriogonous species), where as in the former case the irregular whorl of spines enclose only the cluster of bracted perianths. ;
n conclusion, may we not express the earnest hope, in the true interest of systematic botany, that before botanical science is loaded down with useless synonyms, or made obscure by crude speculations and rash innovations, those who venture to leap will first take a long and careful look.
Botanizing in Texas, I. J. REVERCHON.
By “ botanizing ” I do not mean taking a railroad and stop- ping at such and such a station, taking a ramble or two in the neighboring hills, or sometimes jumping from the cars at a coal station, tempted by some tantalizing plant, and running back with only the top of said plant, at the call of the imperious whistle, and after that running may be a hundred miles before stopping again. That is not my way, as the railroads do not pass exactly where many nice things are found, and I don’t care to be in a hurry.
So we started, my wife and I, and Robert Freeman, April 8, 1885, from our home in Dallas county. Freeman was a fine fellow, exactly fit for driving, hunting, fishing, and other duties invaluable on such a trip. Had we met some strayed Apaches or unruly Mexicans, he would have been equal to the emergency.
ur covered wagon, drawn by a good team, was packed wit provisions, drying papers, arms, ete. It would seem as if we were fixed to travel any length of time, and over any extent of country. I will not venture to describe our appearance, and must not forget that I am writing for botanists, anxious that I begin to botanize.
The evening sees us in the “ Lower Cross-timbers,” a vast belt of sandy post-oak land that extends a long distance north
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. a7
and south, and separates two regions of extensive prairies. As the season was very backward few plants were in bloom, and I will only mention the Astragalus distortus. After that we reached some cretaceous hills bordering a vast prairie, and here for the first time a botanist traveling from the east will find Actinella scaposa, Scutellaria Wrightii, and Quercus virens, all three very common through the west. Along the streams he would notice Vitis rupestris.
After crossing some extensive prairies we come in sight of the valley of the Brazos. There are limestone bluffs intermixed with sandy patches of post-oaks, some fine prairies, and beautiful clear streams. There we collected Psoralea esculenta, Townsendia sericea, Vesicaria recurvata and densiflora, and Berberis trifoliata. The mountain cedar (Juniperus occidentalis, var. conjungens) also appears for the first time.
e crossed the Brazos near Comanche’s peak, and reached the
Paluey’s valley the next day, through a sandy forest interspersed with rocky prairies. Along streams we collected Ranunculus macranthus. We find nothing new in this valley, nor in the re- gions south of it for about twenty miles, consisting of woods, prairies, and hillocks. : n the 17th we crossed the Bosque river, and found ourselves in an extensive prairie, where was discovered a rare plant, Am- sonia longiflora. We also admired the numerous shades of Cas- tilleia purpurea, whose flowers vary from dark red to white, and from orange to light straw color.
About Cowhouse creek and Lamposas river we were detained over a week by nearly continual showers. On the prairies we noticed Gaura coccinea, CEnothera Greggii, and Melampodium cinereum ; along the streams, Clematis coccinea and Nemophila Phacelioides ; while the characteristic species of the limestone bluffs are Astragalus Reverchoni, Psoralea hypogza, Erodium Texanum, Vesicaria Engelmanni, and a Sisyrinchium that I ex- pect has no name yet. IL also found a little patch of Dodeeatheon Meadia. On some rocky hills were the following: Morus par- vifolia, Mimosa fragrans, Arenaria Benthami, Galium Texense, Acalypha Lindheimeri, Erysimum asperum, and Hedeoma acin- vides ; in clefts of the rocks the two ferns Notholena dealbata and Cheilanthes lanuginosa. :
April 25th we reached Lamposas, a town celebrated for its beautiful sulphur springs, which attract many people. Near this place I noticed for the first time Thamnosma Texanum, Astra- galus Wrightii, and Menodora heterophylla.
At Lamposas we took the San Saba road, due west through a
58 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March,
prairie country dotted here and there by high rounded hills. On the next day, after crossing through a deep ¢ gap between two pic-
turesque bluffs, erowned with shrubbery, we left the cretaceous formation for the red ge Hemet sandstone. Instead of good grazing prairies there was poor, gravelly, rocky or sandy soils, all hoary with chapper sia or thickets. These thickets are 1 mostly formed by the following shrubs: Prosopis juliflora, Diospyros Texana, Colubrina Texensis, Lippia lycioides, and Opuntia lepto- caulis. Among other plants 1 note Astragalus Lindbeimeri, Cooperia pedunculata, Cereus paucispinus, Cassia pumilis, and Argythamnia ophioides. In nearing the Colorado the country is more regularly sandy, and we found Senecio ampullaceus and Festuca sciurea in abundat
We crossed the Colorado the 27th. It is a deep stream, bor- dered on both sides by precipitous bluffs, on which I found Cheilanthes tomentosa and Alabamensis, and also for the first time the beautiful Pellea flexuosa.
After traveling two or three miles west of the Colorado, over a red sandstone country, we found ourselves again ina hard lim stone region. Here the rains overtook us again, and we were compelled to pay a little more attention to the botany of that place. Here the little prairies were dotted with the very beauti- ful Phlox Reemeriana ; the streams were bordered with Mimulus Jamesii, var. Texensis ; while on the rocky bluffs I noticed Se- laginella rupestris and Rhus virens.
On the 30th, the journey was resumed in spite of threatening weather We descended the San Saba valley, full of mesquit (Prosopis julifiora), where I bine a plant apes abundant on the plains of western Texas. It is an Apium proper, but not the same plant that was collected Kee me and distributed by Mr. Cur- tiss. This one must have another name, as the plant found on the plains is certainly the one collected by Capt. Pope.
In a branch of San Saba river, I noticed some Schollera graminea in bloom. At San Saba we took the Llano road south, and soon afterward pitched our tent in a small valley that would have been a fine place for any one to stop, but to me it looked like a botanist’s paradise. There was a long hill all capped with perpendicular rocks, where were found Tinantia anomala, pe te
4indheimeri, Bouchetia erecta, Abutilon Wrightii, Gon lobus_ reticulatus, and a a good many more that I have a lenis mentioned. Beyond this valley lay a country all intermixed wit sands or rocky hills, and very disagreeable to travel over. In the valleys the principal trees are mesquit and post oaks; on the hills, mountain cedars and Quereus Durandi. We finally camped
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 59
on Cherokee creek, in a better looking country. The creek was full of Nuphar advena, and the banks were lined with Carex co- mosa, and a remarkable variety of Carex acuta.
The 2d of May we reached the granite region of Llano. It first appears as a few granite boulders cropping out among the post oaks, and along with them we noticed the following plants: Tephrosia Lindheimeri, Sida Lindheimeri, and a small plum tree (Prunus glandulosa) covered with fuzzy, unripe fruits, looking very much like small peaches. The people said they were “awful” good when ripe.
1e Babyhead mountains were soon in view, a dark mass of nearly naked granites. I was disappointed in finding but two plants I had not seen before, Pellea Wrightiana and a Selagi- nella that our best authorities have considered only a form of rupestris. ‘In spite of that honorable opinion I am very much inclined to think it a different species. Beyond those hills, in a sandy valley, we collected Vesicaria grandiflora, Hymenatherum Wrightii, and an Indigofera considered by some to be leptosepala, bat quite different in appearance.
t the town of Llano, after we had crossed the river of that name, we turned our faces toward the setting sun, going up the Llano valley. There in the sandy forests were found Dalea nana and lasiathera, Paronychia setacea, Eritrichium Texanum, Vesi- caria argyrea, and Houstonia humifusa.
n the 4th, being along the Llano, we stopped on account of humerous species calling my attention. In the scanty soil among the rocks that border the tumultuous Llano were discovered Boerhaavia tenuifolia, Nicotiana repanda, Gilia incisa and acerosa, Bouteloua Burkei, and a shrubby Croton not yet named. In the river Herpestis chameedryoides was found.
e next day, after crossing a very poor country, a perfect desert, where Plantago Patagonica was about the only thing grow- Ing, with here and there a tuft of Hermania Texana not yet in bloom, we pitched our tent at the very foot of House mountains, a mass of bold, denuded rocks, quite high for Texas, where there are no true mountains this side of the Pecos. This proved to be @ very interesting locality for a botanist, and for a-tourist it is certainly so. And now I am sorry we did not stay there a week instead of three days. Duri ng that time I had my hands more than full. The ferns were Woodsia obtusa, Notholena Hookeri,
ella flexuosa (with immense fronds) and Wrightiana, Cheilan- thes Lindheimeri, and a variety of tomentosa near Eatoni. '
60 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March,
Mildews of Indiana. J. N. ROSE.
The following mildews were collected in the vicinity of Wabash College during the past season. It is not presumed to be a complete list, but merely a beginning, which it is hoped may lead to the cataloguing of all the species of the state. I have also listed the hosts upon which they were found, mentioning those plants which, as far as could be learned, had not before been reported as hosts. This is the first attempt made in this state to determine the various species of this group. The list comprises 11 species and 29 hosts, which have been preserved in the herba- rium of the college.
ave followed in the specific descriptions Cooke’s “ Hand- book of British Fungi,” Bessey’s “Erysiphei of the United States,” and “ Earle’s Podosphiera,”' and have used to good advan- tage in collecting hosts Trelease’s “ Parasitic Fungi of Wiscon- sin.” Such notes have been added as have come under my own observation, and when the description has not been complete I have added other characters and pointed out differences. These it is hoped, may be of use in an early revision of some of the ill-defined species. 1. Uneinula cireinata C. & P.
On leaves of Red Maple. While the perithecia are quite large, .14mm. in diameter, they do not equal those found by Bes- sey on the Silver Maple. Asci only from 8 to 10.
2. Microsphera Friesii Lév.
Very abundant on the leaves of the Lilac. Common every- where.
3. Microsphera Russellii Clinton.
Found abundant on leaves and stems of Oxalis stricta, espe- cially on plants growing in moist, shady places. 4. Microsphera Platanii Howe.
On leaves of Sycamore. Common.
5. Microsphera Grossularie Lévy.
On Sambucus Canadensis. As far as I can learn, this is the first time this species has been found on the Elder in this coun- try. Cooke gives it as a host in his Hand Book. Farlow men- tions the Elder as the host of M. Hedwigii; while Trelease gives it for M. VanBruntiana. While our specimen does not corre-
1Botanical Gazette, IX. 24.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 61
spond very well with the description given by Bessey for M. Grossulariz, yet it is more like this than either of the two spe- cies just mentioned. The following characters more nearly de- seribe our specimens: Perithecia scattered on both sides of the leaf, globose, minute, .07-.09mm. in diameter. Reticulations prominent. Appendages 10 to 15, prominently dichotomous, - to 6 times branched and spreading, clear throughout their length ; spread of branches equal, exceeding the diameter of the perithe- cia; ultimate branches often quite long, tips blunt. Asci 3-7, ovate, containing from 3 to 4 spores.
6. Podosphera oxacantha DC. (P Kunzei Lévy. P tridactyla
Wall.
On the Persimmon and Quince. Bessey gives P. Kunzei, while Trelease adheres to tridactyla. In this species we follow Earle, who has carefully worked out the literature of the subject and has made a special study of this genus. See Boranicar Gazetrer, Vol. TX, p. 24. Neither of the above hosts are men- tioned in any of the reports which I have at hand. The Per- simmon is the first host outside of Rosacee upon which this spe- cies has been found. The perithecia, however, are few and scat-
description of Earle more nearly includes it. The speci- men from the Quince gives the following characters: Amphi- genous, fruiting on both sides of the leaf, abundant especially on the upper side. Perithecia dark brown, .08mm. in diameter. Appendages about as long as the diameter of the perithecia, 5 to 16, colored for more than half their length, 3 to 4 times branched. 7. Phyllactinia suffulta Reb. (P. guttata Lév.)
On leaves of Dogwood and Hazel; very abundant on the latter, 8. Spherotheca Castagnei Lév.
n Taraxacum Dens-leonis, Bidens frondosa, B. chrysan- themoides, Hieracium, Lactuea, Erigeron. All of these, except- ing the first two, are new hosts. Cooke’s description is not suf- ficient to include all these forms. I make the following notes from our specimens: Mycelium often abundant, web like, and commonly persistent. Perithecia globose, very minute, but vary- Ing in size, .07 to .10mm. in diameter, on both sides of the leaves and often on the branches and stems, abundant in pate es. Ap- pendages equalling or exceeding the diameter of the perithecia. Ascus with few spores, generally 8.
62 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March,
9. Erysiphe tortilis (Wall.) Lk.
On Clematis Virginiana. Our specimens are amphigenous, as given also in Bessey’s notes. Spores generally 4, often 5 and 6. With these two exceptions the description of Cooke corre- sponds with our specimens. The plants on which this mildew were growing were in a very sickly condition.
10. Erysiphe lamprocarpa (Wall.) Lév.
On Cnicus altissimus, var. discolor, Verbena urticifolia, Am- brosia artemisizefolia, Helianthus doronicoides, H. annuus, Acti- nomeris squarrosa, Vernonia fasciculata, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Solidago Canadensis. This is one of our most common and best known mildews. The conidial stage occurs in the early part of summer and lasts until fall. 1e mycelium is generally very abundant, covering the foliage with a whitish web-like mass. The last six hosts are not given in any of the lists to which I have had access.
11. Erysiphe communis ( Wall.) Schl.
On some Anemone and Ranunculus abortivus. Our Anemone specimens give the following points: Perithecia abundant on petiole and blade above and below, very dark brown. Append- ages 10 to 15, sometimes very long, lower half slightly colored, tips clear. Asci 3 to 4: spores 3 to 5, mostly 4. Perithecia quite variable in size, reaching .11 mm. in diameter. This host plant was found growing in a patch of Ranunculus abortivus which had this mildew upon it, and from which it had probably spread to the Anemone. In the Ranunculus specimen I noted asci from 2 to 6, with spores ranging from
hree other species were reported in the laboratory last year, but as the specimens were not preserved I could not verify the work, and so dispose of them as nearly as possible from the meager descriptions in the laboratory notes at hand. Uncinula Americana Howe.
n the leaves of the grape.
A species found on the Elm, and doubtless belonging to the genns Uncinula, is given, but does not come under any of the three species assigned to this host as given by Bessey. The notes give number of asci 10 to 12; spores 5. C. H. Peck is the only one in this country who has reported finding this mil- dew on the Elm, and hence I judge it must not be a very common form. After a most searching examination of many leaves I was compelled to give up without finding a single perithecium.
The species reported from the Beech is probably Phyllactinia suffulta Reb., as Cooke says it is commonly to be found here.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 63
A species was found by me growing abundantly on Poa pra- tensis in November and again late in December mn Bessey calls Erysiphe communis Schl., while Trelease assigns to E. graminis DC. As yet only the conidial phase has been studied and finding of perithecia will be necessary to positively decide the species
BRIEFER ARTICLES. Aspidium Oreopteris Swz.—The only American station for this species has been the Island of Unalaska, where it was discovered by Mr. M. Turner in 1878, but by the past season’s searches of that indefatigable worker, Professor Macoun, Naturalist of the Geological Survey of Canada, it is now located on the North American continent proper, and no less than about 1,600 miles east of the former station. It was found August 22, 1885, on Mount Dawson, at thesummit of the Canada Pacific Railway pass through the Selkirk Range, British Columbia, a little south of lat. 51°. The patches, which were fairly abundant, grew on a comparatively dry slope of the mountain, at an altitude of 6,500 feet, or a little less, and also in wetter soil and at a greater altitude, « on a neighboring mountain, the upper slopes of which were covered by a glac The ae of the Canadian plants are narrower and more graceful look- ing, both as a whole and in all their parts, than those of the Unalaskan and most European forms, but Professor Eaton, to whom a specimen was sent, writes
hithortn rv, rded
The largest of the specimens received from Mr. Macoun has fronds 1} feet high, of which 33 inches forms the stalk, while the middle pinne are only 2} inches long. The segments, the basal ones of which are often large in propor- tion to those next them, are but little more than a line in width, and the under surface is but very slightly glandular.—T. J. W. Buraess, M. D., London, On- tario, Canada. A Cheap Camera.—A good rue for a more expensive camera-lucida for the microscope can be made as follow ut a piece of thin metal, brass or ‘sodest or even tin will do, in the form of a letter L. After smoothing the edges, bend one limb into an unclosed band, to clasp the end of the eye-piece after the cap is remo oved. Clasp the other limb near its juncture with the ring, with a pair of pliers, and twist it on its own axis through an angle of 90°. On the outer end bend a cock-eye to hold a piece of wood, in the end of which make a slight split and insert the edge of a cover-glass to serve as a mirror. Of course both the image and the pencil-point are seen by looking through the glass, the former by reflected and the latter by transmitted light. The iight reflected is sufficient to give good definition when ordin nary powers are used. In this way each member of a class an easily make a camera for himself.
64 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [ March,
J. R. Lowrie.—On December 10, 1885, the death of J. Roberts Lowrie Esq., in the 63d year of his age, occurred at his residence in Huntingdon county, Pa. A son of the Hon. Walter Lowrie, at onetime U. S. Senator from the state, he was born in the town of Butler. From Jefferson College he received his first academic degree, with honor, in 1842, and devoted himself to the study of law with his uncle, Judge Lowrie, of Pittsburg, afterward Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. As a field for the practice of his profession he chose Hollidaysburg, in Blair county, but a year or two later removed to War- riorsmark, a village at the base of the Bald Eagle Ridge, near the Alleghanies, where he spent He remainder of his life. Having married Mary, the daughter of Mr. Jo hn Lyon, the senior mem ber “a a firm which owned one bs the ——
and many ihoogaaa acres of mountain ad covere with ‘Gries: he thee ame
Thus situated he had ample means and Goeenaiity for the study of the natural sciences, to which he was strongly inclined. Of these, botany was his favorite, as a visitor would soon discover from the full and choice array of botanical works on the shelves of his library and the herbarium which occu- pied a place in the same room. His love of trees and shrubs Gina toa passion, and he was well acquainted not only with all the wild arborescent veg- etation in his neighborhood, but, soon after coming to Warriorsmark, converted the extensive grounds attached to his mansion into an arboretum, Wien now may be seen, after the lapse of more than thirty years, splendid specimens of many beautiful and remarkable species, native and exotic. In the creation of this park he was guided by thorough scientific knowledge and excellent taste. May it long flourish as a monument to his
But his attention was not confined to the auhttvation of trees and shrubs. To him the entire flora for many miles around his home was an object of spe- cial interest. He made large collections of the rarer plants, and by his efforts one species new to science was brought to light (Prunus Alleghaniensis Porter), and a number new to the state, of which may be ee Ilex mollis Gray, La- thyrus ochroleucus Hook., Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx., var. pauciflorus Robbins, Phlox ovata L., Pinus pungens Mx. (since found shes haee), Listera convallarioides
ook. The circumstances under which the last was obtained will furnish a pata illustration of his energy and zeal as an explorer. On a botanical trip to
Meadows, an elevated mountain-bog in Center county, he made his way very slowly, and with great toil for a considerable distance, iva a dense wall of rhododendrons to an open space where he gathered the e plant, its
only Shee ations south of N. New York, and then, sith his treasure in hand, by the aid of a compass, struggled back iitrodgh the jungle to the point where he had entered—a difficult and dangerous feat which occupied several hours. n n Mr. L. was tall and rather slender. His eye was keen and his ovements quick. In temperament he was grave but cheerful, and to his in- timate friends a most agreeable companion, decided in his opinions but toler- ant, a man of sterling integrity and great influence, a in his manners, hhsapetabio, and above all an earnest Christian. Requiescat in pace. omas C. Porter.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 65
EDITORIAL.
THE success which has heretofore attended the issue of special numbers leads us to hope that the one announced for June, to cover the work of the field and herbarium, will meet with a hearty response from collectors (and what botanist is not a collector ?). The object in view is not to bring together all that might be said in reference to the collection and preservation of plants, our Space would not permit that, but to present new and less known methods an observations. Almost every one who gathers plants has some special method
independent treatment, which, although well understood by specialists of each - class, are unknown or imperfectly known to others. rder to combi t tainment with instruction some short narratives connected with herborizing will be acceptable. The material for this number will be partly presented as
gathered into herbaria or exsiccate, including the various sorts of flowering plants and ferns, the mosses and liverworts, fresh and salt water algz, lichens, fleshy, parasitic and other fungi, and even the bacteria. There are smaller 8roups in each of these classes to which general methods are not applicable, and which eall for special mention. Material for this number should be sent mas early in April as convenient.
Borany IN AMERICA was never in a more flourishing condition than at the present time. American systematic work, especially that emanating from Harvard, has long stood in the front rank, but other departments of the sciznce
man writers. The Gardeners’ Chronicle of England calls it “one of the most useful Summaries yet issued.” This may be taken as an index to our ad- vancement in the teacher's sphere. It would not be hard to trace a connection etween good didactic works and the increase of original research. In the latter we are surely making notable progress. Nature, in noticing the Associa-
66 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March,
‘tion number of this journal, took occasion to say of the botanical papers pre- ‘sented at Ann Arbor, that “these furnish meena evidence of the goo work doing in this ay of science on the American continent, and will not suffer from comparison with a similar record at any o ‘ae recent gout of -our own [British] asctaeti ” Some of the papers are mentioned as “giving -especially good evidence of a capacity for original work.” American botanists mmay well feel encouraged at these signs of intellectual prosperity.
THERE ARE TWO things that we would like to see our systematic botanists
The first has reference to the citation of authorities. It is the most evi- dent injustice to ignore and lose sight of the author who originally defined a species. This becomes painfully evident when by some change in our notions of ont limitations whole groups of species are set adrift, to be caught up and named in a wholesale way by some one who had nothing whatever «o do with able the species. In such a case it would be very simple to cite two authorities, one in barnes? referring to the author who originally published the species, under whatever name, the other the authority asnow quoted. This would not only be rae tak would also facilitate reference to the literature of the species. The first author holds a peculiar relation to the species that should be acknowledged ns Te It is his by right of discovery, and what ever name it may afterwards be called does not affect this fact, and should not prevent his name being forever connected with it.
The other thing is in reference to generic names. It is our belief that a name once used for a genus should never be so used again even if the genus has been reduced to a synonym. This should be especially avoided within the limits of a single order. ‘There is no telling when the old genus may appear again, and then the new one must be renamed and synonymy becomes confused.
THE NEw Eprrors of the Torrey Bulletin have made a change in the dress of that journal and have increased the number of pages to sixteen, using larger type and dividing the articles more prominently. The January number opens with a —— of North American species of hci by Dr. Gray. The “In-
German ees bite — that there will be enough sound American litera- ture to keep thi always full, but we doubtit. Weare glad tonote the increasing xia of the Bulletin, and wish its new editors susie success.
p of explanation seems to be necessary regarding the place of pub- lication of the first ten volumes of the GazerrE. Cataloguers and indexers have fallen into natural mistakes in regard to this matter by assuming, in the absence of any direct statement to the contrary, that the printers were also the publishers. e prominent index goes so far as to style it “a migratory pub-
m has had but two offices of publication. From November, 1875, to August, 1879, it was some from Hanover, Indiana, and since that time from Crawfords- ville, India Tue TORS were more disappointed than subscribers could have been when the Scans number of the Gazerre appeared with the cover of the last
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 67 decade. It was one of those things which happen, no one knows exactly how, It is proper to say that the same mistake will not be repeated.
HE NUMBERS of the Gazerre for 1885 were mailed on the following dates: 1, Jan. 8; 2, Feb. 14; 3, Mar. 14; 4, April 24; 5, ing 7 6, June 4; 7, July i: 8, hag. it: Sane 10, Oct. 7; iL, Noy. 11; 2, Dee.
OPEN LETTERS.
Reverchon’s Texan Ferns.
I have received from Mr. eect ale a set ty = aides recently — by him in South-Western Texas, and find, a uch rare ferns as Pellwa aspera, Pellvea { ee Pollen Wrightzeas (typical demas, Notholena candida and Aneimia exicana, well represented.
e
.,, AS So hese species have long been a desideratum to bota anists, they
will be glad to know that there is now an opportunity to secure specimens from & collector whose eteton is so well known.
»k upon the kindness of Prof. Eaton for a more goes nel pip Nsom aay Medford, Mass. Gro. E. Davenport.
A ee for A sos saeco
It ng still = d an interest in he rbar ria, to know that carriage gu ue is an excel-
to a formidable amount I have been able to quickly and surely discharge by bie 5 a ta The glue, which is a semi-fluid, easily thinned by water, “omes in tin cans of various sizes, and prices from 30 cents upwards. Given the glue, the saratoc has then only to provide the small boy to apply it.
Brown University, pre idence, R de W. W. Balrzey.
De profundis.
ire A curator of a museum is often placed in a predicament. I am convinced
“tig considerable experience, that connected with every young herbarium, at st, there should be an underground railway for the transportation of tras
to some tany Bay. I can not segs aioe to smilingly bow off a henele-
i... his w
ey Scientific interests and those of sentiment may not always coincide. He
hi Y, too, be one of the persons back of the academic throne, and hence, as
nted above, the curator must be receptive gel bland. But, then, must he it odds and ends?
lt i os | sequen ce, to be co ae to hunt oa te three or four sep-
68 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March,
not our botanical books be always placed’ in connection vr the herbarium? When, for instance, vie pesiree a volume of the Prodromus, is it quite fair to ex-
pect him to walk a er of a mile, or even to ae his special building for it? May this “gro ow he not wholly ineffectual ! Brown University, Providence, R. I. W. W. BaILey.
Hypnum im Barberi.
In a letter lately received from Mr. J. Cardob of Slenay, France, he says that Mr. Renauld has concluded that Hypnum Barberi Renauld, of which a description was published in the American Naturalist, vol. XVIII, shows be
We ieley Colleg CLARA E. CuMMINGS.
Dispersion of tree-seeds.
own get een are confirmatory of Professor snore note in the Jan GazettE. I have long held the ‘opinion that the seeds of the birches ual larches, that here spring up so freely in an open field, are istribated chiefly eh ns of Br drifting snow, or rather by blowing ekaee the surface bey ria er J. Vroo St. Sisie, New Brunswick.
Tumble-weeds.
While speaking of “ tumble-weeds” other than those ot our own country, Dr. Bessey might have mentioned bi cur ious Crucifer, Anastatica Hierochun-
eurl inwards ae form a globular mass which the wii uproot sod roll shots at their will. On being moistened the branches straighten and pe pods open. Undoubtedly this habit of “tumblin sil has been pelted by these different species to secure wider dissemi inatio
Cambridge, Mass
CURRENT LITERATURE.
hes Gray, Dh of “seine America. Supplement and Indexes to Gamopetale. sa ae ‘his The p sah published in 1878, containing the Gamo- petal after ane ite. The embracing the Composite eneeeres in 1884. As some years must ela betere ; e whole work can be completed it became necessary to publish a supplement to contain additions and rection: This oO er pa n rst iss ‘
exhausted, the whole of Gamopetalie have been bound into a single volume, with such changes as can be made upon electrotype plates, containing also this — and new indexes.
impossible to note with any fullness the changes proposed, when the Medi va pplemenit of 80 pages is devoted to nothing else. The point of chief interest tanists is that they can now obtain a single authoritative book
ce) which brings up to date all our knowledge of the Gamopetale of North America, and that they can obtain it at a price so reasonable that no botanist
‘he princip al changes naturally occur in the orders after it aires ite. An interesting addition to our flora is Littorella lacustris, discovered at several northern stations by our Canadian botanists and others. The recasting of
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 69
Gilia, to include Collomia, is a very vapatie od pre i and naturally some changes in nomenclature follow. The revision of the section of Phacelia, which soins | es seats vise Neo- Maz icahe: etc., has brought viet to some of us whose spec aid no attention to the o group char The Se ay group of Borraginacez takes on no te ie appear- ance, as already noted in these pages, and the genus Kryaiedia pte es most its ‘gah
he genus Mimulus i - erg revised in view of Mr. E. L. Greene’s new ar-
rangement a Bull. Calif. Ac
€ most important shane have already appeared ry Shige oh e cations, and chiefly in the Proceedings of the American A .. - earnest wish of bas tsss fade that the author he has so fully ona cenies this portant group of Dicotyledons may be given thet ae and strength to finish the great work of which this forms so important a par English Worthies: Charles Darwin. By Grant Allen. 16°. pp- vi, 201. New
York: D. Appleton & Co. 1885. rding to his announcement in the preface, rie y ics Allen makes no
cial relations, except so far as these touch his pcientifi c renin He deals with
his position as a thinker and worker, eto ed out especially his relation to the
doctrine of evolution and to those who had preceded him in its develo opment
and advocacy. Prominent among ice o were preparing Sh way for Dar
win and his work are mentioned Bu n, St. otra beam: e, Era eats Darwin, t
o part of the book makes a more pleasing impression upon the reader gre the chapter entitled “The Period of Incubation,” in which the a suthor dwells on the patience and painstaking of the author of the Ori igin ‘A esi Darwin’s was en ius of the type € 80 well described by some one as being wa faculty for work.” T
t how ri as h work, to thick its a nemies can only oppose a upported denial. Mr. en takes no pains to eeneent ike ‘tact that his doaictloiener of the theory that of its great expounder. The undercurrent of extreme mate-
boo
: whole w eee
ing and opportunities of knowing are perhaps quite “ to Mr. Allen’s, who
body mawilling to cept materialism as the outcome of t e Darwinian theory.
ba in respect for ak opinions would have well become the writer 4 this at- active volum
Ue itomoleaare Athmung ; von W. Pfeffer. Extracted from ——? pp. 3-685,
This ex extract oo without the least intimation of its source, ot _ tunate omission. In it Dr. Pfeffer continues the discussion on intramolecular mapiration, the ae experiments being based on the salle of our country-
D. W. ; Wilson, to whom full acknowledgement is made. Fn ; cumton of the ; method ‘of experimentation used, t together with a figure o
70 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | March,
apparatus, is Jeo haeatg by the details of saat bogs with seventeen differen plants, phanerogams and cryptogams, in various stages, ve leafy wes Lilgicackn tes or entire plants, = various : degrees of temperature and illu
: I ai
tion. In the ifferent experim ts the ratio of the intramolecular to the: ace m 1.e.I+N) v sfr i i celsa, to rene in seedlings of Vicia faba at 23° The gre ies — of the pa-
> per is occupied by a discussion of these results and critical re upon the theoretical eiulanaion of the phenomena of normal and ieeeiiaghooelic respi-
NOTES AND NEWS. Dr. HeNry G. BULL, of Hereford, England, a mycologist, died October 31, 1885, at the age of 67. Dr. Basak the well-known mycologist, died at Geneva, Switzerland, November 24, —e pe nace LSPAUGH’S third fascicle of American dicinal pl I pp d, containing 30 Pio ei with descriptive texts.
THE BEPORT of the Forestry Commission of New Tern pentse, eS, is a hundred-page
t
he . OysTER, of Paola, Kansas, ies published a peeniog ue of Bort American plants, nek seems to be well done, and is surely
sry D PROVINCIAL LEGISLATION in the ae of horticulture and forestry is the title na a eae? of Sap ee <: pages, by Charles W. Garfield, containing valuable in- form. ED ACCOUNT of the apenas pear blight, written by Dr. J. H. Wakker, has- bre pubis in i rene ndsche Tuinbouwblad, a — ardening rei of Holland, with a rtaining e disease is ieee in that country. ngage EpOUARD MorREN has distributed his adres ey ee La oserqueasec et - bate lité des végétaux.’’ It was delivered at a public meeting o yal tees ath of bapeie and is a delightful nah ik ofa on interesting shies oy DES CHAMPIGNONS is being published soit regu eer of Paris, ener gives the principal eatble and pesoneus mnshroomis of Fra The authors are MM. Richo an t lored plates, ual is issued in aeiatine ata reasonable price. :
THE HERBARIUM of Columbia rye ees York City, is being removed to the third
floor of the library building. This w any advantages, not the least of which will 2 a thorough protection against fire i $e “nat ing being fire-proof. It will be several onths before the work of removal is complete.
PROF. . BessEY has been appointed State Botanist of Nebraska, and ‘ sum of tw ree me dollars, or so much thereof as may be n paren was eppopraed pay the. incidental expenses e onnected with the appointmen nt. With
i tis country well WOPKE
Ts N THE JOURNAL oF Boraxy se Febroary, Sitios Britten sina eis: to show that the genus Brodixa ofS n older name, Hookera . = sbury. Itisa t of justice to Sali d th i well presented that dass to be no reason ee not accepting the change. In that their if
IN THE BULLETIN of the Royal Society of Rilcto, Vol. eg pss ON on has mare lished a monograph of the genus Thalictrum, with five plates representing the types of akenes. The genus numbers 79 tage ies, of lacie gg have about 10, The name T. Cornutt he suppressed, which brings p T. corynelium C., but Dr. Gray claims that As i peyonan
ahi. i liest and well
Mublenberg’s 1 name, therefor, 1 this species will ryt hereafter 1 te known, - ms among American botani
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. i
THE FitcHpurG (Mass.) High School, under pene st its science teacher, E. Adam: Hartwell, has prepared a catalogue of the plants of Fitchburg and vicinity. os is i hse by the Agassiz Association of that place, and is cute soot oie is na preci and order of sequence are used, but as the result of seven seasons’ aes me is an ex- cellent showing
WE cuiP the following lines ab wngre! Dr. Asa Gray from the tiie “eke of adpoal 6. They were called out dy ps eel s biographical sketch in the New York Sun: ‘En A sh botanists vai Asa Gray as themselves es, despite nb accident of his birth on +e other side of the Atla ntie, anc g 1e€ land of his birth.’
WINTER WEEDS is the subject of an illustrated article in Vick's meyers for February, by Warren H. Manning. Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Veronica peregrina, Linaria Canadensis, eon inflata betty ou ricum mutilum, Spergularia mig Malva rohan altel and Stellaria
edia are mention ed. Although most of poe ually classed as annuals, the power o young Cote to endure the winter, and often ‘et n the flowers whenever the weather
is mild, makes them in effect biennials. They ti 1 led wint 1 oxox Louis RENE vie LASNE ae Ly Hyéres on hos uit second of December a
tt Though he ork for the past twenty yea his‘name is fam mous hy #0 n of his classical researches aa various groups of phy es- pecially t the Tuberaceze, Tremellinew, Nidulari ex, ae Ustilaginez. His work upon the eals
well known. 1
ious g ps of t tant ich isa Synopsis of Podos Much of his laborious | research was shar red b ve paar Ch. Tulasne, Ming aa some Sais ago, their most celebrated joint work being Selecta Fungorum Carpolog:
Pror. J. C. ARTHUR has just eis his annual report for 1885, as See of the New York Agricultural Experiment Sta The report shows great activity and, better than all, a desire te grapple with okay are ; ans living problems. The ave ports from agricultur. Coulis oe the usual tables ut very per oes — from
Still more unimportant nts, upon kind of work. This report ia chic 4 wit b pla nt diseases, the _ presented secre as itlewa:
Pear blight, proving of sine fruit, rotting of tomatoes, st and mildew of lettuce, rot- ting of cherries and plu leaf we i aon and their _— tes.
ae Ls of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific each ta for 1884-5 ¢ ns one hundred This society draws its snark in part
the University. of North a pane bbe Ppl does credit both t o the society and to the university. oe chief bots cal a Rev. M. A. Cur tis by Dr. Thom:
m t bot i
also notes on transpiration of plants, ey of Ilex leaves, citric and malic acid in pea- huts, cypress in North Carolina quaternary, ee the _ and abnormal leaves of capa a aoe Venable, Schweini et Holm Hyam
THE N FLORA is the subject of arecent communication to the Linnean Society by John rath eatin with the origin of the Andean flora, the author remarks that a quarter of the phane erogams of the region are Composite, probably the highest proportion
own in hen region, and peed of fore ais — characteristic group is t Mr. Ball co f Composite, arguing their great antiquity from the soasetas of forms, the localization of some great groups, and the cosmopolitan dis- Persion of o Allowing for all ie a peared of origin, or even several lines of
dean ho Tato the Rocky Mountains of North America, brows about be the ae okie _conneetion through Central Ameriea and Mexico, is dise oniacee and Hy-
drophyllacew are both noted as orders whose original ne may ket cusiee western North America, having feebly spread ova along the Andes. The order Loasacez. on the contrary, poet a South America
72 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ March.
AMANITINE and its antidote is the title of an article by C. Macilyaine in the Journal a Psa th for January ane February, reprint ted from the sage ica : and Surgical aapetie: This dea rooms, as an t pointed out by Julius A. Palmer , of Bostor n, in a communication to the Mon iteur Scientifique in 1879. The alkaloid was Jantnied as early as 1868. This poison, when
taken i system, does not manifest itself till a lapse of eight to fifteen hours; one
the characteristic symptoms leaden or ash-colored hue of the ski Theo ecessful antidote is atropine. It had been tested upon the lower animals previous to pel season of 1885, at which time it was first tried upon “sg Brean ‘cet in a Penn- sylvania from eating the pois onous Aman st be given under the direction ofa physicia an. Poly yporei, Boleti, Hy Pua yp Pica Bes sits ycoperdons do ae ntain a poi
son, but may wobcasie n disturbance of digestion by being too old, p erin dec: nyed,
possessing al nape or bitter principe, ¢ or Paes Seon Magier ond si such cases a use of swee oil and whis side
THE LITERATURE on is full of k the respiration of plants. Two notable pa- pers by MM. Bonnier and rie are » added to their previous contributions in —o French journals. The first of these, Recherches sur | oppew des plantes,! is summarized by the authors as follows: 1, The ratio of the gaseous exchanges “ hb gore n has not the same value at different stages of development. In
general, it mum during the period of germination, and a maximum about the middle = the de development, in an ee a anehe aor the long- tived plants, the ratio of O to COz passes through the maxi (autumn) during the seasons of successive years. . The intensity of respiration varies Nie! ‘he ‘development, Annual plants show rae f fi ering.» Perennial ge he also. have tw maxima, t the ti f f unfolding of the buds = a — at the time of floweri 1 thing, th
er - tory intensity inferior to that of those with caducous leaves
whe second paper, La fonction cee chez les végétaux,? is based upon all the pre- vious work of the writers. From it the following general statements may be taken: 1, Withi in wite limits, for the ae plant, * s given meomCNs, the ratio . hot scous exchanges i , the temperature and the illu mination. 2 The atio of gaseous exe hanges varies with the development of the plant. 3, Ina cei time oe intensity sp respiration inereases, mo sian and — ipceiorap te i = wi temperature, an It also in i with the humidity of the air, and decreases with the illumination.
~— scodiasp meee and lengthy lnpwsonnnels sy J. Herail, Son the comparative anatomy of the
f the subject ape ra material to it. The ength of the paper te r 100 pages) fo: rbids endian gto of m than the pentin conclusions of the author, which are as follows: 1. Theu ‘i of aes ae the stem structure pers ists t throughout all the modifications or variations to —e _ — is subject. 2. Pp pl and nothing is at present known of their causes. 3. Cons idering the modifications to which the histological structure of the elements of the various tissues are subject, it may be said: (a) that the Pe fe of ign grees is papturons of the mode of life, but eral fi ing an
Sg
etam
igo dige wag than i in Lect of ordinary habit; ; (b) that the liber escapes in ure
ae, 1s, others. ing de 1 Viti have these vessels very rsmall (ec) that the cortical portion (ap rtai
ence of the conditions of camrenctere nome is it is considered from: e same medium): the structure of this portion of the stem is generally identical in a given family and does not vary whether the plant is twining or erec’
1Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot., sér. vii, ii, iad 315-364, 2Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot., sér. vii, ii, 365-380, ’ sur l’anatomie compatée de la des dicotylédones : Ann. Sci. Nat.» Bot., sér. vii. ii. p. 201-314. 6 plates. ei o .
VOL. XI, NO. 4.-BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—APRIL, 18886. EDWARD TUCKERMAN. I. Biographical Sketch.
[The following sketch is condensed from the notice of Dr. Tuckerman in the Amherst Record of March 17, which we understand is from the pen of Prof. ‘Tyler.—Eps.]
_ Edward Tuckerman, professor of botany in Amherst College, died on Monday the 15th instant, at his residence in Amherst, of which town he was a citizen for more than thirty years.
Edward Tuckerman was the eldest child of Edward and Sophia (May) Tuckerman, and was born in Boston December 7, 1817; prepared for college at Ingraham’s school and the Boston Latin school ; entered the Sophomore class at Union College 1834, being graduated B. A. in 1837. Thence he proceeded to Cambridge and entered the Harvard Law School, taking the degree LL. B. in 18: He remained at the Law School till 1841, during which time he took a special course at the Divinity School, and then went abroad and studied several years in Germany, devoting him- self particularly to the study of history, philosophy and botany.
eturning to this country, he joined the Senior class of Har- vard College, being led to that step by friendship for several of its members, and graduated with them the following year. Subsequently received the degree of M. A. from both Harvard and Union, and LL. D. from Amherst. A taste for the natural Sciences very early manifested itself, and during his course at Union College he was appointed curator of the museums. His Connection with Amherst College dates from 1854, the years pre- Vious being spent in the pursuit of his favorite studies at Cam- bridge. In Amherst he held the position of lecturer in history from 1854-55, and again from 1858-1873, and professor of Ori- ental history from 1855-58. It was not till 1858 that he was appointed to the chair of botany, which he held thereafter till the
ay of his death. a
was married May 17, 1854, at Boston, to Sarah Eliza Sig- ourney, daughter of Thomas P. Cushing, and leaves no children.
Professor Tuckerman was a student all his life, and studies once begun were never relinquished till feebleness and the inroads of disease compelled him to lay them aside. He was a specialist, and yet he was not one, for he was a scholar in the truest sense of the word, and his attainments were as wide and varied as his reading. His linguistic acquirements were remarkable, and his literary correspondence with foreign scientists was carried on In other languages than his own. In his use of words he was espe-
74 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
cially nice and discriminating, selecting those which best inter- preted the meaning he wished to convey, and frequently antici- pating their use, giving them a force which has since been recog- nized and accepted.
His literary work commenced at the age of fifteen, and between 1834 and 1841 we find him contributing to the Churchman a se- ries of fifty-four articles entitled “ Notitia Literaria ” and “Adver- saria,” embracing a wide range in criticism, biography and the- ology. As we read their pages we scarcely know which to wonder at most, the extent and thoroughness of his reading, or the ripe- ness and maturity of his expression. The boy of seventeen was a full grown man in the stature of his thought, and we can well understand the astonishment with which he was regarded when he first presented himself before the scholars with whom he
d long been in correspondence. This same interest in general literature followed him through his life. In 1865 he edited a reprint of “ New England Rarities” by John Joselyn, Gent. few pages of this quaint volume are devoted to descriptions of plants, most of the species intended being identified by the editor. } Scattered through the publications of the Antiquarian and Genea- logical Societies will be found many of his contributions, and re- cently he has written several articles, chiefly criticisms, in the Church Eclectic.
Notwithstanding his close and unwearied application to the chosen study of his life, he still found time to keep abreast of the literature of the day in theology, history and travel. He was a pioneer in the study of the flora of the White mountains, and the ravine which bears his name and the contributions to Starr King’s “White Hills” will be a lasting monument to the enthusiastic student who so thoroughly explored them. His scholarly ability was recognized at home and abroad by election to membership in many literary and scientific societies.
Il. Bibliographical Sketeh. HENRY WILLEY. o attempt is made in the following sketch to enumerate anything but
.
the scientific writings of Dr. Tuckerman. ]
Prof. Tuckerman commenced the study of lichens in 1838, and made explorations in the vicinity of Boston and in the White mountains. The results of these studies appeared in the Journal of the Boston Society of Natural History under the following titles: ‘An enumeration of some lichens of New England,” read Dee. 5, 1838, vol. ii. pp. 245-261 ; “A further enumeration,” etc.,
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. i)
read in March, 1840, vol. iii. pp. 281-305; “Further notice of some N. E. Lichens,” read in March, 1841, vol. iii. pp. 438-464 ; “A further notice of some alpine and other lichens of New En- gland,” vol. v. pp. 93-103, January, 1845. These papers give the first notices of the alpine lichen flora of the White mountains, and contain an account of the systematic classification of lichens up to that time, as developed in the writings of Linneus, Achar- lus, Fries and others. In “Observations on some interesting plants of New England,” in Am. Jour. Science, xlv (1843), 27-49, he mentions two lichens, one of which has not, however, held its place as a species. In 1845 at Cambridge appeared “An Enu- meration of North American Lichens.” The first part of this little work is an essay on the natural systems of Aken, Fries an
licher, which is followed by a general view of the structure of lichens and an enumeration of those of North America, arranged according to the Friesian system. The “ Synopsis of the Lichens of New England, the other Northern States and British America,” Cambridge, 1848, was the first full descriptive list of our lichens published in this country. It enumerates and describes 295 spe- cies of which twenty are new.
n Lea’s “ Catalogue of the plants of Cincinnati,” Philadelphia, 1849, is a list of 53 lichens arranged by Prof. Tuckerman. In Agassiz’s “ Lake Superior,” Boston, 1850, is a list of seventy-one lichens arranged by hi
pinions in regard system. In the Am. Jour. Sci, 1. xxv. 422-430 (May, 1858) and Xxvill. 200-206 (Sept., 1859), were two supplements to an “ Enu-
76 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
Charles Wright; a portion of this collection was issued in 1864 under the title “Caroli Wrightii Lichenes Cubs curante E.
Tuckerman.” The other portion was sent to Dr. Nylander, of Paris, for determination, in whose hands it remained for many years, when transferred to Dr. J. Miiller, of Geneva, Switz-
erland, by she it was issued in 1884, but with most of the plants still unnamed and undescribed, much to the disappointment Be those who had purchased this noble collection hoping to find i an aid in the determination of tropical lichens. The bint ations of the Pyrenocarpe were, however, published by Dr. Miil- ler in 1885, and that of the Graphidex may perhaps be expected before long.
The “ Lichens of the Wilkes’ Exploring Expedition,” pub- lished in 1861, were described by Se Recaps, illustrated with admirable drawings by Mr. Sprag
The “ Lichens of ate, Geoler. and the Rocky moun- tains,” pp. 35, Amherst, 1866, f vreshadowed the systematic views which the author had iat ‘ol sok he was preparing to de- velop in his subsequent work, the Gen
The “Lichens of the Hawaiian fis ” collected by Horace Mann was published in the Proceedings of the Am. Acad. vil. 223-234 (18
The“ Geological and Natural History survey of North Caro- lina” by Rey. M. A. Curtis, oi 1867, contained a list of lichens of which it was said that it had been arranged by Prof. Tuckerman. But he refused to sipenstodge it as it had been made up from an old list with changes and additions which he had not been permitted to see.
In 1872 appeared the result of over thirty years’ study, obser- vation und refiection, the “ Genera Lichenum ” pp. xv. 281, Am- herst. Always adhering to these systematic views, he adapted to them the changes rendered necessary by the growth of knowledge while maintaining their main features. The main features of this work are the comprehensiveness of its views, its ample discussion, derived from a wide range of knowledge, and almost requiring an equal knowledge duly to estimate them, its comprehensiveness in regard to the limitation of species, and its rejection of the chemical tests by which species have been indefinitely multiplied in Europe. is views have met with scant recognition there where it has become the custom, as he once wrote, to. consider ev- ery marked variety as a species and every marked species as a genus; but if lichens survive the onslaughts now making on them by those who deny their autonomic existence, the philo- sophical views of Tuckerman must at length prevail, and they
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 77 should be the guide of future students of this difficult class of lants.
It now remained for Tuckerman to embody his ideas in a de- seriptive work including all the North American lichen flora, the first part of this work “A synopsis of the North American Lichens comprising the Parmeliacei, Cladoniei and Ceenogoniei,” pp- xx. 262, was published in Boston in 1882. In this work his conservative views in regard to species, and his admirable faculty of bringing together allied plants and showing their relations, are finely exhibited ; while the descriptions are models of clearness and conciseness, and have not their equals in the English or any other language. But this work was destined to remain incom- plete. His health began to fail, he frequently became discour- aged, he suffered the demands of others upon his time to divert him from its regular purpose, and he felt pained at the absolute want of public recognition abroad of his first part. But still he labored on as long as possible, up to within a few months express- ing his determination to go on. But it could not be, and his mon- ument is incomplete, though it is to be hoped that some portion of his manuscript may be in a condition that will enable it to be is- sued in a final supplement. :
only remains to notice some minor lichenological publi- cations:
Can lichens be determined by ckemical tests? American peiaet, il, 104-107 (1868), takes the negative side of the ques- lon.
__A catalogue of plants growing without cultivation within thirty
miles of Amherst College, by Edward Tuckerman and Charles C. rost, Amherst, 1875, lichens, pp. 5 ‘ :
The question of the gonidia of lichens, Am. Jour. of Science,
III. xvii. 254-256 (1879), in which reference is made to the dis-
coveries of Dr. Minks, in regard to the microgonidium, which he
regarded as firmly established, and as deciding the question as to the autonomy of lichens. ‘
_ Lichens of the Howgate Polar Expedition of 1877-78, Wash-
ington 1879, pp. 167, 168. ek. ~
Two lichens of Oregon (Sticta Oregana and Rinodina Hallii),
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v. 20 (1874). ‘ :
___ , Lecidea elabens, Flora, 1875, pp. 63, 64, an exclamation against this name being attached to Lecidea melancheima Tuckerm. ea of Kerguelen’s Land, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi, 57
Be i __ U.S. Exploration of the 40th parallel, Washington 1872, lichens, p. 412.
78 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
. S. Geological survey west of the 100th meridian, Wash- ington, nthe lichens p. 350.
New western lichens (Lecidea Brandegei, L. Pringlei, Aco- lium Sti. Tncobs Pyrenothamnia Spraguei), Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, x. 21 (188 so Ramalina (R. crinita), Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, x. 48 1883).
Two lichens of the Pacific coast Ape is melanaspis Ach., Staurothele Brandegei Tuckerm.), Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xi. 25 (1884). This was his last publication.
There may be one or two short papers on lichens in the Amer- ican Journal which are not noticed here, but they are not im- portant.
[We take the liberty of adding to the above list the following:
n Oakesia, a new genus of the order Empetrez, Hooker’s London Jour. Bot. i (1842), 443-447.
numeratio methodica Caricum quarundam, Schenectady, Riggs, 1843.—In a letter to Mr. Willey toaeetn taht this the
author says: “I send a brochure of mine upon CAREX written some 20 years since when I was salaralsfy: familiar with the com- mon species both of Europe and America * * * T collected
in most parts of the north of Europe in 1841-2 and formed a
whole of which I gave afterwards to Boott of London. Since his death the poegail part of this has been returned tome.” This little
several new species, ce Jour. Sei. it ¢ bas), 2 4-232. bservations on some American geste of Pecan, Am. Jour. Sei. IT. vii (1849), 347-360. Lichenes, Pacific R. R. Rept. vi. 94 (1857).—Ebs.]
Revision of North American Hypericacex.—lI. JOHN M. COULTER.
Having studied the North American species of Hypericacez with all the material to be had at Cambridge, it seems to be proper, before putting the results into a more permanent shape, to present them to botanists for their criticism, that they may test them in the herbarium and field, and that the limitations of cer- tain species may be Better dekact. It is with the earnest request
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 79
that botanists will thoroughly examine this work during the com- ing season that this paper is “presented, and any specimens which will correct either the ii hierag or ts dee given will be received asa great favor. Of course work don the Harvard Herba- rium is ‘of itself an acknowledgment of ths great courtesy that prevails there, and the patient criticism given to these pa 28 y r. Gray has given to them probably their greatest value ong ‘three genera may be grouped and characterized as fol- ws
*® Hypogynous glands none.
Sscyrum. Sepals 4, very unequal, decussate; the two outer very ie Se flat; the inner much smaller. Petals 4, aides convolute in sesti- vation, deciduons. Stamens numerous, distinct. Ovary one-celled, with 2 to 4 parietal aia styles 2 to 4, distinct or united below: stigmas not capi- tate. Capsule
2. Hypericum, Sepals 5 (rarely 4), similar, Petals 5 (rarely 4), ob- lique, convolute in estivation, deciduous or marcescent. amens numerous
into phalanges. Ovary one-celled with parietal placentiz, or 3 to 5-celled with placente in the axis: styles 3 to 5, distinct or united even to the apex: stigmas often capitate. Capsule conical to globose.
* ® Fypogynous glands three.
: 3. Elodea. Sepals 5, equal. Petals 5, equal-sided, imbricate in wstiva- tion, deciduous. Stamens 9 (rarely wares alee triadelphous; the large “range-colored glands alternating with the phalan Ovary 3-celled : styles 3, distinct : stigmas not capitate. Capsule pe piocavier} ice.
1. ASCYRUM L. St. PETER’s-wort.
Low suffruticose leafy plants; with small black-dotted leaves and Heanly solitary light ad flowers ; PS gel bibracteolate.
903; T y; 56 ; Gray, Gen. Ill. i. 211, t. 91; Reith. & Hook. Gen. ae x wins excl. syn. Isophyllum.— genus de 5 oe peculiar to Eastern North America and the
West Indi
* Diffuse : a waar hay i hori and winged above: leaves nar- cep at the base, not clasping : sepals very small (about half line long) = pe petalold ¢ Notale aeeat a as ng as the outer sepals: styles two, dis a or united. Pedi icels long (} ie 3 inch), pipcocreee near the base: inner sepals ES or nearly so: styles as long as the ovary.
A. pumilum Micux. Low (8 to 9 inches), with spreading low. leaves linear-oblong to oval, ego spatulate or narrowly obovate, 2 to 4 lines long, about a line wide: pedicels becoming more or less reflexed: petals oe little longer than
80 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [| April,
the ovate, acute or obtuse outer sepals.— Fl. ii. 77; Torr. & Gray,
Fl. i
A. pauciflorum Nutt. Gen. ii. 15; rota in DC, Prodr. i
Pine barrens of Georgia and Flor
The specimens examined were ail Ha vlgrines collected ae Canby, Chap-
man, Curtiss, and J. D. Smith. The original station given by Michaux is in
Georgia, in which he is confirmed by Elliott sid RGHEL as well as by subse- quent collections.
t T Pedicels shorter (a line or two), bibracteolate close to the flower: inner sepals evident: styles short
2. A. Crux-Andree L. Low (half to a foot or less), much branched at base, generally decumbent: leaves narrowly obovate- oblong, 4 to 13 inches long, 3 to 4 lines wide, more or less plainly biglandular at base: pedicels about a line long: outer sepals ovate or cordate-ovate, mostly obtuse: petals linear-oblong to narrowly obovate.—Spec. ed. 2, 1107, excl. Pluk. syn. (which is Hypericum mutilum), not ed. 1, 787 , fide Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 671 ; *Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 155; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 156, in part.
A. multicaule Michx. FI. ii. 77. ° From Nantucket, pee Tats the pine-barrens of New Jersey to Vir- ginia, E. Texas, and S. Ili The narrow-leaved sel ots of this range should be referred to the fol- lowing species, with which A. Crux- Andre has unfortunately been confounded. The western forms all seem to be taller and more robust than those of the At- lantic States. In reference to the confusion of the synonymy of A. Crux-An- drew and A. hypericoides consult Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 671, where the best course wt tt the difficulty is suggested. The specimens examined were from tucket (Mrs. Owen), New Jersey (Gray, Parker), Pennsylvania (Porter), Vir- ginia (Curtiss, Dana), S. Llinois ( Vasey), W. Tennessee (Foner), E. Arkansas. ( Harvey, 52), E. Texas (Hall, 36 in part).
. hypericoides L. Taller (1 to 2 feet), more erect, branched above: leaves linear to linear-oblong, 3 to 10 lines ong, a line or two wide, btabescsereept biglandular at base: pedi- eels longer: outer sepals u ually narrower, often acute.—Spec. ng 1, 788, as to Plum. syn., red. 2, 1108, excl. Pluk. syn.; Chois.
n DC. Prodr. i. 555, in part; Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 112.
A, Cruaz-Andree Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 156, in part; Griseb. Plant. Cub. 40 Chapm. Fl. 38; ne of all southern authors.
A, Cru var. angustifolium Nutt. Ges. ii. 16; Torr. & Gray, FI. 1. 156.
A, Plumieri BEL Bot. Misc. xiii. 19, t. 3, f. 3.
South Carolina to oe Louisiana, and Texas. Also in the Bermudas, W. Indies, and Mexico
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 81
Much uncertainty has arisen from attempting to reduce A. hypericoides to a form of A. Crux-Andrez, but the larger more branching habit, narrower leaves with conspicuous basal glands, as well as a decidedly more southern range, serve to distinguish it. The Bermuda and Jamaica plants are typical forms of the spe- cies, and can by no means be taken for forms of A. Crux-Andrex, but those of the continent are more apt to be perplexing. The specimens examined were from S. Carolina Seagusg el! Florida (Curtiss, 243), Louisiana (Drummond, 90 and 92), Texas (Hall, 36 in part, Lindheimer), Mexico (Berlandier, 989, 2419, Botteri, 373), Cuba ( Wright, 2129), Jamaica (Alexander, Grisebach, 1497. 811), Betninds aie 331 in part).
clasping: pedicels 2 to 6 lines fein: inner sepals 3 to 6 lin ya ng, sometime se as oi us the onter, seldom pel en petals mostly much inner than the. outer
4. A.stans Micux. Leaves oblong to oval, Ty sessile and somewhat clasping, an inch or two long and 5 or 6 lines wide: pedicels bibracteolate near the middle : outer asa ovate to oe lar-cordate; inner ones lanceolate: styles short.—Fl. ii. Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 555 (but not “ 2-styled”); Torr. ton
- 1, 157; Gray, Gen. Ill. i. 212, t. 91.
A. hypericoides L. Spec. 788, as to Pluk. syn.; Pursh, 373.
Barrens of New Jersey and E. Pennsylvania to F ladda; Louisiana, and W. Texas,
In a southern form (var. obovatum Chapm.) the lower leaves taper to the base and become almost obovate. The specimens examined were from New Jersey (many collectors), E. Pesnayiveve ae F eres (Curtiss, 244), Lou- isiana (Drummond, 91, also Hale, a very 1 imen), W. Texas ( Young).
A. amplexicaule Micux. Leaves ovate- cordate, often becaily so, clasping, half an inch or more long and nearly as wide: pedicels with very small bractlets near the base or none: outer Sepals broadly ovate-cordate, resembling the leaves ; inner ones linear-lanceolate : aie abaus as long as the ovary. woth fis Torr. & Gray, FI. i.
A. stans Willd. Spec. iii. 1473.
A. stans var. § Chois. Prodr. Hyper. 61.
A. Cubense Griseb. Plant, Cub. 40 ee right, 2198). Hypericum tetrapetalum Lam. Dict. iv. 153.
Georgia and Florida. Also in Cuba. € specimens examined were from Florida (Buckley, Palmer, Curtiss, Gar-
ber), Georgia, and Cuba ( Wright, 21 2, HYPERICUM Tourn., L. Sr. Jowy’s-wort. Herbs or shrubs; with cymose yellow flowers ; the sessile leaves
82 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
Fl. i. 157; Gray, Gen. Ill. i. 213, t. 92,93; Benth. & Hook.
thys, Brathydium, Myriandra, Roseyna, and Isophyllum of Spach, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2. v. 367.—A genus of about 160 species, widely distributed, but chiefly of northern temperate regions; all but three of the 29 North American species restricted to the Atlantic Es .
H. setosum L. Spec. 787, with the character only “floribus digynis, foliis linearibus,” represents no plant known to Linneus, but is a complex wholl founded on a phrase of Gronoy. Fl. Virg., which belongs to H. pilosum Walt., and to one of Pluk. Alm., which is H. nudicaule Walt., whence the “digynis” and the suggestion of the specific name.
H. elatwm Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 104, proves to be H. hircinum L., or some nearly related Old World species.
. triplinerve Vent. Hort. Cels. t. 58, must also be an Old World species, related to H. hyssopifolium L.
21. Sepals and petals 4, or occasionally 5: stamens numerous, distinct styles 3, at first united into a long sharp beak, becoming distinct: capsule 1- celled, the placentx projecting : branching shrubs.—Isophyllum Spach.
1. H. microsepalum Gray. Decumbent or erect, half to a foot high or more: leaves very small, oblong-linear, 3 or 4 lines long, hardly a line wide, obtuse: flowers showy, about an inch in diameter, clustered at the summit of the branches: sepals slightly unequal, linear to oblong, mostly obtuse, much shorter than the somewhat unequal petals: capsule oblong-ovate, 2 to 3 lines long ; seeds oblong, minutely striate and fitted—Watson, Bibl. Index, Polypet. 456.
Isophyllum Drummondii Spach, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2. v. 367. seyrum microsepalum Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 157; Gray, Gen. Il. i. 212; Chapm. FI. 39.
Georgia and Florida.
This species is intermediate between Ascyrum and Hypericum, and Spach separated it from both by founding the genus Isophyllum. The habit, small and nearly equal sepals, and long beak-like styles, all belong to Hypericum, while the 4-merous flower associates it with Aseyrum. As the flowers are also sometimes 5-merous it seems most proper to consider it an outlying species of
ypericum. ‘
22. Stamens very numerous, distinct, or more or less united into sets.
* Styles 5, united below, distinct above; stigmas capitate: capsule 5-celled, the placente turned far back from the axis: tall perennial herbs with large Jeaves and flowers.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 83
- H. Aseyron L. Usually branching above, 2 to 5 feet high: leaves ovate-lanceolate, clasping, mostly acute, 2 to 5 inches long, about an inch wide, pellucid-punctate with elongated dots: flowers an inch or two in diameter, solitary at the ends of branches and in terminal cymes: sepals lanceolate to ovate, acute, 4 to 6 lines long: capsule ovoid-conical, 9 lines long; seeds terete, with slightly winged rhaphe.—Spec. 2 ed. 1102; Maxim. Pl. Nov. Asiat. iv. 162.
H, pyramidatum Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 103; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 158; Gray, Manual, 84,
H. aseyroides Willd. Spec. iii. 1443; Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 545, Hook. Fl. Bor,-Am. i, 109.
H. macrocarpum Michx. FI, ii. 82.
From Canada to Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut, and E. Pennsylva- nia, westward to N. Illinois, lowa, Michigan, Minnesota, the Winnipeg valley, and probably farther northwest. Also throughout northeastern Asia, and in
r plant can not be distinguished in any way from the Asiatic, and was included with it in the original Linnean description (“ Habitat in Sibiria, Can- ada, Pyrenzis.”) Maximowicz (I. c.) has called attention to the identity of the North American and Asiatic forms, and a careful comparison of specimens has fully confirmed his opinion.
_ **Styles united into a long, sharp beak, becoming distinct; stigmas minute, not capitate: more or less shrubby plants.
TStyles 5: capsule 5-celled : bushy shrubs with crowded leaves.
Rocky shores, Canada, Niagara Falls, and about the Great Lakes. tT Styles 3: capsule completely 3-celled: branching shrubs.
4. H. Buckleyi M. A. Curtiss. Low (half to a foot), widely branching from the base: leaves oblong, obtuse, narrowed at base, half to an inch long. 2 to 4 lines wide, paler beneath and more or less black dotted: flowers solitary and terminal, on long peduncles, sometimes in threes, about an inch in diameter : sepals obovate, not half as long as the petals: capsule conical, 4 to 5
84 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [April],
lines long: seeds striate, with prominent rhaphe.— Am. Jour. Sci. 1. xliv. 80; Chapm. F). 39.
Cliffs, mountains of North Carolina and Georgia.
5. H. prolifieam L. Leaves linear-lanceolate to narrowly oblong, narrowed at base, mostly obtuse and mucronulate, 1 to 3 inches long, 3 to 9 lines wide, with smaller ones in axillary fascicles: flowers numerous, half to an inch in diameter: sepals unequal, foliaceous, lanceolate to ovate, mucronate, much shorter than the petals: capsule lanceolate to ovate, 4 to 6 lines long; seeds striate-—Mant. 106; Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 547; Torr. &
ray, Fl. i. 159, exel. var. 7.
H. rosmarinifolium Lam. Dict. iv. 159; Torr. & Gray, l. c.
Myriandra ledifolia Spach, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2. v. 365.
From New Jersey and District of Columbia, to Alabama, Arkansas, Mis- souri, Kentucky, Illinois, and Minnesota.
This species varies greatly in size, and in width of leaves, the southern forms. often approaching the next species in appearance, but readily distinguished by the much larger and fewer capsules and flowers.
6. H. densiflorum Pursu. More shrubby and taller, some- times 5 or 6 feet high, much more branching: crowded, narrower and shorter: flowers much more numerous and smaller: sepals smaller, not foliaceous : capsule 2 to 3 lines long.—Fl. 376 ; Chois. 1. c.
H. galicides Pursh, 376, not Lam.
HT. prolificum var.(?)y Torr. & Gray, 1. c.
H. prolifieum var. densiflorum Gray, Manual, 84.
Myriandra spathulata Spach, 1. e.
Pine barrens of New Jersey, to Florida, Tennessee, Arkansas, and Texas.
Large leaved forms from New Jersey (Canby) seem to intergrade with the last species, but the characters of capsules and flowers plainly indicate H. den- siflorum. Between closely related species it is to be expected that intermediate forms will occur.
Tf TStyles 3: capsule 1-celled, or almost 3-celled by the projecting pla- cente : shrubby at least at base.
{ Placente projecting nearly to the center of the ovary.
= Sepals broad, ovate, foliaceous: flowers large and showy, solitary or in leafy cymes: leaves rather broad and somewhat coriaceous: shrubby.
H. aureum Barrram. Widely branched above, 2 to 4
ie . feet high: leaves oblong, more or less attenuate at base, obtuse or acute, 1 to 3 inches long, 3 to 9 lines wide: flowers often solitary,
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 85
1 or 2 inches in diameter, very showy: sepals very unequal, often enclosing the capsule: petals orange-yellow, firm, reflexed mens excessively numerous: capsule oyate- conical, ae lobed, 3 to 5 lines long.—Travels, 383; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i.
A. frondosum Michx. FI. ii. 81; ponsced in DC. Prodr, i. 544. H. aseyroides var. 8 Poir. Suppl. iil. H, amenum Pursh, 375; Nutt. pes ii. a. Chois. 1. ¢. South Carolina aud Gigis, to Tenneewes, Alabama, and Tex aries much in the size of its leaves and sepals, the seca eae usu- ally having smaller leaves.
8. H. myrtifolium Lam. More or less branching: leaves <ordate-oblong, clasping, obtuse, half to an inch long, 3 to 6 lines wide, those of the eyme much smaller: flowers not an inch in di- ameter, in compound cymes: sepals resembling the leaves, larger than the floral bracts, often reflexed: capsule as in the last, but coriaceous and 3 or 4- per or angled.—Dict. iv. 180; Chois. l.e, 547; Torr. & Gray, |. 62.
HZ, glaueum Michx. FI. ii. 78; a Ie.
H. rosmarinifolium Chois. 1. ¢.
AZ. sessiliflorum Willd. Spreng. Sisk iii. +. 346 ae: & Gray, 1. c. 166. From South Carolina to Florida and Alabam
= Sepals small, very narrow: flowers small, axillary and terminal: heaves narrow vad much fascicled in the axils: shrubby and branching
- H. faseienlatum Lam. One to three feet high: leaves very narrowly linear and revolute, coriaceous, teawded, closely sessile, not tapering at base, usually ‘with a line of large pellucid glands upon each revolute edge, 2 to 8 lines long: sepals resembling the leaves, shorter than the petals: capsule 3-lobed, oblong- to Ovate-conical, few-seeded, a line or two long.—Dict. iv. 160; Chois. in DC. Prodr. i 554; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 160.
HZ. nitidum Lam. 1. ¢.
H. aspalathoides Willd: Spec. iii. 1451; Pursh, 376.
A. fascieulatum var. aspalathoides Torr. & Gray, 1. ¢. 672.
Myriandra nitida, brachyphylla, and galioides of Spach
Wet pine barrens, from North Carolina to Florida, Louisiana, and E. Texas.
Very variable in length and fasciculation of leaves. Lamarck’s original Specimen is our short-leaved form (var. aspalathoides), while his H. nitidum is a loose, long-leaved form, approaching some forms of the next species.
10. H. galioides Lam. Like the last, but leaves longer and broader, linear-lanceolate to oblanceolate, generally mucronate,
86 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
always tapering and subpetiolate at base, not so revolute, half to three inches long, as many lines wide: sepals linear-lanceolate, acute, tapering at base, shorter or longer than on petals.—Dict. iv. 161; Chois. 1. ¢. 550; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 159.
H. avxillare Lam. 1. ¢. 160, not Michx. H. fasciculatum Michx. Willd. Spec. iii. 1452, not Lam. ? H. ambiguum Elliott, ii. 30; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 162 and 673. HH, galioides var. ambiguum Chaom. Fi. 40. Myriandra Michauxii Spach. Wet ground, from Delaware to Georgia, E. Tennessee, and Louisiana. These two species are inextricably connected by intermediate forms, and it is a question whether H. galioides should be considered more than a variety of H. fasciculatum. But the extreme forms are so remarkably different in ap- pearance that for the present, at least, they are kept separate. = Sepals small: flowers small, in naked cymes: leaves rather broad,
pa thin “and veiny: somewhat shrubby at base, a foot or two high, simple or branching.
11. H.adpressum Barton. Leaves linear-lanceolate to nar- rowly oblong, mostly acute, ascending, about two inches long, 3 to 4 lines wide, revolute, pellueid- <wahaeike without black dots, trans- lucently veiny : cymes leafy only at base, dichotomal flowers very short pedicelled: sepals linear to lanceolate, acute, half to two- thirds as long as the petals, often reflexed: capsule ovate to ob- long, about 2 ew ie 2 seeds oblong.—FI. Philad. ii. 15; Torr.
¢ Gray, Fl. i.
H, Bonapartee Barton, Fl. N. Am. iii. 95, t. 106.
HI. fastigiatum Elliott, ii. 31; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 166.
Hi, adpresswm var. fastigiatum, Torr. & Gray, 1. ¢. 673
Moist ground, Nantucket to Rhode Island, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Georgia.
12. H. eistifolium Lam. Leaves ovate-lanceolate or oblong, obtuse, 2 or 3 inches long, halfan inch wide, pellucid-punctate with very smal] crowded dots: cymes pedunculate, loosely-flowered, dichotomal flowers pedicelled: sepals variable, linear to oblong, about half as long as the petals: capsule ovate-conical, about 3 lines long; seeds cylindrical, with prominent rhaph e.—Dict. iv. 158, not of Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 674, Chapm. FI. 41, ete.
i. — Michx. hae Spec. iii. 1456; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 162; Chapm. I. ec.; Gray, Manual, 84.
From North Carolina didobinth Georgia and Alabama to Texas.
As our H. nudijlorum has proved to be Lamarck’s H. cistifolium, the latter name as applied in Watson’s Bibliographical Index, p. 125, must disappear.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 87
This leaves, as the oldest unoccupied name, H. opacum of Torrey & Gray, which accordingly reappears as a specific name.
tt Placente projecting a little, or not at all: sepals unequal. = Leaves mostly linear, with rather large and scattered pellucid dots: flow-
rs in somewhat lealy-bracted cymes: capsule conical or globose; seeds large, oval, strongly rugose transversely.
13. H. spherocarpum Micux. Simple or branched, 1 to 3 feet high: leaves linear to narrowly oblong, mostly obtuse, 2 to 3 inches long, 3 to 6 lines wide: eyme loosely- flowered, dicho- tomal flower mostly sessile : sepals varying from small and linear to ovate and as long as the petals: capsule from depressed glo- bose to ovoid, about 2 lines long; rhaphe almost winged.—F'. ii. 78; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 163.
Rocky banks of the Ohio and its tributaries, southward to Arkansas.
This stands as a very good species, easily distinguished from any likely to be confounded with it, by its strictly one-celled capsule and large very rough
s. In fact, the seeds are the most ch everett fth g mistake the specific name has been often written H. spherocarpon, while the original name is as above.
14. H. dolabriforme Vent. Low, straggling, 6 to 18 inches high: leaves linear to linear - lanceolate, widely spreading, about an inch long, a line or two wide, mostly acute: cyme few-flowered, dichotomal flower pedicelled: sepals large and foliaceous, lance- olate to ovate, acute or acuminate, as long as the petals: capsule Ovate-conical, almost triquetrous, about 3 lines long, coriaceous. —Hort. Cels. t. 45; Pursh, 378; Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 547; Torr. & Gray, FI. i, 162.
H. procumbens Dest. Willd. Spec. iii. 1450; Michx. Fl. ii. 81; Pursh, 379; Chois. 1. ¢.
Dry hills, Kentucky and Tennessee.
= = Leaves oblong, obtuse : flowers in nearly naked cymes: capsule ovate ; seeds oblong, minutely striate and pitted.
15. H. opacum Torr. & Gray. One to four feet high: leaves linear oblong, about an inch long, 2 to 4 lines wide, closely sessile, pellucid-punctate with minute crowde dots: flowers 3 to
ines in diameter, in diyaricate cymes, the dichotomal flowers Mostly sessile: sepals oblong to obovate, about half as long as the bright yellow petals: capsule 2 to 3 lines long.—F'. i. 163.
H. punctulosum Bertol. Bot. Misc. xiii. 18, t. 3, f. 2. A, cistifolium Watson, Bibl. Index, Polypet. 125, not Lam. South Carolina to Georgia, Florida, and Mississippi.
88 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
16. H. elliptieum Hook. Mostly Siaeaiiy 10 to 20 inches high: leaves elliptical-oblong, sessile or tapering at base, $ to 13 inches long, 3 to 5 lines wide, pellucid- ir * with large seat- tered dots, translucently veiny: flowers 4 to 6 lines in diameter, in few-flowered cymes, the dichotomal flowers pedicelled: sepals mostly foliaceous and spreading, oblanceolate to narrowly obo- vate, usually shorter than the pale yellow petals: Cee as in
164.
the lak t.—FI. Bor.-Am. i 110; Torr. & Gray, FI.
H. spherocarpum Barton, Fl. Philad. ii. 14, not Mic In moist ground, from Canada to Pennsylvania, westw: ae to the Winnipeg valley.
Origin of the Flora of Indiana. HARVEY THOMSON.
In an article of this nature it would not be advisable or nec- essary to enter into the details of the argument to prove that the original birthplace of our present flora is in the far north, near or even beyond the Arctic cirele.
he origin of our present flora and the causes producing its present distribution present a rich field for thought and theory both to botanists and geologists, as the establishment of this the- ory of the northern origin of plants determines the temperature and climate of those regions in past geological periods. ae of the best thinkers of the botanical world have very ably dis- sussed this subject in their writings. Noticeable among these are Dr. Asa Gray, Sir Joseph Hooker, Sir W. sig De Can- dolle, Darwin, Wallace, Lesquereux, and others, Dr. Asa a Gray first advanced his the eory, before anything was known of the fos- sil life of the high northern latitudes, based upon the eBIDE resemblances between eastern Asiatic and eastern American e other writers have based their theories and conclusions me the identity of many fossil plants, found in the cretaceous rocks of Greenland and the extreme northern part of the continent, with those of temperate latitudes of both America and Asia. These fossil plants were found by Dr. Lyall, Sir John Richard- son and Sir Alexander Armstrong, and determined by Prof. Heer, of Zurich. There can, therefore, be no Boake as to the identity of these plants and, consequently, as to the origin of our temperate flora or the climate of those regions in the periods pre- ceding the tertiary, as it is conceded that plants become acclima- tized very slowly, if ever. During the glacial epoch chien plants
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 89
must have been pushed much farther south than Indiana, as the glaciers themselves reached its southern border. The plants of Indiana have then stopped on their return journey from the south, during the epochs immediately succeeding the glacial, because they here found their original and natural climate and surround- ings. Of course there may have been several minor counter- marches included in this general movement to the south and re- turn, but these would not affect the general fact of the movement in the least. The physical geography of Indiana gives it an ex- tremely variegated and abundant flora, from the high “knobs” of the Ohio valley on the south to the low swamps and tamarack groves of the lake regions of the north. ‘This flora is also re- <eiving continual additions from the railways and streams which traverse it or extend along its borders.
In the table below I have attempted to give, in the first column, the direction from this state in which the plants seem to be most abundant and most widely distributed; in the second the proportion of these which have the limit of their range in Indiana or some immediately adjoining state; in the third the proportion which go beyond this limit ; in the fourth the propor- tion of the plants of each direction relatively to all those of the State ; and in the last the number from each direction.
Bee Oo ea ; - Limited| Extending (Proportion of} No. in Direction. by Ind. |beyond Ind. | No. in State. | State. PERN 868 Re eee a, 72 per ct.| 28 per cent. |about 23.p.ct.} 274 All along the eastern coast from Canada to ed Florida and westward. ........... « wl gg 176 213 Nortu ES PS EE Wrest NTA ie SOM Ce NTS 7 IS 54 84 46 o “ 455 S4 Bee es ui os er ee Bec ae EO 6 ot ie oo py gf OS Ua oe ee rE I te eer EET 8s? ae eg ae ME Le Be Mo eaT Common to all N, A. orat least to all U.S. and a S pair porthward Pen eee Be oe 8.2 98 al, or limi i i ; Ri ne OY ME ee ns « ga | 3g yb SS Aa ty te : y 7 peel ied Se : ype Suet a7 stl og rr “ 99 = Ong the Mississippi river .........-.- ee. eee “ 17" | 9 NORTHWEST nec ¢ oe ee " : ee 1 "9 * “sc “sé 1.6 ** 19 SouTHwesr Be rg gee PE ey a eee cr Pre Siena.) es & Hilti se “ce 15 * 18 Total number of plants in the state. 9S Oe ee ee ie 8 ee 1191
To this total number should be added a few more which have been found in the state since this list was made, in order to get the full number in the state at present. In this list all plants of
uropean origin, or which have escaped from cultivation, have been omitted. The fact that a little more than four-fifths of our plants have 2
90 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
a range extending north and east of our state, and that those south and southeast are found mostly on mountains, proves that the temperature of the arctic regions, where our flora originated, was some cooler during the cretaceous period than that of In- diana at present. As the same laws which now produce the warm equatorial current from the southwest prevailed during the ter- tiary period, no doubt the same difference in temperature between the eastern and western coasts of America existed then and ex- tended much farther inland, owing to the absence of such high mountain ranges to break the force of the warm current. Dur- ing the Champlain epoch, therefore, when these plants were seek- ing to escape the heat, they moved in an easterly as well as north- erly direction.
It will be noticed that a much larger proportion of those plants belonging to the south southwest and southeast is limited by Indiana than of those from the north. This is caused by the natural barrier to northern progress presented by the Great Lakes and also by the fact that any plants remaining in or reach- ing the Mississippi valley will be very liable to be borne south by its river currents, so that a plant which is most abundant in the north may be found scattered along the banks of the Missis- sippi as far south as climate will permit its growth.
The Polypetale, Gamopetale and Monocotyledons have near the same proportions in thedifferent directions and about that given i table for all; while the Apetale, of which there are only one hundred and thirteen in Indiana, have 32% of their number southeast and the next largest number east—which in the table means along the eastern coast, but not so far north as Canada or south as Florida.
Among the Polypetale the Leguminose have the largest num- ber in the southeast and next along the eastern coast from Canada to Florida, while the Rosaceze are most abundant north and along the eastern coast respectively.
* Composite among Gamopetale have the largest number southeast, while those along the eastern coast are about as numer-
ous.
Among Monocotyledons, however, the Cyperacee and the Graminex especially have a very large proportion common to all North America, or at least to the United States and far north into British America. Perhaps the mode of growth and repro- duction of these families will partially account for their wide dis- tribution.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 91
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
Primula Cusickiana Gray.—I have just received from Mr. E. M. Salt, of Boisé City, Idaho, living specimens of this species collected near that place. Heretofore it has been reported vets from Union county, E. Oregon, by Mr. W. E. Cusick, in whose honor the specific name eck Lakin: oa »: hier line down fini the sinuses” of the fe tube is th P. iarinosa, and is very apt to disappear in older or much handled cl Of course this mealiness often leaves a bleached out line which m may persist or not. Mr. Salt ahd oe the plant had been blooming since the middle of Feb- ruary.—J. M. Cou
Bentham on ag of authorities.—Referring to our editorial on the citation of authorities we are asked to give the other side of the question by reprinting some remarks by Bentham in the Journal of the Linnean Society, Xvii (1878). p. 190. Although willing to conform to usage, we fail to see that this affects our position in the least.— Eps.
Besides the roung. aren minded botanists who scorn a submit to any rule ad their own, there others who differ materially in their interpretation of
e of the hes, or bet do not perceive that in following a strictly Ge let- ter instead of their spirit they are only addin need feeely to the general rege
se
Iitheugh much credit may be due to the collector or botanist who has dis- covered or distinguished really new species (and it isbut fair that their discov- ould — it i rid
of names, good or ba attached. Ina ae sii efore, pr en the ea is ver to speak of a plant as
sub Hesperide), explanatory “ the history of the name. istory, a lutely necessary in a full monograph, tee instance, should alwave be pel a as belonging to sa description and history of the species, not as we ies part ofits name. It is also with s ras agi pci that w Me distinguished botanists
92 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
genus, _— 57 capgbes that he pant strictly preserve the old specific names
in his genera; and when he s wantonly and knowingly neglected this rule, it 1 eee ee att to correct an ut when a ‘botanist has established what he believes to ig a new species, and has therefore given it a new name, the changing this name after it has got into sane. ciroulat tion, because it has een discovered that some other botanist had previously published it * a wrong Loses is only adding a synonym without any y adyiies e whatever, ing an old for t ific adjecti
ms ; t perceivi between ma kin ng aay chaueiae 6 name that the practice objected to has bee adawted by some of the first among recent botanists, suck as Weddell, t “teehee under protest,
Thalictrum.—It is desirable that attention be given to our polygamo-dic- cious species of this genus, namely, T. pu rpurascens and T. Cornuti of the Man-
herbaria, together with the numerous specimens in the dupli icate collection of the late Charles i in the hands of Dr. Goodale—I should charac- terize these species as follows T. PURPURASCENS Linn. ar stout and tall, green or mostly ig — leaves parle. 3-4- pec the lowest petioled: leaflets as much a ong, short-stalked, firm, the upper surface dark-green, mostly oblong o pe nae neate with three abbe: pointed lobes above : flowers nearly dicecious ies rarely with a few stamens when fertile), purplish, in a loose leafy panicle: stamens numerous, their long and spreading filaments widening to the linear- rapes: cuspidate anthers, which are 2-3 mm. long: achenia densely clustered, 3 long, ovoid-acuminate with mostly eight sharp longitudinal wings, those at 0 sutures most prominent, thin-walled, tapering into the slender persistent style. —Canada to Florida and Texas; west to Arizona, Montana and Saskatchewan. Varies from glabrous or granular to pubescent or glandular-pubescent on the lower surface of the leaves, etc. When conspicuously glandular-pubescent it is T. graveolens Muhl., in Fl. Lancast. Mss., which is the variety ceriferum Austin, of the Manual. Veiny and with strongly sacobabe margins it is 7. revo- DC.; with pubescent achenia it is T. dasycarpum Fisch. Mey. & Lall., which commonly approaches the next species in having — scarcely 2mm. long and SS filaments ecaunnmiats equalling the anthers in width and involute when dry. A form with thin leaves ‘aia thicker than in dioicum) and very long slender stigmas is J. macrostiyma Torrey ined., from — ( Hale) and Indian Territory (Palmer); which appears to be partly ted with the type by shorter-stvled Arizona specimens collected by Rusby. ie POLYGAMUM Muhl. (T. Cornwi of the Manual).—Of the general ap- pearance of the last bat often less purple and with smaller leaves and leaflets: flowers most common ly polygamo-dioecious, more corymbosely clustered at the
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 93
ends of the nearly naked branches of the eatin more conspicuous in the male : fila
plants from the shorter crowded erect stam ments =~ broader than the oval blunt (or rarely pati mae Reg and involute when dry, ap- pearing then clavate and rugose: achenia mostly narrower oat more stipi-
tate—New Brunswick to Florida wn hacia) west to Ohio, but mostly con- fined to the Atlantic States.
Glabrous or ag but not glandular. —- conspicuously downy it wed. Saloiiaie Nu The achenia are rarely pubescent.
So far as I mah been able to observe, satin and non-glandular tri- chomes never occur on the same plant, nor have I seen any glandular specimens with the characteristic stamens of T. polygamum, so that the agra of glands appears to be characteristic of T. purpurascens, so far as these pecies a concerned. Where no stamens occur it is impossible to pene eta a with certainty unless this character can be utilized, and it must then b only as a positive character, since glabrous or pubescent forms occur sie both species. In T. purpurascens a variety can not conveniently be based on it, for Several other species of the genus (e.g. T. sparsiflorum) include both glabrous and glandular forms, not aceite by associated characters. No good reason exists for separating T. p ae aren into two species (revolutum and dasycar- pum) as has been done by Lecoyer;* nor, in the opinion of Dr. Gray, is there sufficient doubt as to the plant intended by Linneus to warrant the rejection of his name in this instance, though this is necessary in the case of T. polygamum.
Specimens occur both in the north and south which resemble T. dioicum in having very thin glabrous Semi sparingly pubescent) pale leaflets valid and with 7 to9 round lobes at the apex, but with the fruit, as in these species, i.e, thin-walled, stipitate, 2-edged aa einpnewer ia not subsessile, thick-walled, terete and deeply and evenly grooved). It is doubtful whether these forms should not be sepiedel as hybrids, and cases of the simultaneous flowering of
- dioicum and either of the late species should be noted—-WM. TRELEASE.
The Brothers Tulasne.—It is but a few months since the bickeiihiad jour-
on August 21, 1884, and we are now called to mourn the death of his elder brother, Louis René Tulasne, who died at Hyeres on December 22, 1885. In their lives and botanical work the two brothers were so intimately associated that ge have almost come to use the name Tulasne as representing a sin- le person. They were so modest and reticent with regard to eve that few Padlic of their lives could be learned even by the e older brother, Louis René, was born at Azay-le-Rideau, fee Baptember TZ, 1815, and studied law at Paris. His first botanical work was in connection with Auguste St. Hilaire in the preparation of his flora of Brazil. In 1842 he was appointed aide-naturaliste at the museum of the Jardin des Plantes, ame in 854, he was elected to the Academy as the successor of Adrien de Jussi About 1864 his health failed and he was obliged to retire from active service atthe museum. His brother Charles was born at Langeais, Indre-et-Loire,
* Monogr. du genre Thalictrum, Gand. 1885.
sp
94 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
September 5, 1816, and began the practice of medicine in Paris in 1843. Soon after the withdrawal of Louis from active life the two brothers removed to Hyeres on the Mediterranean, where they passed the remainder of their lives in seclusion, absorbed in the service of the Roman Catholic Church of which they had always been most devout followers.
From a letter written by Dr. Vidal to the President of the Academy at Paris, we learn that, on December 22, M. L. R. Tulasne, who appeared to be in good health, accompanied a friend for a part of the way from his own residence to Hyeres, but on his return he was suddenly seized with an apoplectic fit and remained unconscious until his death at4.p.m. The following extract from Dr. Vidal’s letter expresses the esteem in which M. Tulasne was held by his neigh- bors: “ You will have at ssid: all the ees regarding his scientific work; but what will never be known is the a f good which he did to those abot him. M. Tulasne lived very seit in the country; he received all persons with the same affability, but one saw that, to interest him actively, it was nec- essary to point out to him those who were unfortunate and in need of consola. tion, and then his goodness and charity were equally inexhaustible. Aided by his brother, Dr. Tulasne, who died last year, he established charitable institu- tions pretty nearly everywhere in this region. His life so well spent may be summed up by saying that he did good, nothing but good and always good.”
In their botanical works the illustrations were generally made by Charles, while the text was written by Louis, although, in a number of cases, the text was the joint work of both. Of the fifty titles given under their names in the Royal Society’s Catalogue, eleven bear the names of both brothers. Their ac- tive work began with “Observations sur le genre Elaphomyces,” in the Annales des Sciences of 1841, and their latest work was probably the paper on Tremellini in the Annales of 1872. Of their contributions to phenogamic botany the most important were monographs of the Podostemacece and Monimiacee in the Arch- ives du Museum, some articles on Leguminose, and an account of Madagascar plants, all showing careful and accurate work in descriptive botany, while the “ Etude d’embryologie Mrs ” in the Annales of 1847, showed their ability in a very different and difficu Id.
ut it is in connection Hii their work on the structure and development of fungi that they are best known and, in this department of botany, their writings, we might almost say, form the basis of modern views on the subject. As in most all cases Charles furnished the illustrations and, at times, also a por- tion of the text, we need not distinguish between the two brothers in speaking of their mycological works. Their attention was, at first, directed to hy fungi, and from them it naturally turned to the structure of Gasteromycetes, an order which was in a chaotic condition at that time. The structure and affini- ties of the principal genera of this order formed the subject of several of their
pape. The Ustilaginee and Uredinee were tr2ated in two important papers, “ =
1847, and “Second Mémoire sur les Urédinées et les Ustilaginées, ” in 1854. In these two admirable papers, to a knowledge of the anatomy there was added a study of the germination and development of the spores in the different genera
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 95
_ with the result of showing clearly the relations of the uredo- and aig forms, and affording a proper basis of classification of the two The metamorphoses of Pyrenomycetes gave rise to a ors a papers in which the connection of secondary forms as conidia, pycnidia, spermogonia, with ascosporic forms was clearly shown. On this fruitful topic, the super illustrations have been the envy of all later botanists, and their observations on the development of ascomycetous fungi threw a flood of light on one of the most obscure corners of mycology. In this connection should be mentioned the memoir on ergot and also the “ Mémoire pour servir 4 lhistoire jorganograph- ique et physiologique des lichens” in the Annales of 1852, one,of the most im- portant treatises on the structure of lichen he complete studies of the Tulasnes on ivporowas forms appeared in 1851, when thy published a folio volume, “Fungi Hypogzi,” of which only a hun- dred copies were printed. This work was followed in 1861-65 by the “(Selecta Fungorum Carpologia” in three volumes, containing an elaborate account of the different conditions of Erysiphei, Pyrenomycetes, and all other ascomycetous fungi. These four volumes, which really form a single series, are most elabo-
artistically considered, by any other work on fungi. They will remain a last- ing monument to the memory of these two Si who were as talented as they were modest. Always courteous to their contemporaries and quick to recognize ‘the value of their work and that of aie maa it is not strange that they were universally esteemed. Their lives seem almost a romance from the time when they began their botanical career as young men at Paris to their death at one of the most beautiful spots on the Mediterranean. The spirit which guided them through life and inspired them in their scientific work is indicated in the ‘quotation which is placed at the head of the beautiful plates of the last volume of = ‘re sen boo “Non nobis, Domine, non nobis sed Nomini Tuo da glo- riam,’ RLOW.
The Grasses of Coulter’s Manual.—In his preface the author invites criticisms or eso with the view of hastening the p a of a second edition, and the arks here offered ar e made with va hee pe that they may be o feck use ihe direction indica ted. Being more measly acqua. oe She the order A hies ve than with the other families, tious notes will be co
ned to this order. i Ben
into with the , as adopted by Bentham, designe to express their true mor- ns
ithout stamens or pistils are developed ; but we must not include in the flower
the bract or glume which inden i eS
1 Bentham, Notes on Graminex, Trans. Linn. Soe. Xix., p. 24.
96 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
In verde sided the order, p the mother. — oe to acre ure 4 this modificat n of terms by bee ing too clos he cha racters Gray’s Manu fhe same may be sa adi in ainsi wd u In describing "Panicim capillare he da * sterile flower neutral oni ae a sae glume.” A glume in no way constitutes a “flower,” and in order onform with bois iolnenaletut generally opted, the expression ihoul d - “ third glume empty,” 7. e., devoid of a palea or any of the ntial organs. In the same ‘teseription he calls the 2d fh arate the * upper ont gent the 4th or flower- ing glume he ca - a “somewhat obtuse perfect flower.” In describing Stipa spartea ~ says the glumes, meanit ig the two empty ones, are longer than the of these “ sales ’ is called a “flowering glume” in the characterizing the “lower p
xp ug s le in many cases and sufficiently exact, may lead s baveribteies or confusion: if too generally used. It is understood to refer to the two lowest or the first and second glumes of the spikelet when these alone are empty glumes. When
the structure of the spikelet will permit its use in this sense go may be no objection in using it, but in other cases it would be better to designate the g Ss umber, as Ist, 2d, 3d, et n Reimaria, Leersia, Zizania, etc., there are only t u in the spikelet, and, of course, both “ outer” glumes, in a literal sense, but one of t a fl g glum n —_ oa it would hardly be ot to say that there was but one “outer” glum
the other hand in Pani and a number of other genera, there are often 7 thes
empty glumes below the flowering oak: Here the use of the expression in question would le 4 to needless complicatio:
n the synopsis of ge snera, p page 398, there are a few errors of fact or misuse
of terms ‘that call for a revision. Beckmannia is said t o have three empty
Meets and a ci wher. glume. fn the apa oe plant ed are four glumes,
the two lower o mpty while the Selig and fourth are flower-bearing, or the a —" enclose 0 aay palea. In merican ‘pleas, so far as it has been. amin y three — _prath beds discovered—the two lower ones empty,
the third fn a perfect enus Panicum i is patie a as having only three glumes, two empty e.
and in “ fertile.” ow, the most important character in distinguishing Pan- icum f palum is the fact that in the spikelets of the fo fi es while the latter has but three. same error occurs in describ- ing Setaria, whi e number and character of its i e here also the expression “ the fl g glume with its. palets.” This ave been an oversight in correcting the proof: ow- ering — in the Andropogonee is said to be “ often bearded.” It is often never bearded. Th in the genus Phalaris is statea to “consist ot et ed palets.” ere are no true pale halaris, nd it is hardly necessary to say that stamens and pistil constitute t flo and t lumes are aged bracts subtend i Fr. there a r more often six glumes; two large, complicate — ones, two smaa ner ones enclosing the flower and tw o (sometimes only one) i gs are — Pm mal — or are aiaea to simple bristles. ynopsis, Agr and Cinna are se arated from Deyeuxia by hav- ing “a ns bristle aang ts praionlte te the valet Cinna pendula, the only spe- ies dese bro top achilla is very often rolonged behind the palea into a sent naked bristle, and in Agrostis humilis Naga. a well marked species found
in Co! orado, Peete etc., there is a similar extension of the rhachilla. No one would look for Graphephorum flexuosum Thurb. in Graphephor as chavactatent wa on page 402, where it says “outer glumes nearly equaling the rather remote flowers.” In G. flexuosum the outer glumes are one-half shorter
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 97
_ than the bate and the florets are usually crowded. In a former number ‘the Gazerre (vol. ix. p- 169) it was stated that this grass * oonatizated a goo od genus iteel! distinct from Colpodium and Fluminia and still farther removed irom Graphephorum melicoides. Its true relationship is somewhat obscure, but there can be no hesitation in placing ste ith the vations As to Graphe- phorum melicoides and Wollfii, their affinities are e Avenee. The for- mer was first published under Aira and the latter under Trisetum 1 They dif- er from Trivett m only in the less bined lobes of the flowering glum d in the shorter awns phephorum melicoides, usually ribed as awnless, is sometimes short awned like G. Wolfii. So closely allied are these two species, that slender forms of the latter might easily be mistake f ormer. Th this mistake has eee is evident from the fact that Utah and Wyoming va ——s in the range of G. melicoides, where only G. Wolfii has, as yet, een id;
n page 403 oda ee apes um Ell. is described. It is exceedingly doubtful if this plant has ever been found in the interior. Setaria sete var. cau dan Mees should read S. sefosa, var. caudata Griseb. (See Gris sea Flor. Br. W. I 55 Androp gon wpcomee Muni eile an older synonym, A. provincialis Lam (See Scribner, in Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. a De 116.) A. Hallii Hackl. Sitzb. der k, Ak .d. Wiseosch, Band Ixxxix. p. 127) is not an infrequent ee he the Rocky Mt. region from Arizona to finan It is No. 651 Hall & arbour Muhlenb ergia wari var. setiglumis Watson (p. 409) is ML. ambigua, Torr. in Niccolet’s Rept. p Vilfa a Bore. and depauperata Torr. — first placed in Sporobolus by Scribne e Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, ix. No. 8.) ; Beawvat feos Lies. is Deschampsia leak Gtinsh. (Spic. ii. p. 457), and not 0
a
ing Aira latifolia Hook. in Deschampsia, a new specific name must be give Ay as 18 latifolia 1 is cole sag It sate ese be cole ee Hooker unro never name Califo d havea ‘Sileroeoa Catifornica, which is abun ay distinct om te ig o f Nutta Phi poe should be quoted as the author of Poa tenuifolia a aa we ila Poa arctica (on page 422) is P. leptocoma Trin. Poa arctica Be, iad. enesia All, romus cine ners should be given to Buckley, who published t species odes tha - ham in 1862, twelve years before Thurber’s publication.— ‘Lamsoyw Scrrener.
EDITORIAL.
E custom, which happily is now quite general among botanical writers, at ay in America, of distributing separate copies or “ extras” of articles pub- ished in ls, reports of societies, ete., is one especially to be commended. It is mutually helpful to the author and the recipient, and places the publica-
Hons Saag in the hands of those who can make the best use of them, Jone i i t is
re necessary to make a proper citation from it, the same as if the ole in which it was first published were consulted. For this reason it is essential that
the original paging should not be changed, and that it should bear the name wee 4, Ssh ave ss aac IEE Sea * Bot. Gaz., ix. 168.
98 BOTANICAL GAZEITE. [ April,
of the publication from which it is taken, together with the number of the vol- ume and the date. These items are not infrequently overlooked, and the excerpt is accordingly shorn of an important part of its usefulness. But it often happens that the author in his distribution does not send a copy to some one w terested in the subject, and who for various reasons would be glad to possess n this country almost the only course open to him is to apply directly to the author for it. In Germany he would usually have no difficulty in pur- chasing a copy for a small sum of some one of the numerous second-hand book- tores. We on this side of the Atlantic may now and then buy “extras” from the dealers in Berlin and Leipzig of the writings of Dr. Gray, Dr. Farlow, and other American authors, but we must pay for the journey hey have taken. An American dealer Saceiang the confidence of both the authors and the purchasing public, who would take pains to gather up such papers as we have been speak- ing of, and offer them at reasonable rates by means of classified lists, would merit the gratitude of scientists, and we do not doubt would meet with pecu- niary success. Then the modest author would feel certain that a demand indi- cated a real interest in his writings, and the modest purchaser, who lacked the temerity to solicit the article from the writer of it, could still supply his needs.
OPEN LETTERS.
Nasturtium lacustre Gray.
upper leaves oh Nasturtium lacustre detach themselves when fully ma-
ade emit roots and a stem from the lower extremity. I have seen quan- tities “af such oath seuiolline floating in deep rivers. T do not find this fact
L. H. Barttey, Jr. T evtaadburad College, Mich. — uble Orange.
My attention has been horny “salted to an interesting variety of orange which ha as been for sale in this oy at said to have come from California. The fruit is i the size of a medium orange, ern a slight swelling at the
tion wise a small orange almost completely enclosed in the skin of the etn ore runs from ~~ stem to about the center of the fruit, and is of about normal size. Then a and for of the remaining distance is more n twice its previous point Is situ- ated the small orange. This is ccs pniied of from seven to eight segments ar- ranged as in the mai e. ds are found in the fruit, and it is et and juicy is duplication of fruits igal bt t in one o on but in a whole box, and perhaps exists in e. At the upper or flower end of the fruit the rt = not wholly inclose the ear but ta os the Beate ents of
smaller ora Jos
Cineinnati, Ohio. Arrengecteat of of Herbarium. I take out and put back the sheets of my grasses many times in the course of a month. Bev hs collection of Pa ot is arranged alphabetically ; tte of
to . a t ipicien mois aaa s alphabetically. I shall be glad to hear the views of others, on ‘this subject, — of those who have tried both ways. Agricultural College, Mich. W. J. BEAt.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 99
Tamarack in Indiana. nce writing my oir fe n the “Origin of the Rg sale of Indiana,” I have
have also heard of other cases in whic pieces apparently of the same species have been found in various similar situations throughout the southern part ‘i the state. Now we have only a very few in exceedingly favorable places extreme northern counties. Prof. is found at least some of its near con- geners among the specimens from the cretaceous rocks of Arctic North Amer- ica. These facts help confirm the conclusion that our flora Speen ted in the far north, was driven south during the glacial _ and again north tg subsequent periods, mg distributed as we now find i. heron
Crawfor Gistlle, Te ae
The Fertilization of ameennts Americana.
Tn under this title read before the A. A. A. S., and published in bei aha tr P Vol. x. p. 349), I described the introversion of the hairs on the style. reiene referred to Strasburger’s confirmatory account of C, Tipcaenialial. nw hha ot : < ‘ 2
arks ; 0 n Hooker’s Journal of Botany, vil “ isi 92. Respecting C. Boipes eer Mr. * Wien wi. "The simply pollen-collectors, and nothi ey discharge es, fancies idinirably ; and having perfor ng it they b XOS-
ned i it 8 prope given to Wilson for an observ i far antedeling ySirasburger sand mine. Thus pa we, for lack of knowing wat "has been done, grind ov rs and over the same ist. Ye Cambridge, Mass.
CURRENT LITERATURE. Report of the Botanist to the New York Agricultural Experiment Station. By J. C. Arthur. Extracted from the third annual repo rt for 1884, pp. 353- 385, and from fourth annual report for 1885, pp. 341-265 "
. Professor Arthur was appointed botanist to the New York Agricultural Ex- periment Sta tion in are 1884, These two reports embrace the results of his investigations for the years 1884 and 1885. These have b ly co to
- th ungous diseases, and es ose of cultivated Binet eat importance of this line of study is evident to a o know anything of the magnitude of the losses incurred us parasites. uc- ory Pp he first report are occupied with a s tement of the nature and habits of fungi, following which are t various experiments with Several injurious species. e list of investigations includ f th Pear, apple, quince, peach, tomato, oats, and other plants of the ar-
eld and gar
den, The investigations upon the pear blig ht appropriately take a leading place in n both reports, and as this work has been of sach impo:
act the notice of the general press of the country, it is only nec -
State that the cause of pear blight has been demonstrated to the hanson fie Sep 0
100 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
e who are most familiar bea 8 subject. This destructive blight is due to “Mier ococcus amylovorus B., a bacterium discovered by Professor Burrill a few con i inu erms find
e ight m entran e tree through the tender surfaces of flawers and young twigs in spring time and then multiply, ig gt e familiar burned appearance of the leaves and twigs in mid-summer areful one: tion of the juices accom panying the a and by Tong 3 series wor cultures in the usual way for the elimination of all foreign matter was de silted that the cause of the blight resides with the bacterium germ and “es ss ou enve ey he liquid. It
: 0 knife used upon all discolored branches should be vigorously applied. The rata Mas as apple and quince are of the same origin and require the same
Pro essor Arthur has made observations on another blight or scab, Fusiela- diwm pyrinum Fckl., that works upon the leaf of the e pear. Another species of the same genus, F’ dendriticum Fckl., works in like manner upon lcd them with rusty spots, and upon the fruit, sometimes causing a
The amount : smutted grain in an ordinary field of oats was at de-
termined to be nine and one-half per cent. This strikingly points to the fact that doubtless the loss of grain from smut - greater than generally supposed. uch of the smutted grain is overlooked by the ordin ary observer. uce rust and mildew have both been subjects of investigation, and both are illustrated with cligreviney. The ru i ctucee Pass., causes the lettuce leaves to turn brown and bec ifit for u Experiments with fungicide et have develope no ot airpKs eg emedy. The mildew, P : _ tosh hela le DeB., is a genuine rot and a close relative of the potato rot. ew
ettuce is a natural senrecatih der bed for this disease and should ve d.
xtensive investigations have been made ~ eae the rotting of cherries and plums, caused by Oidiwm foiionden 8. & K. er is fungus age s the winter in decayed fruits that frequently remain hanging to the
of potato-rot ie lettuce-rot are not the direct cause of the offensive pu- trefaction, but i it is due to the bacteria associated with them. We ve prop-
— by its ose chemical products upon whi e bacteria a reo PAVE sos’, 5 inability of the usual Aes mag bacteria the resistance of the living cells and start a well ilustrated by Xperiments ormed in connection with aken: topics, art larly by the ineffectual inoculation o green tomatoes with bacteria taken ich were only bacteria and a mycelium. e
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 101
In se ynapipioanty Phytonomi apni we have a new species of fungus that is welcom a place among those forms bin upon destructive insects, and are nena friends of the farmer aad gardener. This fur ingus, the life history of which, as far as known, is described and illu strated i in the report, infests the bodies of the clover-leaf weevil Fn tien punctatus Fabr.), causing the host — to die hips “behavior of the ravaged weevils Foch By e methods of dis- pers ne Spor the fungus are particularly interesting.
n co tr settee “Prolcsade Arthur tabulates the sede a nd the number of each which grew upon oor twentieth of an acre of plov wed and otherwise pe
: . :
an ann
from Professor Arthur for many years to come. any e bi subjects demand
continuous investigation through earl seasons. Byron D. HALsTep.
Text-Book of General HE By Dr. W. J. Behrens. Translated fromt he 2d German edition. Revised by Patrick Geddes. 8°, pp. viii, 374. Edin- burgh: Young J. Pentland:
Ger y has produced many text- books of nppong, © of all grades a Paes lence, atid ‘teveral of them have been hon d by an English translati are more than willing to ; aeew ge heaaliea position in pares but why this special k was selected for translation we ca ¢ r Not that there i y g in the book itself, for it is a g of its kind, but there is nothing about it of suc assing excellence that it should eserve this hi t. The translation, in w, simply seems un- necessary ok is welcomed to every b ist’s library, not because of i excellence as a text-book, but it gives prof nd m ellent illustrations, Ww statements of old facts, many new illustrations of facts, in short, h ikes to consult now he “ wor ” a snb
i It is divided into five aay with no sub-divisions into chapters, and d strikes one as being out of pro portion for a “ Text-book of General Botany.” Part deals with ecpha logy in —< 100 pages, the oo organs being considered ad hai
under the four heads of root, stem, leaf, an Part gps about 60 pages, is devoted to Setematie Botany. Here ihe. American ‘student will be lost, and maybe he tto be. The classification adopte is of cou a
man, and probably more nearly expresses natural relation nships than the con- centatio artificial grouping that we use. But this aside, all this systematic pre- orders in a “ text- :
erned. It :
to re a Part III, with 70 pages, bears the title of Physiological Botany,
but is all ape 1 to flowers and nee It occurs to us that this title is a mis-
nomer, and the space weeds by this yest in cere subject is out of all pro-
portion to fe rest of the book. When one looks for a description of the process un
with those of he ooo ne is the essential — of linas — of fecunda- 01 m + M4
ers. At are treated to an anomalous thing. Here, towards the end of the book, under anatomy and physiology, we encounter an introduc tion to the study of botany, giving its scope, its history, etc., with brief biographical sketches of the ol systematists, ollowed by others who were saoaneaw: Some 30 pages is given
102 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April,
a good and finely illustrated discussion of the cell. After this, the bad eo e “ histology ” is taken up, though why the stady of cells would not come un- der Then
Pe head it would be Dae to guess. o physiology proper 10 | pages
a ! ere can surely be no excu reducing this great subject in a secant text-bo art V, with 40 pages, is entitled “The er Plants,” under which title are grou both crypto d phanerogam
bdivisions, chief attention being given to the for Wha cologists will say to the following g we s correlatives is not hard to guess: protophytes, fungi, alge, liverworts, mosses, ferns, aii bg ag rhizocarps, clubmosses, coni- fers, monocotyledons, and dicotyledons. It is said that except in the pro- tophytes spores are “the product of serial conj ion,” and are “ destit f ryo having plumule, radicle, and cotyledons,” thoug
hat their bye does have is not s o then, er the comprehensive title, “Systematic Botany,” we have grouped on njy the trap a while un- der the rest e restricted es “The Lower Plant he have all plants grouped.
ow
s is due to the teanal nis we have no means of judging. Our fra ak 0 opi inio n, hess, with respect to the nary is that it lacks poems: proporti ange me nt, and proper titles; while it does have a undance of capital ilasteatiobs and much most ex es gar eae cana in an interesting ite Jhile, therefore, it can er be considered a good “ Text- ook of General Botany,” a treatise on eapiley it will find a place on our shelves and “ rie uently fret files d. sae ge on the Farm. By Maxwell T. seo M. D., F. R.8. 16°, pp. iv, New York: Orange Judd Company. 1885. sm s little book is a step in the right tat It is high time that our ealivgtine should be informed of some of the most im sortie facts of physi- ological botany. They may be well dntovenes about the structure of plants, for e hav i i
says begs with new tools and new Rees se to. ena e ena ae ntilise ‘the resources of n i j i
ad better not be done at all. Dr. Masters has been able to dra upon a gre fund of experiments ie aloha by the famous Si eaey station ‘i kanes) A point is made in trying to get o understand how import- ant to his git work is =~ of the microscopist and chentish as the “ life-history of a plan u essence, the life- ese pal) - ig and of its covering the Salt: walk ; a pthing which ths “practica ” finds it difficult to realize. The wi
chlorophyll, p. 28. Most of t ne definitions are very clear, when one considers that sy are made for those with no basis of ieckiueal knowledge Bate ception might be taken to the following, i oa p. 49, where the exugen s stem is said to have woody bundles made of “ wood-cells” and 1« bast ce}ls,” eet on the
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 103
“ outer side of each bundle is a “igo layer of cambium.” On the same page t the
endogens are said to have “their cambium ti ssue in is eae of each bun dle.” A a rence of opinion aight also be held in reference to page 87, that “ polacggionl ray eigen secures variation,” a cl Fag gate re-
presses We can cordially recommend the book, not only to the peactee
ilottios but also to con ig Gand of whom know far too little of ihe prin
ciples of physiological bot
On the str gh the Testa ow Several Leguminous Seeds. By L. H. Pammel. Ext the Bullitin of the Torrey Botanical. ‘Club. Vol. ‘xiii 88), ped aan te2:
In this brochure, Mr. Pammel describes a shits of the seed —- of ace vulgaris, ‘Gymnocladus Canadensis, Phys ma venenos and a cuna urens. The ee of the very "hand pe co e aide: ite
hat eaisours nt of scler Bieter tenon cells which are commonly present. The wor carefully done, and much of the extensive literature regarding legumin- us seed-coats is cited by the author.
NOTES AND NEWS. E GERMAN imperial gov romana has ordered the establishment of chairs of bacteri- iiey at all shee ectretel of the empire Ags! PAPER ig Dr. ah ents on intenuncnlas respiration, noticed in the March Ga-
ZETTE, is taken are inform ed by Dr. N. L. Britton, from Untersuchungen des botani- schen illo: in Taingen, vol. i NUMERATION of the aca of the genus Phyllosticta by George Martin is
n in ee March nu abe of the ae rnal of Mycology. It includes seventy species, ack upon sixty-four species of host plan EXTENSIVE BACTERIOLOGICAL sar are now carried on at the U.S. or: and Medi-
cal Museum at Washington. The most recent apparatus and methods are used, and the facilities are considered tes equal to those of German laboratories. LLOWING n rasses a orfirpiseens by Dr. Geo. the sree’ = ni
Torrey Club t + Fepeuney * paliguta Nealleyi, Imperata aerate spear Arizo Harvardii, mae A. Orcuttiana, Seven new vaueties belongingto other species are a atib ta e- Scribed.
Epovarp Mo ORREN, the well-known professor mi bo otany in the University of Liége, vice-president ne the Royal Bot meme Pret! of Belgium, editor of Belgique Ho seo and
of Ce serge etc died o 28th of Rapneciew last, at the age of 52 yea
IN ANSWER to an enquiry, Professor Gray informs us that he is not quite astiee to Place on sale copies of his papers in the American Academy’s Proceedings and elsewhere,
are not very many left over. Still, to oblige those whom he has to overlook or can not keep the run of, and to recover a portion of the cost, he has arranged that orders for them
‘dresse the curator of the Herbarium of Harvard University will as far as possible be filled, at the rate of thirty-five cents for each paper.
We. WALKER, F. R. M. 8., of Utica, | and H. H. Chase, M. D., of Geneva, N. Y.. have issued a fascicl (3) plates per with some new and rare dia- toms. Twenty-two species are mentioned, all of which are figured. Of the forms marked as hew five species are by Mr. Walker, two species and two varieties by Dr. Chase, two
of
fine cng of this kind of work. We suppose it is by a slip that the figures are said to be magnified 400 diameters, for being free-hand they must necessarily be variable. Weare informed ed this is to be s etiiwed by other numbers.
104 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ April.
AN ARTICLE ou namie pe a botany read same the Western N. Y. Hor see Phos ‘ he eopies have been distributed, Dr. E. L vant Sent th words spiro comet pie soatens to paint respectiv ay cole spec dha vegetable wae ture. is pointed out that the latter deals with plants which } a pedigree, being mostly raised each year from seed, while the former deals gees sens velba: a pedigree, but with only a parentage, being mostly propagated by division. The one class of plants
. Sturte
reproduces the various forms from eps with much perms whieh ure properly apiece: varieties, the other not bein eget oe -_ with ertainty ngs not the forms called varieties, bu t vi Whenever a V neh variation occurs a %
propagated indefinitely by Heuan : iad it no be ae of auction by seed, it true variety.
THE FIRST NUMBER of a new quarterly journal devoted to alge, ealled Notarisia, has just appeared. It proposes to treat of the current bibliography of tect sie arse ol igettan cal science, to collate Terenenices sand Latin descriptions of new species, t ce tion between algologists, and to some extent to publish original articles. The journal is a to be truly international; communications will be published in Italian, Freneh,
or Latin. The price will vary a Siting to the required size, but will not exceed fifteen
four octavo pages with heliotype portrait of De Notaris, to whom the journal is dedicated. It nino cng an appease of eight pages bythe tao ae eerie a the genera of Flori- dex. There is nd this gives promise of meet- ing the want.
OPPORTUNITY is again offered to any who oe — peer the whole or any part of the Flora Danica, This ificent work was commen the latter part of the last cen- tury, and has been published by the Mberatity of a ing of Denmark. It is now com- Lips excepting the index, and it is dpe to reprint such parts as may be called for. nd over three mpg nts representing 4000
and. Single
pia co , for 55 fr. mene ue bie fad a be made when 10 or more sinikaes are ordered. The editor also proposes to issue fro : 1. Icones Fl
landicx a of 330 plates with text, price, uncolored, 65 fr. 50 ¢. or, colored, 250 fr- c.—2. ore andinavicum, illustrations of the trees and shrubs of Denmark, Norway and Sweden, 160 plates, uncolored 40 fr., colored, 126 fr.—3. Icones plantarum tea Scandinavizx, 300 plates, uncolored 60 fr., colored, 240 fr. Those who wish to obta y of these works or the whole or part of the Flora ic should Seg ey their es to the editor Dr. Joh. Lange, oo Vej 5 (V.) or to MM. Lehmann & Stage, Klarebo- derne 3, Copenhagen K. ‘a Groenland ee will be aoweale valuable to North git bol
E LEARN FROM the Bulletin de la Société de France that S. Groslik has been carrying 0 experimen ts to determine the influence of light upon the development of the leaf- tig Rs ehyma. He selected for the semana the leaves of Eucalyptus globulus which tests three Tedindt's stages of developmen of isodiametric cells, whieh the nthor designates as “ ‘primitive mesophyll.” de in, the sec-
faces. In the third stage the leaf is horizontal and has a layer of palisade parenc enya usual only under the upper surface, the palisade of the ons Ae having gradually te transformed into spongy parenchyma. M. Groslik ho
4 pet ag B
oO
Be i=] re)
wB
5
®
on =)
ou =] 2 ®
this: Takinga in th ase of developme aes he kept itina oases
whet it developed pali: eran pa on the upper face. Keeping a leaf in the second sta:
(i. e-, one having palisade on both surfaces) in a constantly vertical position the inferior y parenchyma. The ropeact owns ene
that from tive mesophyll of the ‘leat either s or palisade
veloped and parler te oie character of this adult mesophy eaent ont) on the er iiieckpation ast Spt Cie illumination prortag he development Be, paisa and cern fav roring the os miorening end enn Ue mica th laboratory demo:
PLATE V.
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,!886.
_ Seale for Fi.
Alines.
FLScritner del.
HACKEL ON SCRIBNERIA
VOL. XI, NO. 5.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE—MAY, 1886.
Scribneria, gen. nov. AUCTORE E, HACKEL. WITH PLATE V.
Tribus—Hordeex, Benth & Hook. Gen. Plant. III. 1093.
Subtribus Lepturez, Benth. & Hook. 1. ce. p. 1094.
Spicule uniflore in spica simplici ad nodos haud excavatos rhacheos demum articulate solitarise vel rarius versus basin
te, rhacheos faciei parelle inserte, rhachiJla brevissima supra
parum inequales, carina excentrica, ita ut latus anterior cujusvis glume 2-nervis, posterior enervis evadat. Gluma florens vacuis tertia parte brevior, membranacea, carinata, bidentata, ex incis- ura aristam rectam glumas vacuas superantem exserens, callo barbato. Palea illam subsuperans, tenuis, bicarinata, acute biden- tu I
ties breviore, hac ex apice aristata. Kralikia, que callo barbato
Dedicavi genus hoc F. Lamsonio Scribnero de graminibus americanis optime merito, qui primus discrimina inter hoc et Lepturi genus in litteris ad me indicavit.
pecies unica: Seribneria Bolanderi Hack. (Lepturus Bo- landeri Thurber in Proc. Amer. Acad. of Arts and Sciences Vii: p- 401). California, Oregon. ExpLaNation oF Piate V.—Fig. 1. A plant, slightly reduced Fig. & A portion of the rhachis showing two spikelets in situ. ig, iew. : Fig. 4. The same, a view of the sides opposed to the rhachis. Fig. 5. The empty glumes of these ze. anterior View. | Fig. 6. One of the spikelets with a short pedicel, exterlor view.
106 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
Fig. 7. Same from the interior or the side next the rhachis Fig. 8. dp tiple glume, with its palea, etc., removed from the outer
Fig. 8a. The sort rhae nae high) is prolonged behind the palea.
Fig. 9. The palea, dorsal v
Fig. 10. ey fruit, to which 3 is attached by adnation a stamen, the anther which is seen abov
Revision of North American Hypericacee.—ll. JOHN M. COULTER. * Styles 3 or 4, very long, distinct and spreading, stigmas capitat capsule tiki: strictly one-celled, a line or two long ; seeds min utely striate i pitted: s mple or branching he tis ,lto3 feet high, with small distant ascenc ing sayy or pease pide and the uppermost branches of the cyme heaniag alternate distant flower
H. virgatum Lam. Leaves ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, half to an inch long, 2 to 4 lines wide: flowers bright yel- low, 4 to 8 lines in diameter, i in nearly naked eymes: sepals lan- ceolate to ovate, acute or acuminate, keele elow, more or less wee, and enclosing the small enpaule.—Diet. iv iv. 158; Chois.
n DC. Prodr. i. 547; Torr. & Gray, FI. i
H. angulosum ie Willd. = iii. 1453 ; Chois. 1. c. 546; Torr. & Gray, 1, ce. 164 and 673; Gray, Manual,
fh, edt Poir. Suppl. vii. 700.
Wet pine barrens of New Jersey, to Florida and Kentucky.
This species is exceedingly variable in the size of its leaves, but this is 2 characteristic of the whole genus, and has led to much confusion in attempt- ing to construct species upon leaf characters, The broader-leaved, more north- ern forms are to be referred to the species, while associated with it at the south
Var. acutifolium. Usually taller and more branching: leaves linear-lanceolate, tapering to a very acute apex, an inch or more long, a line or two wide.
H. aeutifolium Ell. ii. 26; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 167.
18. H. pilosum Watrer. Scabrous tomentose, mostly sim- le: leaves ovate-lanceolate, usually appressed, 4 to '6 lines long; about a line or two wide, sometimes much reduced: flowers to 5 lines in diamater, in few-flowered eymes: sepals ovate-lanceo- late, acute: petals more than twice as long, Soi when old.—
Fl. Car. 190; Chois. 1. c. 549; Torr. & Gray, F
HI, setosum L. as to Clayton’ 8 pret < ka Virg. 88.
H. simplex Michx, F1. ii. 80 ; Choi
Aseyrum villosum L. Spee. 788
Wet pine barrens, South Carolin: to © Flobida and Louisiana.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 107
** * ® Styles 3, long, distinct and usually spreading ; stigmas capitate: cap- sule ovate, 3-celled, more or less glandular and exhaling a heavy odor when crushed ; seeds as in the last: whole plant (including petals and anthers) more or less black dotted: herbs, with rather arge leaves and flowers, the petals much longer than the sepals.
T Eastern species: plants 1 to 4 feet high : capsules mostly not lobed.
19, H. PERFORaATUM L. Much branched: leaves linear to oblong, obtuse, mostly tapering at base, half to an inch long, 1 to 5 lines wide: flowers numerous in loose cymes, about an inch in diameter: sepals linear-lanceolate, very acute or acuminate:
tals bright yellow, black dotted along the margin: capsule conical-ovate, 2 or 3 lines long.
Common everywhere in old fields as a weed difficult to extirpate. (Nat. from Europe.)
20. H. maeulatam Watrer. Simple below, more or less branched above, conspicuously dotted all over: leaves o long to lance-ovate, obtuse or acute, more or less clasping, sometimes tapering at base, 1 to 3 inches long, 4 to 9 lines wide: flowers smaller, 3 to 6 lines in diameter, crowded: sepals lanceolate to ovate, acute: petals pale yellow, with black lines as well as dots : capsule conical-ovate, 2 or 3 lines long —FI. Car. 189; Michx. Fl. ii. 80; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 161 and 673.
H. Virginicum Walter, 189.
Hi. punctatum Lam. Dict. iv. 164: Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 547 ; Reich. Hort. Bot. i. 61, t. 88.
_ HT. corymbosun Muhl. Willd. Spec. iii. 1457; Torr. & Gray, I. c. 160; Gray, Manual, 85.
H. micranthum Chois. Prodr. Hyper. 44, t.5; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 109.
From Canada and Minnesota to Florida and Texas.
This species is quite variable in the length of its styles, and upon the char- acters of short and long styles H. corymbosum and H. maculatum were form- erly Separated. This distinction, however, does not hold, as although the nor
€rn plants also usually have more glandular capsules.
21. H. graveolens BuckLey. Simple, or somewhat branched above: leaves large, elliptical-oblong, obtuse, closely sessile or clasping, 2 or 3 inches long, about an inch wide: flowers an inch °r more in diameter, in few-flowered cymes: sepals lanceolate,
108 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [ May,
very acute: petals very scantily black dotted, if at all: capsule somewhat lobed, ovate, 3 to 5 lines long. —Am. Jour. Sci. I. xlv. 174; Gray, Genera Il. i. 214, t. 92, Asicsal, 85; Chapm. FI. 41.
Mountains of North Carolina.
Tt Western agpae’i plants 3 inches to 2 feet high: capsules 3-lobed, 3 4 lines long: i PE) Pah yellow, often tinged with purple, with a few black dots along the margi
22. H. formosum HBK. var. Seouleri. From running root- a simple or somewhat branching, often with numerous
mall branchlets, a half to two feet high: leaves ovate-oblong, ae, more or less clasping, about an inch long, half inch or more wide (those of the branchlets much smaller and often taper- ing at base), usually black dotted along the margin of the under surface, veiny: flowers half to an inch in diameter, in loose corymbs : sepals lanceolate to ovate, obtuse or acute: styles mostly erect.
H. Scouleri Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. i. 111; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 160; and of all authors.
Throughout all our western mountain systems, and extending into British Columbia Se aedingly variable. The species is Mexican, and differs from our va- riety only in its narrower and acuminate sepals. It is really questionable whether our forms deserve to rank even as a variety, as there are found among them sepals which are almost indistinguishable from those of H. formosum.
23. H. coneinnum Bento. Somewhat shrubby and branching
at base, 3 to 18 inches high: leaves linear to oblong, not clasp-
ing, acon folded, half to over an inch long, 1 to 4 lines wide,
acute: flowers over an inch in dia meter, few, in rather close clus- ters at the summit of the stem, with black Tires as well as dots:
sepals ovate, mucronate-acute, or very acuminate, repent ge the 81
capsule.—PI. Hartw. 300; Brewer & Watson, Bot. Calif.
H. bracteatum Kellogg, Proc. Calif. A California. First collected by Har it, in a “Sacramento Valley.”
23. Stamens 5 to 20, mostly in 3 clusters: styles 3 (sometimes 2), short, ressoae stigmas capitate : capsules ovate ate conical, one-celled; seeds yellow, or less striate and pitted: small and slender annuals, with very small howets, Pee petals shorter than the Can?
* Procumbent or ascending, or forming dense mats, diffusel sla leaves rather broad, obtuse, clasping: capsule a line or two lon ag
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 109
24. H. anagalloides Cuam. & gt gt Often ee dense mats: stems an inch to a foot long: leaves oblong broadly ovate, very obtuse, 5 to "Tometyen at base, 2 to 6 fit long, almost as broad: flowers 3 or 4 lines in diameter, in few- flowered naked or leafy cymes: sepals foliaceous, unequal, lance- olate to broadly ovate, longer than the ovate capsules : stamens 15 to 20.—Linneea, iii. 127; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 167 and 674.
? H. mutilum Watson, King’s Report, v. 4 n wet ground from Southern California to Mata ti pene Mon- tana ( Watson), and British Columbia. Also in adjacent Mexi Possibly this is but a form of H. Japonicum Thunb.
25. H. mutilum L. Like the last, but more erect and dif- fusely branching, a half to a foot (or even two feet) high: leaves narrowly oblong to somew ies ovate, half to an inch long, 2 to 4 lines wide, 5-nerved at base: fowens in very loose leafy cymes: sepals linear to lanceolate, ot shorter than the aie oenbeye: : stamens 6 to 12 —Spec. 787; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i
H. LE ety Walter, Fl. Car. 190; Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 550; Hook.
Fl, a -Am open Willd. a lii. ag ‘pea Olas
i stellarioides HBK. N Low grounds, from Clin é Fiat and Texas. Also in adjacent Mexico.
Quite variable in size, and in some forms closely resembling the last spe-
“s
** Almost simple, with strict stems cil branches: flowers in naked cymes: sepals linear to linear- lanceolate, acumina
26. H. gymnanthum Enceitm. & Gray. A foot to three feet high: leaves cordate-ovate, clasping, ane quite distant half inch or more long, 5 to 7-nerved and 3 to 5 lines wide tapering to an gnnte or obtuse apex: lowers: in strict aoa few- flowered elongated cymes: sepals a line or two long, about as eee as the ovate-eonic capsule: stamens 10 to 12. =—P]; Lindh.
4; Walp. Ann. ii. 188.
HZ. mutilum var. gymnanthum Gray, Manual, 86.
Delaware, Pennsylvania and fone to Louisiana and Tex
The strict habit and naked cymes resemble the lewigs species. In the Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Ceacllochaf for Feb. 1885, R. v. Uechtritz and P. Ascherson refer this species to H. Japonicum Thunb. They well establish it 8 a species distinct from H. mutilum, but an examination of many specimens fH. Japonicum shows it to be very distinct from that species also. If H.
110 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
Japonicum is represented in our flora at all, it is our western H. anagalloides. This last named species approaches very nearly our eastern H. mutilum, to which species H. gymnanthum has been referred. This is the closest relation- ship we can trace between H. Japonicum and H. gymnanthum. Tf these two are one, then must H. mutilum and H. anagalloides follow, and with such a limitation our species of Hypericum could be reduced to very few.
27. H. Canadense L. A half to a foot or more high: leaves linear to linear lanceolate, glandular dotted beneath, mostly ta- pering to the sessile 3-nerved base, half to an inch or more long, ‘a line or two wide: flowers in loose cymes: stamens 5 to 10 capsule very acutely conical, 2 or 3 lines long, longer or shorter than the sepals—Spec. 785; Torr. Fl. N. Y. 1. 89; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 165.
H. thesiiflolium, pauciflorum and Moranense HBK. Nov. Gen. & Spee. v. 192 and 193. Wet sandy soil, from Canada to Georgia, Illinois, Wisconsin, and the Win- nipeg valley. :
Exceedingly variable in size. The extreme forms may be grouped under the following varieties:
Var. major Gray. Stems much stouter and taller: leaves larger, an inch or two long, 4 to 6 lines wide, lanceolate, more or less clasping, often very acute: flowers in larger more crow ed cymes: sepals long pointed: capsules larger.—Manual, 86.
From Canada to Pennsylvania, Illinois, and about the Great Lakes.
Var. minimum Chois. Dwarf, 1 to 3 inches high, simple, few- flowered: leaves oblong, obtuse, 4 to 5 lines long, a line or two wide, smaller and more erowded below.—DC. Prodr. i. 55) Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 110.
On wet rocks, Canada, to Wisconsin (Lapham), and “Cypress Hills,” N. W- T. (Macoun).
ad ,
* * * Bushy branching, with rigid erect black-dotted stems and branches: leaves very slender and rigid or minute, erect or appressed: flowers scattered along the upper part of leafy branches.
_ 28. H. Drummondii Torr & Gray. Stem and alternate branches rather stout, 10 to 30 inches high: leaves linear-subu- late, erect, a fourth to an inch long, one-nerved: flowers pedi- cellate: stamens 10 to 20: capsule ovate, about 2 lines long, not longer than the sepals; seeds large, oval, strongly ribbed an transversely lacunose, brownish yellow.—FI. i. 165.
Sarolhra Drummondii Grev. & Hook. Bot. Misc. iii, 236,t.107,./* 79
In dry soil, Georgia and Florida, to Illinois and Texas.
t7 )53%
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE.. 111
29, H. nudicaule Water. Stem and opposite branches foliform, wiry, appearing naked from the very minute awl- shaped appressed leaves, 4 to 20 inches high: flowers very small, mostly sessile: stamens 5 to 10: capsule very acutely conical, 1 to 3 lines long, much longer than the sepals; seeds very much smaller, oblong, minutely striate and pitted, light yellow.—Fl. Car. 190.
H. setosum L. Spec. 787, as to Pluck. syn.
H. Sarothra Michx. Fl. ii. 79; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 165; Gray, Gen. Ill. i. 214, t. 93, f. 1-7, Manual, 86.
Sarothra gentianoides L. Spec. 272; Lam. Ill. t. 215, f. 1. ~
S. hypericoides Nutt. Gen. i. 204; Barton, Fl. N. Am. iii. 59, t. 92, f. 1.
Dry sandy soil, Canada to Florida, and the Mississippi valley.
3. ELODEA Juss., PursH.
Perennial herbs, in marshes or shallow water; with small close clusters of flesh-colored flowers in the axils of the leaves and at the summit of the stem; sepals much shorter than the acute capsules.—Juss. Gen. 255, partly; Pursh. Fl. 360; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 167; Gray, Gen. Ill. i. 216, t. 94. Not. Elodes Adans., Spach, nor Elodea Michx. Triadenium Raf.—A_ genus of two species, peculiar to Eastern North America.
1. E. ecampannlata Pursu. A foot or two high, mostly simple: leaves oblong to ovate, very obtuse or emarginate, clasp- ing by a broad base, about an inch anda half long, half ine wide, glaucous beneath and black dotted: axillary flower clus- ters at the ends of elongated branches: sepals lanceolate to ovate : corer united below the middle: capsule 4 or 5 lines long.—
. 379.
Virginica Nutt. Gen. ii. 17; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 167; Gray, Gen. Ill. i _ 216, t. 94; Mannal, 86. Hypericum Virginicum L. Spec. 2 ed. 1104; Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 546. HI. campanulatum Walter, Fl. Car. 191. HT, emarginatum Lam, Dict. iv. 154. From Hudson’s Bay to New Jersey and North Carolina, westward to Minnesota and the Winnipeg valley. Also in adjacent Asia and Japan.
2. E. petiolata Pursn. Resembling the last, but usually taller and more branching : leaves longer (2 to 5 inches), half to
an inch wide, tapering toa sessile base or petioled, not so glau- cous or black dotted beneath: axillary flower clusters almost
112 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [May,
sessile : filaments united about to the middle.—Fl. 379; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 168.
£. tubulosa Pursh (Hypericum tubulosum Walter) has not been identified,
but is probably this species, from which it differs only in its “ tubular corolla,” concerning which there must have been some mistake; see Torr. & ray, Fl- i. 168.
Hypericum petiolatum Walter, Fl. Car. 191. A, axillare Michx. FI, ii. 81.
HT, paludosum Chois. in DC. Prodr. i. 546.
From Virginia to Florida, Louisiana, and Arkansas.
A Trip to Willoughby Lake, Vt. WALTER DEANE.
The region about Willoughby Lake , Vt., is so rich in interest- ing flowering plants and ferns that a short account of my visit there, during the latter half of July, 1885, may be of interest to botanists. ;
Tarrived there with my wife and Judge J. R. Churchill, of Dor- chester, Mass., an enthusiastic botanist, on the evening of July
Boston, on the Boston & Montreal Air Line brought us to West Burke, on the Passumpsie railroad, where we left the cars and took stage for the Willoughby Lake House. The ride of six miles, through a hilly country, over a rough road, was quite re- freshing, for the air was clear and bracing, and, during our stay of two weeks, we were never oppressed by the heat.
Willoughby Lake lies in the northern part of Vermont, in the township of Westmore, between Willoughby mountain on the east, and Mt. Hor on the west.
he lake, which runs north and south, is six miles long and from half a mile to a mile anda half broad. Its surface is about 1200 feet above sea level. It empties into Lake Memphramagog through Willoughby river, and from there finds its way into the St. Lawrence river. The Willoughby Lake House, at which we stayed, stands at the head of the lake and commands a magnifi- cent view, especially when the sunset clothes the towering cliffs on Willoughby Mt. with a rosy hue. The country is well wooded, even to the summit of the mountains, with the usual trees and shrubs that prevail in this section. Prominent among them were Tilia Americana, Acer saccharinum, Acer rubrum, Acer Pennsylvanicum, Acer spicatum, Fraxinus A mericana, Frax-
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 113
inus sambucifolia, Ulmus Americana, Fagus ferruginea, Betula papyracea, Betula lutea, Populus tremuloides, Populus grandi- dentata, Thuja occidentalis, Picea alba, Picea nigra, Tsuga Cana- densis, Abies balsamea, and Larix Americana.
Alnus viridis was very abundant, while, in the bogs, was found Ledum latifolium, and Rhamnus alnifolius, the latter with its black berries, bearing a close resemblance to the buckthorn, Rhamnus catharticus, of our hedges.
ne of the first expeditions was to the ledges on the steep sides of Willoughby Mt., whither I had often wandered in fancy, as I read in the Manual of “Arabis petra, Willoughby Mt., Vermont, H. Mann,” “ Primula Mistassinica, Willoughby js ag and I longed to see and collect the plants for myself.
The cliffs of Willoughby Mt. rise sheer and straight for many hundred feet above the lake and their base is only reached by a
ard scramble of about an hour’s duration, up a very steep ascent over bowlders and fallen trees and, in places, through a dense undergrowth. This slope is heavily wooded from the water’s edge almost to the very base of the cliffs. Land slides are not infrequent, and it is easier to climb up their rocky beds over the loose rocks and crumbling stones than to push through the woods. In the rich soil at the base of the mountain we found Allium tri-
ling down the ledges, keep them wet. _ In the chinks and crevices within our reach and too often, to our disappointment, far beyond, Srows a rich and attractive flora. : Scattered here and there on the dripping ledges were bright Yellow patches of the beautiful yellow mountain saxifrage, Saxi- raga aizoides, while its near relative, the little Saxifraga OpPy, Sitifolia modestly clothed the rocks with its small patches o
114 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
green. Its open pods were all that was left of its fruit. We found this plant much more abundant on the cliffs of Mt. Hor. The pretty little Primula Mistassinica was growing everywhere in the wet chinks of the rocks. The time to gather this plant in flower is early in June, but we secured as many specimens in fine fruit as we cared to take away. The withered corolla was still covering the well-developed capsule, which, with the seape, was bright yellow, contrasting strangely with the bright, green leaves. The most interesting of the twenty-seven species and varie- ties of the genus Carex that we found and collected during our visit, was Carex scirpoidea, which, grew here in great profusion on the rocky slope, as well as on the cliffs of Mt. Hor. Bot sterile and fertile spikes were equally abundant. Though the sedge itself is not very striking in appearance, yet, when col- lected properly, with its root-stock and base leaves, it makes a handsome specimen. It is rather difficult to get the plant up by the roots, and botanists are apt to leave them behind. Carex Oederi was also very abundant, varying in height from three to eight inches. The only other cyperaceous plant that we found here was Rhynchospora capillacea. Erigeron hyssopifolius and Calamagrostis stricta were interesting features of this locality. st not forget the Hedysarum boreale, with its pretty purple flowers and jointed pods. It seemed to be well aware of its great attraction to botanists, for most of it was growing defiantly far above our reach. e Arabis petreea, which we had particularly desired to find, was abundant everywhere on the same dry slopes where Horace Mann found it in 1862. It was
eds of Adiantum pedatum, and amongst the moss-grown bowlders near the water were magnificent specimens
La
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 115
of Phegopteris Dryopteris, P. polypodioides, and Aspidium spin- ulosum, var. intermedium, while everywhere was the common Polypodium vulgare. Our most interesting finds, however, among the ferns, were growing in the wet crevices of the cliffs, carefully hidden by the overhanging rock and sheltered by the trees. These were Pellwa gracilis and Woodsia glabella. We found both of these ferns afterwards in other localities, but no- where in such abundance as here. The little Pellea had hidden its delicate rootstocks so deep down between the narrow chinks that it was difficult to procure full specimens. With care, how- ever, we succeeded in procuring all we wanted. We found essen- tially the same flora on these cliffs as on the Willoughby ones, though the various species seemed to differ in relative abundance. We added to our collection here Draba arabisans, Impatiens pal- lida, Trisetum subspicatum, var. molle, and Microstylis mono- phyllos. M. ophioglossoides we found afterwards in abundance on the dry sunny hillside near the hotel. This latter plant I have often found in Shelburne, N. H., and always in similar lo- cations. The “ostrich-fern,” Onoclea Struthiopteris, was growing rank by a running brook, while the little Equisetum scirpoides was in full fruit, covering the wet turf by the edge of the water. We reached home, this day, in time for dinner, but found plenty - to do during the rest of the afternoon in laying away our plants.
One day we made an expedition over Willoughby Mt., and we were well rewarded with magnificent views and full presses. Here again the ferns were everywhere. It is not so much of their variety that I speak, though we counted thirty dif- ferent kinds, as of their omnipresence. They greeted the eye at every step from the coarse Pteris aquilina by the roadside, to the graceful Cystopteris bulbifera in the damp woods. I was struck with the strong, sweet fragrance of the latter. I have collected Aspidium fragrans in abundance in Shelburne and Gorham, N. H., but its fragrance did not compare with the delicious odor of the “bladder fern.” Aspidium Goldianum was abundant near the foot and on the sammit of the mountain, but it was difficult , to find perfect fronds owing, as it appeared, to the attacks of some insect. Half way up the mountain, which is about 2,500 ft. above the level of the lake, is a bold rock projecting over the cliff be- j It is called
116 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [May,
in the warm sunshine, near abundance of Carex canescens, var. alpicola, which was growing in dense tufts. I was surprised to find Muhlenbergia glomerata, which is credited in the Manual to bogs, growing here among the dry rocks. Farther down in the woods we found Viola chit esis with its Way ie erlocarpa, and . Canadensis, in various stages of fruit and er. After de- scending the mountain we walked back through “the woods along the shore of the lake. Fragaria vesca and F. Virginiana, were both abundant along the roadside, and we had a good opportunity to observe the differences helper the two species. The thin, light green leaves and small fruit with superficial achenia of Fragaria vesca make it easily distinguishable from the other spe- cies, with its much darker leaves and imbedded achenia. I ha not realized that the fruit of the two species presented such a dif- ferent appearance. The fruit of Fragaria vesca is very insipid to the taste, as compared with F. Virginiana. small muddy pond and a bog Reftnd the hotel well repaid more than one visit. Naias flexilis and Chara intermedia cover the bottom of the pond, while its margin is lined with many in- teresting plants, among others, Lobelia Kalmii, Habenaria obtu- sata and H. hyperborea. ur two weeks sped quickly by and we were obliged to leave this enchanting spot just as the asters, solidagos and “other com- posites were coming into bloom. My obj ect in this short sketch has been, not to enimetate all, or nearly all, of the interesting plants at we found in this locality, or to tell anything new, but to show what a rich botanical field lies within easy reach of all who have the leisure and the desire to visit Willoughby Lake.
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
v Notes on Eatonia.—Having recently made some investigation into the genus Eatonia, I wish to call the attention of botanists to such forms of that genus as they may meet with. The indications are that there are several new species or very marked varieties, of which I think the two following may be well separated as species:
tonta DupLEeyi.—Culms 2 to 2} feet high, very slender: cauline loneas only 1 or 2 inches long, abruptly acute, spreading; the radical ones 3 to 6 inches long : panicle slender, nearly linear, 3 to 6 inches long, the branches few and mostly appressed : upper empty glume obovate, obtuse, broadly scari- ous on the margins, smoothish; the lower glume broader than in E. Pennsyl- vanica, and nearly as long as the flower next above i it; flowering glumes linear- oblong, obtuse or abruptly acute, the second one hispidulite: Grows in open
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 117
dry woods, from Michigan to Long Island, and Pennsylvania to North Caro- lina.
Easily distinguished from E. Pennsylvanica by the slender culms and pan- icles, the very short cauline leaves, the longer and wider lower glume, the more obtuse and shorter upper glume, and the shorter obtuser flowering glumes.
A FILIFORMIS—E. Pennsylvanica, var. filiformis Chapman. Very
easily distinguished ‘by the very long filiform leaves, slender culm and panicle, short obtuse flowers, and very obtuse smoothish upper glume. Florida to Texas.
ere are several varieties of E. Pennsylvanica and of E. obtusata, and in Douidtansd there is a peculiar form with often 3-flowered spikelets, the flower- ing glumes acuminate and sometimes mucronate.—GEo, VASEY.
n the characters of species in Caeti.—Just what are good characters or not for distinguishing species of Cactacee is worthy of study. As the s are so difficult to determine in herbaria, I try to get living specimens and watch their growth. Some two years ago I had sent to me by a stranger in Texas a plant which he called Mammillaria applanata, with a hint that if I sent money and trusted to him, he would send living plants of the cacti of that region to the value thereof. I sent five dollars, but have never had cactuses, or answers to letters since. Though my plant, therefore, cost me five dollars, it seemed to agree pretty well with Engelmann’s description in Pl. Lindheimeriana, of M. ap- planata. Haage & Schmidt of Erfurt, in the midst of men who know cacti, sent me another as M. applanata. Dr. Engelmann, in Botany of Mexican Bownd-
ferent forms” of M. Heyderi, Muhlenpf. Now M. applanata, as described by Engelmann, is “ depressed,” with yellowish lobes to the stigma, and yellowish stamens. M. hemispherica is “hemispherical,” with yellowish-red stigma- lobes, and reddish stamens. Now this last suits my German specimen, and it should be that “ form,” but Engelmann says it has much fewer and shorter spines than the “form” applanata; but this has just as many and just as long, but they are so slender that they might be termed cilia, and they are slightly recurved. The other, which being depressed might be applanata, has stiff and rather lighter spines. The plant is about three inches high by four wide; the hemispherical one about four by six. The tubercles in the depressed one are so close together that we can note no fleecy wool in the axils, while in the other they are all distinct, and the little mass of wool is plainly seen. In the de-
pressed form the flowers are so comparatively short that they can not expand fully, through the interference of the spines; in the other they are longer, so long that the petals spread over the bundles of spines, and when in full sunlight give the plant quite a gay appearance. So far as we usually judge of species among cacti, we have characters for two good species. Outside of this are characters not mentioned by Englemann. Supposing the depres essed one to be M. applanata, the lobes of the stigma are green, not Atal and about two lines long. The lobes of M. hemispherica (?) are four lines
But there is a something almost indescribable by aa the student of cacti
an class the “ forms,” and as these are now blooming before me to-day in my
118 BOTANICAL GAZETTF. [ May,
greenhouse (March 6th) he would say “these are all one.” The florist would want to keep them separate, and give them separate names, for the rounder one is by far the most showy. The forms of the same species open their flowers al- most simultaneously. Flowers on different plants will open on almost the same day of the month, Then again the numerical order in which they appear in the axils of the tubercles is a good specific point. Counting from the upper- most tubercle on which the bundle of spines seems fully at ae following the spiral down, the flowers will sometimes come from the axil of the second, or of the third, the fourth, or the fifth. Sometimes there will : two circles of flowers. In this Heyderi and “ forms” there are three circles, from the second, third, and fourth e point I desire to make in this note is that cacti are not only hard to determine, but harder than we have been led to believe them; that in al} probability characters that we have depended on as hover lee teta are of less. value than has been assumed; and that those who find new “forms” should hesitate considerably before sade science with a heavy burden of synonyms. s one special lesson of interest from the study of these two forms of Mammillaria. Everyone knows that the fronds or joints in Opuntia are not always of uniform shape on the same plant. One generally with an almost athe acer section will sometimes have sections much elongated. I have noted n Opuntia Rafinesquii, that when the frond is elongated, the ovarium is Se tied ‘isa the petals are more slender. Elongation goes through the whole morphological course. This experience is repeated here; the more elongated plant has longer and more slender sepals and petals, and longer and more slen- der stigma-lobes. THomMas MEEHAN.
EDITORIAL.
Ir 1s TIME for botanists to be looking forward to their meeting at Buffalo next August. Those who were present at Ann Arbor can bear testimony that they spent a ‘delightful time together, that they timulated in their work, and that the year that has elapsed since has felt the constant influence. The personal friendships formed at such a time are not only pleasant to remember, but exceedingly profitable. As Buffalo is more centrally located, and as there are many botanical reminiscences connected with it, we expect even a larger at- tendance than at Ann Arbor. The Botanical Club has grown into a very vig- orous life, not so much on account of its organization, for it has none, but on account of its informality, the strong bond holding it well together being 3 community of sentiment. As many botanists will come to Buffalo with the warm feelings aroused by the companionship of the last few years, and as there is an active local botanicai society, we may all expect.a week of great enjoy- ment and profit. Arrangements will be made for meetings and excursions, and abundant opportunity given for talks in the herbarium and in the field. We bespeak thus early a large attendance, that plans for the summer may be made to include a week at Buffalo, beginning August 18. One feature ot the Club meetings can be spoken of now. The June Gazerre will be an herbarium
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 119
number, devoted to the collection and preservation of plants, but it is found almost impossible to desciibe portfolios, presses, cabinets, etc., so as to be well understood, without taking too much space. Therefore, ss the coming meeting, “an evening will be set Na for an exhibition of the appliances of botanical work, such as portfolios, presses, the most effectual poison, the best mode of glueing, the quality, size and cost of genus covers and herbarium sheets, the best size and form of labels, the best form of cabinets for security of contents and ease of referring to them, etc., etc. As botanists will have in most cases their portfolios and presses with them, a comparison of these will be easy, and a discussion of the subject generally will result in much advantage to the fra- ternity, in shit he about uniformity of action and in saving of money and time.
full account of what botanists may expect at Buffalo will be given in our July Pare
E BOTANISTS of the country may well ask themselves if they take the
matter deserves. We venture to say that barely a dozen botanists outside of Washington are aware that the “ Botanical Division” and “ Mycologic Section ”
we in “get goes on the same as in the days viens satis was
_ and learn what is required from the botanists themselves. This is forcibly citgis to mind by the bill which is now (April 20) before the House of Repre-
ntatives, for the annual appropriation fer the work of the Department of © Agrinttre The Commissioner recommended for botany, including the study
plant diseases, about one-third of the amount named for entomological work, or eonens of salaries one-fifth as much; while the bill as reported by the committee, and as it now stands (it may be modified before its final passage) gives one-ninth as much, or exclusive of salaries one-fiftieth—that is, admit- ting that one-half of the one thousand dollars allotted to the support of the “museum and herbarium ” will be pi for the latter. The urgent ogre for the investigation of plant diseases is ignored; although “ the J from Contagious diseases of animals is a mere yas atelle in poset aid Phone as a corres- pondent puts it, it is liberally ho og for as - shoul a be. seg enone science as a factor in the wealth and welfare o tes to gain for it the recognition it ment
THe ApporntMeENT of Mr. Bernhard E. vagertihe as chief of the forestry di- Vision of dae eg eaeney of Agriculture seems to have been a move in the right direction. Mr. Fernow, who has had practical ae theoretical training as a
forester, has already pe actively an attempt to enlist the help of botanists in the study of forest problems. He proposes, as far as possible, to assist those who are —— or will work in this line, “ and to publish and distribute in
120 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
pamphlet form as their work, over their name, such monographs as they may prepare.” The plan commends itself to us as a good one, and with proper pre- cautions likely to result in effective work in this division. One investigation, in which almost all botanists can assist, is the contemplated series of pheno- logical observations. Blanks (and further information) can doubtless be ob: tained by any of our subscribers who will express a desire for them.
OPEN LETTERS. Seeds of Mentzelia.
B any’ botanist send me seeds of Mentzelia ornata, in good actin for pO tore Joun M. CovuLt Cranfordsvlle, Ind.
Liquid Glue for mounting plants, etc.
Glue, half panes pestic pega nee pint. er k the gine into small pieces, ' put it into the acid a it on ack 09 of the stove for a few hours and then it is always renee for fed npn k it ila a pili’ and it will keep any pay of time. Good to put the back on ahicncn wa Paola, Kan Dr. J. H. Oyster.
Arrangement of Herbrria, etc. ‘ Professor Beal’s inquiry in the April GAzEeTrE prompts the following re- ections After a ae of both plans, I have come to use the alphabetical arrange- ment of gene and species, arranging the orders according to Bentham and Hooker. To. facilitate the arrangement in the mpetoret sequence, whenever . i f
alphabetical or pomeriee! sequence is at bes ee cacaien for con-
venience of reference. In an he death it is less eetimeble than when ap-
plied to notes and referen ath Some eight years tee when I began an exten-
sive specific subject-index in ‘lta branches of botany, I arranged my cards
oe cally. There is no question but those referring to a given genus are i
it,-it Is a . h the Genera Plantarum before us, we rs pick them out, in an alphabeti- cal anes, but it is far better to find them in proper sequence, and as rapidly 2 my lenis are being a sxranaed etd ae to the nore system. seen
the experience of Dr. Gray, 1 am not at all sure that I shall not wish my gen covers were similarly Py iubeas , as his are. However, the tok py reartoaetie
them i a less — pa a that of rearranging a a, i ex. Some time since Professor Bessey stated = the
Naturalist that Sep collections a tung a “Ellis, Roumeguére and Winter are best divided and the species distributed where they belong, in the herbariam.
I think this will ultimately crore a source of annoyance to otry i, for without a system references the : rs . 0 come inaccessible in consequence of the frequent removals hey ex
rience from genus to genus in hig chenccatle group. With ceed todenst
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 121
these collections are as useful as books, which no one thinks of cutting BP and distributing in his herbarium WiLuiAM TRELEASE Shaw School of Botany, St. Louis, Mo.
Prof. Beal, in the April number of the Gazette, desir ires the experience of others in the arrangement of th ne ae My ractice - a t parallel to his. In the college herbarium in char. arge, chs arrangement is ie Bentham & Hooker for orders and rd my private herbarium, cae at my house,
n
de a ;
While this is nen the most convenient ready pees I know that
own case I lose by it something of familiarity with the generic uripersg
h ca) po fe memory one is apt to acquire an alphabetical ae nan wane} Bo notion of the relations ot a ah W. WHITMAN fone
ting the suggestion made by Pr Prof. Beal (April sewers p. 98) tha the Sip tines of others in herbarium arrangement would be of interest, I note
vum of Boeths am and Hooker. -Pasteboard “ flaps,” labeled with the contents of each compartment, serve to direct the canals fur any mabye" genus, and this is all that is required, for one working constantly about an herbarium soon learns where, approximately, everything is. But t iphelae are all arranged alphabetically, and it is found to be of the greatest convenience. Origin nally Some of the larger genera were arranged apes ghar at after
pher (the oaks and Junci after Engelmann, the willows after Bebb, etc.), bat this was found to be cumbersome in ent extrem me, and was abandoned. In
large herbarium like this, where a gen often represented by from fifty to two hundred species, no method as past ti as the sleebelicet 4 al has | seen Troposed. H
National Museum, Washington, D. C.
CURRENT LITERATURE.
Tendril Movements in Cucurbita maxima and C. Pepo. By. D. P. Penhallow, Am. Jou t. Sci., Jan., Feb, and Mar., 1886.
© squa: which gradiiell breaks down at maturity; a ring of wood bounded by one of parenchyma, rank which lies the most important region, that of the pg
122 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
dele points by em celled parenchyma T :
ese three nechyma re ‘can be rec ognized on the surface of the tendril, as dark green bands extending through its length on the upper side and on the right and left ong these the greatest growth occurs in turn without
d} regular — and ere the activity longest remains. The name vibrogen is
be a tension in these tissues, ses resulting movements of the whole body. It has been demonstrated by Sachs and Darwin that a band of r rapidly grow ing
tact depending upon the site distribution of the three vibrogen orsion is produced by the te am owth of the vibrogen bands not selloivea
Irritation upon the surface of the tendril, pipapren 4 in the region of the collenchyma least broken by the parenc yma, i. é@., the lower purines causes cessation of growth and condensation of structure, je nee a bending ard the etoting surface. The same is true when coiling results from st nike support
echanical irritation is applied at any part the impulse is con- eyed ol to cell through the ene of protoplasm which is best demonstrated in the collenchyma tiss fb movements eaearaiad 3 are also explained upon similar grounds, and the saisleaniion of these movements in tendrils alone is accounted for by the localization of the vibrogen bands, the disproportion between length nl diameter, the great flexibility of the organ and the greater — unequal tension when exerted longitudinally through a filamentous ee GRACE E. “Ghenee:
Handbook of Plant Dissection. By J.C. Arthur, C. R. el gape M. Coulter. ‘S Henr. a & Co., New York. 1886. 12°, pp. 2p
f this volume has been to provide ep ss aie aor students
3 deta sheets t of » series of representative types illustrating the dif-
rent groups of the — kingdom from the lowest to the highest. As
the tithe foe ban itis nota eral treatise to which the seas is to go for
information, but a practical iedivck o be nsed in the laboratory while ex-
° Pe
y
general. In an introductory chapter is a short t of th tus and : cate = - oe ort account of the apparatu re isa t need of a book like the present, for the pecs ° who soe to study botany by aan we may call the type-pla ay ehon ae lar, ree
and increasing. In a work “ot this kind the temptation is to rabecterst too adueh
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 123
or aiaihe pat ab this difficult and ‘piven us a book of convenient form iss i i ed in a space. There i
2
he necessarily high cost of a book with nu s good plates, it seems to us ei that a raperar eae paces k should siege co oii lanes, yr ds: nal ates are required, they can better be provided in the form of charts or a The pilnctisi: of latvia: to be studied is a guod one and aaa aa to occupy the student’s time for several months at least. We would suggest, how- it mi d some i ysei
ever, that ght have been well to ome common lichen like Physcia stellaris, for the biological relations of the lichens are important and likely t interest th nt. The proportion b 0 nded, for, although a greater nu of species of Thallophytes nate presented, the spac devoted to that group is less than half as great as that Archegoniata and less than a third of that assigned to enogam By the arrangement adopted, the student starts by observing a few things, and as he advances and becomes more proficient he can wor ore exhaustive
f it is necessary to train the ofser vine wi ers of students, as is almost
ati Ways the case at the present time, there is, of ¢ a danger that a hand
ook like the present may be abus ed ui, that the sian may rely too esac on the directions aires In the pee site the authors call attention to the pos- sibility of such a use and m neem pr aie oe if a teacher
and n row ri he should subst ute other species nearly related botanical - those given nthe book. The weraeivastos work would apply as before, but the student pecans have to work out details for himself. W. G. Fartow ike euegl iiber Bacterien. Von A. 48 gobs Leipzig: Wilhelm Bagelibann? 146. 18 woodcuts.
It is with; %s part of his Mor pikes nd Bi ologie der Pilze Myce und Bacterien. The present work follow ¢c
e D
pass of the previous work. It is also, for the most part, in a more simple and
ce style, which comes from the matter having first been given in a series a.
The r does ir Praising. to peorere z ets devoted to apg Poe regarding aia cases of interest and importan “s ies teriology,” but to afford I survey ject which may vi e one to find his way intelli-
gently among the multiplicity of details. As one Nes not properly see t or the houses, o t bee of the trees, unless a comma g position be Obtained, so it is in the mazes of this new science. This is the great service which the author has done, to point out in a maste rly way the true relation of
the facts to 0 one another, and to bring the whole into harmony with the other departments of bio ogy.
di wing is an outl ine of the contents of the book. The use the words baste and fungi is discussed. The structure of the hackestan cell, the forms ah cells and of cell-families, and their development are ert ely treated. When the author points out how simply the different for of the single cells of bacteria may be illustrated, he more deeply en - a Die aggre
of the student who is at the same time an instructor. es One
Separate them into round-celled forms and two rod-forms, sraipet and peiral:
A billiard ball, a pencil and a sirks crew represent these three forms with much
accuracy, so that expensive illustrative models are not nee
a he whole w as been presented with much perspieuity 5 it has also
been divested of that remoteness and “5 genes with which we are wont inte the subject. This has been by tracing many ae ogies wi
regard familiar facts pertaining to higher saornsoert a In speaking of the necessity
124 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. __ [May,
of taking into account the modes of grouping in order to be able to distinguish between such minute objects, he says that “in the phenomen a of grouping there appear specific characters which must, rev ed, tas presen at i in the single roa but with the means at our command can not ber recognized or only with a ulty, yet, as it were, become Co in larger masses. This is, how- at nothing peculi ar. Pes cells, which in comparison with bacteria. are
m n ‘
Io their ition or grouping, howe the one always goes to build nia the ‘lip nee yee the other the lily, “ak y ori we know that they are
iobab ne of the most non corer parts of the Lage) a the general reader = — at “hapten, w eiey Ee ith the pro and con of the existence of spe- nities and position re hee stem
i i} we s
well a
simple kinds. With some practi e can name them oes snaie piece te sociated from _ sevelopmn ental Sulameatlitts sil orse chestnut may, é be
determined from d leaf. Other kinds of plants are pleomorphic
s r
the no question regarding true species among bacteria for 150 years after their discovery; the controversy was introduced by Cohn whe he published his memorable classification of growth forms.
So we mig ntinue to gi e author’s views regarding these form- species, the erro ich have arisen by inattention to details of manipulatio in performing cultures, even bys noted investig as Niigeli and Buch- ner, and the sys ic affinities and peculiarities of the bacteria. These and many other Boi a will prove of great interest to the biologi
tL iewl Bey ahem the occurrence and distribution of mopar eT _
wth, relations to the substratum, parasites and s
pte, important ex scipted of the latter described, the phenomena of parasitism, armless parasitic kinds in warm-blooded a nimals, relation of t
tious diseases of animals and plants, which takes us to the end of the fourteenth
chapter. A bibliography of important works and a name register closes the _ volume. —
The importance of a work like this is not easily pawns d. It may not Siot, out many new facts, but it places those which a _ eady known in their true light, and makes clear the real position of the maha
The Methods of Bacteriological Investigation. By Dr. Ferdinand pes Trans- lated by Hermann M. Biggs, M. D. New York: Appleton & Co., 1886. 8°. pp. 218. 31 woodcuts.
Die Methoden der Bakterien-Forschung. Von Dr. Ferdinand Hueppe. 3d_ ed. bles = yg C. W. Kreidel, 1886. 8°. pp. 244. 2 colored plates and 40
this ack by Dr. Hueppe was written * the request of Dr. Koch, the most renowned of bacteriologists, w mparts a guarantee of value o the . dt does not, —* stand in apeci ial need of a tea for Most casu Me Superior to a way I fb st en A
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 125
ethods yet issued. The subject is presented in a careful, well-balanced, well- Rabsted form, not encumbered with sey ae ah diffuseness and not marred by
too great attention to pathological and omiss of non-pathological details. pe rd ight, must conducte
e efi
their completeness aepeare upon a ase e of the numerous w which ey may acte of the aude “a "fe attained by each bos ess, This work admirably meet s the bea borat of asafe and practical guide to both
cia
: ome of the topics yaaa are the principles of stein team: direct exam-
ination of bacteria, uses and methods of staining, pure cultures, cultivation in
fluids, fractional and dilution methods, opa que and enaanineiet a solid cultures,
slide, plate d test-tube cultures, determi nation of the causal relation of ition an dise i
e which ea ch topic is b uiteht. be: Be hedion the ey but as the ees “1 i oticed
bs ?
although the matter has been spread over one-fourth more space than in the
yee edition. The two fine colored plates are omitted, but a wecll index ded
_ The German work was published in February, 1885. It ran through two editions, and in November, 1885, a third much improved and augmented edi- tion it prepared, but was s not received in time for the translator to make use of it, This third edition adds seventy pages of new gotes and nine new woodcuts. The additions are scattered throughout t the work, upon nearly every page, the most considerable being descriptions of F. ol’s sterilizing kettle, Chamberland’s porcelain filter, apparatus for dtoeilfétioi and cultivating at
5° s and inocu
he bac ai heavy’ tri ipled and entirely rewritten. The colored plates illustrate lide, shite nd Part tube cultures, cultures on opaque sod media, and staining or several pur s Bacteri Selenibel: studies in America can not fail to receive a decided im- pulse from the advent of this admirable work, and we shall not be surprised to ay Seon new editions are demanded often set to keep pace with the growth )
NOTES AND NEWS.
THE Western ga published in Chicago, has a good botanical department, edited by Prof. E. S. Basti AN INTERESTING article on Pezize by J. B. Ellis is given in the April number of the Journal of Mycology. Dr. Goopate is on a course of semi-weekly lectures before the Woman’s Education net f Bosto: THE _ cnlbeceemenete Buffalo seamen of Pharmacy, Dr. D.'S. Kellicott has been ap- etitea pro of botany and micr
os “~ 1 + %
b &
nm the forms of a an teu lishea by be icc: and is pga in this number.
126 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
THE APRIL humber of the Journal isg Microscopy and hae Science contains a sketch of Charles Darwin, being an address by W.S. Worsley-Benison, F, L. S. ASEY in the Bulletin of the Pets Botanical Club sbbesiin finding tubers on Hydro- ae inebane: They were oblong, and from a quarter to half an inch long. . H. Oyster, of bei Kansas, has just lost by fire all the copies of his ‘* Cata- edition.
logue 0 of the Plants of America.’’ Next winter he pate to publish a new e GARTENFLORA, of Ma wey 15, contains a notice r. Gray’s itecee seh oper) and sl an alte of his life, taken from the ‘ree sketch in the January G EXPLANATION of the mechanical wauses - the various me a of eEEL! is Bilao by K. Schumann in B deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft, iv. 53-68. AvG. SCHULZ records se (Ber. d. we ut. bot. Gesell. ee 5 in boos: the outer walls of ‘aint epidermal cells ey seainocan herbacea were foun y from the side walls.
FROM THE report of the Montreal Botanic Garden we learn that there are 197 known botanic gardens. a has 34, Italy 23, France 20, Great Britain and Ireland 12, West Indies 6, oes Stat
Pror. J. L. B af the Iowa Agricultural College, has issued a bulletin of 64 ee airiesirtne revised a tigi fruits, trees and shrubs from N. E. Europe, that have been trial on the colleg:
THE DERS of gies GAZETTE will be interested in the complimentary dedication of a new genus ar ‘grasses to the well known American 2 RC ly by Feat, Hackel of Austria,
tn ; OURNAL of the New hase Mleroseopica Society has lashed the end of its first year. The editor, Mr. Braman, w managed its publication tc marked success, finds it “oe to resign. ‘Lhe Spar is deserving a ample sup
WE sg D CAIL attention again to the sections S 9 leaves of peri eze, to be ob tained of R v. J. D. King, of Fall River, Mass. They admirably‘mounted and s valiiodl and are en calculated for a critical study of these Suis leaf structures.
Pinus ENGELMANNI has turned up again. Forty years ago Wisli mountains of Mexico a single specimen, which is now in nee Berlin ab gars Sond specimens of leaves and cones have lately been received at the Gray herba
THE ALGA, Pithophora Kewensis, first found ina lily tank at the Kew sila ns and supposed to be tropical, has been found by Mr. Wolle, Mr. Balen and others in several lo- calities in eastern United States, according to the Journal of the N. ¥. Microscopical Soci
.RKED DIFFERENCES in the structural character of the flowe ers of different vari- eties of the apple are a and described by Dr. Ww. J. Beal in the Fe brua ary aianbes of the A N mig used in hor-
ticultural descriptions of varieties. Mr. JOHN MACOUN of the Survey of Canada is on : visit to Europe. Before leaving this country he completed the writing of Part III of the Catalogue of Canadian Plants, which carries it through the Conifer. This part will peek include an addendum bring- ing the whole work up to date, and-a complete index A LARGE ctvoenaralagied of side ee mosses eee EN to the late J. E. Zetterstedt is le, eith . The rica vie tasers a is offered for ents e The specimens and labels are in envelopes unmounted. —— Dr. es win, pos " Jonképing, Swe- den, using either English, French or Germ THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION of re king water is attracting much attention, and the remarks of Dr. Theobald Smith before the Biological awe of Washington, printed in the Amer. Microscopical Journal for April, are timely. Before unskilled investi- —_ publish results they should carefully peruse this article, and not anwittingly —
‘Or seven dollars, ci
innoezous, and that the detection of disease germs in drinking water is at present , ex- tremely difficult.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 127
Dr. JuLius Rob. L, of Darmstadt, is publishing in Flora an extended paper, ‘‘ Zur Sys-
tat dest aE ’ The Sphagna present a well gpa but always tempting field
tudy, especially t mpting to German systematists, as they exhibit almost intermin- a oe variations eat an shee ndant opportunity for the Pineda (if not discrimination) of innumerable s, forms and subforms.
Is “hele ak se me saciid oe silane See a Mr. -_ glas H. Campbell de- Seribes praee plate) th 1ent n ferns, the observations being arabe upon Ppa aes fx fa aaa Onoclea Strthlopteri oud 0. een sibilis. In ithe same issue Dr. Geo orge Y propose: ponte new species of G d tw rieties, six na which mth ae ie genus Agros
THE siz the bordered pits of coniferous wood is found by Rev. J. L. Zabris saree to he quite cna in the same species, but to h up to a hundred per cent. arngseom ‘mong different species. The largest exam inne are those of the sugar pine Lam bertiana — meen ‘the smallest of sus eanee — (Thuja gigantea). The former are abaiit T0090, a n diameter.
DO a good service to batt teachers and students of botany by ppd their crate to the Hetiten tele nt of the summer course at the Botanic Garden 0 ard Univ ‘The course as planned is an admirable one, and all who have sited “ ia dale ‘ica tur ssn how mabiseaaobdeteag Lani grr <p ar ke _- _ - os Leraccsane in the hands of a master. Mr. gams work.
OTANICAL DEPARTMENT of the University of Nebraska has been ead a some excelent aaa _ igo y of books and exsiccate, as we learn from the students’ jour- Hesperi ooks are hig sets of the Pridies des Sciences sprite
Pr ringshohn s ebadites eel wiss. Botanik, Boott’s Il ni wen of Cares and Ben aE: Flora Australiensis. oo exsiccatee inétade some 14,759 speci Preeaegm sider
WIN often result in an enormous destruction of buds. Last winter, at Cam eh Hag Pg "aah a Sind storm of almost unprecedented severity and of five days ee: the snow was thickly covered with buds switched off the elm trees by the thrash-
ing branches, Thene. - noe buds. collected under: the ioe of bean ane: walks in piles. number lost f ds, yet the trees seem 12 No wise the worse as they unfold their leaves this spring.
IN THE Journal A Botany, for April, Mr. J. G. Baker has begun a synopsis of the Rhizo-
pee. In this first part the genera Lopiccan: and _Azolla are dncinded,. the Resale age _ wivieen stele, the latter with five. ica, b America gin mena of st: three are eli sped
Agasca ein Asia, and one (S. natans) co: o Europe and Asia. The five species of Sela : are nathan but one (A. Caroliniana) panties into ae United States.
A BOTANICAL CLUB has been organized in Utica, N. Y., and bears the name . Gray Botanical Club.” The name is peculiarly anoropdnth, poth from the position of the bota- nist whose name it commemorates, and also because the club is situated in his native county. It numbers 24 members at present and has an organization like that of the Tor
it a suceessful future, G
re Officers are Dr. J. V. Haberer, President ee Secretary ; Rev. Wm. B. Coleman, Treasurer; Mr. W. P. Shepherd, Curator. gives notes on certain vegetable parasites joffish in the Bulle- 0
i tis o-pe ¢ina of Cohn which causes the reddening of coatish sh and which has been identified with that on ng fish in Franee, and "presumably the same as said to have caused sickness of
Soldiers in Algi Sarcina cai ake of Fariow has been found associated with it on oat 1¢ eonete, and has recently been identified with S. litoralis found by Poul- udin Denmark. The latter name has precedence. The third species is Oidium Morrhuee of Far’
*Jour. N. Y. Mier. Soc., I, p. 218.
-
128 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ May,
AN account of some highly interesting experiments ‘On the oe aorta -stream in
eut branches,’’ by Francis Darwin and R. W. Phillips, is given in Proc, Camb. Phil. Soc. v.
$30-367 (1886). These experiments were undertaken to help decide between the two theo-
ries as to the place of the stream of water which supplies the loss by transpiration, viz - d-eler
whether the chief rhe rnebiny path of this stream is in the walls of the woo erm or in their cavities. Ther ts favor strongly the latter view. The apparatus used -. — for measuring tra ranepiration om so si imple &: nd with prope
scription of it will b f physiology. It spare of a large T-tube aoe
in this position b. The n ow horizontal ore is bent up so as to be parallel to the verti!
scends, t through a rubber stopper, a capillary: (thermometer). eP e eigen filled with water hed eas: of ed short plece of tnbper ee The severing of al paige and attaching it to the unde all such experiments. The apparatus is aes to be supported in an upright position with the haan a dipping into a cup of water sup- ported on a low block. After a few V allow a bubble a air to enter the lower end of the cena Che Pete index bubble must be of equal length in all eres and must be allowed to travel to a mark id em. up the tu be before r paral ings commence. These ean consist"of the rate at w the bea point a teéd tenet * tube, say toits upper end. bt time of travel must be mt a stop-watch or other device for — — i minute of these times riveas a ney of figures proportional to by the branch in a give Particular care must be taken to prevent lesichee at pai and stoppers.
£O ERRERA’S results (Berichte d. deut. bot. Gesell, iv. 16-18 [1886] } from a study of ration-stream also militate agai ainst the imbibition theory. _Bi is experime ont is. ae . An
severed
in the air, another under water, and a third under the just-melted gelatine mass. Th pra is then to be quickly pl d int 1d water, and a fresh surface made by removing thin slice from the previo eut, Thus the vessels are closed (as can readily be seen) ah the black gelatine, ses the walls of the wood- vieen ents - erpeecd to the water. All having been placed in water , by measuring:
the water, t toes shite lone (not Lin the e experiment with Vitis) than even ethe twig cutin air, The w rs co] ean, i So be revived, if within half an hour the gelatine~
filled portion be ¢
A CAREFUL h of the life of John Williamson, botanist and artist, M. Kelley, and illustrated with a portrait, several decorative designs, and a naif age a hie “tea pote a of his etchings, is given in the Southern Bivouac for Marc ch. copottaniy 3.1 to iearn t oe nike of his life, ane presents it in.
nded, ambitious, 1
daunted: In spite of most np itions cireumstane Fong achiev eda mene repntation, especiall ve ese are suaxocited. avid received the com~ mendation of no less an soaker an Philip GGhexs ¢ Hamerton for their artistic excel- oe and of many botanists for their scientific aee PPROPRIATION BILL for the Department of acne for the year 1836-7, w!
mmended to Congress by the House committee on on bay Aol a
tura
re
wo! pam and Tonenan $1,000. This co covers alla riations in any except the salaries of the botanist and tent torene ist.
VOL. XI, NO. 6.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—JUNE, 1886.
Specimens and Specimen Making.
MESSRS. J. D. SMITH, MARTINDALE, CHICKERING, BESSEY, CHAP- MAN, CRATTY, DAVIS, JOHNSON, C. E, SMITH, AND M’CARTHY.
In arranging the material under this head it has been neces- sary to omit a part of some of the articles in order to prevent un- hecessary repetition, an unavoidable contingency when the same subject is treated independently by several writers, but no other material changes have been made.—Ep1Tors.
Comparing old herbarium material with that of recent distribution, one is struck with the fact that the art of specimen making has of late years, and par- ticularly in this country, reached a degree of perfection never aimed at by the collectors of former days. The present herbarium sheet permits a fullness of representation that was not practicable on the foolscap pages of Linnzus; and accordingly we must now give the whole plant if possible, or as much of it as can conveniently be doubled up within the space of 163 by 11} inches. The ideal Specimen presents all possible material requisite for its critical determination
fruits. But in such cases, and in many others too, the flowers detached from their peduncles should be dried separately, and should have the benefit of the collector’s utmost skill preeparationis conservatricis opere. Envelopes of very bibulous paper, cotton pads, heated driers, and pressure graduated according to Wilting, will serve as an embalming process, preserving every structure and or- gan, from petal to embryo, uninjured, and ready to live again at the demand of the student and the touch of hot water. Such objects ought not, like the
them, a complete specimen of an arboreous plant will include bark and wood- sections,
Methods that hurry the drying out of plants in press are valuable to the traveling collector. With that view let him use latticework frames to separate
than 18 by 12 inches are needed. spribtsy, Although the numbering of distributions is now very general, still, it is not
130 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
done universally, and not always with the right conception of its object. M. de Candolle, whose experience gives him a better right to speak than any other botanist, has insisted with emphasis that all collections distributed among im- portant herbaria should be numbered. The number is not to show the col- lector’s systematic reference of the ngnewers and it does not necessarily include all his specimens that belong to th sp It designates merely speci- mens that belong to the same stock, or such as from locality, date or other cir- cumstances, he can with equal certainty assume to be identical with each other and true duplicates. The citation of such numbers, fulfilling as it does phytog- raphy’s law of brevity, has become very general on the part of authors of Floras, ‘teal phs, etc., and every specimen under the same number in other herbaria becomes in this way elevated to the rank of a voucher and original of a ra ea
Each vétiende, Angie 6 the first one, of DC. Monogr. Phaner. tabulates under collectors’ names in a separate index the numbers of all the specimens cited. This Sachibtittn sical the application of authoritative determinations to the unnamed material in herbaria. It is to be ho the precedent will be followed. Les noms changent, ¢’est inévitable, les numéros seuls subsistent. M. de Candolle appeals to the vanity of the collector and assures him ores the names of species — their authors have but a precarious existence ; whereas he guar- antees mmortality to the numbers of Commerson, Burchell, perlnntin, Wydler, “an others. A like distinction may be prophesied for such citations aes ST Su
696; Reverchon Texas Fl. 1618; Patterson Colorado Fl. 154.--Joun Don- NELL SMITH.
So much has been written concerning the methods of preparing specimens for the herbarium, that it would seem almost needless to make much addition thereto ; but in looking through my own collection of tens of thousands of spe- cimens it is a noticeable fact that certain ones strike the eye more forcibly than others. If I am examining a western plant I look for Pringle’s or Greene’s Spe cimens ; if central United — I want Bebb’s; if southern, I hunt up those of Curtiss and Garber; if from New Jersey, I search for a Parker label; and
n is that rata I I find good er ahd aie specimens made by ‘these sacahaat botanists.
e great value of my herbarium to-day is in the large, abundant and ch istic specimens. I have picked up from time to time a great many fragments of plants in my travels as mementoes of a journey, or indicative of ® locality, but I make it a rule, when I want to show what the plant really is, to get as large a specimen as my mounting paper will receive. If the plant is small I get several of them, and mount them all on the same sheet, flowering and sig specimens side by side, with separate labels giving dates of collec~
Seiad te not but feel a regret in einai at the type specimens of Nuttall and proba of his day, that they are su or representatives ; except that they are the original types they would crit hat little value as diviving: the habit
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 131
of growth. Of course I well know that in that early botanical day the facili- ties for collecting and preserving were very poor, as journeys were made amid great danger and hardship. It is almost a wonder that anything collected by the pioneers of the western wilds has been preserved to us.
Do not collect specimens in the rain or when the dew is on, if it can be avoided, and always collect the best specimens, those that represent the habit of growth. Have a portfolio to lay them in immediately after gathering; the use of a tin box for that purpose is obsolete. The portfolio I use is made of two pieces of binders’ board, each twelve by eighteen inches, and covered with leather, the pieces being so joined together as to form a book about
the heat might be evenly distributed.—Isaac C. MARTINDALE.
Nearly thirty years ago, in connection with Messrs. Bebb, Canby and others, then young botanists, having done what I could to improve the quality of her- barium specimens and not have them mere collections of “ dried tea leaves,” I am glad to say a word in behalf of making a herbarium a “ thing of beauty,”
mens are “a joy forever,” so that it is always a new delight to get from them a fresh package, and the temptation is generally irresistible to add every one to my herbarium, no matter how many of that species I may already have. While there are others who are able to send rare and interesting species, their Specimens constantly excite a righteous indignation that man should have it in
132 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, | June,
ven days, may elapse before paper and press can be reached. I have now one battered old box which has traveled many hundreds of miles, and in which of- ten ericaceous and orchidaceous plants from the Maine and New Hampshire mountains have been preserved several days, or even have come into full flower when home was reached, though only in bud when gathered.
After putting in press it is well to change the driers twice a day at first, and then once a day till the specimens are thoroughly dry. My habit is to use quite a heavy pressure, with plenty of driers between the specimens, as I think it shortens the time of drying, and gives to the petals a more enduring texture. I greatly prefer a lever press to either a screw or a strap, as the lever keeps the pressure constant, following the pile as it inevitably settles. My press consists of a heavy frame, with a lever six feet long, the ae applied one foot from the fulcrum. I use a forty pound weight, so that by moving it along the lever it gives a pressure of from 40 to 200 pounds. For succulent and delicate plants of course I use more moderate pressure at first, increasing it as they become dry.—J. W. Cuickerina, JR.
For drying paper I use a good quality of “carpet-felting” or “ carpet pa- per.” I buy it by the roll and cut it up into sheets of the usual size (12 by 18 inches). I use no tissue paper in drying ordinary plants, using it for delicate ones only. My press is composed of two boards about twenty inches square (one for the floor, the other for the top), and my weight is a great stone. My botan- izing case (pedantically called a rasculum in books, but never so far as I know so called by any one in the field) is twenty inches long, and is elliptical in
cross-section, the measurements being 74 by 4} inches. The door or lid (which fits as tightly as possible) is on one side, and is 64 by 18} inches; in other words, it is very nearly as large as one whole side of the case. It is ne nged be- low, and closes with a simple clasp above. The hinges are placed high enough on the side of the case so that when the lid is open the plants will not drop out.
I rarely carry my case by slinging a strap over my shoulder, but provide for such strap and use by having the usual rings or cleats attached at the ends and top. For erdinary use I have a common “tub-handle” fastened to the top of the case.—Cuas. E, Bessey.
I am out in the woods, and am probably too late to be of any service to the herbarium number of the Gazerre, so I will merely say that in making good clean herbarium specimens the important point is to dry them as quickly as possible. I have always used old newspapers for sania and prefer a weight of 75 or 100 pounds to straps or serews.— A. W. CHAPMAN.
When not too large I collect the ces plant with the root attached. The
lectors almost invariably fail. to collect fruit. Annuals can generally be collected so as to show both flowers and fruit on the same plant, but this is seldom the case with perennials. I have heard the complaint that some col-
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 133
‘lectors are too scientific to be neat; but great care should be taken that in being neat the scientific features are not sacrificed.
In pressing I use a pressure of from 100 to 300 pounds, according to the character of the plants, or the number in press at one time.
Grasses and carices can be dried very quickly and well by using driers just after they are brought in from the hot sunshine; but for almost all other plants the driers should be thoroughly cooled before they are used, or else the plants will be blackened.
In may catalogues I mark all plants as I receive them as follows: - flowers only, - — fruit only, — flowers and fruit. By marking in this way I can easily tell by referring to my catalogue what is needed to complete any Specimen, and can call for what is lacking of the first correspondent who offers the plant. I always make a note of the locality and date of collection of every plant as I find it, and when it occurs at a distance from home I place after the note the name of some plant which I know to be in flower at home, where I can see it every day, always using some plant which is just ready for collection for the first time during the season. For example, after Silene stellata I place in parenthesis (tem. Astragalus Canadensis); also for Carex Crawei I have (tem. C. Meadii). By making these notes I often save a long tramp to some fayorite’s haunt, only to find that I am either too early or too late.—R, I. Crarry
_ I do not know how generally the “saddle-girth ” strap is used for obtain- ing pressure. It is made of two straps connected by a ring and with a ring at the end, the distance between
the rings being such that they will just come in con- tact when the press is empty. e loose end is passed through both rings several times and then drawn tight and there is no slipping, and
t lated nicely. Dr. P. R. Hay, SADDLE GIREH BIRAY- of Racine, Wis., tells me that he first used the principle in the botanical press. My herbarium specimens are kept loose in sheets which are folded at the bottom and placed in portfolio Covers so that they stand upright. The fold of the sheet, being at the bottom, Prevents the falling out of small specimens, fruits, ete., and the sheets are easily run oyer in the search for a particular species.—J. J. Davis.
In the pressing and drying of many plants in the orders Lycopodiacex, Cyperacee, and Graminex, and many others more conspicuous for a fibrous or chartaceous nature, considerable time and labor may be saved by ironing them with 4 common flat-iron, slightly cooler than is used by a tailor. By using one or two thicknesses of blotting paper and a hot iron, green specimens may be
in a few seconds, with a result equal to that obtained by any other method.
134 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
Plants which are at all succulent do not do well under such treatment, as they become brittle and consequently useless.—Cuas, F. JoHNson.
The way which has given me the best resulis is to carry a portable press into the field. Press 10 by 17 inches, secured by straps; two exterior boards half an inch thick, to separate the dry papers not in use from the damp ones contain- ing plants. The middle board is only used on long trips, when it is necessary to dry the plants on the journey. At other times it is left athome. Felt gives uniformly better colors than paper. Its advantages are (1) uniformly better colors, (2) only one-quarter the time, (3) no work changing papers. The dis- advantages are that only one layer, 6 or 8 specimens, can be dried at once.— CHARLEs E. Smire. [Upon examining specimens sent by Mr. Smith we testify to the much superior quality of those dried in felt—Eps.]
I prefer the old fashioned tin box except for ferns and certain plants, like Rhexia, whose petals are extremely fugacious. The box requires less time to open, is more manageable in windy weather, preserves the plants fresh for ex- - amination at home, and is especially serviceable when some time must elapse before the plants can be placed in the press. The straw paper which some au-
ors recommend for drying is unsatisfactory. The best quality of regular dry- ing paper is the cheapest where good specimens count for anything and when time has any value.
However it.may be with the portable wire presses sold by the dealers, a rude home-made affair has given me excellent results. With such a press [ have dried specimens in three days, being less than half the time required by the board press, and with only one change of driers. Of course to obtain such results the best quality of drying paper must be used, and the packages must not be very thick.
I prefer to press pretty strongly and set the package on a roof having @ southern exposure.—GreraLp McCartary.
It is probable that the collecting can and the portfolio will always have their respective advocates. Could a full and unbi- ased statement of their merits be made, it would likely be found that each has good cause for its continued existence. Our con- tributors have well brought out the value of the portfolio for col- lecting near home, when rambles do not exceed a few hours each, or preserving plants with delicate flowers or foliage, and of light- ening subsequent work of arranging for the press ; and the value of the collecting can for extended trips, for keeping plants fresh for further study before pressing, and for the opportunitytit gives to do the work of selecting and arranging the specimens in press in the shade and comfort of one’s home. The choice largely turns upon individual preferences, one prefers to do most of the work in the field, the other prefers to do it at home. But aside from personal tastes there are circumstances where now one and now the other method has decided advantages.— Eprrors.
1886. ] : BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 135
How to Collect Certain Plants.
MESSRS. ENGELMANN, BEBB, BAILEY, SCRIBNER, MORONG, ay RAU ALLEN, SARGENT, pear PECK, RAVENEL, SEYM
CUMM INGS AND BUT
What is usually said about herborizing is intended to apply to the common flowering plants and ferns, and such others as readily adapt themselves to the same treatmen ere are classes of plants, however, for which these methods are inade- quate or not applicable, and it is -! supply information in rega to these that the following matter has fed brought together. It is given in the words of the authors whose names are appen each of whom is a specialist in the subject treated, and speaks from wide se pe —Epirors.
Cactuses (Cactace®).—At the request of the editors of the Gazerre the following directions have been prepared by Professor Trelease from the manu- Script notes of the late Dr. Engelmann, which are made available through the courtesy of his son, Dr. Geo. J. Engelmann, of St. Louis
Living cacti bear transportation well if young or medium sized specimens are selected. The entire plant, or, if large, a joint or cutting, is thrown in the shade for a few weeks to shrivel, after which the specimens are wrapped in dry hay or moss, and loosely packed in well-ventilated boxes. Treated in this way they preserve their vitality for from six to sixteen months. Seedlings are easily raised from seeds thoroughly dried and packed in situ. If the fruit is large and pulpy it is sliced to facilitate the wi de and should be kept from moisture, but exposed to a free circulation of a
erbarium specimens are best made by ees the flowers from the plant and pressing them hese: in the ordinary way, after first sectioning Some of them. When not too large the fruit may be dried in the same way, otherwise it is halved ese excavated before being put in press, the seed being air-dried. The entire stem if small, or characteristic joints of it is compound, may be pressed till dry, after allowing it to shrivel, or if it is too large for this, & piece is removed showing the top, the insertion of several bunches of spines and of the flowers, and some of the tubercles or ribs. Sometimes it is n to split and excavate these specimens cross-sections dried under light-
a
Pressure are desirable. If the means of transportation permit, entire plants or lected p These “skeletons,” pre-
the more
°rnamental pressed fragments. When eagse it is also desirable to make
Pp alcoholic specimens of the flower and fru Cacti are at best poorly preserved es we beobaetueht and should always
136 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, (June,
be accompanied by the fullest possible notes and sketches made on the spot. Aside from the usual notes of locality, habitat, date of flowering and period of fruit-ripening, others should be taken upon the following points: In the trunk note habit, presence or absence of aerial rvots, form and direction of branches if compound ; shape, form of articles if jointed ; glabrous, granular, pubescent or mammilated surface; and form of ribs and grooves when present, both in section and{profile, especially near the apex of the stem. The last features are best shown indiagrams. Leaves are present in few groups, but when they occur their duration, size, form and direction are to be noted. All cacti produce more or less woolly or prickly buds known as areol#, on which the flowers and spines are inserted. It is important to observe whether they are immersed or prominent, and their form and usual distance apart. Young and old areole should be compared, and particular attention given to the character and color of their woolly or bristly covering. The very characteristic spines occur om the areolx, and differ greatly in number, relative location, size, form, direction and color, all of which are to be observed. Diagrams aid in showing the form
the areole and the location and section of the spines. An important char- acter is the stability of the spines, for in some species the areols increase in size, and the spines become more numerous from year to year, while in others this change does not occur, and the spines may fall with age.
Flowers usually come from areole on the sides of the trunk or on undiffer- entiated branches, but in some genera (Melocactus, ? Pilocereus, etc.,) the sterile and flowering parts are very different. The origin of the flowers (from old, one-year-old or nascent branches) and their time of expansion (diurnal, noc- turnal, or diurnal persisting through the night) should be observed, together with size, shape, color and fragrance. The form and size of the (inferior) ovary, and the shape, approximate number and character of the reduced sepals that often cover it, with the nature of the wool, hairs or spines in their axils, are all important, as are the shape, size and coating of the tube of the flower. In a longitudinal section it is to be observed whether the lower part of the tube is
——
Wittows (Satrx).—In collecting willows take staminate flowers when ip full bloom, pistillate (preferably) a little after anthesis, and again just before the capsules are fully ripe, but not so old as to burst in drying, Tag bus
which specimens are taken, and make note of localities. Gather leaves of both sexes late in the season; better have specimens with a few lower leaves
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 137
already turning yellow than, attempt to use the succulent growths of early summer. Do not try (save in a tentative way, as an aid in collecting) to match the sexes or determine the species until after your final collections in the fall. A season’s experience in this way may be profitably supplemented by making initiative collections of leaves in autumn, and gathering flowers and fruits to match the next spring.—M. S. Bess
CaRIcEs oR SepGEs (CAREX).—The first requisite to the study of carices is fully mature and complete specimens. A complete specimen represents the
be represented by the specimen, or, if the plant is large, the fact should be re- corded in accompanying notes. Some characters are apt to be obliterated or in- jured in the most careful collecting and pressing, and they should be mentioned in a short note on the label. Such characters are the aspects of the leaves, as to whether plane or canaliculate, and the color of the plant, as to whether glu- cose, dark green, light green or yellowish green. Make the notes short. Speci-
from the fact that the characters of many species are such that they can not be represented distinctly by words, and furthermore, it is impossible, in a genus so large and so critical, to define groups so positively that one can always be sure of their limits, or to draw up a key, either natural or artificial, which will be
come when one secures a good knowledge of the common forms of C, stricta. Collect abundantly of all common species. If the student has no means of se- curing authentic specimens he will find it to advantage to delay his study un- til he has accumulated a dozen or more clear species, which he can compare With each other. When he has fixed in his mind the essential features of a rep- resentative species of each important group, his progress will be comparatively rapid and easy. Especial care should be taken not to use too much weight in pressing species like C. Tuckermani and C. monile, which have inflated and papery perigynia. To flatten the spike by pressure is to destroy the natural shape of the perigynia. It is a good practice to cut holes in the upper sheet of drying paper to allow the spikes to project into them. I usually place a few Perigynia from my impressed plant in a pocket. :
Specimens which are frequently used should be glued tightly upon the sheet throughout their whole extent. I had rather have my specimens laid loosely upon firm paper, than to have them strapped on sheets in the ordinary manner. If the specimens are properly glued, and pockets are used for a few loose perigynia, the herbarium will be entirely satisfactory for purposes of
138 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [June,
study. Ido not like specimens arranged in alphabetic order, unless in genera which I am not studying. With the two volumes of the Synoptical Flora, and the occasional synopses and monographs of outlying genera, we are able to ar- range species of familiar genera in systematic order, and if the synopsis has an index we need experience little a in finding any specimen. A brief synopsis of American carices is forthco Tall and leafy specimens should MS pressed in such a manner that the culms shall stand out distinctly from the leaves. It is a common but bungling practice with such straggling specimens to tie leaves and culms together in one confused bunch before pressing. The culms should be bent over separately from the leaves, and a bit of slitted paper inserted over the junction of the broken portions to keep them in place. Similar treatment should be given long leaves.—L. H. Barney, JR.
GrassEs (GRAMINE®).—Among phenogamous plants none are more easily dried and preserved than grasses. Good dried specimens (and there is small excuse for having anything but good specimens in this order) present all the essential characters for identification in a condition but little inferior to the fresh and living plant. Excepting Phragmites communis and the species of
ndinaria, we have no natives that may not, with a little care in doubling
enough of the root to show its character—and yet not exceed the bounds of the standard size herbarium paper. In an order where there isso much similitude between the species the importance of having specimens illustrative of all the characters of the plant is sufficiently evident. Among some of the groups it requires very close discrimination to find definite characters for distinguishing the species, and, unless the specimens are carefully prepared and made as com- plete as — ible, the very characters required may be wanting. The worth lessness of ‘ snips,”’ merely showing the fiowers and inflorescence, i is as true of grasses as of other plants, and happily collectors are becoming aware of this fact, yet a glance into almost any herbarium shows a neglect in certain partic- ulars of a more or less serious character. The distinguishing of many species is dependent almost entirely upon the root or other underground portions of the plant. Notably is this true of the species of Agropyrum and some of the Poas, yet there are no parts more often neglected in the making of specimens. The importance of the preservation of all the leaves of the culm uninjured goes without saying, but it is not so generally understood that it is quite #s important to preserve the sterile shoots—the “ innovationes” of Hackel—in a
exhibited by the flowering stem itself, from the fact of their being less subject to variation. Their importance in Sega species and varieties closely
ted is well illustrated in Hackel’s Monograph of the Festucas of Europe. It is only by a close attention to a. organs that we can hope to define the
titudinous and intricate Rocky Mountain forms of the genus Poa.
t
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 139
The inflorescence of the paniculate-flowered species should be illustrated when possible by samples showing the habit just previous to and following the period of bloom. In some species the panicle is expanded only for a very short time (during the period of actual bloom), following which the branches quickly become erect or appressed. Upon the adherence of the flowering glume or palea to the grain important characters are based, and it is scarcely necessary to add that ripe seed form a part of a good herbarium specimen. Grasses may be fastened to the sheets of the herbarium either with glue or strips of gummed paper. The latter method is especially suited to the peculiar habit of grasses, and even when fastened with glue the strips should be applied to the stems and stiffer parts, or they will quickly break away from the paper in handling.—F, L. Scrrpner.
Aquatic Prants (NAIADACE®, EtC.).—The Potamogetons will serve as a type for dealing with all other aquatic plants. My plan is to collect speci-
are of great importance, submerged leaves in good condition and mature fruit. Submerged leaves are at their best when the plant is young, or a little previous to flowering. In some of the species they can not be obtained at all in anthesis, as they decay and drop off before reaching that state, and in all the species they become more or less imperfect by the time the fruit matures. Mature fruit is absolutely necessary in order to identify some of the species. instance, P. pectinatus and P. marinus can be distinguished with certainty only by the fruit. The same is true of P. pauciflorus and P. Hillii; while in the case of P. hybridus and P. Spirillus both fruit and submerged leaves are It is also well to remember that a number of the species may or ma
not develop floating leaves. Of the thirteen species found in North America twelve have this peculiarity. Floating leaves, however, are not a typical characteristic in this genus. Prof. Tuckerman long ago observed that “the Potamogetons are typically submersed plants, and their floating leaves become of importance in characterizing the species only when taken in connection with the submersed ones.” Whether such leaves are present or not will depend upon the depth of the water and the temperature of the season; and collectors must not suppose that they have discovered a new species because the floating leaves described in the books are absent, or because they appear on forms to which they are not attributed. I should not be much surprised to find floating leaves upon abnormal forms of any of the two groups which Dr. Robbins has named “ Conformifolii” and “ Angustifolii.”
e drying of specimens is a very simple matter. All the specimens should be kept wet until placed between driers. After lying upon the table for a few moments to clear from dripping water, they should be laid separately be- tween thick pads of drying paper. Common newspapers or coarse wrapping pa- per will answer the purpose very well, if sheets enough are placed between the specimens. y a very moderate pressure should be applied, ten or twelve pound weights laid upon a pile ten or twelve inches high being quite enough. After being subjected to this pressure for two or three hours the driers should be changed entirely, even to the two sheets next to the specimens. This is th
140 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
most important part of the process, and so I repeat, « complete change of driers should be made within two or three hours after the specimens are placed between them, and while the specimens are still moist. A neglect to do this in time will be very apt to cause the plants to adhere to the sheets, and produce those miserable specimens so common with hasty and slovenly collectors. After this no further change is necessary, as the specimens and papers will dry themselves thoronghly within a day or two. I prefer, however, to remove the specimens the next sn into the preserving sheets, or they may be mounted at once if thought best
In the case of the more delicate species, such as P. Vaseyi, P. pusillus, P. hybridus, etc. (including Zannichellia), the specimens should first be floated in water upon card-board in the same manner as the coarser plants. Indeed, all the finer leaved forms will furnish much handsomer specimens if pains are taken to spread the branches and leaves under water upon sheets of white paper.
Naias and Ruppia are to be treated like the coarser species of Potamogeton. The two marine genera, Zostera and Phyllospadix, are best collected when in flower and fruit. Some of the specimens should be prepared with the spadix drawn partly out of _ so as to show the inflorescence distinctly.
The above directions are applicable to all other delicate aquatics, such as Isoetes, Schollera st Callies and more or less to Elatine, Utricularia, ete. —Tuomas Morone (iyi
To get aquatic plants from the water (root and all, if necessary, for lower leaves are often required, as well as underground stems), I have a hook, or blade, made something like a “ bush-hook,” used by farmers to cut off small shrubs when clearing land. Any blacksmith can make one, and the cost is but a few cents. It is about eight inches long, with one cutting edge. The eye is about } inch in diameter, so as to receive a handle stiff enough for work. This blade is carried in the tin collecting box to the place of work, with a gimlet, two or three screws, and a small screw-driver, such as go with sewing machines. With a pocket knife a stick six or eight feet long is ent. inserted in the eye, which is drilled on one side to receive a screw. If the wood is hard, a hole made by the gimlet enables the screw to be forced in, and one is ready for work, to reach out and haul in specimens, or to dig in the ground. When done for the day, the screw is withdrawn and the handle thrown away.—E. J. Hr.
Mosses (Muscr).—Mosses can be put into envelopes, or each specimen folded up separately in paper, and carried in a plant portfolio or other suitable receptacle. Where it is an object to preserve the spores for microscopical ex- amination, these should at once be wrapped in waxed paper. The specimens should be removed from the envelopes or wrappers, in which they were col- lect pressed, in the same manner as phanerogams. Aquatic species, like Fontinalis, Sphagna, etc., may be spread out on the floor of a shady attic until freed of their die pdeRaces moisture to some extent, then transferred to driers.
_ The following are notes from the late Mr. C. F. Austin in regard to the. collection of mosses: “ Mosses should be collected as soon as, or a little before, the capsule matures, while the operculum is still present, Some species seldom or never fruit with us; these should not be neglected. Hepatice in general are
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 141
best collected late in the fall, during the winter, or in early spring. The Jun- germannix about the time, or a little before, they send up their eee All are best collected before they shed their spores.”—-EUGENE A.
I began by using a portfolio, but soon came to the conclusion that it took too much of the field time to prepare each specimen for pressing, and often they were not in a proper condition as regards moisture, being either too dry or too moist. A vasculum is too heavy, especially for mountain excursions. So I made an inexpensive knapsack which I have found very serviceable. It is made of carriage cloth, with a flap which buttons in front. To the back are attached loops, so that it can be suspended from the shoulders by a strap. Plenty of newspaper aicehs be taken and each species wrapped separately. This bag when packed full will not weigh much more than the ordinary vas- culum. Do not break the specimens into too small fragments.—CLARA E. CUMMINGS
CHARAS OR SToNEWoRTS (CHARACE%).—The vias growing wholly under water, are generally overlooked by collectors. Som species grow in quite shallow water (if protected from waves) and may be Poached easily by the hand from a boat, or by wading. Others grow in water from ten to twenty feet deep, and can only be obtained by dredgin
For this purpose a dredge made as icliows & is recommended: An iron rod ps of an inch in diameter and about 12 inches long, bent to form a small ring at one end, passes through and carries, below its center, a disk of lead about 3 inches in diameter. This disk holds embedded in it 12
REDGE FOR CHARACE#. the rod strikes the bottom first. The lead should be heavier on the side towards the hooks, so that the dredge will fall with the hooks downward.
This dredge was recommended to me by Prof. Nordstedt and may be made much smaller if desired. It will bring up immense quantities of material in good condition.
The plants should be gathered when in fruit and laid out erie’ upon paper and dried. The more delicate species m must be floated out like alge and protected by coarse cloth to prevent adhesion to both u upper me acs papers, as they are apt to be infested by glutinous alge. ost specimens are in condi- tion in August and September, but a few are in fruit in the spring.
forms that are covered by calcareous deposits, and which become very brittle, must be kept from breaking, either by glueing to stiff paper, or by pack- ing in bundles protected by stiff boards.—T. F. ALLEN.
142 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
Licuens.—In collecting lichens I find it a great convenience to have along with me some small paper bags such as grocers use. They take up very little room until wanted, and lichens put into them may be prevented from rattling around and breaking to pieces, as many of them will do if merely thrown into a box. Specimens to be preserved are either (1) those for the herbarium, or (2) those, such as rock specimens, which can not be kept on sheets. The latter I keep in trays in a cabinet. The former I keepeither in paper pockets, attached to the herbarium sheets, or else they are glued to suitable sizes of rather stiff paper and these are attached to the sheets by tiny ribbon pins, a pin to each upper corner. Specimens in pockets may be more easily handled and so pti more satisfactorily, Specimens glued on paper are more readil n when one is running over a cover full of sheets, and thus rapid reference is facilitated. When I have specimens enough of a given collection I try to have some glued and some in a pocket. The form of a pocket which experience has shown me is the easiest and quickest to make, and the easiest to handle, is one which I suppose is familiar to most botanists. It is made as follows: Fold a piece of paper so that the under part shall project about } of an inch beyond the upper; fold the projecting part over the other, making the top of the pocket. Turn the pocket over and fold back the right and left edges for about } of an inch, The pocket is now finished and is to be attached to the sheet by a small spot of glue on the center of the back. It is an easy matter to fold several pockets at once.—F. LERoy Sarcenr.
FiLesHy FuNGI (HyMENomyceETEs, eTc.).—I gather fungi of all sorts in a basket. This is a common cheap basket with two handles which keep the lid down ; it costs 25 cents. It is 13 inches long, 9 inches wide, and 9 inches high to the top of the lid. Inside this basket is a paper box, 4} inches high and filling half the space; filling the other half of the space on the bottom is _ . a common cigar box. Inside the si box at each end are two seidlitz powder ag (paper) and between these two boxes standing on their edges, and just ing the remaining space are two esi paper boxes with sliding cover ; these
on S edaalh boxes are filled with cotton, with a bit of stiff paper fitting upon it- A copy of the Commercial-Gazette, with the pages folded twice and cut into sheets; then these folded again and laid in the top of basket on the boxes com-
pletes the outfit for taking care of every sort of specimen that can be gathered. ls are (1) a very strong steel kitchen knife, handle and blade all
welded into one ; it costs 10 cents, and is stuck in the slots inside the basket ; (2) a first class pocket knife, cae the blades, large and small, kept very sharp,
(3) a good lens—I use a Coddington
Pea eg larger and firmer Reais and Boleti will go in the larger box, the smaller or more tender ones, such as Coprini, in the smaller boxes. The two sliding boxes filled with cotton are intended primarily for Myxomycetes; but they are equally useful for Mucedines, Mucorini, small Pezizas, that is, any- thing small and delicate. The sheets of paper can be used to wrap up sets of leathery and woody specimens such as as Polypori, or sets of leafy fungi can be placed inside their folds and ~~ out flat in the bottom of the basket. In the case of very large specimens, such as Agaricus illudens for example, the boxes can be taken ont and the whale! interior of the basket used. I sometimes come
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 143
in with the small boxes in my pockets, the larger ones in one hand and the basket in the other, with the folded papers on the top of the lid between the handles.
The strong knife is used for digging, or for prying off pieces of wood, bark, etc. The sharp knife shaves off thin slices bearing Myxomycetes, molds, Pyrenomycetes, etc. I seldom go after specimens of fungi in the afternoon, but usually return with my specimens at noon. They are immediately spread out on the floor on newspapers to dry and to be examined ; the caps of Agarics and Boleti are cut off and placed on white paper to catch the spores, a glass slide being slipped under also. After dinner the most perishable specimens, Coprini for BRSIDDIS, are immediately figured; those that will keep over night ean be figured next Sine The figures are made the easiest, quickest and best with oil on prepared paper. Our sheets are 7 by 10 inches. We sometimes use water colors for ake branched Clavarias and for small Pezizas. There need be no attempt at picture making in these figures; the outlines must be brought out exactly in true perspective and the colors and gloss must be perfect. In the afternoon, too, the fleshy perishable fungi should be carefully examined and determined if possible. Some will probably get away every time before they can be satisfactorily made out and figured. Such as appear to be new species should be caréfully described, using the nearest related species as a model, carefully stating the points of difference and indicating its proper piace in the genus. New species will do to rest in the stocks a long time; and you will find after a while that three-fourths of them have been described, and then you can publish the remaining fourth. My note book has “n. sp.” in it four or five years old, and I am not the least afraid somebody will find them and publish before me.’
dry my specimens around the stove if there is a fire, as in autumn, or in
a warm dry attic insummer. The air should not be too hot, as in an oven; warm dry air from a furnace is excellent, and the specimens can be placed on the register. After being thoroughly dried they can be dampened by being rolled up in a Pigee of ist ne repAper bas “4 short ae a a spread out and subjected tog Dried A; however, are wot very Se specimens without their figures ; they setiiees preserve any microscopic characters, like Pezizas. Dried puff- -balls, however, are extremely valuable specimens ; they should be stored away in boxes and kept in their natural shape. I store up Polypori in the same way.—A. Fr. MorGan —
Of he e fleshy fungi, the living plant is in the best condition for study and identification, properly dried specimens stand next, an and mo specimens are third in value. Alcoholic specimens, badly pressed specimens, and sections or fragments dried in the plant press, are practically worthless for these purposes. Select the best specimens and mapeet old, worm-eaten, water-soaked, badly deformed or oth Collect freely of each species when- ever it is possible, for some specimens met be spoiled in drying or in analyzing, some may be needed for exchanges, and at least four should be or the herbarium. Ii the pileus is hygrophanous, viscid, or striatulate, these Pola ters should especially be noted. There is also some advantage in ascertaining
144 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
at once-the internal character of the stem and the color of the flesh. This may be done by making a vertical secton through the center of the pileus and its
In the Agarici it is of the first importance to ascertain the color of the spores. The numerous species have been arranged by Fries and other authors in series depending upon this character, and, when it has been ascertained, the first step has been taken toward the proper lowation and identification of the species. The color of the lamelle in mature specimens often sage very nearly to the color of the spores, but there are many exceptions. m times specimens will be found to have dropped their spores on subjacent sbjeitl in such quantity that their ata can be readily ascertained at the time of col- lecting. Microscopic examination may approximately reveal it, but in some respects the old method of receiving the spores on paper, as they drop from the lamelle, is the most accurate and most satisfactory method of ascertaining their color. It is then presented to the naked eye in a manner in which it may be preserved for future use. Rather stiff white paper should be cut in slips a little wider than the diameter of the pileus whose spores are to be caught. The length should be a little more than twice their breadth. Make a transverse fold about half an inch broad across one ome Heleok a fresh, well- tthe Lane and cut the pileus from thestem. Pl downwards on the paper between the folded margin and the middle of 3 are
is leaves the other half of the paper free, and after the spores have been dropped it is to be doubled over and Aits free end thrust under the transverse fold already mad then covers and protects the spores. This covering fold should be a little longer than the part holding the spores beneath it, that it may form a low arch over them and not press upon or disturb them. (See annexed diagrams.) If the spores prove to be white, or it is suspected at first that they are white, black paper may be used, as white spores will be more conspicuous on it. Generally in a few hours or 4 single night a stratum of spores thick enough to show - the color satisfactorily will be obtained. If the pileus
is very small or thin a goblet or other suitable vessel
may be inverted over it, that the moisture may be re- { tained and the pileus not shrivel before it has dropped its spores. The paper bearing the spores should be properly labeled and kept in a tin box with a close- fitting cover. It should contain asmall open bottle of chloroform, otherwise insects will be likely to find and
Paper with spores on it, devour the spores. Sia at ee ooh OF ee After the specimens have been dried they may be
. b, Dotted li by placing them i : win- per; b, Dotied it alae dampened by placing them in front of an open
©
bemade. ¢, 8 dow during a rainy day or dewy night, or kept for 4 the spores fal side time beneath several layers of damp paper. Water — * should not be sprinkled upon them, but very thick,
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 145
firm specimens are sometimes softened by steaming. They are then subjected to light pressure in the plant press.
The hard bulky and corky species of Polyporus, Trametes, etc., need no preparation except poisoning. They should be kept on shelves or in drawers. In public herbaria where space is available they should be placed in trays and kept under glass in table cases. If it is desired to have them represented in their proper place in the herbarium, make vertical sections through the central part of the pileus. La may be tom 4 to 4 of an inch thick and can easily be attached to the shee
It is very iacareat ‘that the specimens should be poisoned. It is best to apply the poison as soon as convenient after the specimens are dried. Various preparations have been tried, but I find none better than the ordinary mixture of corrosive sublimate and alcohol. A paste made of raw rubber soaked in bisul- phuret of carbon is the most satisfactory for mounting specimens of anything I have tried. Fragile or delicate specimens may be protected by attaching a thin piece of cork to the sheet by the side of the specimens.—Cuas. H. Peck.
The specimens should be put in hie i sun, gills upward. Unless very large one day’s bright sun will dry them thoroughly. The large thick Boleti will require two days or more. When thoroughly dessicated, they are left out in the night air (under cover from rain), which gives them sufficient flexibility
difficult of all the Fungi to preserve well. They, too, must be ex
sun, or dry air, until perfectly dry, and the reins fetid odor destroyed. a they shrink so much in drying, and are so distorted from their fresh state, as to be very unsatisfactory. Full notes should be taken from the fresh specimens of all the chief char acters, and if one can overcome the nauseous fetid odor long *nough, a drawing should be made.—H. W. RavEneEL.
A rapid and very satisfactory way of drying fleshy fungi is to use a chem- ist’s drying oven heated with steam or hot water. With suitable regulation of the temperature, which a little experience will make easy, the best and
’8 any other. When dry the specimens can be placed at once in a covered jar r pail with a wet sponge, and in an hour or two will be limp enough to be put between driers, and the next shana oe be ready for poisoning and mounting.
Parasitic FuNGI (UREDINE®, ETC. ned. —Experience and observation teach that a beginner in parasitic fungi is almoet a to be deceived by the work of insects, mites or related animals. To distinguis is impossible without microscopic exeietasdition: but eventually one learns to distinguish in most cases by a glance. No general rule can be given and a description of special cases would be long. A collector must train himself to See and to distinguish. Probably one can succeed best by beginning with some oe group of fungi. Some knowledge of the meted to be looked for is a
146 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
great help. Begin with the group in which you are most interested, say Ure- dinexe. Look over the published lists and descriptions to which you have access; get an idea of how many species there are, what they grow on, what time of year they occur. Notice particularly some likely to appear soon, and look at specimens of them if possible. These will be impressed upon your mind and when you go out you will look sharply for any unusual appearance of that host. You will find a few species that are well known and these will be a nucleus. They are marked by certain appearances of the host. Similar appearances o other plants will be more easily seen and each new success will bring increased interest and increased ability. If you are not interested in other groups and know nothing about them, you will scarcely see any of their species. You may, however, look for all kinds, but your greatest success will be in the groups which you know best and in which you are most interested. As knowledge and expe- rience increases, new groups will be brought in, but the field is so large that it is bewildering to attempt all kinds at first—A. B. Seymour.
The equipment necessary is a tin box, 8 by 12 inches, and 6 inches deep, with a tight fitting lid, a small portfolio (or an old book), and a pocket lens. Nearly all specimens will keep well for a day in the box, but the portfolio is useful in keeping leaves which cure quickly, and for the more careful preser- vation of rareties.
ast of May or the first of June, depending upon the season, I go to a favorite valley about half a mile wide, with a creek running through it, well shaded by large trees. On the south side are low hills, covered with young trees, with occasional springs running down and forming small bogs in the val- ley. On the north are higher rocky hills, with here and there a deep gully worn by the waters from the land above, thickly overgrown by small shrubs.
Walking along the hilis on the south my attention is attracted by some leaves of Anemone nemorosa, and A. acutiloba, which are smaller than their neighbors, and borne on longer petioles. An examination of the under surface of the former reveals on some the beautiful cups of Acidium punctatum, @ and on others the dark sori of Puccinia fusca; the thickened leaves of the latter are
A. nemorosa is rewarded by the purple sin of phe i Anemones, the
little scasaiegs Going pene the valley, I find a luxuriant growth of Podophyllum pel- tatum, infested with its “~— orange cluster-cup, cidium Podophylli, and a little later in the season, a similar locality furnishes Puccinia Podophylli. f edge of the valley, ae lovely Claytonia Virginica is blooming, and a shor search adds to my treasures Puccinia Marie-Wilsoni and its ecidium. gee ing down the valley, with a sharp look at every plant, I come to a mass of the ep
, Fh rum Arisema triphyllum contributes Acidium Caladii, and a nranaenery visit gives me the uredo and teleutospores of Uromyces Caladii. A plant of Ranun- eulus abortivus, a little taller and more slender than it should be, shows the
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 147
work of Acidium Ranunculi. Viola pubescens gives Hcidium Viole, and later Puccinia Viole. Tramping on, Mertensia Virginica stops me by the yel- lowish spots on the leaves; I examine with my lens, and doubt its being a fun- gus, but throw a leaf dito my box. A microscopical examination at home shows it to be Aa! canescens, new to the United States—and then I wish I had been less skeptica
Crossing the oi I add Puccinia Cryptotenee on C. Canadensis, and climbing up a deep gully, I am delighted with the eee of a large Lonicera Sullivantii, every leaf spotted by Acidium Periclymeni. Coming out, I find small shrubs of Zanthoxylum Americanum, aden and petioles bright with
idium Zanthoxyli. A visit to the bogs adds Peronospora obducens on coty- ledons of Impatiens, ~ later in the season, Puccinia speta on Mitella di-
phylla.’ During the season this valley yields several species of Peronospora, Entyloma, Septoria, Cercinor and many of the Erysiphei. w localities are as rich in species as this, but something can be found
almost avin I have found heavy woods the most barren. River bottoms, low meadows, deep ravines, hills with springs running down them, and especi- ally recent Petes in the woods, are good collecting grounds. Sloughs and Swamps give the species on Sedges, “ae oe etc., and the grasses of dry rocky hills are usually covered with Puc
aching home with my box packed fall, T take my pile of driers, lay the leaves carefully between sheets of paper, a drier between each, and when all are arranged, place a board on top, with a small weight, just enough to‘kéep the leaves well flattened; too much will injure cidia. It is necessary to change the driers often to make good specimens. When dry I poison them with corrosive sublimate and carbolic acid (Bor. GazerTre, vol. 1, p. 27), place in Wrappers of good white paper, and glue the wrapper to the herbarium.—E. W.
Hotway.
MARINE A1G.©.—The flora of the sea is distributed through a belt nearly touching the high tide mark on the one side and extending to a depth of sev-
without difficulty at low tide, taken from the rocks by the hand or with the aid of some simple tool. For getting plants which grow just below tide, a pair of rubber wading boots, which will allow one to go into the water up to the knee or above, is very convenient. And for capturing plants which come float- ing up on the waves or are attached to the rocks just out of reach of the hand,
Various things out of boiling water, in the process of cooking. This can be tied to a stick of any desired length. I find wiae more convenient than the two lower joints of a common fishing rod. These may be quickly taken apart Or put hep to make the handle of our spoon shorter or longer.
calie enpiting hook attached to a line and thrown down among the plants to pull them up and bring them to the surface, or by hunting among the
148 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
rejectamenta upon the beaches, or watching for them in the waves of the in- coming tides.
11 but the coarser forms, like the Fuci and Laminaria, are mounted by “floating out” on paper and dried in a press. The paper best adapted to the purpose is a good quality and weight of demy or some lighter kinds of drawing paper. It should be cut in three or four regular sizes by dividing the sheets into quarters, eighths, sixteenths, etc.
A simple and handy apparatus for floating out the plants consists of a shallow tin dish, which may be had at any tin shop, 8 by 11 inches, and 1 inch deep, and a plate of zine 124 by 63 inches, perforated by six rows of half-inch holes, an inch and a half apart in the rows, the perforations extending over only about 10 inches of the plate. Fill the dish three-quarters full of sea water, wet the paper and lay it on the zinc, thrust both into the water and luy on the plant. Spread it out carefully, lift up the end of the zinc which will draw the paper and plant out of the water. Let it drain a moment and then remove to the press. Lay the paper, plant up, on a sheet of drying paper. Spread a piece of old cotton over the plant, and over this put a sheet of drying paper. An- other floated out plant, cotton, drying-paper, and so on. Put in press for 24 hours. Change the cloths and drying paper and put in press, under more pres-
strips of gummed paper. The Laminaris and Fuei, and such like coarse forms, shoul partly dried before putting in press. It is well also to wash them in fresh water, and such as will bear it to soak them out in fresh water, to get as much of the salt as possible out of them. These plants are arranged in the herbarium in the usual way.—A. B. Hervey.
FRESH-WATER ALG®.—They should be looked for in ponds, quiet or slug- gish waters, in swampy grounds with pits which retain water during the sum- mer months, mountain ravines with cascades, moist, shaded and dripping rocks, and sheltered angles of lakes and rivers. The equipments may be sim-
in the vials. If a larger vessel is at hand dip the material into it, allow it to settle, drain off the water and bottle the thicker substance. The bottled mate- rial will become fetid after several days, but it may be preserved for months and even years by the addition of a few drops of carbolic acid, just enough to make its presence perceptible. It may be well to bear in mind that the freshest and brightest green forms are not usually the most desirable. Among the older and more unsightly more mature and fruiting specimens may be found.— Francis Woutue.
(Desmipre%).—Unlike their near relatives the diatoms, which
?
may be found in greater or less quantities in all waters, desmids are select and
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 149
elusive, the result of long tramps, the reward of perseverance, long-suffering, and other kindred virtues. A collector of desmids needs to be provided with a large stock of patience, considerable endurance, and some courage, a pair of rubber boots, and vials ad libitum.
Except the most common forms of Closteria and Cosmaria, they particu- larly affect clear pure water. For instance, a summer’s search in Dakota was fruitless on account of the alkaline water. Strong currents are also unfavor- able to their deposition. I have made my best “finds” in small pools or ponds, fed by springs, or connected with larger lakes by underground channels, such water being pure and undisturbed by currents or waves.
mids sometimes form a delicate green film on the banks or bottom of a pool, in which case they can be gently urged by the help of a spoon into a wide- necked bottle; but more commonly they can be found clinging to the stems and leaves of aquatic plants, such as Vallisneria, Anacharis, Myriophyllum,
with me to produce desmids in abundance. They can be stripped from the leaves by the hand, or, better still, the moss can be gathered, being careful to dislodge as little mud as possible, and washed thoroughly in water. When the sediment has settled pour off the superfluous water. Your microscope may show the remainder to be a rich harvest of such inexpressibly rare and beauti- ful forms as to make one forget all fatigue and vexation.—ELoisre BUTLER.
Nostoc Group (PHycocHroMace#).—Thin gelatinous species, which form expansions on the ground or on rocks, are prepared by removing them with small portions of the substance to which they are attached and allowing them to dry-under slight pressure between plates of glass or other hard substances to which they will not adhere. The smaller and more delicate aquatic species should be floated out on pieces of mica or glass and dried in the air, but not ex- posed to strong sunlight. They may also be floated out on paper like larger alge, but, before pressing, they should be allowed to dry a few hours in the air. In the press they should be covered with thin unglazed cloth as in the case of alge. Species like Oscillarie, which have a vibratory notion, may be placed in a large drop of water on a moistened paper, and left over night. In the morning the threads will have separated from ther so that the specimen has expanded into a circular shape and the threads have arranged themselves
but they sometimes are a good while in drying. Prepared in this way they are not unfrequently considerably distorted, and it is well to keep a few specimens rough dried for. study. On remoistening they swell to nearly their original Proportions. Specimens preserved in alcohol or glycerine are of little value.— W. G. Farrow.
Strme Mops (Myxomyceres).—The excellent account of the methods of collecting and preserving this class of plants given by Dr. Geo.” A. Rex in this journal a year ago makes it superfluous to go over the ground again. We, however, desire to call attention to a superior manner of preserving mater:
150 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [June,
for the herbarium and ready examination under the microscope, which Dr now uses, and which the writer had the pleasure of seeing upon a recent
visit, Instead of using small boxes, which are somewhat awkward for plac- ing under the microscope, the specimens are
~ mounted in a metal cell, which is firmly ELL CAP fastened to an ordinary glass slide, and pro-
THE PIERCE CELL. vided with a close-fitting metal cap. The
bottom of the cell is covered with dark green wax, on which the material is mounted so as to give both vertical and lateral views. The cap is so nicely made as to exclude dust and insects and yet be readily removed for examina-
in the herbarium, as explained elsewhere in this number. This cell was de- vised by Mr. J. Pierce, of Providence, R.I. We are indebted to J. W. Queen & Co. for the use of the cut illustrating it.
BACTERIA (ScHIZOMYCETES). —Bacteria are commonly preserved for the herbarium by drying some of the zooglea, or drops of fluid swarming with them, on bits of mica, and placing these in small envelopes gummed or pinned to the herbarium sheet. They are apt, however, to flake away from the mica after a time and may ultimately be entirely lost, as the dried film 1s exceed- ingly friable. To obviate this difficulty the specimen may be incorporated with a drop of some mucilaginous substance, like Althea extract, freshly pre- pared and filtered. It has been asserted that this preserves their vitality, so that they may be used for starting new cultures after a long duration in the
No specimens are so satisfactory for study as mounted slides, prepared by smearing a very thin film of distilled water containing the bacteria over the middle of a slide, drying it rapidly (but without heating too much) over an alcohol lamp, staining with a drop of freshly-filtered fuchsine, methyl violet,
r some other aniline dye, which is removed at one side by a bit of blotting paper, after which the slide is dried as before, a small drop of fluid balsam or benzole-balsam added, and a cover-glass at once applied.
Few persons are aware how easy it is to obtain a sagan number of pigment sii several of which I have described i “ Observations on
” all that is necessary being to rub pieces ee) oiled potato about on the joa s in sinks, etc., where dust collects, and set them away for a few days, covered by inverted samtlens to keep them moist.
slide or herbarium specimen is worth much unless accempanied by
full notes on the nature and color of the zoogloa it comes from, or the effects it
uces; and a slide or specimen which contains more than one species is an
abomination which had best be destroyed as soon as made, before it has oppor- tunity to do harm.—WILiiAM TRELEASE.
YEAST \Soapircearisg eine ae, pet should be spread out in a thin layer on pieces of mica or glass. The pieces can be moistened in spots 4 and used as microscopic slides e answer well a for the comparisons of dif- ferent forms.—W. G. FarLow.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 15]
The Gray Herbarium of Harvard University.
No one need be told that this is the largest and most valuable collection on this continent. For its beginnings we must look to the collections begun by Dr. Asa Gray while a student at Fairfield Medical College in the year 1828. When Dr. Gray was called to a professorship in Harvard College he found no collections of dried plants. Such as had been made by previous incumbents had been considered as personal property. The collection which Dr. Gray had got together up to this time amounted to between four and five thousand species, including many European and arctic American specimens procured from foreign correspondents.
his collection increased, more and more rapidly as its extent and scientific value increased, until it became too large to be cared or by its owner and too valuable to be longer at the mercy of a frame house. Consequently it was offered as a gift to the Uni- versity on condition that a fire-proof building be erected to con- tain it. In this building, the gift of Nathaniel Thayer, it was placed in the year 1864. The herbarium building proper is sit- uated on a terrace in the midst of the Botanic Garden, overlooking a large part of it, and is flanked by the library on one side and the laboratory on the other, with both of which it is directly con- nected as these are respectively with Dr. Gray’s dwelling and the greenhouses.
The herbarium occupies the main room, about thirty-five by twenty-five feet, with walls twenty-five feet high. The room is lighted by a very large double window (the full height of the walls) looking to the north-west, and by a sky-light in the center.
‘he walls to the height of sixteen feet are practically covered with cases, a baleony giving access to the upper tiers. sides these there are five floor eases, the three largest of which contain the Composite. The total capacity of the cases now in place is some- where near 350,000 sheets, allowing for an average number of genus-covers. It is impossible to estimate with any accuracy the present extent of the collection. It is probably equal to two- thirds or three-fourths of the total capacity. This rough guess does not include the Sullivant herbarium of mosses nor any of the other collections of lower eryptogams in this building.* The records kept for the last sixteen years show that the average annual additions to the herbarium are 6306 sheets. :
The wall cases are of the usual form and are closed with ordi-
woreeuligep Ugoa Sisk Si
*The large Cryptogamic herbarium of Dr. Farlow is in the Agassiz Museum building.
152 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
nary doors, with common spring-catches in the middle. But the
' floor-cases may be taken to represent the best that can be constructed in the light of Dr. Gray’s extensive experience and long observation. They have the important advantage of being out of contact with walls, a point to be strenu- ously insisted upon. No mat-
‘ es 2
ob aura « s we coe be t
“ere +0 + Se ememeces - a ” 4 s
in DOOR FASTEN : S, door-eateh, as seen from inside when door te case (B) when the door is closed. | E, eye, which holds rods in. place. closes. The fastening, as seen f ows the position of catch «es ; when (oor is opened. B, section of door and from the inside (S), consists of i g relations of tongue and groove : :
an irregularly three - pointed piece of brass to the short ends of which are pivoted two blunt- pointed steel rods, reaching to the top and bottom of the door, near which they pass through guiding eyes, E.- The longer free tip of the brass piece engages with a slot on the side of the case and the rods enter brass sockets in the case above and below the door. The pointed tips of the rods and the outer beveled sur- face of the middle catch cause the door if it becomes warped to be drawn forcibly into place as the handle is turned. Thus at all times it is drawn snugly against the case. This compulsory contact for its whole length, together with the tongue and groove arrangement at the hinged edge of the door comes as near exclud- ing dust and insects as can be done consistently with facility in opening and closing.
_ The herbarium has a small endowment, which provides for limited expenses. No one could do botany a greater service than to provide an endowment which would permit the employ-
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 153
ment of special students to assist in working up the wealth of material accumulated. Since its transference to the custody of the University the herbarium has had but two curators, the late Charles Wright and Dr. Sereno Watson.
National Herbarium at Washington. GEORGE VASEY. |
This Herbarium was organized in 1869. It was based upon _the Government collections which had for many years been ac- cumulating in the Smithsonian Institution, from which they were transferred in the original packages to the Department of Agri- culture, to be prepared and mounted, so that they might be ac- “reaem for investigation. These collections were principally as ollows:
Those of the U. 8. Exploring Expedition under Commodore Wilkes from 1838 to 1842. se of the U.S. North Pacific Ex. Expedition under Commanders Ringgold and Rogers from 1853 to 1856. A small lot from Commodore Perry’s Expedition to Japan in 1856. A portion of Fendler’s collections on the Isthmus of Panamain 1850. A collection of Berlandier’s plants of Texas and Mexico, made from 1828 to 1830. Lindheimer’s Texas Collection of 1846. The large collections of Mr. Charles Wright in Texas and New Mexico from 1849 to 1852. The Collections of the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Commission, and those of the Surveys for Railway route to the Pacific made in 1853 and 1854 by Lieuts. Whipple, Parke, Williamson, and Fremont, and Gov. Stevens of Oregon. A collection made by Lieut. Ives on the Exploration of the Colorado River in 1857 and 1858. Collections made in Alaska by Dr. Rothrock, Dr. Kellogg and others.
many from Brazil and Japan. Numerous packages mostly of European plants, from the Royal Herbarium at Kew, England.
tions of the San Domingo Commission in 1871. To these have since been added the plants collected under the
154 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
different Geological and Geographical Surveys of Lieuts. Wheeler and Hayden and of Major Powell. A set of the plants of Cali- fornia collected by Keege and Harford in 1868 and 1869. Various sets collected by .G. Lemmon in California and Arizona; of Messrs. Howell hd Cusick in Oregon; of Mr. W. N. Suksdorf i in balay tale ae ae Mr. G. R. ees in
mer in Mexico, Arizona and Utah; of Drs. Parry and Palmer in Mexico : of Mr. C. R. Oreutt of San Diego; of the Parish Brothers i cm Southern California ; the collection of G. R. Vasey in Alabama and North Carolina and the numerous fascicles of Prof. A. H. Curtiss of Florida, ion of Mr. J. Reverchon of Texas, od numerous contributions from the south and west.
or contribution, plants of Sweden collected by Mr. Oldberg ; plants of France, Italy and Algiers, also a set of Bourgeau’s plants of Mexico, ‘collected in 186 5—’66, from the Herb. Museum _ of Paris; and the | arge European collection of Mr. J. Moggridge communicated through Dr. Gray ; and portions of the collection of the late J. Gay of France
The plants of the eastern portion of the United States are rep- resented by a set from the collection of Mr. Oakes of New Eng- land ; pais of Pennsylvania from Prof. Porter, Mr. J. MacMinn, and rber, together with minor contributions, exchanges and ie local collections.
Colorado plants are represented by some of the collections of E. Hall, and of H. N. Pa casio and G. W. Letterman, besides those of the government collect
Of special collections 7s a is a set of the Juncacee of the U.S. by Dr. G. Engelmann ; the Carices Boreali-Americane by Prof. Olney ; the ferns of Trinidad by Mr. A. Fendler, and a type set of N. Amer. Willows by Mr. Bebb.
Of mosses there are the large European collections from Mr. R. Oldberg, Dr. Gattinger, Paul Reinsch, and others, as well as the mosses collected on the Wilkes’ Exploring Expedition, elab- orated by Mr. W. S. Sullivant, and a set of the Musci, Alle- ghaniensis of Mr. Austin
ichens there is a considerably large collection from the
various ceeelikices and surveys of the government, supplemented by donations from Mr. J. Wolf, Dr. Ravenel of South Carolina, and some centuries of the European collections of Rabenhorst and Fries
The Alge of the Herbarium are largely those of the Wilkes’
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 155
and the North Pacific Expeditions, with additions chiefly from foreign sources.
e mycological collection contains Ravenel’s Fungi Ameri- cani exsiccata, Ravenel’s Fungi Caroliniani, Ravenel’s Texas Collection, Ellis’ North American Fungi, a large collection by the late G. W. Clinton of Buffalo, New York, a small collection of New England Fungi by Dr. B. D. Halsted, communicated by Prof. C. V. Riley. Recent additions are from M. E. Jones, 60 species ; from E. W. D. Holoway, Iowa, 125 species ; from Prof. W. A. Kellerman, 350 species, chiefly from Kansas and Ohio ; and from T. J. Burrill, 11 species, the types of his new species of Uredinew, and many interesting and valuable specimens from Rey. A. B. Langlois of Louisiana.
There are 150 mounted sheets of Puccinia, representing nearly as many species, 50 sheets of Hypoxylon, 75 of Cercospora, 35 0
he H
Dr. C. C. Parry, who gave unremitting attention to the mounting of the specimens and to their arrangement in the cases. Since April, 1872, it has been in the charge of Dr. Geo. Vasey, and has grown to large proportions. nie
Tt is located on the second floor of the Agricultural building, occupying four rooms, the largest two being devoted to the cases for the mounted plants. One room is occupied by Prof. F. L Scribner, the assistant botanist, and devoted to the mycological collections and mycological investigations. The fourth room Is or preparing specimens, and for sorting and distributing dupli- cates, ete
x 10
well lighted and comfortable. The cases occupy more than eighty feet in length, with a height of nine feet, and are divided for the reception of specimens into spaces or shelves, thirteen inches Wide, eighteen inches deep and six inches high. There are more than 1,300 shelves or spaces. Each shelf or space 1s furnished With a pasteboard cover to which is hinged a flap five inches high, which drops in front of the specimens, excluding them from light and dust, and also furnishing a place for appropriate labels of the natural orders and the genus or genera which are contained in that space.
156 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
he arrangement of the specimens is in accordance with the Genera Plantarum of Bentham and Hooker. The number of shelves or spaces occupied by the larger natural orders is about as + vise ee 12, Cruciferee 20, Caryophyllacex 12, Malva Leguminosee 80, Rosacez 35, ‘Onagracere 14, Um- bellifers 20, Rubiacese 16, Composite 180, ’Ericacese 18, Borrag- inacew 14, Solanaceze 12, Scrophulariacese 25, Labiatee D4, Poly- gonaceze 18, E eae elope os SNORE 16, Coniferze 20, Lili- aces 22, Cype we 36, Gra 120, Filie
2 Sdtapletes: soieade of ‘the plants has Mean made, but it is
estimated that of the 10,000 or more species of the United States (excluding the cellular cry ptogams) there are represented about nine-tenths. Of foreign plants the Herbarium contains probably fully as many species as of native ones.
The native species are represented in many cases by a large number of specimens showing the range of the species, derived from important government surveys and expeditions, which gives them an historic value, as well as representing the types upon which the species were founded. he entire number of mounted
sheets is from sixty to seventy thousand.
The Library connected with the Herbarium contains all the common North American botanical text-books and manuals, all
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
Articles in back numbers.— Arrangement of herbaria, xi. 98,120; treat- ment of exsiccate, xi. 20; mounting plants, cement, ix. 62, glue, iv. 218 xi. 67,120; preserving plants, earbon bisulphide, ii. 100, poison, i. 27; pressure in making specimens, i. 21; shipping live plants, ii. 107, 133; Myxomycetes, , their collection and preservation, x. 290.
Mounting delicate plants.—To mount delicate ferns and other plants, take a pane of glass of sufficient size and coat lightly with rather thin fish glue. ~ the plant on the glass and put a newspaper over it, or the reverse. With
ief in hand, rub the paper so that every part of the plant will touch = glue. Remove the paper, then carefully lift the plant from the glass and
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 157
lay it, glue side up, on the table or another newspaper ; apply the sheet of mounting paper and rub as before. With reasonable care, this method gives the most excellent results.—A. B. Seymour.
Liquid fish glue is unequaled for herbarium use. It is now offered for sale in the stores as Le Page’s Liquid Glue, in small tin cans, at 75 cents per can. It can be obtained of the Denison Manufacturing Company, Milk street, Boston, for 35 cents per pint, or in five gallon lots at $1.65 per gallon—with an antiseptic added to prevent spoiling. To be sure that it shall not spoil, add a few drops of carbolic acid or corrosive sublimate—A. B. Seymour
Disposition of thick specimens.—It is a problem what to do with thick specimens—rough-dried Hymenomycetes, puff-balls (which are valueless if p » acorns, cones, etc. Minute specimens, like the Myxomycetes, Asper- gillus, wes which are likely to suffer from pressure, are easily preserved in shal- low pill- Msi glued to the herbarium sheets ; but this plan will not do for the larger things I have mentioned. I think I have solved this problem, so far as my wants are concerned, by having heavy pasteboard boxes made, with deep covers reaching nearly to the bottom. These boxes are two, three and four inches deep, to accommodate specimens of different sizes, the smallest being most needed, and measure outside 114 x 16} inches, so that they may set in the herbarium case. To facilitate their removal, each is provided with a strong double tape passing through the front and bottom and spread on the latter be- neath the paper lining. These boxes are “spaced” withia by small boxes of
. Several sizes, to meet different needs, the largest of these being two to four times the size of the smaller, so that they are interchangeable at will. To keep out the all-pervasive smoke and dust of St. Louis, these inner boxes are covered by a folder of heavy manilla. Boxes of this description, reinforced at the angles with muslin, are made for me by the Holman Box Co., of this city, for $15.00 per hikdred. The “spacing ” costs about $12.00 per hundred additional. By using them, the acorns, say of a section of white oaks, are grouped in a box im- mediately under the covers containing the mounted specimens, and so in the Same seep laa of the case with them.-—W1LL1AM TRELEASE.
SMALL FRUITS, cones, etc., and especially for the Myxomycetes and other aay which have to be preserved in little boxes, I provideshallow boxes 11}x 16} inches, and one inch deep. In these I ser the species boxes.
e larger boxes may be used as genus boxes, in case the ies are numerous enough. Ido not do so yet, but may have to before long. Pat the label on the front end of the box and slip it into the herbarium case in its proper place.—C. E. Bessey
EDITORIAL.
THE PREPARATION of this number has given us more than usual pleasure on one account especially. This is in respect to the hearty codperation with which the botanists of the country have aided the undertaking. They have contributed liberally, and when for any reason a contribution was not possible
158 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June,
they have in many instances sent their good wishes. It has not been possible to use all the material sent in, and a number of the articles have necessarily been cut down in order to bring them within our space and to prevent repeti-
of the special and most approved methods as actually practiced by representa- tive botanists. Even with this restriction, and by the utmost ion, thirty-
ages have not been ample enough for our material, and some interesting articles are deferred until the July number.
Tue GRACE of liberality needs cultivation among botanists who love the science lest “exchanging” degenerate into barter. If one exchanges merely to increase the aggregate number of species in his herbarium he wofully lessens his opportunity for usefulness. Between correspondents it t should not nen neces- sary to balance the accounts at the close of each season t ors
duplicates to correspondents whenever enough has accumulated to make the package worth sending. ‘The liberal soul shall be made fat.”
A STRONG Protest ought to be entered against the practice of sending speci-
e. cialists are usually glad to receive and determine specimens in their depart- ments, but they have neither time nor inclination to tie up and perhaps pay postage on numerous packages.
Our PROMISED article un Early American Collectors is crowded out by other fresher matter. Those specially interested in this matter will find a most entertaining sketch of the aga oe European herbaria of interest to North
merican botanists in the Am. Jour. Sci., 1, xl. 1-18 (1841) from the pen of Dr. Gray*. Mention is there made anaes of the earlier collectors and the herbaria where their plants are to be found.
Do nor collect too narrowly. Remember that the lichens, mosses, liver- worts, alge and fungi of your vicinity are of interest to some one whose address you can easily obtain, even if they do not interest you. Pick up whatever comes in your way, sort it and send the materials to specialists whose work you will aid and whose gratitude you will merit.
NOTES AND NEWS.
a collector ye Taare botanist of England, died in Londoi. on April 16, ‘pccciitie wa SEVERAL etc., test esinge A as ee beac ei - boiling water. per envelopes but, in this condition,
, such as Sedum, the joint f cactuse
. 2 oe a md Cae ay ale
pri i of y, iii, 353-874 (1841).
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 159
NEW cidium, ©, Phryme, is described by Dr. B. D.-Halsted, in the Journal 0; : Myo for May. It occurs upon Phryma Leptostachya, and was found in northwestern Tow
Pror. L. H. Benny is making some sets of carices for fall distribution, comprising a number of rep , for the benefit of those who wish a start in the study of chee
ss C. E. CUMMINGS, in : in Wellesley College, has been valores —_ i eR for a year’s study in Europe. She expects to sail shortly after commencem
KINS eee of the eryptogamic botany of a Florida log in a short paper in the Journal of Mycology a dant having found fifteen species of lichens and fungi on one log, besides vet mosse:
t of a botanical trip in the mountain region of bbs ar “ona ry Ca foe including a visit to Mts. Seas and Mitchell, is given by Mrs. E in ate Bulletin of the Torrey Club for May THE RECOMMENDATION in Gray’s sivtctuval Botany, p. 38], that species sheets for the herb should weigh 28 Ibs. per ream of 480 sheets should read 178 lbs, This typo- raphical error has shape detection until now THE FIFTH ITEM under ‘‘Notes and News’’ in the May nunret in regard to Dr. Hueppe’s new work on the forms of bacteria and their relation to genera and species should have Stated that it will re reviewed ina ges number hi this isournat romeliacese belonging to Kdouard
tren, together with his library, wil
in ma Liége Botanical Institute, of pach ese he was one ‘of the chief preter
J.G. BAKER has recently given a carefully aie pie sea ure rk, which has been printed in the Gardener’s Chronicle. xce selleint ap of this extensive and many-sided botanical institution, and a ae pets which it subserves.
JECIDIA are difficult to promt yy: ee a —e pie pressure is sale to break the cups. Prof. Seymour say by d around the dryers containing them and exposing to the heat of the : sun “without pressure till dry. This makes the leaves of the host brittle but the cups are well preserved.
ri Boa © pages, and appears to be carefully prepared. It vies L 5 argos phanerogams nts, pane ie inne
i the same. Seis
Bora ISTS ie have once attended the meetings of the Amerie Association since the ae of the B to come agal nim so, should gen inquiry of their nec who have, or accept the assertion of others
hat they not spend a week in leasantly and profitably. The next novlaraite ac rape August 18 to 24, ere a ase to be one of ot best = he eS
THE A.S. isf rican Association who take special interest in botany. The only requirement for Senecinar ame to suitably fill out a registry blank at the desk of the 1 The objects of the Club are to encourage the informal p: peatgr beets = a of all rage of botanical interest, t, to pr romote good {fellowship among its oS he standard of the bot nyters
of the prea ion.
THE MORE RECENT wadietona to the herbarium ot oe University of Nebraska include nearly fifteen thousand species of exsiccate the most interesting De fee an Curtiss’ Florida plants (650), Parry’s 8 Western ope cum, Au a s age “ oe and supplement to the same (100), Gottsche & Rabenh erw:
longo’s Lichens of Italy , Thiiman’s Myc. ialeiett (2300), Shc Alge
Massa of Scandinavia (400), and Rabenhorst’s Alge of the World (2600).
160 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ June.
IN REFERENCE to the method of drying plants in felt, suggested by Mr. Chas. E. Smith, in one of the leading hese it must not be understood that it is simply another way of doing what #e y be done as bigots the old w way. It ne entvely resp nt from every other method and is very Er esitel all the If any botanists de-
po details as to the kind of ‘elt ies use cAtie comes of all aes ses at m %4 %1 inch), where o get it and the cost, whether to stand the Shee up on edge or to lay it flat (which affects es results very sensibly), ete., Mr. Smith will be glad to furnish the information.
FoR FASTENING SPECIMENS to _ hesherson: sheet, — — os ceaalierwenes uses gummed paper, which c sie wn as ‘‘ election stickers.’’ He says: “Ya ms thine widths, one- eighth, three- icineathe, and one-quarter of aninch. Whena ciate of specimens are to be fastened down, I yn these gummed strips s into various os from one inch to six inches, as the size of the specimens may requi By the of a mate of wedi forceps these short strips can be readily picked up, Sas gummed s sie moistened, and placed over the s es n. After a little experience the mounting ca rapidly, neatly sad effectually don
THE CITIZENS of beheld ho take an interest in botany, have Sag ONG a se in order to more effectively devise and carry out Lexa ne entertaining a Rie who may at- he ing of t eri
less be to one of na6s several swamps which afford a rich fiora or to the lake shores. Some
of the mee interesting points, such as Bergen marsh, Rock City, and the falls at Portage
are so way as probably to to make a visit to them impracticable. Point Abino, on the n ested i
described in M s Catalogue of the Pla Bu customary py eggs 8 the botanists will have an opportunity to visit some col- lecting field = inte A reception for the members of the Botanical Club is also pro- The final a lied must by left to be ansounent hereafter. It is sufficient at present to haan that eat next mee eetin superior Adapbeartit for bota- acqua le ice
y to atte It is very "decree that they ste worthy y papers before the section of biology. Since the nen rb of the B Botanical omi the front in ran? tion » SI hee + +311 : ét. d for botan a nies important part of biology. These papers should be prepared wie 2 care, that pp aay be no slipshod de del ivery, Peer should by. all moans be based u upon 0 original _ ae
*5 2%, Be Bs = os
th winter } have man to litle rte “if they save nothing to present to their fellows. Buffal e botanists in great numbers, enthusiastic, and ready with papers.
VOL. XI, NO. 7.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE—JULY, 1886. The Genus Asimina. * ASA GRAY,
One object of this communication is to ask for fruits of the southern shrubby species, which seem to have been rarely col- lected. I possess ripe fruit of only one of these, namely, A. par- viflora. Another object is to set right the generic character, in particular that of the estivation of the corolla
ormerly one of the diagnostic characters of the order Ano- nace was the valvate estivation of the petals. Their evident overlapping in the flowers of our so-called Papaw was one rea- son for dissenting from the conclusion of the old Flora of North America, where Asimina was reduced to a section of Uvaria, and restoring the genus in the Genera Illustrated. Since then it has been ascertained that all the genuine species of Uvaria have their petals imbricated in the bud, as I had suspected of some of them, and that in this they accord with several other genera; so that, indeed, Mr. Bentham, in the Genera Plantarum, brought them together to form his tribe Uvariee. It was purely my fault, as is recorded on p. 68 of the fifth volume of the Journal of the Lin- nean Society, that he did not include in it the genus Asimina. Misled by an imperfect observation, making sections of the lower part only of some flower-buds, I informed him that I had “ascertained that they were truly valvate.” The fact is that, in this, as in many other genera of the order, the petals are of com- paratively late growth ; in the young bud they are distant, later their lower portion may come merely into contact and so give the idea of valvular estivation of each series; but when they
same in the long- and narrow-leaved species which I name A angustifolia. The following notes which I made upon living plants of A. grandiflora, in Florida, in the spring of the year 1875, show the same thing, with some difference. “ Onter-petals
*Tssued May, 1886. Age - (Go ¥
162 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
Their base becomes more and more deeply concave within, where it develops protuberant longitudinal and roughened ridges. Th flowers as they open are much frequented by thrips or other small vermin, which are attracted to this secretive surface. The anthesis is strongly protogynous. The stigmas are effete much before any pollen is shed, which, indeed, takes place only when the anthers loosen and separate as they begin to decay and fall.” I did not notice that the blossoms were “ sweet-scented,” though Bartram so describes them. The scent of the flowers in the genus is generally unpleasant.
Notwithstanding Baillon’s view, it seems evident that our plants are not congeneric with the Old World Uvarie. Asim- ina seems to be well characterized by the dissimilar petals of the two series; the outer always larger, much accrescent, thin and veiny, and spreading, while the inner are concave and erect, mostly of thicker texture, at least at the concave or almost sac- cate base, and quite different in shape, although the difference is least in A. triloba and A. parviflora.
I have not seen the Australian Fitzalania of Mueller, which
known. As to Seemann’s Sapranthus of Nicaragua, of which we have flowers collected by the late Charles Wright, by no means as large as those figured by Seemann, the homogeneous petals, all six alike, plane, thin, veiny, and equally accrescent, would seem to indicate a genus as distinct from Porcelia as from Asimina. I will conclude these remarks with a synopsis of the species of Asimina, as they now appear to stand. But further observations are needed on some of them.
ASIMINA, Apans.*
* Flowers from the axils of the deciduous leaves of the preceding ear; these amvle, acute or acuminate at both ends, thin, the reticulation of veinlets inconspicuous: petals moderately accrescent, from green becom- ing brown-purple, ovate or roundish; the inner moderately concave and nearly even within, not very much smaller: the first a tree or shrub; the second a low shrub.
A. triloba Duna. Pedicels about the length of the middle-
¥*As to the French-colonial name, Assim that it was adopted from the Ojibway Indian
inier, Mr. Gerard of New York informs me name of the fruit of A. triloba.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. : 163
sized flowers: styles distinct, introrsely stigmatic at and below i t.
the tip: ovules numerous in two rows: seeds fla
A. parviflora Duna. Pedicels very short and flowers much smaller: petals less acerescent: stigma sessile on the ovary: ovules about 10, nearly in a single series: seeds few, turgid.
lowers from the axils of less deciduous leaves (commonly in
ee PP pairs or accompanied by a leafy shoot from the same axil); these furtura-
rmu cer 2 ? ye . . roundish and at length obovate; inner thicker, saccate-concave at base, the concavity purple or pink an conspicuously rimose-corrugate longitu- ubs.
A. grandiflora Dunax. Leaves when young with both sides {as well as the shoots) tomentulose: leaves spatulate-oblong to obovate or oval: outer petals 2 inches or more Jong when full- grown, 3 or 4 times the length of the revolute-margined inner ones,
A. cuneata SHuTTLeworTH in distrib. coll. Rugel. Less pu-
twice the length of the inner.—Pine barrens of 8. Florida ; first coll. near Lake Monroe, in young fruit only, by Rugel, no. 8. Several years later in flower, by Palmer, Havard, and apparently by Feay, if it is A. reticulata Chapm., Fl. Ed. 2, 603, as I suppose from the description.
“%% Powers in the axils of extant subcoriaceous and subsessile reti- culate-venulose leaves: outer and inner petals very unlike; those of inner ies rimose-corrugate in the concavity, as in the preceding section: ova- ries distinctly stvliferous and 8 to 10-ovuled : fruit not seen : glabrous un- der-shrubs (rarely some minute pubescence) ; the flowering stems mostly simple and hardly woody, but springing from a woody base or sto
A. angustifolia. Stems 2 or 3 feet high, erect: leaves elon- gated, from narrowly linear (and 5 or 6 inches long by 2 to 4 lines wide) to narrowly spatulate: flower white, large, commonly erect: outer petals much accrescent, 1} to 2 inches long, oblong; inner much narrower and smaller, lanceolate above the saccate- concave internally purple-spotted base : ovaries almost glabrous.— This is the Orehidocarpum pygmeum of Michaux, in part, per- haps mainly, and the Asimina pygmea figured by Dunal in his monograph, also in part the Uvaria pygmea of Torrey & Gray s Flora. Good specimens of it were distributed in Curtiss’s col-
164, BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
lection as A. pygnea, var., no. 87*. But it is not the original Annona pygmea of Bartram, as his description and ood figure show. Shuttleworth and his collector Rugel discriminated the species, but, following Dunal, took it for A. pygmea, and so gave
ew names to the old species of Bartram. It is not rare in the sandy pine woods of Florida. In setting the species right I am obliged to give it a new name. .
named by Shuttleworth A. secundiflora. A form with small and comparatively broad leaves is his A. reticulata.
Revision of the North American species of Nuphar.
THOMAS MORONG.,
(WITH PLATE VI.)
waters, Rock Pond and Charley Pond. Since then botanical friends have sent it to me from Ottawa, Canada, from Lake Memphremagog and other places in the Northern States.
Last summer I spent a portion of my vacation in collecting and studying this plant at Ferrisbergh, Vt. It occurs plentifully at that point in the mouths of Lewis and Little Otter creeks, - and thence along the Vermont shore to Missisquoi Bay. There
BOT. GAZETTE, 1886. PLATE VI.
MORONG ON NUPHAR.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 165
is also a specimen in the Gray herbarium, which was collected not far from Philadelphia, Penn.
This form appears, therefore, to be widely distributed in the eastern part of the northern United States.
It has also been noticed in some of these localities for quite a number of years. Prof. H. G. Jesup speaks of having observed it at Missisquoi Bay in 1872, and so long ago as 1856 Prof. Caspary had occasion to notice an American Nuphar in the gar-
ens at Kew, England, which I judge to have been this form.
The study of this plant has led me to some very interesting conclusions.
The first noticeable fact is, that it is immediately associated, and so far as I know or can learn, invariably associated with two other species, N. advena Ait. and N. Kalmianum Ait.
he second fact is, that it appears almost exactly intermediate in all its parts between the two associated forms. The plate ac- companying this paper shows this very clearly. The stigmatic shield or disk of N. Kalmianum is distinctly star-shaped, the rays separated half way down, that of N. advena is crenate or waved at the margin, while the intermediate form has a shield, the margin of which is more deeply crenate than that of the one, and yet not so deeply cut as that of the other. I find a variation in the specimens as though the shields ran now towards one form and now towards the other in this particular. The fruit of the intermediate form, as a general thing, resembles that of N. Kal- mianum, but the neck and shoulders exhibit a tendency towards N. advena. The other organs speak for thermselves in the draw- ings,
Curiously, too, the disk colors of N. advena and N. Kalmia- num when growing seem to blend in the other, being in the first pale red, in the second dark red, and in the third a beautiful bright red or crimson. This is uot seen in herbarium specimens, as in the process of drying they all become uniformly dark,
The next fact is, that this intermediate form, as I found it in the Adirondacks, produces no fruit, or scarcely any. After a long and careful search in all the localities in that region, I could
nd only a single imperfectly developed pericarp, and that had but two or three ripened seed in it, while the associated species bore an abundance of good fruit. The pollen of the intermediate form, also, when examined under the microscope, proved to be unsound, The same defect has been found in specimens of this plant gathered in Canada. Prof. Caspary, of Konigsberg, Prus- Sia, to whom flowers were sent by J. Fletcher, Esq., of Ottawa, reported to him that out of 155 grains of pollen examined he
166 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
found 95 per cent. bad. This accords nearly with my own deter- mination. We have, therefore, good physiological as well as morphological evidence that this Nuphar is in these localities a hybrid between N. advena and N. Kalmianum.
But how is it with the same plant in Lake Champlain? It still remains associated with the other two species, but in some spots it has wandered to the distance of a mile or more from the others. At Ferrisbergh it is even more abundant than the pa- rental forms. It also bears an abundance of well developed fruit. I collected dozens, and could have collected scores of full, ripe berries. The grains of pollen in the freshly opened flowers were seattered freely over the stigmas, and proved, when examined microscopically, as sound as those of either N. advena or N. Kal- mian
um.
I am therefore led to believe that in this locality, on Lake Champlain at least, the hybrid has been developed into a good spe- cies, perfectly capable of propagating itself by seed; while in other places it still remains a hybrid and infertile. It seems to me that we have the transition complete, first the association of two species, next a mule progeny, and finally a new and _ perfect species.
I have accordingly ventured to regard it as an undescribed species, and to call it N. rubrodiscum from its bright red stig- matic disk.
To account for the blending of the two parental species in 80 many instances, we are to remember the unusual facility of inter- course between them, which is possibly aided by some special innate tendency to assimilate. The flowers of both are very con- spicuous on the surface of the water, for one thing, and when in fresh blossom the corolla is frequently full of small winged in- sects. I scarcely opened a flower but I found a host of these visitors either upon the stamens or the nectaries. I also noticed a variety of aquatic insects which seemed to make their home
n the leaves and stalks, and to dispute possession of the flowers with their winged rivals. Now here we have a means of spreading the pollen from one flower to another, which is n° doubt very effective. The plants also flower all summer long,
beginning in May and continuing till September. Besides this
they grow generally in quiet water and sheltered nooks where they are protected from disturbing winds and waves. We should therefore expect just such results as we have if there were any hybridizing tendency at all in the species.
I have been led on by interest in these three related forms to
look up the other North American species of Nuphar, and the
following is offered as a revision of the genus:
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 167
Nuphar Smiru. Flowers yellow, cup-shaped, single on a stalk which rises to the surface of the water, with the odor of the orange: sepals 5-12, the outer partly greenish on the outside and often ruddy within: petals one or more rows, small, stamen-like, nectary-bearing beneath, inserted with the stamens upon the re- ceptacle around the ovary, sometimes gradually changing into stamens: stamens numerous, in 3-9 rows, at length recurved ; anther cells linear, adnate, introrse: the ovary rising at the sum- mit into an urceolate circular or stellate disk, upon which tie 8-21 stigmas in radiating lines or ridges: fruit an ovoid or globular berry, its apex often oblique to the body, having as many cells as there are stigmas, many seeded, the oval seeds with- out aril. The leaves at base deeply lobed, with a sinus nearly 4 the length of the blade (except in no, 5), the floating coriaceous, the submerged thin, crisped and broadly cordate, rising from a thick scaly looking rhizome which creeps widely under the mud.
An inhabitant of pools and muddy streams, flowering all sum- mer; of 7 or 8 species in the North Temperate Zone.
inches long by 5-9 inches broad, the sinus usually open ; the petioles and peduncles smooth or slightly pubescent ; rhizome covered with the scaly scars of former leaves.
Var. (?) minor. Specimens without leaves are in Herb. Gray which have flowers about one inch in diameter when expanded, the disk margins more deeply crenate, ten stigmas, and small fruit an inch long by one-half an inch broad.
They are labelled “Smith’s Pond, Herkimer Co., Litchfield, New York.” Further material is very desirable.
T cies is common in the Atlantic States and occurs as far west as the Uinta Mts., Utah, and northward.
2. N. rubrodiseum. Sepals similar to the foregoing, the largest 1} inches long by 1} wide: petals more dilated upwards or even
adout equal to the filament: stig - ; , erenate than in the preceding, a beautiful bright red or crimson
168 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
when fresh, the stigmas lighter in color: fruit with a narrow neck under the disk, about an inch long by an inch diameter: floating leaves vary from 3 to 8 inches in length and 2 to 6 in breadth, the sinus open or closed, occasionally pubescent beneath ; sub- merged leaves orbicular.
N. lutewm Gray Man. non Sm. The true N. /uteum Sm. has larger flowers, petals larger and generally more obovate, and stamens larger with broader fil- aments, as shown in the plate.
Lake Champlain, Vt. Intermediate between N. advena and the following, and produced from a hybrid between them. Still a hybrid in many localities.
3. N. Kalmianum Arr. Smaller than N. rubrodiscum, flower an inch broad or somewhat less when expanded: sepals 6-73 lines long: petals thin and delicate, spatulate or obovate, about 2 lines long by 1 broad: stamens 3 and 4 rows, narrowly linear ; the an- thers occupying only } of the length: stigmas 7-10 ridges of a golden color upon a dark red stellate shield, which is 2—3 lines in diameter: floating leaves from 2-4 inches long and from 1- broad, commonly more or less pubescent beneath, the sinus open or closed; submerged leaves circular, very thin.—Att. | Hort. Kew. 3, 295
N. pumilum Caspary, Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. 2. 256. Macoun’s Cat. Can. Pl. non Smith. N, luteum Sm., var. pumilum Gr. Man. 57. N. lutea, var. Kalmiana T. & Gr. Fl. 1. 58.
A beautiful little plant which occurs from Newfoundland to Penn. and as far northwest as the Saskatchewan. It bears a strong resemblance to the Euro- pean N, pumilum, but that differs from our plant morphologically in having the filament much thinner and broader, and the anther broader and shorter. The difference is shown in the plate. The European plant also is commonly much more pubescent. When crossed the two plants produce a hybrid, show- ing a physiological difference.
4. N. polysepalum Encetm. Flowers the largest of the genus, 2-5 inches across when open: sepals 7-12, the largest 2 inches long and nearly as broad: petals 12-18, thick, often reddish, 9 lines long by 3-4 wide, dilated upwards, truncate: stamens 7-9 rows, 5-6 lines long by 1 wide; anthers truncate, equaling the filament: stigmatic disk deeply urceolate, with entire or crenate margins, often pubescent on the top, the stigmas hardly reaching the margins: fruit smooth, ovoid, 1-2 inches in diameter, con- tracted into a short neck under the disk: seeds rather small as compared with those of N.advena: leaves smooth, broadly ovate, 7-12 inches long by 5-9 broad, the sinus open or closed: pe- duncles and petioles smooth or pubescent, generally quite pubes- cent when young.—Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 2. 282.
This species is found from Colorado to California and thence northward
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 169
to Alaska. The seeds are said by Dr. J. S. Newberry to form the principal Winter subsistence of the Indians.
5. N. sagittifolium Pursa.—Flowers small, about an inch across when expanded : sepals 5: petals dilated upward, about ¢ lines long by 1} wide : stamens 4 or 5 rows; the anthers about 3 their length: stigmas 11-15 ridges on a disk with crenate mar- gins: fruit ovoid, without a neck under the disk, the largest an inch in length: leaves olive-green, smooth, oblong, rarely ovate, broadly obtuse at the apex, sagittate, the sinus Jy the length of the leaf; the floating varying from 8 to 15 inches long by 2 to 3 broad ; the submerged larger and more numerous: the petals sometimes transformed into stamens.—Pursu, 370.
Confined to the Southern Atlantic States from North Carolina to Florida-
; ANATION oF PLaTe VI.—The figures are drawn from herbarium specimens and are enlarged one-third.
Sepal of N. advena. 2. Two formsof petals of same, both common, one showing the nectary on the back. 3. Stamenofsame. 4. Stigmatic disk of
* pa
— .
& . rubrodiscum. 6. Two forms of petals of same, m- mon, one showing the nectary. 7. Stamen of same tic disk of same. 9. Petal and stamen of the European N, luteum. 10 alo al-
ti tic disk ofsame. 14,15. Petals
: lum. 16. Fruit of N. rubrodiscum. 1 Fruit of N. Kalmianum, one of the berries oblique, as is frequently the case In
Grasses of Yellowstone National Park. I.
F. LAMSON SCRIBNER AND FRANK TWEEDY.
The following grasses were collected by Mr. Tweedy, of the
U. S. Geological Survey, during the seasons of 1884-85, and he
has also furnished the notes upon the distribution of the species.
Sets of the grasses here enumerated were sen Gray,
to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and to the . 8. Department of Agriculture.
1, (263, 580.) PanicuM DICHOTOMUM Linn. var. PUBESCENS
Gray, Man. p. 649. P. pubescens Lam., Michx. Flor. 1.49; Torr.
Flor. U. S. 144; Steud. Gram. 86. P. thermale Boland. Proc.
0°. BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
(579.) PHALARIS ARUNDINACEA Linn. (Coulter’s Man- 40). Bogs, Yellowstone Lake, rare.
. (648.) HrerocHioa poreAuis R. & S. (Coulter, Man. 406).—Mountain meadows from 8000 to 9000 ft. alt., not common.
4, (591.) ALOPECURUS OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp.—“A pratensis, var. alpestris Wahl. (A. glaucus Less.) ex Gray,” Thurber in list
Hall and Harbour’s Rocky Mountain plants. A. alpinus Por- ter and Coulter, Flor. Col. p. 251; Coulter, Man. p. 406
A tall erect grass, usually glaucous throughout, with thick ovoid heads. Stems 60-90 em. (or, in very dry soil, 20-30 em.) high, erect, sheaths smooth or finely scabrous, much shorter than the internodes, loose, at least the upper ones, but not inflated. Ligule 1-2 mm. long. Leaves erect or ascending, 5-15 em. by 4-7 mm., flat except at the cartilaginous and sharply pointed apex, smooth beneath, scabrous on the prominent nerves above. Panicle usually long exserted, sometimes partially enclosed in the upper sheath, 2-3 em. long and half.as thick. Spikelets 3.5- 4.5 mm. long (usually about 4 mm.), the rather abruptly acute empty glumes equaling or slightly exceeding the obtuse flower- ing glume, which is scabrous and more or less ciliate near the tip. Awn about 6 mm. long, smooth and twisted below, more or less bent near the middle, scabrous above.
Mirror Lake Plateau, alt. 8800 ft. Rather common in moun- tain meadows, associated especially with Phleum alpinum L. In similar situations in Montana this grass is not infrequent, some- times covering large areas to the exclusion of other species. In the mining regions it is cut for hay, for which purpose it is highly esteemed under the name of “ mountain timothy.”
I have seen no specimens of Alopecurus glaucus Lessing, but our grass certainly does not agree with the diagnosis of that species given by Grisebach in Ledb. Flor. Ross. IV, p. 462, nor in all respects with that of Steudel in Syn. Gram. p. 150. It is a much taller plant than A. alpinus Sm., to which it is most nearly allied, and besides its glaucous color and more rigid foli- age, the hairiness of the glumes is less woolly in character, and the awn is always more developed. The true A. alpinus has not yet been found within our limits. The plant in question differs from A. pratensis in its shorter and more ovoid spikes, more hairy, less conspicuously nerved and shorter empty glumes, and in the comparatively shorter and more obtuse flowering glume- Alopecurus arundinaceus Poir. (A. ruthenicus Weinm., A. nigri- cans Hornem.), a species which our plant resembles in habit, has a more cylindrical spike, and differs especially in having the acute tips of the less hairy empty glumes curved outwards, and further also in the much shorter awn.
2. ual, p. 3
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 171
5. (592.) ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS Linn., var. ARISTULA- tus Torr. Flor. U. S. p. 97, Niccolet’s Rept. p. 163. A. aristu- latus Mx. Flor. I, p. 48; Gray, Man. p. 608; Coulter, Man. p. 407. Wet shores of ponds and banks of streams. Cache Creek, alt. 6800 ft., Turbid Lake alt., 7900 ft.
Although ranked as a species by most American authors, we are disposed to consider this grass a variety only of the Linnean species. The points of difference are its usually more erect habit, more slender spikes or rather panicles, smaller spikelets and gen- erally shorter awn. In these particulars it is essentially A. fulvus Smith. In A. geniculatus the spikelets are about 3 mm. long and the outer glumes are usually longer than the floret ; in the variety the spikelets are scarcely more than 2 mm, long while the flowering glume is as long as or slightly exceeds the outer ones. The awn varies from being nearly obsolete to twice the length of the spikelet.
6. (262,609, 613.) Srrpa virIDULA Trin., Act. Petrop. 1836, p- 89; Thurber in S. Watson’s Bot. Calif. II, p. 288. S. parvi- fora Nutt. not Desf. S. spartea Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. IL. 237, not Trin. (teste Thurber.)—Meadows, Mammoth Hot Springs, alt. 6200 ft., Sour Creek, alt. 8000 ft., junction of the East Fork and Soda Butte Creek, alt. 6700 ft. Common everywhere over the dry open areas up to 8000 ft. altitude.
This grass varies a good deal in height of stem, length of leaves and size of panicle, but it is readily distinguished from the other species of the region by its strict, rather densely flowered and generally elongated panicle, and small spikelets. It is a val- uable forage plant, as it does not possess the long and very sharp- pointed rhachilla below the flowering glume which renders 5. spartea Trin. (* porcupine grass ”’) so injurious to stock. £
8. (611.) Stipa Ricuarpsont Link. Hort. Berol. 2, p. 245; Coulter, Man. 408.—Soda Butte, alt. 6800 ft., comparatively rare or local. This is a very graceful species with short leaves, slen-
terminates in a slender, scabrous, once or twice geniculate awn, 12-20 mm. long.
8. (610.) Srrpa comata Trin. and Rupr., var. IN’ F lowering glume including the rhachilla at the base 15 mm. long, awn about 7 cm., straight beyond the geniculations. A form in- termediate between S. comata and 8. spartea, but belonging rather to the former.
ae ae
172 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
Junction Butte, alt. 6000 ft., growing with S. viridula, but less common.
yond the geniculations in the type, and more or less curled, In S. spartea the panicle is long exserted, the branches strictly erect and one to two flowered. In S. comata the base of the somewhat spreading one-sided panicle is never entirely free from the upper sheath,
The variety named above resembles some forms of Stipa se- tigera Presl., but in that species the palea is hyaline, and scarcely one-third as long as its glume There are other characters of difference, but this alone will serve to distinguish the two.
9. (61 ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA Michx. Fl. 1. 64; Gray, Man. p. 617. (Not in Coulter’s Manual.)
10. (614.) Oryzopsis Ex1aua Thurber in Botany of Wilkes’ Exped. p. 481. (Not in Coulter’s Manual. ‘
On rocky bare knolls along Slough Creek ; alt. 6700 ft. Not seen elsewhere.
This is a densely tufted grass with slender wiry stems 15-25 em. high. It has much the habit and appearance of Oryzopsis Canadensis Torr., but differs essentially in its simple and con- tracted panicle, its shorter outer glumes, and in its longer and somewhat persistent awn
an. 410. Eriocoma cuspidata Nutt. Gen. I, p. : i - p. 126.—Sparingly seattere
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 173
This very well marked and pretty little species, has the rha- chilla produced behind the palea into a short naked bristle, a character not noted in the original description. (It is No. 671 Hall & Harbour.) :
18. (581.) Cinna PeNDULA Trin. C. arundinacea L. var. pendula Gray ; Coulter, Man. 413.—Wooded bogs and streams,
] England and from the northwest, we have found the rhachilla
spikelets were scarcely more than 2 mm. in length, with very harrow acuminate-pointed empty glumes.
174 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
19. (248.) Deyeuxia Lanasporrrim Kunth, Gram. I. 77, Enum. Pl. I. 243; Hooker Are. Pl. 807 & 345; Coulter, Man. 413. Calamagrostis Langsdorfit Trin. Gram. Uni-Sesquifl. 225 ; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, [V. 77, Manual, 615; Thurb. in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. I]. 279. (To this species is referred Deyeuxia pur- purea Kth., which name should, perhaps, take precedence.)—Com- mon in wooded and open mountain meadaws and bogs, alt. 7000- 9000 ft.
The specimens are exactly like the eastern plant with the awn attached considerably below the middle of glume which it equals or slightly exceeds. The leaves are much narrower than the ligule, which is 5-8 mm. long, more or less scabrous and remarkable for being strongly nerved.
20, (584.) Deyeuxia Canapensis Hooker, Are. Pl. 307 & 345; Coulter Man. 413. Arundo Canadensis Michx. FI. I. 75. Calamagrostis Canadensis Beauy. (not Nutt.); Gray, Man. 619. Calamagrostis Mexicana Nutt. Gen. I. 46. (The C. Canadensis of Nuttall is Deyeuxia Nuttalliana.)—Common with the last.
he specimens represent a slender form with rather smaller spikelets than usual and more acate glumes. Flowering glume about 2.5 mm. long, deeply bifid and terminating in two very slender awn-like teeth. Awn attached at or a little above the middle. Palea scarcely half as long as its glume.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 175
Montana collection. Found in open woods, Elk Creek, near Ft. Logan, alt. 5500 ft., July 25.)
21. (253, 582, 583.) Deyvruxta NE@LEcTA Kth. Gram. I. 76, Enum. Pl. I. 242. Calamagrostis stricta Beauv. (1812), Trin. Gram. Uni-Sesquifl. 226 ; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. LV. 78; Thurb. in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. [1.282 Deyeuwxia stricta Coulter, Man. 414 (not HBK.)
Dry meadows and slopes between 7000 and 9000 ft. altitude. So far as observed this species affects drier situations than the other species of the genus here name
This species is distinguished by its rather rigid, erect and few (2, rarely 3) jointed stems, narrow rigid and usually erect leaves, strict and densely flowered panicle—often spike-like above, lobed and more or less interrupted below—the spikelets being crowded on short, usually appressed compound branches. The leaves of the sterile shoots are always very narrow and attain to one-half or two-thirds the height of the culm’ (their length is in marked contrast with the rather short leaves of the latter). No. 582 isa slender form (that may be designated as var. gracilis), 30-40 cm. high, with 3-4 stem leaves, the sheaths of which equal or much exceed the joints, and a narrow but rather loosely flowered pan- icle. The outer glumes are narrower and more pointed, less firm in texture and not so rough as in numbers 253 and 583. It is certainly of the same species, however.
me of our specimens differ from the European plant in the more scabrous and firmer glumes, a difference that is by no means constant. Calamagrostis confinis Nutt. is too near this species to be kept distinct, and the same is probably true of Calamagrostis crassiglumis Thurb., which represents an opposed extreme in de- velopment. None of our forms of Deyeuxia neglecta exactly correspond with Deyeuxia Lapponica Kunth, from Europe. The differences, however, are slight and the two were united by Gen. Munro, the first name being made a synonym of the latter.
22. (616.) DrescHampsraA C&sPiTosa Beauv., Agrost. 91, t. 18, f.3; Coulter's Manual, p.414. Aira cespitosa L., Gray’s Manual, p. 641. Dry and moist meadows and slopes, from 7000-9000 ft. altitude. :
Although D. cespitosa Beauv. and D. jleruosa Griseb. are at Once recognized by one familiar with the two, the former is so variable, particularly in the Rocky Mountain forms, that it is not easy to find a constant character, which can e expressed, to distinguish them. It may be said, however, that in D. flexuosa the outer glumes are only 1-nerved (rarely the 2d is obscurely 3-nerved at the base) and much less firm in texture than the flowering ones. In D. ceespitosa the 2d (and sometimes also the
176 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
Ist) glume is distinctly 3-nerved below, and the texture of the outer glumes is usually firmer than that of the flowering ones which are truncate at the apex and irregularly toothed, a char- acter not observed in D. flexuosa. The awn in D. cespitosa, usually about the length of the flowering glume, is sometimes quite as long as in D. flexuosa. I have never seen the latter species from the region west of the Mississippi.
23. (619.) TRiseruM suBsPICATUM Beauv. ; Coulter’s Man- ual, p. 415.—Common in meadows from 7000-9000 ft. alt., low elevations preferring shaded or more moist situations.
24. (618.) TRiserum suBspicaTuM Beauv. var. MOLLE Gray. —Common with the preceding.
25. (249,250,617.) Triserum Wort Vasey in Bot. Wheel- er’s Exped, p. 294; Scribner, Torr.Bull. X, p.64. Trisetum subspica- tum P. B. var. muticum Bolander, ex Thurb. in S. Wats. Bot.
that time he questioned whether it might not prove identical with that species, but more recent and better material has fully es- tablished its specific rank. It differs in having rather stouter and more rigid stems, a more densely flowered and erect panicle, more nearly equal outer glumes and in the comparatively longer
lee. In later publications this species has been referred to the genus Graphephorum, but the only character—the very short or nearly obsolete awn—by which it has been seperated from Trise- tum, is one of no generic value in itself. The fact that the flow- ering glumes are entire or merely obtusely two-lobed at the apex has no special significance as we not infrequently find the flower- ing glumes in T’. subspicatum terminating similarly. The plant in question has in all respects—stem, leaves and inflorescence—
Trisetum Brandegei Scribn. (Torr. Bull. X, p. 64) is only a very robust form of T. Wolfii with 3-4 flowered spikelets.
26. (612.) AvENa sTRIATA Michx. ; Gray, Man. 640; Coul- ter, Man. 415. Wooded moist meadow creek, alt. 6800 ft., Soda Butte creek, alt. 7200 ft. Rather rare. ' There is another Avena which may also occur within the park, as it is not infrequent in the mountain districts of central
1886, | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 177
Montana. It is distinguished from A. striata by its rigidly up- right stems, strict, rather densely flowered, erect panicle, and larger spikelets. It is the Avena versicola of Hooker (Flor. Bor.-Am.), but certainly not of Villars. It equals no. 372 Serib- ner, Montana collection, distributed in 1884, under the name of Avena pratensis L. var. Americana. pecimens of this grass were communicated to Prof. E. Hackel,
of Austria, who states in a letter dated June 27, 1884, that it is a species he had long known, having first received it from Eu- ropean Russia and later from the Ural Mts. and also from the mountains of Altau and Dauria, in Northern Asia. He adds that he did not publish the species because he was uncertain of its specific distinction from A. pratensis L. and A. compressa Heuff., but at that time he considered it “quite as distinct as most of the species of the group of pratensis, which is a very per- plexing one and can only be treated monographically.”
27. (269, 597.) DANTHONIA INTERMEDIA Vasey in Torr. Bull., May, 1883.—Dry and moist meadows, from 7500 to 8500 ft. alt., rather common.
panicle, more appressed, and consequently the spikelets are more crowded ; the outer glumes are about the same length as those in D. sericea (13-16 mm.) but they are fully twice as broad and have a different venation, while the flowering glumes are fully twice as large and perfectly smooth excepting along the margins below, as In D. Californica, but there are abundant differences separating It from that species.
_ Incentral Montana this grass occurs most frequently asso- ciated with Festuca scabrella at from 6000-8000 ft. alt.
28. (596.) DanrHonta Catirornica Boland. var. UNISPI- cata Thurb. in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. II, p. 294; Coulter, Man. 415. D, unispicata Munro in Herb. D. monostachya Nutt. in Herb. Phila. Acad.—Dry rocky open places, Slough creek, rare.
29. (260.) KaLERIA CRISTATA Pers.; Coulter, Man. 418. —Common everywhere in dry situations up to alt. 8000 ft. For notes upon this species see Scribner in Proc. Kansas Acad. Sci- ence, p. 117, plate III.
io. 577 ? Catasprosa aquatica P. B.; Coulter, Man. 419. —In water, Gardener’s river, alt. 5400 ft. Not seen elsewhere.
2
178 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
31. (268, 601, 602.) Menica spEcTABILE Scribn. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1885, p. 45, plate I. f. 11, 12, 13.—Com- mon in rich meadows and on slopes near the upper limits of the bunch grass areas especially at elevations of from 7000-8000 ft.
e difference in habit of growth between Melica bulbosa Geyer, and M. spectabile Scribner are thus stated by Mr. Cusick : “ M. bulbosa grows in small tufts while M. spectabile is stoloni- ferous, the underground runners terminated by a small bulb which produces the culm. The runner, I think, soon dies and so the stems become independent, and are never cespitose in the least.”
Outline for study of Chemical Botany. LILLIE J. MARTIN.
Botanical text-books do not furnish sufficient aid to those de- siring to learn to make investigations in vegetable physiology. Students with but a general knowledge of chemistry do not un- derstand the bearing of the microchemical tests given. The re- sult is, that most of the work is mechanical. In fact, any really satisfactory course in chemical botany must be introduced by a short course in organic chemistry. The student who has found out the nature and quantity of the more important constituents of a plant is prepared to trace these substances in its various tissues and even to observe the chemical changes that take place in the process of growth. The outliue below, mainly drawn from that proposed by Dragendorff, is an attempt to put this idea into form for class work. No particular plant is suggested, be- cause no one greatly superior to all others yet suggests itself. Corn smut is so rich in products and so easily prepared that at first thought it seemed particularly adapted to.such work, but a superficial examination showed that it required too high a power of the microscope to be of value for the microscopical work. Pos- sibly the histological work previously done upon the asparagus 32 pumpkin vine might make it desirable to use one of these
ants
I. Weigh out five grams of the pulverized plant, burn off or- ganic matter and determine per cent. ash. Make a qualitative examination of half the ash by the method of inorganic chemistry. In the other half determine the amount of some one of the con- stituents found. Examine ash with microscope to learn if there is age of a structural nature about it.
I. Weigh out five grams more. Dry at 100° C. until it ceases
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 179
to lose weight. Calculate per cent. moisture. Put in a glass- stoppered bottle, add 10° petroleam spirit for every gram sub- Ma
stance left. cerate fora week or so, shaking several times eac ~ Filter. A Filtra B. Residue: pan A at ordinary temperature and treat with ether as Eva no rate an with petroleum m spir aliquot part todry-iG@ PFiltrate ae :—Dry at ordinary egal wg ag aud treat with toed nie: Compute; gq, Deter- Fea alcohol as with petroleum spiri b. Makea super: mine total) &. Filtrate F. Residue:—Treat with wa ficial examination ° Make ult Deter: "G Filtrate:—| H. Residue: erat with dilute of fixed oil a: superficial mine total Examine _|soda. termine amou examina-|"SU4. | 1. Mucilage |fFiltrate) J. Residue :— Treat ¢. Ethereal oil hart e the b. Make! 2. Inulin a, Exam-|with hydrochloric acid should be looked], tests for |p. Test for 1b wie Re 1. Tannins! j “Matic ve Ibu WK. Be e\L. Reddue e sesolutions of] 7|2. Alka- | 9° Tartaric bie Ms dierent strengths % Ea loids| 3° Oxalic ana|"it? 7°-\tative a oe vignin and by m ofa - Glucoses oust acids. the spectroscop fake dis- eat exain i A For identify the chlo- EB. Exa ldaeu ishing ination 0 a or pophyll by its spec- ine under eats for sac- starch. cellulose. lore seand asin A piuouae ean nd es- : vid, Compare sec. timate glucose tions Oo the plant| snips nade ore and after by Fehlin aceon: with pe- olution. troleum. Note o —- thesubstances q’. Asin A’. named above and | serve change in | the plant by use of = Ivent. cord th a Se en vations by. PA gel | es 1 K’. Under|L’ As in a’. ings, | micros. " ner blig Gh pe
ee | ee Professor Goodale classifies organic substances as follows:
A. Products free from nitrogen :— Te eo tag i ent 1) The cellulose group. pare re reese ee Aone 4 eye [ (5) Lichenin bs Carbohydrates ; aa bee aod: 8) Ga Dax nF 42. Fra one (2. The sugar group. roupa {2 Ca Pg “ | (8) Pectin bodies
( (1) Oxalic II. Vegetable acids 4 4) Malic id III. Fats or Glycerides. IV. Certain astringents. Tannins. V. Glucosides. NE Resins. VII. Etherea 1 oils. . ets containin : ;
4. Albomin-like matt neg IL heen Ill. Alkaloids. IV. Unor-
anized ee
Thorga bst there classified in “How PlantsGrow”: * so me a f — Sulphuric. Bases. 1 Lime. Acids. Phosphoric.
Ma ia. Oxide of Tron. { tartools
180 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
Most of the substances named above are found in the analyti- cal scheme proposed and by going through the work the student really becomes acquainted with them. If a typical plant is se- lected he may even learn the quantity in which some of the more important sare vc occur. Something in the way of compari- son is even possible. Different members of the class may take different parts of the plant at the same age or the same part at different ages and compare them as to amount of ash, water or some other constituent. puis discovery that “ squash seeds, which, when ripe, contain no starch, sugar or ae diet but are very rich in oil (50%), and afiniacnane (40%), ffer by germina- tion such chemical change that the oil rapidly diminishes 3 in quan- tity, while at the same time starch, and in some cases sugar, is formed,” suggests a great variety of more elaborate and by no means impracticable ome of peta: study on the part of bo- tanical students. much for micro-chemical comparisons. Micro-chemical somparieons as to the physical condition and po- sition of the various substances in the joan aie upon which the students are working will of course be made.
Even if desirable in itself two atsections will be made to the course proposed—time required for the work outlined and its ex-
ense. It is thought that the large number of solvents used and the fact that they can be employed cold and that the drying and rating can be done at ordinary temperature will greatly fa- cilitate matters. Of course some pieces of apparatus must be pur- chased, such as a good balance, eae and spectroscope that can he atiad ed to the microsco latinum dish, Liebig’s con- denser for getting distilled dant ahcsnical thermometer, burrette, porcelain evaporating dish a "glass stoppered bottle for each student, and test tuhes, but ante forceps, aleohol lamps, gual cater, drying oven, etc., can be made by the students. The m reagents will be nee eded i in some quantity, but one set of ean bottles will hold the other substances needed.
'
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
Calochortus Obispoensis, n. sp.—Corm fibrous-coated, deep seated, one- half to one inch thick: stem simple or branched, one to two feet high, flexuous, leafy, often bulbiferous below: upper leaves reduced to subulate bracts, all con-
volute and long attenuate: flowers solitary or numerous ; peduncles one to two long : sepals about an inch long, rotate-spreading, ie acuminate,
soon convolute, veined within with brown: petals one-half to two-thirds as long, rotate or recurved in anthesis, oblong, truncate, often bifid and the lobes con-
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 181
nivent backwards, lemon yellow becoming orange at base, brownish-red above _ beset more or less throughout with long hairs (3-4 lines), the lower yellow or deep orange, the upper dark reddish brown ; gland round-elliptical, naked but enclosed by a fimbriate ring of long, erect, converging, orange colored hairs: anthers light snuff-color, obtuse, two or three lines long: capsules narrowly ob- long with thick, obtuse angles. his peculiar Mariposa Saad near C. Weedii and C. clavatus, resembling
the former in its corm, leaves, etc., and the latter in its markings, pubescence, etc., but it is abundant dininegshos by its short, oompacnibens oa of- ten bifid petals,
On dry, edd ‘hills near San Luis Obispo, Cal., on the premises of Dr. W. W. Hays, May 25, 1886. Collected in 1882 faridier ae by ee Georgie Hays, Miss Dalidet, Mrs. R. W. Summers and others.—J. G. Lem
A rare fern.—Mr. John Spence, of Santa eke recently prom a rare fern in the high mountain regions of Santa Barbara county, which appears to be a South American Notholena, N. tenera Gill., not heretofore reported in the United States except in a single locality in Southern Utah. In form and manner of growth it resembles Notholena nivea Desv. (See Hooker & Baker’s “Synopsis Filicum ” p. 374.) As N. nivea is placed under the subdivision Cincinalis, ba Livoipa by the fronds being coated with white or yellow pow- der, and th e specimens show no trace of cae og kor ies —. be placed un- der the sidivhehie Eunothochlena, in whi beneath, and under the specific name given above, a fern found in the Andes of Bolivia and Chili, which the best authorities (see Sir J. W. Hooker’s Species Filicum, vol. 5, p. 112) state is a very doubtfully distinct species from N. nivea, from which it differs only in the absence of the powder beneath.
D. C. Eaton in his “ Ferns of North America” figures N. tenera found in Southern Utah, but the plate is too poor to give a correct idea of the species, and the author expresses a doubt as to the correctness of the determination.
comparing Mr. Spence’s specimen with a specimen of N. nivea in my collection (also a South American species, not reported in the United States until found by Prof. Lemmon in Arizona in 1883), I find the resemblance com- plete, except that the Californian specimen shows no trace of powder on the un- der side of the frond, which corresponds with the N. tenera of H. & B. The pinne less distant may be the result of climatic differences.
Tn absence of further evidence Mr. Spence’s discovery may, with reason-
able case. be called Notholena tenera.
Meavids also found a rare form of Aspidium munitum in the same locality. .—Lorenzo G. Yates, Santa Barbara, Calif.
William S. Clark, Ph. D.—William Smith Clark, the well-known botan- Ist on Agee of Massachusetts, died at his home in Amherst, Mass., March 9th, 1
as the son of Dr. Atherton Clark, and was born in Ashfield, Mass., July 31, xen He fitted for college at Williston Seminary, East Hampton,
| ABASS., and entered Amherst College in 1844, graduating with the title of A. B., 1848, For two years after graduating he taught the natural sciences in Willis-
182 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
ton Seminary. He then went to Europe, entered a Gottingen University, Germany, and received his diplomas of A. M. and Ph. D. with Prof. C. A. Goessmann, the noted organic chemist and ee of the Massachusetts Ex- periment Station.
Upon his return from Germany he was elected to the chair of chemistry. and botany in Amherst College, which he retained until August, 1867, when he was elected president of the Massachusetts Agricultural College. He took active part in the rebellion with the Twenty-first Massachusetts regiment as its colonel.
Colonel Clark was noted for the energy and enthusiasm he put into every- thing he undertook, and in the class-room he imparted this to his students to such an extent that very thorough and rapid progress was always made. During the last fifteen or twenty years of his life he made the study of plant-life his specialty, and conducted a series of very careful experiments upon the circula- tion of sap in plants, the expansive force of plant tissues, the movements of plants, rapidity of the movements of sap, etc., most of which are recorded in the catalogues of the Massachusetts Agricultural College and the annual re- ports of the secretary of the Massachusetts Board of Agricultu
These papers, which are valuable additions to botanical iivetaddre, are per- haps his most important writings, althou gh he was always ready with lectures upon almost all industrial and natural scientific oor nie whenever called upon and was a most brilliant and fascinating speaker. In 1876 he was granted a leave of absence and established the Koyal Agricultural College at Sapporo, Japan.
His many pupils look back with pleasure to the profitable days spent un- der his instruction, in which they always found him a true friend and wise counselor. MAYNARD.
Tuckerman idiieaowh). ra following correction and additions may be made to the list on page 74 of this volume
Notice of some Cyperacee of our vicinity - Hovey’s Mag. of Hort. and Bot. vii, 208-210 (1841).
riptions of several new plants of New England: ibid, ix. 142-3 (1843).
Carex argyrantha s), nov. : distrib. with descr, Amherst, Aug. 16, 1859; published in Wood’s Class-Book of Botany 1861, p. 753.
Carex glaucodea Mss. : Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 395 hie
Lichens or fungi ? : Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vii. 66-7 (188
Review of Minks’s Symbol Paige dag nl Hog ix, 143 (1882).
The Synopsis of the Lichens of the Northern U. = , etc., was first published in Proce, Am. Acad. i 1, 195-285 (1848 ).—Hewnry WI
In the two most recent fascicles of the Bulletin of the
produce petals which are not saccate or spurred (which certainly militates
1886, ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 183
against Aceranthus), and in one the bt - in a manner reflexed. Bu both Baillon and Franchet leave out of vie er of Vancouveria, namely, the unguiculate petals. In Claes each narndee consists of a long ligulate portion or claw, bearing at its summit an inflexed and seldeies lamina, which is the lipmolaaane of the always sessile or basal sac of Epimedium. We recognize three forms or varieties of V. hexandra but can not make out more than one specie GRAY.
To make waaitaF6th a rectangular piece of paper of desired size along sha line dh and again along co ; bend the folded paper over a sharp edge (e. g. a tin paper-cutter) so as to mark the points ¢, 7, s, a; with scissors cut the folded d paper along the lines si, ar, in, te; with knife or paper-cutter cut away the two upper layers of the folded paper along the lines o ti, as, so as to leave the
line. These pocke quickly made at a little specimens.
POCKET FOR HERBARIUM. practice and are indispensable for fruits, seeds, flowers and smaller Directions for making a simpler, ee effective but less convenient kind will be found in the June number, p
A botanieal diary.— While Minsias specimens for preservation in an herbarinm, and futurestudy, some device for recording and ready reference to them is very desirable. After trying various plans, the following form of chase
was devised, and has worked so well for the fifteen years of trial, that it has
become a permanent thing in the economy of the writer A plain blank book, of a size suitable for carrying in the pocket, is ob-
work done, and entries made.
a new numbering is commenced, the year, as a date, heading the list. Two or three lines may serve for entry, unless peculiarities are recorded. If more - Space is expected to be needed than is used at the time of making an entry, a page or more may be left blank for future use, or whatever is thought necessary. i * ion taking some cases at random from the list of 1878: Pingus viridula, On the ground in meadows, Englewood, Ill., Mar. 16, pr. “11. Draba Caroliniana. Sandy grounds, oy lewood, Apr. 13. No. 2. Pet- als wanting on the later racemes.” (This implies that be kinds of speci- mens were gathered, the second being aached Fe 1, No. 2.”)
184 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | July, “198. Dicranum congestum. High sandy hills; Boyne Falls, July 30. (Hills southeast of the village, 325 feet above Lake Michigan.) On the ground; loosely cxspitose.” Boyne Falls is in Michigan, and Mich. is placed after the name in connec- tion with the first plant collected there. , At the time of placing a plant in the drying papers a card is put with it, corresponding to the number in the note book as “198. 78. Dicranum con- gestum.” The latter number gives the year. This card is kept with the spec- imen till mounted. When mounted, by turning to the corresponding number in the diary, any particulars needed for the label may be found. When a
page of the botany used in identifying, using the last two numbers of the year in which it is collected. Opening my copy of Gray’s Manual to Hippuris vulgaris, on the margin are found three numbers, “78, 80, 83.” If any infor-
specimen itself is not needed. The number on the margin serves also as a record or check list of plants, so that it may not be repeatedly gathered, unless special reasons exist for it.
Note books kept in this way become very useful in the study of geographi- cal distribution. It is an exact record, easy of access. The system is a kind of botanical book keeping, as useful and accurate in its way as that of the accountant.—E. J. Hrxu.
n ement, or set in position in a plaster of Paris base. Better leave considerable shale with a good impression than run the risk of breaking it by trimming.
In shaping, a meat saw can be used to good advantage on fragile shales free from nodules. A pair of pincers is useful, also a wooden clamp to prevent forcing while trimming with a hammer. Shale from the coal measures of Ar- kansas, if dried either in the sun or shade without being exposed to rain, will
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 185
not crumble, and will become firmer by drying. Shales containing iron pyrites are liable to crumble from oxidation.
es work easier when first taken out, as they are wet, but are more liable to crumble in splitting. While drying out lines of cleavage are devel- oped, showing where to put the chisel to expose the best impressions. Prom- ising shale can be stored away in a dry place and worked over at leisure. Dit- ferent species occur in the shale at different levels, and experience soon teaches one how to work the shale for particular forms.
For collecting fossils, one needs a crow-bar, shovel or spade, pickaxe, and blasting material, if he is searching at a locality not worked. If at a mine in operation the above tools, if needed, can generally be borrowed from the miners, Several steel chisels from } to 1 inch wide and 8 inches long, and as thin as possible, are necessary, also one heavy and one light hammer. In splitting small shales a strong Lutcher knife and a light hammer have been used to good
r In opening large shales to expose surfaces it is best to insert several chisels along the supposed line of fracture and work continuously. The im- pressions should never be touched with the fingers as they are easily dimmed. Cigar boxes for small specimens and fragile pieces, and larger boxes for heavier shales are necessary. All specimens should be wrapped in paper and tightly packed on edge, and all the interstices filled with paper, sawdust, leaves or any available packing material.
Essential requisites in forming a cabinet of fossil plants are patience and
rseverance on the part of the collector. He must be content to split shale all day in the hot sun or bitter cold, and often go home with empty boxes. Specimens in the cabinet should be laid flat in drawers, such as are used for minerals, or in show cases, if designed for exhibition. They are necessarily fragmentary, and a number of specimens of each form is desirable. 8 imens must be numbered, to correspond with those of a record book, in which all data are given. A card placed with each specimen states where it is figured and described, and the front of the drawer is labeled with the contained genus and species. The color of the label can be made to indicate the group, as blue for ferns, etc. The specimens should never be wet, oiled, or varnished.—F. L. Harvey.
‘The directions which Prof. Harvey gives for collecting in carboniferous strata apply in the main to all formations.
D g plants out of doors in wet weather.—For 30 years I have col- lected plants in both wet and dry climates and of necessity have tried many Plans. At present I have, I think, a perfect system and as it is all original I Will give it in full. I have tried all other plans and none meets every case but
my own. When out collecting I gather flowering plants in dry weather, and My driers are either
lichens, mosses and liverworts wet, especially lichens.
on single sheets of paper of a slightly smaller size than the sheet, taking no account of species, and place on ita slip with the date. I place each sheet between driers and when all are assorted I place the pile
boards and put on the pressure with leather straps.
186 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
plan in part I have practiced since 1875, when in northern British Columbia where the weather was so wet that we had rain every day during the month of une. ,
My plan for phenogams and mosses was only perfected last year, and for phenogams would be of no use without the thick and heavy driers. For the past four years I have been in the habit of placing my sheets of specimens when partly dry on a level surface of dry rock, earth or sand, and then exposing them covered with a single drier to the sun. This worked well in dry weather, but
keep the collection of each day by itself. Every morning before leaving camp
I go over all the specimens exposed the day before and label and put away the
No matter how wet the weather may be, if I can get three hours’ sunshine
[ can dry my plants without any difficulty. I usually keep my plants one day
in the press before exposing them, as I find if they have not had time to wilt &
Let the ground be wet or dry I clear off a space for one or two waterproois and lay them down with the black side up. As soon as they are warm I un- strap my press, taking a half sheet and drier (drier on top) and place them on the waterproof in rows. Each one holds about twenty-four. I now lay small sticks or stones on the margins or corners and leave them for three or four
posed. ae By the methods given above I dried over 1,500 sheets last year in a wet region and all my specimens kept their color, although for weeks together it rained every day.—JoHn Macoun. »
: “en cases.—I make my cases low enough so that one can easily reach the uppermost specimens without leaving the floor. The pigeon-holes
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 187
Dr are 12} inches wide, 4 oa inches high, and 17 to 18 inches deep; all inside
measurements. They are arranged in two series, a
eight pigeon-holes; then I have a heavy cross-bar or partition, and above this is the second series.
more than two feet wide,
and so covers two rows
of pigeon- holes.
Tuse no hinges for bapa si doors. They are made as follows: The rend of each lower door fits into a groove
in a case, and the upper end is held in place
by a simple button. The upper end of each up-
=~ HERBARIUM CASE.
d lower end is held by a button. The edges of the doors are properly rabbetted, so as to ma ake Yj them approximately dust proof. A little handle Ia like a “drawer-pull,” is attached to each door to en- } | ih i ; able one to draw it ou
. These moveable ee render the work about a large € case much more aaron Nit as one is not bothered by the i projecting doors. I lay these doors (which are paneled ; “flush” on the inside) on light trestles, or even on flat- j topped chairs, and so make a great amount of table room ? when at work in the herba-rium.—Cuas. E.
Poisoning and repoisoning specimens is a necessity Saetae OF CORNICE. in the herbarium, os with the greatest care insect a foothold somewhere or other
188 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
T believe in the liberal use of poison, I have long been convinved that it is hopeless to try and prevent the ingress of insects by this means alone, and shall model my herbarium cases after the new ones devoted to Composite in the Gray Herbarium, described in the June number. Such a case is as nearly dust-proof as can be expected, and is tight enough so that a cup of chloroform, set on one of the shelves occasionally, will destroy any insects that may be at work. A suggestion of Prof. Brewer to concave the fronts of the shelves near the right-hand end, for lifting out the sheets, and to have the shelves one inch shorter than the sheet, at the back, to allow dust to fall to the bottom, obviating the necessity of brushing out each shelf, is worth acting upon.— WILLIAM TRE-
Corydalis aurea and its allies. —In former years Dr. Engelmann studied this group attentively, and gave me various notes and sketches; but hardly anything has been published except the few memoranda which I incorporated into the Manual. A careful study of the group now made has on the whole confirmed Dr. Englemann’s views, but has led to the admission of one species, which he had concluded to be a mere state of C. aurea, It will be seen beg the following notes that some points remain upon which further information is needed
The species are conveniently arr anged in two groups, as follows:
1. Hood or saccate tip of outer petals crestless, the back at most carinate: flowers gold- en yellow.
C. aurea Willd. Commonly spreading and with slender pedicels: spur of corolla barely half the length of the body, somewhat decurved : capsules pend- ulous or spreading, terete, toruiose when dry: seeds turgid, obtuse at margin, - the shining surface 0 curely reticulated under a lens.
Extends from Lower Canada to British Columbia and Oregon, north to lat 64°, southwestward to Texas, Arizona, and into adjacent arts of Mexico.
into N. E. Asia or Japan. The piant of the Rocky Mountains and west- ward commonly has longer spurs. Only southward do we find the marked rae which Dr. Englemann was naturally disposed to separate as a species, but a length agreed to call :
Var. occrpeNnTaxis Engelm. in Gray Man. 62. More erect and re stouter, often with thickened root which Engelmann took to be “ subperennial, but probably, like the species, only biennial: flowers rather larger and in 4 stouter erect raceme, with spur almost as long as the body and commonly as- cending: capsules thicker, less torulose, mostly incurved-ascending on short spreading pedicels: seeds less turgid and margins acutish.—C. montana Engelm. 1. ec. and Wood, Bot. 34. ;
Fendler’s New Mexican plant was chiefly the original of this: but itis = ter represented by C. Wright’s no. 1309 from near El Paso, by specimens ve I myself collected there in the early spring of 1885, by Pringle’s no. 198 of the
i i Aihona b
same year from Chihuahna, by specimens ll Palmer in
1865, b y in New Mexico, and by Hall & Harbour’s no, 31 from Colorado,
which as been ref - curvisiliqua. These all approac org utt see
t m to be » are shorter, and the seeds have the slight mark- ings of those of C. aurea.
. C. curv: A Engelm.1l.c. Habit of the preceding variety, and with spiciform raceme of rather larger flowers (over half inch long), the spur as long
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 189
as the body: capsules — (inch and a half long, 2 lines thick), in- curved and ascending or straightish on very short and stout diverging pedicels : seeds turgid-lenticular, anceg acute or and minutely muriculate sariace. . The only certain specimens I po e those of Lindheimer’s Texan col- re. collected near New Breapdoleis in 1850 and 1851. Mrs. Bittle once showed a fine drawi ng from the living plant, showing the rey tetragonal pods. Siice imens fro W. Texan apie fruit, whi ich ma nay b Prete baer were collected Satin Hendioy” Wright, and Gir f Tex
te - Hood or saceate tip of outer petals (except in cleistogamous Hower? dorsally wing- *Flowers bright yellow, about two-thirds of an inch long: stem Ae erect.
C. crysTaLtina Engelm.1.c. Habit of the preceding: flowers spicate, with spur nearly as long as the body; dorsal crest short, very ae and salient, 3 to 4-toothed : capsules linear-oblong, terete, half or three-fourths inch long, erect on very short pedicels, pruinose when Pi with transparent vesicles (such as beset the leaves of Mesembrianthemum erystallinum): seeds acute- margined, the coat amtentely tubercular-reticulat
ries and fields of Shee and s. W. Missouri. oa specimens
of thin ert by Prof. ~~ in Curtiss’s distribut **Flowers pale yellow, —_ a red, quarter or — of an inch in length: tie diffuse and slender: capsules linear a waee torulos
AVULA DC. fa conspicuously bracted eat slender-pedicelled : outer uals ers the inner; crest very salient, 3 to 4-toothed : capsules pendulous: seeds acutely margined, rugose-reticulated, at least toward the margins.—C. favidaie Chapman, FI. ed. 2, 604, a slip of the pen.
Lake Erie to Virginia, Tennessee, Missouri and Louisiana.
C. micrantHa. Flowers short-pedicelled and small-bracted, when full- developed a third of an inch long, narrow, with spur a line or two long, an with rather narrow lunate and entire crests; often with only cleistogamous and much smaller flowers, which are spurless and crestless or only slightly crested : capsules ascending on short or very short pedicels: seeds turgid, obtuse at mar- gin, shining, as in typical C. aurea.—C. aurea, var. micrantha Engelm. in Gray, Man. |. ec. Joe cleistogamous flowers known. C. aurea, var. australis Chapm.
Fl. ed. 2, 604, who had only the normal flowers Tex poh modes and Florida, and a sigene Fear, N. a rag whose specimens show earlier normal and inser cleistogamous flowe individuals On the Atlantic coast, from N. Carolina to earkovee ( pa ee o the rnghta form was collected by M. Langlois) this appears to be the only species. ii ed with C. aurea. Confirmiatioe: of this
issouri it is said to grow intermix is dialeabic. —Asa GRAY.
Development of Restelie from Gymnospora Seat hae culture of
Spores of the Gymnosporangia “of this , he
ter in the Cryptogamic ’ laboratory at Harvard. tures
i the different hosts, but Mr. Thaxter has
been more successful, and has been able to produce the ecidia in several cases. His cultures ate not yet completed, but I should like to call attention to some
190 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July,
of the results reached, leaving details for Mr. Thaxter’s paper on the subject, which will soon appear in print.
The spores of Gym. clavipes C. & P. growing on stems of Juniperus Virgin- iana were sown on young plants of Amelanchier Canadensis and were followed by a luxuriant growth of Restelia aurantiaca Peck. Gym. clavipes was detected for the first time on Juniperus communis at Weymouth, Mass., by Mr. J. F. Humphrey, and was afterwards found on the same host in another locality by Mr. Thaxter, Cultures were also made of the foliicolous Gymnosporangiun, which causes the well known bird-nest distortion of J. Virginiana, which is stated in my paper on “Gymnosporangia of the United States” to be a form of G. clavipes. The shape of the spores and their pedicels, and the fact that they
nest form to that species. This view is incorrect, and the bird-nest form is rather to be referred to G. conicwm DC., and the cultures made by Mr. Thaxter
sown on Cratcegus tomentosa were followed py Restelia lacerata F r., also agreeing with Oersted’s experiments, The cultures of spores of other species of Gymno-
Fresh fruits of A. grandiflora and A. ygmea, communicated by Mr. Curtiss from Florida, clearly show the distinct and rather firm membrane, investing the seed and firmly attached at the hilum. I have not been able to study its formation and growth, which is still needful.—A. Gray.
ymnosporangium macropus on Pirus coronaria. —The “cedar ap- ples” were gathered from several small trees of Juniperus Virginiana on April 12th, and before any of the gelatinous masses or “ horns” upon the excrescences had made their appearance. The “apples” were placed in water on a plate in the laboratory until the spores had germinated and produced their sporidia in great abundance. On April 23d, sowings of the sporids were made upon the young leaves of the wild crab apple (Pirus coronaria).
The leaves and tips of branches sown were at once covered with sacs of cloth similar to those used in crossing and hybridizing plants. The same num- ber of sacs were placed upon tips of twigs on which no Gymnosporangium spores had been sown.
By the method of forcing the growth of the cedar apples by keeping them moist and in a warm room, the danger of a previous inoculation of the leaves sown was avoided.
On May 12th Spermagonia were found in abundance in process of forma- tion upon the leaves in every instance where sowings had been made. On the other hand, not a sign of a fungus was observed on the unsown leaves under the sacs or on any other parts of the trees. The success of the inoculation was
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 191
so complete that the leaves receiving the sporids were on May 17th almost en- tirely orange-colored and the affected twigs could be distinguished several feet away.
On May 17th a second series of sowings under sacs was made. Two weeks later all of these latter had developed the fungus, while the leaves of the first
spermagonia. After making the second sowings under sacs a quantity of the Gymnosporangium sporidia was scattered over the leaves of certain branches and left uncovered. At the time of writing these branches are easily distin- guished by the prevailing orange-color of their affected leaves. The natural sowings are now beginning to develop as small orange spots, but they as yet are
sowings the blotches are very irregular and far more vigorous. The leaves first inoculated are now thickening in TE preparatory to the formation of the reestelia state of the fungus. It remains to determine the species of the roeste- lia and carry the spores back to the pee and determine if they will produce the teleutospores of the fungus direct, or whether a uredo state is necessary to complete the cycle of forms in this polymorphic fungus
wings have been made upon the cultivated iuple and other species of Pirus, as well as upon the genus Crategus, but these results are less pronounced ee not ready to be set down.—Byron D. Haxstep, Iowa Agricultural College,
une 15, .
EDITORIAL.
E Popular Science Monthly for June contains a portrait and biographical aed: of the late Dr. George Engelmann. The author is anonymous, but can hardly have been a botanist or he would not be so ignorant of the true author- ship of the classic “Plante Fendleriane” as to say—
“Tn 1849 Dr, Engelmann published in the ‘ Memoranda baie] of the Amer- ican Academy of Arts and Sciences’ the ‘ Plante Fendleriane.’’ eer infelicitously adds, regarding Fendler—
“ Fendler and he [Engelmann] had become acquainted on a erererne expedition to the Rocky Mountains, to which the former was attach $s en- ginee * He ae in the Rocky Mountains, California, ai iis Central America and Braz
Fendler did not lee ara with nisi in this way; he was never eeanet officially to any governmental expedition; he was not an en- gineer; and he traveled neither in the Rocky ea halen nor Palkia. nor Wicstio: nor Central America, nor Brazil! The writer of the paragraph can find correct information on these points in Fendler’s autobiography published in this journal for June, 1885.
Is TO BE hoped iat all botanists are taking note of the good things be- ing provided for them at Buffalo. This meeting of the Botanical Club prom-
192 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [July
ises to be the largest one ever held, and being in a most interesting locality, can hardly fail of being both enjoyable and profitable. The great thing is to come acquainted with each other, and with the excursions and receptions arranged for, abundant opportunity for this will be given. Every one should come prepared to give some item to the club, the meetings of which are wholly informal. The first meeting will be held in the room assigned to biology, on Thursday morning at nine o’clock, the second day of the Association. No one interested in botany should fail to register and receive the badge of the club. Tue “ HERBARIUM NuMBER” brought in so much material that it was im- possible to crowd it all into our thirty-two pages. Nearly eight pages were held over and are given to our readers in this number. The stress of good
to thirty-six pages. Our contributors must not be deterred by this fact from continuing to send articles, but it explains the occasional Seg in their appear- ance, a necessity regretted by no one more than the edit
THE ONLY addition (so far as we know) to be noe to the list of Engel- mann’s botanical papers, published in this journal for May, 1884, is his elab- oration of the Euphorbiacex in the Bot. Mex. Bound, Survey. If the writer of of the sketch of Engelmann in the Pop. Sci. Mo. for J une, who remarks that the list is incomplete, can add anything to it, he will confer a great favor on botanists by designating the omissions,
OPEN LETTERS.
Concerning Labels, etc.
Pa hile we are bringing together our various herbarium notions, let me say
bout labels. The point I chiefly wish to make is the importance of
ox them legibly, and in good Roman type, on pase that is not too stiff.
“sol th at one who has ever Shad much experience in attaching labels to the
h me that one that curls upon itself when wet with the paste
i a piping Again, as the rule is to preserve the original collector’s labels m
Ww k
sible? It is perfectly practicable to take with one on an excursion ev venly cut slips of paper, instead of odds and ends of we Of nine in labels ~ _ _spoken elsewhere; wrong 6 it exhibits the “man himself” as much as any style Se BEES, r have in mind now certain "eae i Hai conducive “A pe
} ord, er concerning — forwarding of plants for exchange or identifi- cation. Do no t snip off the ae en et raceme and forward it to a botanist, a .
egrees is guilty of such an offense. Particular! ie
: , y is such an urence exas
perating when eviscerated fr nts mo erata. Brown University, P oR TL isrepresent ghd which are te
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 193
Corrections, and a Dredge.
Please allow me to thir one or two t, Lame sag errors which occur in my aiticle on collecting water plants, on page of your last issue. I said,
) ~ ant t lea,” not “ thirteen species as you have it. On pa 0 the phrase “the speci- mens should first be ted in water upon re ao in thas same ieguier ras the coarser plants,” should read, “floated in water upon card-board and then dried on the board, in the same manner,” etc.
I beg leave to add a word as to a dredge. A very —— ae can be made of a small garden rake, such as is kept in almost all hardw ores arden
2
near the teeth, and your dredge is ready for use. It can be carried in the pocket or case till wanted, and —_ it may bs tied to a pole, and used out of a boat or from the shore at pleasu For depths of water erected thats eight feet, something like the ves recom- d
mended by Dr. Allen is better, but that can be used from a boat only, and is
constantly liable to turn on the back, or to have the line seb iid horial fouled
on the bottom. It does admirably for Characez, but the orks nner) for
larger aquatics. “den bie ORO: Ashland, Mass.
Exotics in the Herbarium.
It might be well for the different herbaria, now so widely distributed, to add, for the particular instruction of the public, a collection of the exotics ig Itivated in nse Pte are, of course, aN to i i a de-
dans Daberit Providence, RL.
Books of Reference,
My books of reference are kept in book-cases n the room assigned to the herbarium, — De Candolle’s Sov eae mus Walper’ s risen Miiller’s Annales, m & Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, and the many local floras, ete., etc., are all eee in the herbarium _ like manner the systematic liter- ature of the lower plants is oe me in the same room.
I speak of this, because w that i = many places the goa books are still considered as belongin 4 ‘the neral college or pelea ty li University of Nebr moh ag 8 mn, Neb. CHARLES E
Siuthetiean 4 for Sale.
Mrs. = pole pire wl the late James F. adnan, of F rodsham, Eng- land, bei ing in straitened circumstances, desires to sell her husband’s herba- rium of British and rane plants, valued at £30.00 for the small sum of £10.00. Her address i a Main street reet Prods ap as a The specimens I have received from Mr. Robinson were excellen wai a good chance to secure a herbarium riage Species and to help a coun teil who is left a yn ildren to
nae e
194 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ July,
Carices Wanted.
I desire to obtain live roots of all the naa especially at present of C. bullata, C. glauco Solana, et oe and C. de Agricultural College L. H. Barney, JR.
CURRENT LITERATURE.
British Fungi (Hymenomycetes). By the Rev. John Stevensoy. Vol. L., Agaricus- Bolbitius. Mite tok gh: Wm. Blackwood & Sons, 1866. pp. 372. Large
It 0 years since the ick gata notice of this work was received. The fart befor ore us bears out the high estimate then given it (Bor. Gaz., 1884, P. a” and shows that the interval has hee well fot to perfect it in many
Th complete work will embrace a second Soa The present one is mostly ae with the genus Agaricus, which covers 346 pages, and includes 782 Borba. he few remaining pages give 33 species of Teo and 7 species of
olbit and number of the species are essentially the same as given by M. C. Choke & in “his Handbook, a revised edition of which is now publishi ng as a cd soa 1 Grvvilies Both works are ieuuded upon the classic writings of Fries, a
Smith ; their accuracy can not be questioned,
The arge number of Brit-sh species, which are also found in this country, makes the publication almost as great a boon to American collectors as to their fortunate associates across the water. It is a thoroughly satisfactory hand-
and critical acquaintance with A num first mycologists of England have taken active part : preparation, including the Tew Berkeley. We. oubt that its sale in this co be sufficient to
ya ical distribution ar habitats. By James E. Bagnall, A. L.S Swan Sonnenschein, Le Bas & Lowrey. 12°. pp. vii. 96. sing ‘This eacibacns is not so pretentious’as its title, and will serve a good ari
‘pose eeseh a beginners as to how and where to collect cae and
ng t for permanent preservation and study. The book is s ially ee collectors and to them it will be tape They ied be be
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 195
cautious however in relying too implicitly on the eae relating to the structure and development of the sexual organs and py pai where we notice some serious errors, appare wy of carelessness. The engravi ie are poor, but at the very low price of the book (one eee we sesh hardly expect an elaborate work. It is well worth the mo
NOTES AND NEWS.
PROFESSOR CHAS. R. BARNES received the degree of Ph. D. at the last Commencement of his Alma Mater. RTH VOLUME of a aes s Sylloge nine aed which includes 3,583 species be- bi “i ae Hyphomycetes, has just been issued. ICAL STUDY of Yucca ‘cian has been made by Helen C. DeS. Abbott of whieh Fada from the transactions of the Amer. Philcedphiell Society have been dis- ted.
RTHUR received the doctorate in science during the recent commencement at comet Univers rsity. The subject of the thesis presented was ‘‘ History and biology of the ony ight.
. SEYMouR, for the past year Professor of encey 4 in the University of Wiscon sin, re resigned eae of. tse to accept the curatorship of the cryptogamic herbarium ot Bevara Uni THE BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH ef the late Dr. Tuckerman in the Amherst which the Gazerre mae was condensed, was written by Professor Goodell and not ce Professor Tyler as was stated. THE JUNE NUMBER Of the Pharmaceutische Rundschau contains an i r by . J. M. Maisch 0 eee ae as a nist. We regret that asi ca gens reivits our giving Smeg lens the lectu ATES, of Santa Barbara, pees is preparing a catalogue « of all ows ferns giving syn onymy, habitat, etc. He will g concerning new species, new habitats, ete.
STS WHO have fruiting specimens of any species of Dentaria will gi a favor
He moding. them to ie Sereno Watson , Botani ic Garden, Cambridge, Mass., who will be
r Theodore Gill, in his scien- Protozoans. In the
a et seciadeacateas REPORT for i just issued, Prof udes Myxomycetes am
tific record for that i ee in zoology, i ong the bibliography of zoology, Zopf’s ‘‘ Die Pilathiere vrs Sehle ieipiiae” ” is ——— WING TO AN at polit r increase in i the January issue for thi t pies can be obtained from those
~~ have pohineyrd the ier ere gr now i ocaainad rn will have to begin with some later umber.
IT Is NOTED with pleasure that the iiushhy ens of North Carolina has conferred the de- gree of LL. ws ya Dr. A. W. Chapman, of Apalachicola, Fla., and Mr. H. W. Ravenel, of Aiken, S.C. A tardy but well rpoccenti compliment to these most eminent southern os
calge to the proceedings of the Amer col-
R. W.G. FARLOW on contributed notes on arcti pinncirnene The
ican aged emy. They 1 in the study of ser pees ly rene . lections were made nedpon ut principally by Mr. L. M. er gags a bay. Ca m
E INTERESTING abnormal forms of Vaucheria are Lipson by Douglas H. Sone gr Naturalist for June. The positions of the odgonia of ag Tacemosa are are variously — by clusters of odgon and vegetative ¢ filaments,
eridin on ere
196 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ July,
DS sc pas which the xey law of os a capes is i tingetog am, fs Gana thistles, on , teasel, white daisy and s dragon.’ he — ¥ oe arepl regarding the particular plants to whieh these names apply, and Professo: page which he has given oe third report of the Agric. Experiment se of pee The paper also contains
much information about the habits of the plants, the e history of their introduction into ie spiel and methods to be used in their extermination CAL BOREALIS has not usually been credited with ens possession of coralline roots. These were ie pone out to Dr. Gray several years ago by Mr. Hitchings, of Boston, and the fact was called to mind lately by seeing such roots on fine specimens of this beautiful or- chid brought to the Botanic Garden at Cambridge from the White Mts. by Dr. Goodale. OM A STUDY of Mahernia verticillata Mr. Meehan ~~ n led t the- hat re developed from . axial buds at of e does not mean to deny ipils in such case the stamen is str 2s sora Sealine but that this structure is developed on an arrested branch and hen: axillary.
THE WHOLE of Dr. M. C. Cooke’s ws fb herbarium of fungi has become the property of the British government, as we learn from Grevillea a, and has been transferred to the oben Gardens at Kew. It will be a corporated with the general collection, which is a
e thing to do. The collection of the Rey. M. J. Berkeley is at the same place, but ia distinct.
the Society for the Promotion of Agricultural
me (1885) has ar to hand. It contains the ‘llotine | botanical articles: Vitality of
ds buried in the soil, W. J. Beal; The demands made b agriculture upon the science
oe botany, C. E. Bess sey; Notes on injurious fungi of California, W. G. Farlow ; The dande- lion ea the lettuce, E. R. Sturtevant: ere in ges plants, W. W. Tracy.
R Of bacterial diseases of lepidop z have been distinguished an sietuatiy mee ar ied dines A. Forbes, Pe Minois V University. Artificial cultures ps the bacteria were m t larve. De-
e, healthy scriptions and pr mses of the bacteria are given, ie the micrococcus producing flacherie in the cabbage worm is illustrated with iio This paper forms one of the bulletins of the Ilinois State ry a
REPORT on fruit blights and diseases of fruit trees made to the government of New Zealand by Professor T. Kirk shows that the people of that country are awake to the econ- omic value of systematic observation and auoee oitnen in this subject. The report deals mostly with the depredations of insects. m it we learn un the most serious enemy of the apple is known as the American ee ai which is & Woo aphis. sag is called fire
due blance to our peach yellows. The peach yellows and pear blight of of ‘ia any ‘hai ra ti been observed in New Zealand.
VOL. XI, NO. 8.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—AUGUST, 1886. The Flora of our South-western Archipelago. I. WM. S. LYON.
Under this very general heading, extended reference will be
made to the flora of Guadalupe Island, which though lying far to the south of the Santa Barbara group, and without the territory of the United States, is affected by so many phenomena and con- ditions identical with those existing upon the more northern islands, that as might be expected the floras of each reveal many features of common interest and, as we expect to show, common relationship. _ Speculations as to the origin, development and limitations of insular species enhance in value with the extent of the field under observation, With this end in view casual reference will be made to plants characteristic of islands other than those under direct consideration, but of whose flora our knowledge is still so fragmentary and imperfect, that until exhaustive collections shall ave been made therefrom, ultimate conclusions based upon suc references must be largely hypothetical and subject to future modifications. ae
The writer has enjoyed the rare advantage of several visits at different seasons of the year to some-of the islands of the Santa Barbara Archipelago; made copious collections and field notes, and had, possibly (thanks to the courtesy of the San Clemente Sheep and Wool Company, and to the principal lessee of Santa Catalina Island), better facilities for the careful and extended observation of their respective floras, than had Messrs. Dall, Gam- bel, Wallace or Dr. Cooper, who had previously made brief ex- cursions to one or more of these islands.
As for the islands to the south, Prof. Watson’s admirable monograph on the “ Flora of Guadalupe ”’ and the recent vigor- ous paper on the same subject by Mr. Greene,’ together with am- ple specimens from Guadalupe, Cedros and the adjacent main- land, kindly communicated by the latter gentleman, has supplied me with invaluable material for a fair comparison of the flora of these islands with each other and with the immediate continent. ; he general physical conditions existing upon our west coast Islands seem to favor rapid and striking modifications in organic life, and if we show this to be the case, then their products afford ~ Contribution roc. Am. Acad. XI, Feb. 1876.
: Contributions to American Botany b o Watson, Bull. Cal Studies in Bot. of Cal. and parts adjacent, by Rev. Ed. Lee Greene, in Bull. 2 Acad. No, Iv.
198 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [August,
interesting material for the study of the durability and stability of species.
The short interval of ten years between Dr. Palmer’s and Mr. Greene’s visit to Guadalupe points strongly to the possible ex- tinction of some species, the introduction or genesis of others
Notably in the cases of Hosackia grandiflora, Juniperus Cali- fornica var. osteosperma and Polypodium Scouleri,* we appar- ently have examples of extinction proceeding at a rate sufficiently rapid to bring it within the observation of a single generation of
On San Clemente I noted in great profusion the lifeless stem and root of a Cotyledon and can readily credit the statement made to me that only eight years ago the island was fairly car- peted with this plant. A season of drouth drove the sheep to feed upon it, and it is easy to conceive that a succession of better years by affording more wholesome pasture and thus diverting the attention of the stock might enable the species from the few remnants left upon wholly inaccessible rocks to once more regain its pristine supremacy.
A species reduced to the verge of annihilation, or to so criti- cal a condition as the Guadalupe Juniper, might, through a short succession of seasons of ample rainfall, be readily restored to its original vigor. ‘
hese somewhat forced illustrations are used to emphasize the fact that on little known islands the utter extinction of species is and will be a difficult matter to establish beyond a doubt. The same remarks apply in reference to the supposition of the recent introduction or creation of new species; some in such abundance now as makes it seem improbable that they should have escaped the keen scrutiny of the expert collector; yet in default of affirm- ative proof to the contrary, we must ascribe their absence to the first collector’s omission rather than to the hypothesis stated.
Though entirely out of order to criticise any part of Mr. Wat- son’s paper at this late day, I can not but express surprise that 80 conservative an author in drawing his final inferences should
lay particular stress upon the absence of certain orders and genera of plants upon Guadalupe.
_ Due recognition does not seem to have been given to the fact that Dr. Palmer’s collections were made in the spring and early summer, and hence (if the flora be at all Californian) would en- tirely fail to illustrate any of the later flowering Composite or Polygonacee.
asinine
SBull. Cal. 1. ¢., p. 210.
¥
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 199
Many species of Eriogonum would searcely be showing above ground by the end of May. In June, 1884, after a season of un- precedented rainfall and retarded vegetation, I could find no trace of Eriogonum nudum upon Catalina ; the same localities revisited in July, 1885, a season of early maturity, showed an abundance only half-grown, and it was not finally obtained in perfection until October, of the same year.
Mr. Greene’s discovery of Brodia capitata in abundance on Guadalupe conflicts with “the almost entire absence of Liliaces”,* though failing to see any representative of that order upon Mr. Watson’s list, the “almost ” might have perhaps been altogether suppressed.
That the occasional errors which appear in scientific reports are due to the hasty ill-digested notes of explorers is illustrated in the published accounts of some of these islands. ‘
r. Cooper found San Clemente to be ‘‘an island with Scarcely any soil covering the rocks” * * * * * “and Seems never to have been much resorted to by animals.” * The first of these propositions is true only of the immediate neighbor- hood of the usual landin , which is environed by sterile rocks, and at low points along the coast by long reaches of barren sands.
he mesas or table lands of the interior, however, show a great ex- tent (many thousands of acres) of fine organic soil of great depth and apparent unbounded fertility. The second proposition is almost as faulty ; of marine mammals such as seals, sea lions, ete., it has always, until exterminated, been the favored resort ; while the island, since the earliest settlement of the country, has been
Proe. Am. Acad. 1. ¢. p. 3. *Geology of California.—Vol. I. p- 183.
200 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
with Guadulupe, a brief geographical sketch of the principal islands of the Santa Barbara archipelago seems unavoidable.
Santa Catalina lies a little southwest of the shipping port of San Pedro, Los Angeles county, Cal., distant about twenty miles. Clemente has nearly the same bearings from San Pedro, and is some fifty miles distant. These islands as respectively named, are about twenty and twenty-two miles long with varying widths of three to eight miles. Both lie nearly northeast and south- west, and in shore line conform generally to the trend of the coast at Santa Barbara. Both are of volcanic origin; Catalina showing not only extensive lava masses but a well defined crater, and probably, like Guadalupe, was the result of one subterranean upheaval or disturbance.
Like that island, it is traversed for its length, excepting only at the isthmus near the west end, by a lofty and terribly precipi- tous mountain chain which, branching occasionally, makes place for several large, fertile, well-wooded and well-watered valleys.
e is unquestionably the product of many upheavals, proven by the succession of terraces extending for its whole con- tour. The fact that the sea along the line of its former tide levels has not only smoothed and worn the faces of these adamantine basalt terraces, but mined great caves in them, is sufficient evi- dence to assume vast lapses of time between some of these dis- turbances. This porphyry formation, overlaid with a great depth of soil where shown by the excavations made by Indians when walling in their villages or walling out the winds, together with the terrace formations is enough to justify us in claiming for this island an antiquity far greater than either Catalina or Guadalupe. If this be true, then we might reasonably expect to there find a flora more distinctively peculiar than that pertaining to either of the other two islands. Such is not the case, however, and the geology of the island apparently is not verified by the botany as we now find it. Whether this apparent antagonism is real or fictitious, and due, and to what extent, to modifications arising from artificial or external causes, we will endeavor later to de- termine. As in Guadalupe, ice and snow are not of rare occurrence in the mountain valleys of Catalina, although the lesser elevation of Clemente probably exempts it from these phenomena.
Neither of the northern islands show any signs of the tropical vegetation (Erythea) obtained in Guadalupe.
Lying more in the lee of islands to the north (Santa Cruz;
a and Santa Barbara), the channel which separates Santa Catalina from the mainland is always smooth and pacific, save in the rare instance of the southeast gales, and from that island’s
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 201
greater proximity and readier accessibility to the mainland, as might be expected, it shows a larger preponderance of conti-
he outward channel to Clemente is often boisterous in the extreme ; and the long, unbroken surges of the Pacific give the squeamish traveler in a small boat the full flavor of a protracted sea voyage.
_ Nearly identical climatic conditions prevail on all three; cooler in winter than the mainland, hotter and drier in summer on the south sides, owing to the deflection of the cooling fogs by the mountain tops.
revailing winds and ocean currents are similar to those affecting Guadalupe, and whose nature and influence has been so clearly and ably set forth by Mr. Watson, that I can not do other- wise than refer for the details to his admirable paper.’ Therein he shows the nature of our prevailing winds are in every way antagonistic to the introduction of continental species to Guada- upe; curiously he seems to have overlooked the converse of this proposition, which would be that this agency would actively favor the distribution of insular species to the mainland.
hilst recognizing as a factor, I am of opinion that the value attached by authors to the common media of seed transmission, i. @, agency of man, beasts, birds, watery currents and winds, is somewhat over-estimated; the history of our island plants tends to confirm and strengthen this belief. wir kL. e case of Malacothrizx insularis Greene, and Lavatera in- sularis Wats. confined to the Coronados Isles, though only dis- fant seven miles from the mainland.
. The limitation of at least three well-defined species to Cedros,’ which with the island of Natiridad forms the western barrier of San Sebastian bay, Lower. California, and whose to- pography would seem to indicate that at no distant epoch they formed a continuous part of the mainland. ;
. A new species of Pentacheta, found originally near San Pedro in the spring of 1884 and confined to the area of a few square yards, was the following year traced to its original habitat on Catalina Island. The spot where found on the mainland has been for twenty-five years past constantly used for pasturing
* Proc. Am. Acad. 1. ¢., p. 107.
* Veatehia Cedrosensis, Enott Ced
No account is taken of Krynitzkia Cedrosensis Greene, 1
mainland neg ee sere! poet aenh en our consideration ;
inland ; s is regretiully exciude yur consideration ;
iS cher ul the rait taken’ peculiar ; available for artificial distribution re
a establishment of a well-defined species so near the mainland, yet limited to the nd, would bea potent argument in behalf of the opinion expressed. ee
+, Cod cite ess on account of its doubtful ‘orms have been collected
26
202 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
sheep just disembarked from that island, and the case cited is probably as direct evidence of the agency of animals in seed dis- tribution as any that could be quoted; nevertheless, with every circumstance conspiring during very many years to favor its introduction in manifold, the total “ crop” of 1884 might readily have been the product of one fertile akene growing and maturing the previous year!
4, Prunus occidentalis is a species which, from its abundance, gives character to the vegetation in parts of Catalina. Its great size (25 feet) and conspicuous beauty seem to preclude the possi- bility of its having escaped the notice of the most unobservant explorers of islands to the north or south, and it is probably safe to assume its confinement to this island alone of all on our west- ern coast, yet it is reported to me as native of the West Indies. The abundance of young and flourishing seedlings indicate that: it germinates readily ; while its large and luscious drupe greedily fed upon by squirrels, sheep, goats, birds and man would seem to provoke its widespread and rapid distribution. It grows far up on the roughest interior mountain ridges at an elevation of 3,000 feet, and down the fertile valleys and cafions to the very water’s edge; at all altitudes and all exposures it flourishes with un- equaled vigor, yet no trace of it exists on Bird Island, barely two miles distant.*
5. A somewhat analagous case is that of the Lavateras. This genus is largely represented on most of our western islands, from
nacapa on the north to San Benito, Lower California, on the south, with probably no congener on the mainland other thap escapes from gardens where it has been largely planted. Yet the
us is indigenous to the south of Europe and adjacent islands: that it should owe its presence in the occident to the common methods of seed dispersion and leave no trace upon intervening continents is somewhat improbable: that it is due to systematic transplantation upon uninhabited islands is more than improbable —it is an unreasonable supposition.
_ That a great ocean is not an insurmountable barrier to the migration of species is a fact commonly known. A single Asiatic ee of Castilleia illustrates it; yet that genus sweeps along
e whole western coast of North and South America, from Arctic to Antarctic zones, and the chances have weighed heavily in its favor of finding an outlet from ‘some of its myriad sources: 00 such conditions, however, obtain in the case of the Lavatera or
__ 8 For the benefit of botanists who have not seen it I wish to that P. occidentalis is & hy Mya edseap ly degeneracies ey cathabeons Weaves and white noes ‘ oran . an pe aap way comparable to an o: nie. n Some valleys it forms unique Pp
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 203
still more restricted Prunus. That the physical conditions sur- rounding our island plants are extremely favorable for the rapid development, perfection, retrogression and perhaps ultimate ex- tinction of new species, certain observations of their habits tend to show.
Of plants or species found conjointly upon the islands and mainland, the island forms are inclined to vary. The variation the most uniform and striking of all is in the preponderance of giant growths.
rodizea capitata on Guadalupe, though restricted in area, was of such great size as to elicit surprise from Mr. Greene that it should have escaped the notice of his predecessor, Dr. Palmer. The same plant on Clemente, also within narrow limits, showed the same immense habit. Mr. Watson unqualifiedly referred it to B. capitata, only noting immense size and a trifling difference in the stamens, not enough to justify varietal rank. Its absence from Catalina, apparent absence from Guadalupe only ten years ago, and scarcity on Clemente, induces me to think that not only is it of recent introduction from the mainland, where in many localities its abundance gives character to the spring vegetation, ut that it is even now in a transitional state. That the pres- ence of identical physical conditions should elaborate similar forms on even widely sundered islands, is not improbable; hence, to quote the ideas, if not the words of the distinguished author of “ Plant Variations,” it is not difficult to believe, that on each island, within a few plant generations, we may witness the out- growth of a distinctively new type, sprung from a common stock, but different individuals, and varying from the parents with sim- ilar variations. This hypothesis would cover the case of the Prunus (the genus being continental), provided we could show co-existence at some past time of like conditions upon Catalina and its present West Indies habitat. : revert once more to the genus Lavatera as showing not only abnormal development of island species, but illustrating the facil- ity of some species to become exhausted or extinct when pa pably -uninfluenced by any other than strictly natural causes. :
It is commonly known that very many plants, with skillful manipulation, “improve ” under cultivation ; ¢, ¢., at least increa the size of flower and leaf. This is anything but the case with Lavatera assurgentiflora, which I collected on Clemente from larger plants, in finer foliage and greater size and brilliancy of
204 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
upon the mainland, must forever be a bar to its complete extirpa- tion ; yet the natural tendency of the species I think we can show to be on the decline or toward extinction. Sealers report that once abundant upon Anacapa and San Nicolas, it is now scarce ; on Clemente, it was only observed in two localities, and only one or two plants in each; yet only a dozen years ago it constituted unbroken forest, extending for miles upon the high plateaus. Ex- traneous causes alone are not sufficient to account for its disappear- ance; the few luxuriant specimens left are readily accessible to sheep and goats, and their ravages unsupported will not explain ‘away its manifest decadence, _ No trace ef it is found on Catalina Island, and Bird Island, a rugged, rocky islet not two miles distant, carries it in some profusion. The latter island is not used for grazing stock, while
atalina is; yet a resident on that island before the first sheep or ‘goat was introduced, thoroughly familiar with the plant, and for whose close observant power ave the highest respect, assures me that he has never seen a single plant within its limits.
Of other plants having mainland representatives, and whose heroie¢ size arrest attention, we may briefly mention Solanum Xanti, var. Wallacei—a rank growing form.
Ceanothus sorediatus, from Catalina, Dr. Gray says, “never saw it before in such large leaf and fruit.”® On the southern ‘mainland a straggling shrub of 12 to rarely 15 feet; here it be- comes a tree of 25 feet. common Convolvulus occidentalis of the mainland be-
‘arborescent species upon the islands. E. arborescens Greene of Santa Cruz I have not seen, but from name and description it
‘presents a marked difference from anything continental. E. gi- ‘ganteum Wats. shows a contrast still more striking, outstripping ‘in heroic dimensions anything yet known in the genus. Not ‘rarely a bush 10 feet in height and the same diameter, uniformly topped with its magnificent cream-colored cymes eighteen inche
2 * Ina letter, | >. Cr orhe ws; rd Afek. efi sas
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 205
in diameter, it forms one of the most beautiful and interesting features of our island flora.
Prunus illicifolius Walp. on our coast range mountains a small leaved, straggling shrub; on Catalina becomes a stately tree of 50 feet with leaves 24 inches long.
Audibertia polystachya of abnormal size occurs on Catalina, and current with it A. Palmeri, common also to Guadalupe; the readiness of the genus to commingle and hybridize might lead us to anticipate under insular influences many modifications; none,
owever, were noted except in that of size.
The genus Rhus may be mentioned here as not only the genus of plants more than any other, which from its abundance of individuals and species gives character to the vegetation of the island, but as might be expected shows a tendency to vary 1 not noticeably in size, at least in a manner not observed upon the mainland.
form possesses great interest as marking perhaps the initial steps
to show the activity of physical conditions upon these islands in the production of ultra vigorous vegetable rth... Fi
should not be forgotten that the collections upon W ich these notes are based were made in a season of unparalleled drouth, When the collection of depauperate specimens upon the mainland was the rule, a season so adverse to the development of abnormal luxuriance in vegetation that the fruits of many species for the collection of which I especially revisited Catalina in October of last year, failed to mature seeds of germinative power.
*
206 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [August,
Structare and distribution of Resin Passages of the White Pine.* ETTA L. KNOWLES. WITH PLATE VII.
First a study was made of the general structure of the stem and leaf of the white pine (Pinus Strobus) with reference to both the relation and structure of different parts. The Scotch pine was studied in the same way and afterwards a comparison made between the two. Stems of one and two years growth were taken of each species and put into alcohol for the purpose of removing ’ resin, and the material thus preserved was ready for use as needed.
aves of each and young shoots cut at intervals of a few days were treated in the same way. Thin sections were cut, stained with Schulze’s Solution and mounted in glycerine. For each point studied sections were taken of a dozen or more different stems. Drawings and measurements were all made with the camera. Upon comparing stems of the two species it was found that the general appearance is much the same, pith at the center and formed about it in successive rin 3, wood, cambium, phloem, cortex and epidermis, the main difference being that in the Scotch pine there is but one row of resin passages in the cortex and two rows in each year’s growth in the wood, while in the white pine there are two rows or rings in the cortex and one row in each year’s growth in the wood. In the cortex of the white pine the number of resin passages was found in some instances to be as high as 47 in a stem of one year’s growth, while in the Scotch pine 9 or 10 seemed to be the limit. Figures 1, Scotch pine, and 2, white pine, show the distribution and arrangement of the resin
passages in the two species in stems of one year’s growth; figs.
Scotch pine one ring is irregular in outline and lies j ithin th : just within the
wood surrounding the pith, as seen in figs. land3. The average
einen ga ne BV ETERS
__ *Selected for publication f riginal ‘ a ous the University of Mich igan, 1885-86. a
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,1886. -TiLAVE = MiE
oO
oo Fie's 1-4. X IT ee oa in
KNOWLES ON RESIN PASSAGES.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 207
vals of a few days, from April 30 to May 30, showed little change except in the increased growth of the woody portion. In the
_ Resin passages in the cortex of the young shoot of the white pine are cylindrical and have no walls of their own, being bounded simply by the surrounding cells, which are all thin-
tree May 6. As the stem grows, the tube, small at first, may be- come larger by division of the cells adjoining it. After a time it
project into its cavity, the walls of the cells outside the epithe- lium thicken and by the pressure of the parts about it as the stem
From May 6th (fig. 5) up to May 30th there was little change to
P surrounding cells having become ver, thick. ~ : : ‘n the wood is different
from that in the bark. They are much smaller. There is the
same lining of epithelium, surrounded in this case by one layer of thin-walled cells, which come in contact with the tracheides, the layers of the thick-walled cells being wanting.
Comparing the resin passages in the leaves of the two species
208 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
the white pine. The cells lining the resin passages of cortex, wood and leaf, form resin which they afterward pour into this canal. The cells surrounding the epithelium were found to con- tain a large amount of starch. The walls of these surrounding cells seemed to be thicker before growth started in the spring than afterward, sections cut from the tree in February showing thicker walled cells than those cut in April or May.
Notes on Campanula Medium. BOLLING W. BARTON.
The plant upon which observations were made does not cor- respond satisfactorily with figures or description of this species, bu am assured by the best authority that it is nevertheless Campanula Medium. Only a single plant was under notice, and already many of its flowers had so far passed that the determi- nation of several details of conduct of promising interest had to be deferred. | ers in question are of a delicate pink or rose color. The corolla tube is about 1} inches in length and ? inch wide at
hairs. Reflexed lobes from between the sepals quite conceal the ovary. The flowers are uniformly erect and not horizontal or drooping, as is characteristic of many species. This character holds good until the corolla withers, when it may incline some- what to one side. For the rest the structure is ‘essentially like
linear introrse anthers, which lose their pollen on the hairy sty le as the flower unfolds, a good example of proterandy. Atterition
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 209
was directed to this plant by seeing in one of its flowers a large dipterous insect vainly trying to climb up its walls. After failing in this it turned to the hairy style, up which it climbed with ease, and over the stigma and took flight. The interpretation of these movements were simple enough, if they were shown to be con- stant. An insect visiting the flower for the -nectar in the bot- tom of the corolla and not being able to escape by reason of the smooth corolla, except by climbing the style and over the stigma, and the plant being proterandous, cross-fertilization becomes almost inevitable. To test the matter further, especially as re- garded the slipperiness of the corolla tube, the following ex- periments were made: A number of insects of different shapes and species were put into the flowers and their actions carefully observed. The first one tried was a small cricket, which was
potently against the corolla tube until wearied out. It was then left alone for an hour, when being touched with a straw it began again its struggles, with no better success than at first. After that it was turned around so as to face the style, when it easily climbed up and escaped.
A spider was the next subject and proved itself just as unable to climb the corolla as the others preceeding. It succee ed in getting out at last by resting one of its long legs against the style and working another one over the rim of the corolla and so draw- ing itself to the top of the cup. : :
I next made use of a small grasshopper, which also entirely failed to take any hold upon the corolla wall, and after imprison- ment for some minutes succeeded in making its escape by jump- Ing out. ‘ :
Finally a house-fly was caught, and having had both wings carefully clipped with scissors was dropped into the flower. The result in this case was beyond expectation of those who witnessed
210 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. ' | August,
the experiment, notwithstanding what had gone before. The acrobatic, glass-walking fly was just as impotent in its attempts to walk up the wall of the flower as had been the other insects experimented with. Ina very short time, however, the fly dis- covered the easy exit by the style, and after a few lessons would turn to this means of escape without loss of time. n quick succession did it come up by the style and was then allowed to craw! away.
During the performance of these experiments a number of small ants were running over these same smooth walls as if they had been sanded, and also several visitors in the shape of small diptera flew in and out and crawled wherever fancy led them _ without difficulty. Butat no time did I see one of these ants or flies ascend the style. The ants were evidently in search of nec- tar, and from the caravan lines which had been established inand out of some of the flowers there is little doubt but that they were getting a fair supply.
~ In the books are to be found the following references to the cross-fertilization of Campanula Medium. Sir John Lubbock says “Tnsects visiting the flower for the sake of honey do not so far as I have observed generally walk on the petals, being deterred by the stiff hairs which are scattered on their inner surface. In any case, however, they are almost sure sooner or later to clasp the style when they necessarily dust themselves with pollen.” Herman Miiller has nothing bearing directly upon Campanula Medium. Delpino remarks that “In the large flowers of Cam- panula Medium I have almost always found some species of Ce- cael aaa probably is the insect best adapted to fertilize this
ant.
The first large insect seen in the flower was clearly unable to fly out, the space between the style and corolla wall not being sufficient to allow for the spread of the wings; still more would this difficulty hold for one of the Cetonias mentioned by Delpino. But by climbing the style and on to the stigma the place of vantage would be reached from which the wing covers could be raised _and flight made easy. _As regards the visits of the ants it was noticed that very soon after fertilization of the flowers a certain relaxation of the parts followed, and the ants could then without much trouble work
chamber is effectively closed against any small insects. To test
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 211
ing the upper wall so as not to disturb the relations of the base of the corolla and the filaments. Then with a small, sharp blade cut out from below the remaining upper wall of the ovary, taking care to clip off the style and leave it in place to fill the angular space which would otherwise be left. Having done this nothing is left to stop the lumen of the corolla tube but these filaments. If water be now dropped into the corolla it will be found to hold perfectly. How any considerable quantity of rain which might fall into these upright flowers could get out again remains to be found out. ut it is not unlikely that it will be found that when a certain quantity of water does collect, either by its weight it will bend the flower over and escape or by its presence may excite some auxotonic movement causing the flower to nod and dump it out. A repetition of these experiments should of course be made upon newly opened flowers and upon the particular variety here described.
Botanizing in Texas.* II. J. REVERCHON.
In this locality (House Mts.) two entirely new plants were discovered, and both have been decorated with the name of Rever- choni, a Diplachne and a Campanula. The latter is a little an- nual, making long ribbons of the finest blue in the cracks of the rocks, with here and there a large tuft of Cereus pectinatus all ablaze with its beautiful pink blossoms, or a picturesque cluster of Cereus paucispinus covered with brick-red flowers. The more noted plants collected here were: on the side of the mountain, Metastelma Palmeri, Zexmenia hispida, Cyclanthera dissecta, Tpormcea Lindheimeri; on the banks of a sandy creek, Astragalus spetocdnlie and a variety of Mentzelia Wrightii with very small
ower.
S.
From House Mt. to Mason is a region mostly sandy or rocky, in which three rare plants were collected: Panicum ciliatissimum, Brazoria truncata, and Poly pteris Hookeriana. Juglans rupestris began to appear along the rocky banks of streams.
At Mason, a little German town, we resumed our westward march. The soil is generally poor, sandy or gravelly, up the Llano valley, the plain being covered with mesquit brush. Ata
* Continued from Mareh, 1886, p. 59.
212 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
distance and on both sides of the valley is a continuous line of bold bluffs overlooking the plain. Excepting near the river, and an occasional grove of post-oak, the ligneous vegetation is scant and dwarf. The last sign of granitic formation was left in Mason county, and in reaching Kimball all the rocks are limestone. Here for the first time we met the Sophora speciosa, already in fruit, the red beans of which are considered very poisonous. In fact these beans, scattered over the rocks, seem to be respected by every kind of animal. Near our camp on the Little Saline creek we made a good collection: in the valley, Tetrodes Coulteri, Berlandiera lyrata, Parthenium lyratum, Gaura macrocarpa, Aris- tolochia brevipes, Coldenia canescens, and Croton Neo-Mexi- canum; on the neighboring bluffs, Scheenocanlon Drummondi, Lepidium lasiocarpum, Abutilon parvulum, Styrax platanifolia, Perezia runcinata, Chrysactinia Mexicana, Hymenatherum tenui- lobum, Atriplex canescens, and Leucena setosa, the last being a remarkably fine shrub. There also occurred two Yuccas, Y. cana- liculata, growing to the height of 9 or 10 feet and giving to the landscape a tropical appearance, the other, referred to Y. rupicola, though I think it is different.
long the Big Saline ereek we noticed for the first time since we left Dallas the Quereus Mublenbergii; but afterwards we find oe species quite abundant in the mountainous region of S. W.
e
xas.
The 16th of May we reached Junction City, where the two forks of the Llano river unite. We pitched our tent on the north, fork, in a beautiful spot, and if we were not botanizing I would have much to say about the delicious fish, the squirrels, the bea- vers, etc. The river is full of Nuphar advena, and near a pictur- esque fall I collected Lythrum ovalifolium and Agrostis verticil- ata. In the thicket covered valley I notice the following spe- cies: Callirrhoe pedata, Antirrhinum maurandioides, Vesicaria Gordoni, Stillingia Torreyana; on the rocky bluffs, Specularia Lindheimeri, Allionia incarnata, Nicotiana trigonophylla, Notho- lena sinuata, and a beautiful Cereus unknown to me. At the foot of a perpendicular rock near the river I found Euphorbia chamesula, and a grass new to science, Festuca Texana.
_ The north fork of the Llano is fringed with a growth of fine timber, but the high bluffs, which come éloser to the river as We ascend the valley, are covered with bushes or stunted trees, Quet- cus Durandii making most of the thickets. Very often these bluffs are covered with high walls of hard limestone of dazzling whiteness.
On the 21st we arrived at old Fort Terrett, which is situated
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 213
at the headwaters of the North Llano. All the neigboring hills are densely covered with mountain eedars (Juniperus occidentalis, var. conjungens). A few plants were collected a ong the roads, such as Rivina levis, Pentstemon Jamesii, and Nama Jamaicense, but nothing different from what we had found below.
West of Fort Terrett we found ourselves ona vast table land, the divide between Devil’s river to the west and the Nueces to the south. This country is a perfect desert, with only temporary supplies of water in holes, plenty of grasses though not properly
prairie, being covered with mesquit bush, clumps of post-oak, and thickets of cedars and live oaks, the home of the peccary, or Mexican hog. The cretaceous rocks crop out in every direction, and traveling in a wagon through such a country is nothing but punishment. Here the curly mesquit grass (Hilaria cenchroides)
for the first time Hoffmanseggia brachycarpa, Thelypodium line- arifolium, Actinella odorata, one of the commonest plants on the plains of W. Texas, and Erodium cicutarium, but this last I am satisfied was introduced through the agency of transient sheep.
e were detained a whole week at Mackenzie Well, on the head of South Llano. The country is the same as the divide, but I had more leisure for collecting. The following are some
of the most interesting plants: on the rocky knolls, Erythrea ' ealycosa, Abutilon holosericeum, Encelia calva, Zexmenia hispida, and two ferns, Pellea flexuosa and Notholena sinuata ; in lower places, Chamesaracha coronopus, Aristolochia brevi pes, Dalea rubescens, Abutilon Wrightii and parvula, Argythamnia Neo- Mexicana, and a new variety of Sporobolus asperifolius, called brevifolius by Dr. Vasey. On the banks of Mackenzie Lake was found Zapania cuneifolia, var. angustissima. :
I collected there many other plants that occur in other west- ern localities, such as Siphonoglossa pillosella, Aristida Rever- choni, Passiflora tenuiloba, and Boerhaavia viscosa. _
At Mackenzie Well we were convinced of the futility of try-. ing to reach the San Pedro, or Devil’s river, or even the Nueces, by the divide, for the trails were nothing but piles of rocks, over which our wagon would not have lived three days. Reluctantly,
erefore, we took a trail going back to Junction City by the uth Llano. We found along this river about the same vegeta- tion as before, but two remarkable plants of this region deserve Mention. One is Nolina Texana, whose long leaves are for thatching Mexican huts, the other the Sotol (Dasylirion Texanum), of which I will speak more hereafter. 2
214 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
? plains of W. Texas, was found there, being the only locality where I observed it in all our trip. I must not fail to mention the aljorita bush (Berberis trifoliata), very abundant in these regions, and whose berries, either raw or cooked, are really good. The Mexicans and settlers use them extensively.
leptophylla. I noticed in a common Texan plant ((Enothera serrulata, var. spinulosa), whose flowers in the north and west are uniformly yellow, that here the stigmas were jet black, while a little further south the throat of the corolla also shared in this striking color,
The 3d of June we reached the Guadalupe, and the vegetation
n to change. In the valley, Tetragonotheca Texana, Ber- landiera Texana, Pentstemon Wrightii (mostly in seed); on the rocky bluffs, Eupatorium ageratifolium and Ptelea angustifolia (in fruit); on the banks of the river, Aspidium patens, and, in rocky shades, Asplenium parvulum.
the top, Onosmodium Bejariense (in seed), Streptanthus bractea- _ tus, Verbesina Wrightii; and on exposed flat rocks, the graceful Erythrea calycosa, var. nana.
a aee ng Bandera the live oaks grow to an enormous size,
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 215
and were covered with Tillandsia recurvata. We crossed the Medina at Bandera, where our only discovery was Amorpha levigata, and took a westerly direction over what was called by the inhabitants a “good mountain road.” Afterwards we under- stood the meaning of “ mountain road.” Soon we were ina very rough country, which we have good reason to believe no botanist ever visited. In fact, no one will ever visit it, who has any care
with overhanging rocks. We were in the wilderness and en- joyed it. It would be more than ungrateful not to pay a tribute to the great pile of dainty perch and fine trout lying before our camp fire. Beginning along the rivers, in swampy places are found several northern plants, such as Schoenus nigricans, Eleocharis rostellata, and Selaginella apus, mixed with Dichro- nema leucocephala and Reverchoni, Buchnera elongata, a variety of Samolus ebracteatus, and Epipactis gigantea ; among the rocks, at the foot-hills, Asclepias perennis, Aspidocarpa hyssopifolia, Keerlia effusa, Cassia Lindheimeriana; on the top rocks, abund- ance of Laphamia Lindheimeri. A good many interesting shrubs are found here, Salvia balloteflora, Budleia racemosa, Philadel-
ochia pyramidata, Triodia eragrostoidea, agen? calama - grostoides, Setaria setosa, Chaptalia nutans, a new Petalostemon
found on the rocky banks of the Sabinal. One plant deserves Special mention, the beautiful Amoreuxia Wrightii, The pec-
216 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | August,
caries are very fond of its roots. On the sandy plains below the cafion we find Dalea pogonathera, Cevallia sinuata, Menodora longiflora, Leucophyllum Texanum, Mimosa Berlandieri, and Lindheimeri; in the richest part of the prairie, Eupatorium Greggii and Desmanthus reticulatus.
gnats, mosquitoes, and other insects, but the dry weather had now set in, the heat was increasing alarmingly, the water was sinking
disappear. Our team was jaded, our provisions consumed, our clothes in tatters, our finances exhausted. We had either to refit our expedition or retreat, hence after consultation, the march on Mexico was postponed and a retreat ordered.
valde was the most south-western point visited by our expe- dition, where we found Malvastrum tricuspidatum. Along the Frio, nearly dry all the way, were found Aristolochia longifolia and Oxalis dichondreefolia, and two fine shrubs, Anisacanthus
Wrightii, Sanvitalia ocymoides, Helianthus ciliaris, and Jatro- pha Berlandieri. On the banks of the Seco we gathered Marsilia macropoda, Neptunia pubescens, and Synedrella vialis.’ We no- ticed also, climbing on the mesquit, the singular Ephedra pedun- eulata, but with neither flower nor fruit.
_ For the most part the vegetation along the return route was similar to that we had met earlier in coming out, and towards the
of July we reached home.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 217
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
Notes on Ariswma triphyllum.—Last year I called attention in the Ga-
ferences were associated with its sexual characteristics, or were really such as to mark a distinct variety. It so happened that I found myself where they were abundantly in bloom, and the notes seem worth recording. In the one case are leaves pale green above and glaucous beneath. In the other the leaves are thin and look green on both sides. On this occasion I found them in large num- bers, and both forms growing together. Many of them seemed intermediate, and it was difficult to decide to which section they belonged. A large bundle was collected, taking care to gather them pretty much as they ran. There was no trouble in selecting the two extremes, and these, when selected, looked very dis- tinct. These, and the intermediates, made the three sets. Then it was seen that the wholly green-leaved ones were mostly very vigorous, the stems in some in- stances being half an inch thick, and they had rarely any but female flowers— an occasional male flower only among the hundreds of females. Those with the gray under surface were mostly males, and the plants small—the stems rarely thicker than a lead pencil. Only in rare instances were females present, and these but very few in the spathes, where they were found at all. In the in- termediates only were the moncecious forms found, and in all these females pre- ponderated,—indeed, the male flowers in these cases were always largely in the minority. The species is, in fact, so far as this locality, near Philadelphia, is concerned, almost wholly diccious. I think the pollen in these technically moneecious flowers can be of little service, and the plants must be practically uni-sexual, In a half day of wandering through the wood, no insect was seen among the flowers, nor could any trace be found indicating their visits. structure of the spathe is not favorable to the reception of much pollen through the aid of the wind, though the pollen structure would indicate an anemophi- lous class. What the plant gains by this division of the sexes, in any effort to secure cross-fertilization, is difficult to determine. Indeed, fertilization of any kind must be rare, for seldom have I been able to find specimens with fruit in this district. But the species has been well able to distribute itself, for it is found over a wide area. The spathes vary from a pale green to a brown purple. The stems also show a diversity of color. This has no sexual significance—the same varying shades being found in the three separate sets. Indeed, in the strong plants with the wholly female flowers, the capitate stigma, with its innumerable minute capillaries, would sometimes be of a beautiful rose, while in other spathes they would be wholly white. The texture and shades of the leaves seem to have relation to sex—but not so with color.—THomas ME ‘
218 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August,
CURRENT LITERATURE. Contributions to American or, y. By Sereno Watson. Proc. Amer. Acad. xxi. 414-468. Issued June 2, 1886.
This is Dr. Watson’s naar epee and, as usual, is full of new species. The first part contains a list of plants collected by Dr. Pa Imer_ in
chiefly from the Pacific States and Northern — We specially note a new Canbya, from Oregon ; Silene Hallii, a new om pa untain species, distin-
ird part begins a series of notes upon a cotleetiot made by Dr. Wat- son himself, in Guatemala, in se spring of 1885. The fourth and last part contains some notes upon a few palms of Gu atemala, most of the 26 species col-
is called by the natives “ Warree Cohune.” Mr. Watson always adds to the con- venience of his papers by appending a complete index
Flora 7 vt Felt National Park. By Frank teed: Washington, D. C. 188 ae is is a eas ene of the vascular plants of one of our most in-
teresting regions, and visited as it is by so many hundreds of tourists each year, this catalogue must be in en mh demand as a guide to the lovato gt
plants. The author has bronght ale a the plants reported, and
this small area, 55><65 miles, 657 species are listed. It is n EN eas that wis the Composite (108) and Graminew (7 2) 2 are, - Spo the dessa, families, the Cyperacex aD to the sixth spiete with but 2 cies, Before them come Scrophulariacee (32), Legumin ose (28), ae eerechinp (27). "The very rtp ng collection of grasses, made by Mr. Tweedy, is being described in this journal.
Contributions to nee Spe By Asa Gray. Proc. Amer. Acad., xxi. 363- 413. Ass ued May 4, 1886.
is the twen ej d number of these “ab etre and by far its most
im mportant part is the revision of North American Ranunculi. This $ genus Was
hastily compiled nearly half a century ago bee Torrey & Gray’s Flora, with
very little knowledge of original material, and has now come u again for
study in preparation for Gray’s Synoptical Flora. Naturally the work has
, and we now have this genus really for the first time thor- oughly prese to n botanists. Including Greenland, species, ped under six sec the last of which (Ewranunculus Gray) con- tains 49 species. The first section is the old Batrachium , F Species ; the fourth is-Cyrtorh Gray, while the others are established for the first ime. A sectio s, is made of the siatic genus Oxygraphis, of Bunge, and introduced after Batrachium, but it is yet uncertain that it con-
u seudaphanostemma a re other secti
while ted in our flora by the widely diffused R. Cymbalaria. Some three or four ne i i
of its extreme forms are descri ,, Hook, ts Mlesnranaket from R. — nicus, ete., and set u species, w with the somewhat com authority quote ve. ico, ted by Mr. Pringle, continues to yield an astonishing g harvest beset and es, man hi
new speci Co: igh ong them are to be found a new genus of mposite ( Piptothrix), near to oie ri d f the North American species of Metastelma, patorium, and a revision 0
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 219
Contr mgs to the history of certain species é Conifers. By Dr. Maxwell T. Mas- Fr om Linnean Society’s Journal, vol. xxii, pp. 169-212. plates 11. X.
io ection et eager; and phate! and is meant to furnish the basis of
a fuller sketch of the fam Coming from such hands, however, it would be strange if it did not porire f valuable material. he American species dis-
anatomical structure of the leaf. When gross and minute anatomy join ‘fsa in descriptive botany some good work will be the result.
A art Te Patri Botany. By M.C. Cook, M.A., LL.D. W. H. Allen & Co. n. J. H. Vail & Co., New York. 1884. 16mo. PP iv, 123.
nty- “x years ago sec little volume was prepared to meet the demand
for a shee manual. For one shilling it gave all the salient fate belonging to
ee botany, not pro isle essing to Soin out the periods or popularize the
dry details. It was to be considered more as a reminder than “3 an art tip
ross-section. ‘ When 8] iral line is coiled up in the interior of cells, it is
_ called Fibro-cellular tissue.” It furthermore states t that this spiral is sometimes
broken up into bars and forms elongated dots. “ Pleurenc p ederal is said to be
“glandular woody tissue,” all of which seems to refer to the discigerous tissue i “ primordi ‘oplasm.”
of: conifers. One of the cell contents is th utricle «
The pith of a stem is said to be compo “cellular tissu 0
the woody parts, while the “ bark ” 4 ss in the style of long es re 1 “ t the ovules a in m
iat con et segatanragt Thee ffected between the fovilla,
Contents of the pollen grains, and thus a union is e
or fertilizing aideaaiile wok the pollen; ng A bo semi-fluid contents of the ovule.” of hi ch illustrations. I
anatomical terms wou yisidg the Carpben
the book is untimely. If one understands botany, this book i is ‘not needed ;
he wants to learn it, this ie Sour far from being the book he w
any parts the pug of the fixed of a glossar. e tru
NOTES AND NEWS.
LActuca ScaRIOLA has been found this season by Mr. Rose, in Union county, Indiana.
hich gives a red or red- aan boing TINOUS. —— = pti sare _— has starch w : ste: It does not appear to differ otherwise from
seas valebedic:
220 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ August.
y. KARL KALCHBRENNER, a prominent mycologist, died June 5, at Wallendorf, Up- per 5 ra 80 years old,
IN THE JULY American Journal of Science Dr. Gray gives a memorial sketch of the late Prdemor Edward Tuckerman.
M. Ep. Borner, the Pre nec i algologist, has been elected member of the French Acad- emy of Sciences as suce rto M. Tulasne.
THE FOURTH FASICLE an Millspaugh’s American pe tage Plants has just appeared. For by areas it is a very elaborate and complete work
A. GRA as been appointed professor in the aise and director of the Bo- nie Garden a Tews in place of the late Professor Morren.
S REPORTED that Dr. Bowdeswell, of England, has discovered the germ of hydro- p. hobia’ to be a micrococeus open in the nerve tissues. His paper upon the subject is ooked forward to with interest
PROFESSOR TRELEASE has hci Eurotium Aspergillus-glaucus ig ee opinm. The nouncement, with description and plate, appears as a Contrib. Dep. Pharmacy of the Ulver of oe for 1886, II, 5-9.
E West m Scientist for June, two new cactuses are described, one of them bate deured, hege are y publighed reas the eon acpi a notes ot wart Engelmann. One is an nines and a other a Cereus, both from r Califo:
THE JULY Jt of Botany some Japanese des d figured, while
Ww. BY Grov ee condianee hie’, perce upon new or meewarten “hing Mr. é c. Babington be- oe a eared upon the British “ras a very riche and most on zling ULY NUMBER of eee of Bie gs Ble don) Mr. R. 4 Moore connie Ma P falatadeda As Anagallis uetohan wit the pr hres plates. In the same nu ri He oat oar orsley-Benison presents a very interesting resume of the subject of plant Reese
IN THE oe serie og pe for July, Dr. Byron D. Halsted describes and figures some curious n-tubes o: belia od gree pa They el distorted and misshapen in a Strange war, bet the 5 a e could sn be discovered. The tubes were naturally formed, ar- oa cultures not having ried.
RN from Nature “an ie Swedish Academy of Sciences has 8 issuc ed a work en- titled tthe Correspondence of Carl yon. Linnaeus,” containing a record of all the corres- ioe dents of this “agp naturalist, Swedish as well as wnie ats es aor addresses, date
Pror. S. M, Sexor: i the Mi issou State University, has pu ale catalogue of the vascular plants of that sta the first attempt at a complete catalogue, but it con- ns 1,785 species e state is aa to be divided — four welt ere Qa regions,
Viz: Ral bottom lindas (2) swamp lands; (3) Ozar k region
2, otamas, of Kingston, Canada, writes of finding ‘aaa a Taraxacum of- fi eivate scapes blended into one and bearin two > complete heads of flowers. He also finds Fo saline ing in C nthemum leu eanthem Last year dandelions were
found i in Crawfordsville with three scapes blended into one and bearing three heads of
ere for the Promotion of Agricultural Science, holds its seventh annual meeting ini Buffalo. Fro: Soe 16 and 17, the tw
rye da. S precedin: the meeting of the A. A. A. S. The meeting promises to be a full on ne eet tie hi T < veral oLour best botanists neve emertek the t titles of papers to be Deep. D. Heist ted, of Ames, 2 Bing is the
R. GRAY’s note upon the arillus in Asimina BOTANICAL GAZETTE, July, p. 190),
shoul be appended pe following. received too lates for insertion in its Ree oped place: angustifo) ch Mr, urtiss has now sent both fi peaen Fe ee wt, Be
: : mens colloctaa in in July, ha has the ovate-subglobose seeds of A. mls ee and an equ y well-
4RRyY has published in the Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., Vol. y, p. 26, the de- seas ey - new genus of Erlogoner, re he Calitenio It is Sel upon oo tham’s reene’s The name, Harfordia, commem- orates a well-known uieeuion © botanist. Thee raka’ Eri
for its dicecious flowers, and differs from ete genus = is cares ple bit. sm Senet
perennial hab STRASBURGER has been experimenti nm inte hed some re- markable resulta. stim herbaceous Solanacee. . Datura, Tobacco, Henbane, ets, etc., were Brafted successfully u ¥ upon th e€ common potato, the case of the Datura graft the potatoes were ye" Tt is said that Tschu bee pm te sl ‘o grafted to: tomate upon & Potato “aati potatoes from the bottomeyd tomatoes from the tops of the
VOL. XI, NO. 9.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—SEPT., 1886,
Botany at the American Association.
Asa Gray, Memoranda of a revision of the North American Violets.
J. M. Coulter and J. N. Rose, Synopsis of North American pines, based upon leaf anatomy.
C. R. Barnes, A revision of the North American species of the genus Fissidens.
Lillie J. Martin, Plan for laboratory work in chemical botany.
W. J. Beal, The bulliform or hygroscopic cells of grasses and sedges compared. :
. G. Farlow, The development of the Gymnosporangia of the United States.
The several papers will eventually appear in the pages of the Gazerrs, and in this place it is only necessary to say a few words about them, and to summarize the discussions that fol- lowed the reading of them.
new methods of systematizing.” : Miss Martin’s paper suggested the change which has come to
222 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
American botany in the last few years, and Mr. Arthur summar- ized this as starting with the collecting and classifying of flower- ing plants, afterwards ‘embracing the lower orders of plants, reaching at the present time the stage when histology and morphology are receiving marked attention, with some notice given to physiology. “The chemistry of plants,” he added, “is now investigated almost entirely by the chemists. If this paper does something to call attention to the fact that the chemistry of plants should be studied by botanists as well as by chemists, it 9
Beal mentioned the fact, as a partial explanation, that many grasses habitually twist their leaves and present,the lower sur- face to the sky. Prof. Pillsbury suggested a possible connection hetween the distribution of the hygroscopic cells and the folding of the leaf before vernation.
r. Farlow’s paper was supplemented by numerous specimens of the different species of fungi that the paper dwelt upon, and some of the results of the cultures which furnished the principal data. Prof. Burrill spoke of the value of the paper as a basis of systematic study, and desired to learn the methods of con- ducting the experiments. Upon being assured that the details will shortly be published, he added that the results are of much economic importance. Upon the prairies of Illinois these fungi are doing serious harm. He had received a letter from an Or- chardist since coming to the meeting, in which he complains earnestly of acres of orchard being destroyed as the result of planting a cedar hedge around it.
Several other papers, which are in some measure botanical, should be spoken of in this connection. They are the following: J. 8. Newberry, On the cretaceous flora of North America.
E. W. Claypole, On some carboniferous wood from Ohio. _ B. E. Fernow, Biology of timber trees with special reference to the requirements of forestry. E. Lewis Sturtevant, Atavism the result of cross breeding let-
tuce ; also A study in agricultural botany
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 223
C, Richardson and C. A. Crampton, On the presence of cane sugar and allantoin in ungerminated embryo of wheat.
_ iullie J. Martin, Preliminary analysis of leaves of Juglans nigra. .
Helen C. DeS. Abbott, Certain chemical constituents of plants considered in relation to their morphology and evolution ; also Preliminary analysis of a Honduras plant named ‘ Chichipate’. ': C. Vanghan, Tyrotoxicon (cheese poison); its occurrence in milk.
W. MeMurtrie, Blue milk and ropy cream. D. E. Salmon and Theobald Smith, The bacterium of swine
plague. Z Theobald Smith, On the variability of pathogenic organisms as illustrated by the bacterium of swine plague.
D. E. Salmon, The theory of immunity from contagious dis- eases,
It is not possible for us to give more than a slight account of a part of these papers, except of two or three which will appear in our columns in the form of abstracts prepared by the authors.
Dr. Sturtevant’s first paper described several lettuce plants grown from seed obtained from crossing two dissimilar varieties. One plant in particular much resembled the wild type, and the conclusion is reached that atavism has been one of the determin- ing influences. The study in agricultural botany by the same author went to show that plants under cultivation have circum- scribed limits of variation, and that the present type varieties, particularly of scorzonera, parsnip and carrot, probably origi- nated from natural prototypes, and not by human selection.
The paper by Miss Martin and the second one by Miss Ab- bott were excellent examples of careful and valuable analytical work. Miss Abbott isolated a new camphor and a yellow color- ing matter, specimens of which were exhibited. Miss Abbott’s first paper, an abstract of which is to appear in the GAZETTE, ex- cited very favorable comment. The subject is worthy the careful attention of botanists. Te
Prof. Vaughan’s paper is of special economic interest. He traces the poisonous effects occasionally experienced from eating cheese and ice cream to the presence of a ptomaine, which he has called tyrotoxicon, and which from its nature and the circum- stances attending its occurrence is believed to be due to a mi organism. He also points out that cholera infantum may be due to the same or a similar cause.
Prof. MeMurtrie has studied the phenomenon of ropy cream from a chemical standpoint and finds no grounds for the opinion
224 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
that it is due to a simple physical or chemical change, but con- cludes that the evidence points to the presence of some form of bacteria. Prof. Burrill in discussing the paper stated that he had also given attention to the subject, and that while he did not doubt it was due to germs yet he had been unable to decide upon the particular kind. The blue milk spoken of in the title is an incidental accompaniment of the ropy cream, and is not the blue milk mentioned in works on bacteria.
Mr. Smith’s paper is based upon observations of microbes ob- tained from three separate outbreaks of swine plague—one in the District of Columbia, one in Nebraska and one in Illinois. The microbes were identical in morphological, but different in biolog- ical characters. This variation is all the more interesting be- cause not before admitted with any of the pathogenic organisms heretofore studied.
A considerable discussion followed the reading of Dr. Salmon’s paper on the theory of immunity from contagious diseases, par- ticipated in by Drs. Minot, Arthur, Burrill, Bowditch and the author. Dr. Minot objected to the use of heated bouillon for testing the exhaustion theory. Dr. Arthur suggested that steril- ization in such a case might properly be effected by filtration through porcelain; he also spoke of his own studies on pear blight as in some measure supporting the theory. Dr. Bowditch asked if the theory might not be extended to the lessened effects experienced from the continued bites of insects. The author thought it could.
Botanical Club of A. A. A. S.
ance and interest from its organization, three years ago, at Min- neapolis. The fourth meeting, just held at Buffalo, brought
compacted an organization which has in it the promise of great usefulness. Ninety-one names were entered upon the reg-
sons, from those merely interested to those professionally engaged in botanical work, but as one of the objects of the club is to stim-
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 225
our meetings were held, at 9 o’clock A. M., and the attend- ance was always large. As these meetings were supplemented by excursions and receptions given by the local club, it may be said that the botanists saw a great deal of each other. The social feature was especially prominent and a general feeling of good fellowship was always present. The papers presented to the club,
Prof. J. M. Coulter was chairman for the year, but in his ab- sence on Tuesday, Prof. W. J. Beal presided. r. J. C. Arthur, the secretary-elect, was compelled to resign his position, owing to his duties as secretary of the section of biology, and Dr. N. Britton served in his place.
THurspay, August 19,9 a. m. After a few introductory remarks by the chairman, a letter from Dr. Asa s rea to the club, followed by his paper entitled “Essay toward a revision of Dodecatheon,” both of which are published elsewhere in this issue. Prof. E. W. Claypole then read a paper upon the potato rot. During the fall of 1885 this parasite was very abund- ant in some parts of the country, and the author undertook to study it in his own locality (Akron, Ohio). After describing the structure of a potato tuber, he observed that the parasite attacked the eyes and affected the fibro-vascular region of the tuber, leaving the interior starch cells intact. _
Mr. F. V. Coville read a paper upon Aconitum Noveboracense Gray, n. sp., as occurring at Oxford, New York.
Prof. F. L. Scribner displayed an apparatus he had been us- ing for making microscopic drawings. It was a device for using the camera lucida with simple lenses, and thus obtaining an am- plification of a few diameters. Questions were asked and sugges- tions made by Professors Burrill and Beal. ae
Dr. W. J. Beal displayed a contrivance for facilitating labora-
tory work. It consisted of a device for holding all the ordinary
226 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
laboratory accessories used by the student, thus enabling him to get them out and put them away speedily, and to have them al- ways convenient while at work. The box was arranged to hold everything, from sandpaper to objectives. In the discussion that followed Prof. Pillsbury thought that holes bored in a block wo e less expensive for holding reagent bottles than box- like compartments. Dr. Farlow thought it rather dangerous to have reagent bottles placed so near objectives. ;
communication from Dr. A. Gattinger was read, in which was described Hypericum lobocarpum, a new species from the mountains of Tennessee.
W.H. Seaman, of Washington, read a paper on Marsilia quad- rifolia. Plants of this species had been procured from German by the Fish Commission and cultivated as a fish food, Proving to be rather injurious to fish than otherwise, an attempt was . made to destroy it. But the plant has spread and is likely to become permanently introduced.
Dr. Beal stated that Marsilia had become a thriving plant in central Michigan.
RIDAY, August 20,9 a.m. Rev. Thomas Morong had a few words to say concerning Marsilia. He said that it would take possession and drive out everything else, even witch grass. He had seen a small patch take possession of a pond and drive out every other aquatic. The first put out was twenty years ago, at Bantam Lake, Litchfield,Conn. “TI find it has gone along the shore for half a mile and has taken complete possession of the
round.”
Professor L. M. Underwood, in continuing the discussion, said that Marsilia was originally found at Bantam Lake and also at another widely separated locality, When first found it was in small quantities. He would ask Mr. Morong how he would ac- count for that fact.
, Mr. Morong replied by stating that Dr. Gray had recently
sent him a specimen of Potamogeton crispus from Arizona, and
he would like to ask how it had skipped from the Atlantic sea- ard to Arizona. .
The discussion was further continued by Professor Under- wood with reference to other species. :
Professor T. J. Burrill next described sim ple and inexpensive
demands of many workers who are unable either to purchase of devise such appliances.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 227
Mr. Morong exhibited some Potamogeton fluitans from Niag- ara river.
Miss Lillie J. Martin read a paper in which she recommended the use of petroleum spirit (boiling 25°-45° C.) for the preser- vation of plant tissues. The subject was discussed by Mr. Sea- man, Professor Barnes and Miss Martin.
Professor B. E. Fernow exhibited a branch from a chestnut which bore spikes of small burrs, and at a distance looked like achinquapin. The tree grew wild in a wood-lot, in Lehigh Co., Pennsylvania. All the other trees have the same condition of
evelopment, and no cause for this freak could be discovered. He was inclined to think that it was self-fertilizing, but no male flowers were discovered. _ _ Professor Underwood asked if there was any evidence of an injury, as he had often observed that injuries in certain plants tend to produce abnormal development, but Mr. Fernow had dis- covered none.
Professor Burrill called attention to the fact of the side shoots of Indian corn, near the base, bearing both sorts of flowers, the tassels coming out in the ordinary way, and in the tassels more or less female flowers. In husk corn this is a common thing
The discussion was continued by Messrs. Beal, Farquhar and Fernow, and Mrs. Walcott.
Dr. W. J. Beal spoke of the escape of the seeds of Sporobolus ery ptandrus.
Monpay, August 23,9 4.M. The time for the election of officers for the ensuing year having arrived a committee on nom- inations was appointed, and their report as follows unanimously adopted: For chairman, M. 8. Bebb, of Rockford, Illinois ; for secretary, Mrs. E. L. Britton, of New York city.
: _ L. Scribner read a paper upon the occurrence of the orange seab in Florida, a disease which is comparatively new and which threatens to destroy nursery stock.
Prof. J. H. Pillsbury described a method of making lantern ; is really very simple an g gelatin (which comes in i ‘et ts that are not mue
piece of gelatin is put over any d fine steel point (such as lithograp traced upon the gelatin. Slipping l of glass a lantern slide is the result, s kinds of illustrations. These slips of gelatin can be purchased at almost any lithographic establishment.
228 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. ; [Sept.,
can reproduce accurately for class illustration any published figure, and with great economy of time and money. :
Professor Burrill stated that he had made lantern slides from blackboard drawings. By making the chalk lines even and dense a photograph can be taken with very good effect.
Professor Barnes upon inquiry brought out the fact that the scratches upon the gelatin appear as black as ink lines against a white surface. :
Dr. N. L. Britton read a paper upon the herbaria of Colum- bia College. The description of the herbarium cases caused con- siderable discussion, by Professors Pillsbury, Britton, Beal, Barnes, Sargent, etc.
Prof. Barnes thought that the most commendatory conven- lence spoken of was the tightly fitting glass doors.
n the discussion with reference to dust-proof devices, it was generally the opinion that a working herbarium can not be made dust proof, as the doors are of necessity open so much of the time, and the only way to keep the specimens in proper condition is to exercise “eternal vigilance.”
Dr. N. L. Britton read a paper upon Anychia dichotoma, of which he discriminated two forms, which might possibly merit specific rank,
Turspay, August 24,9 a.at. Professor E. W. Claypole read a paper upon the appearance of immigrant plants in the neigh- borhood of Akron, Ohio, which was discussed by Messrs. Morong and Coville.
Professor F'. L, Scribner then presented a paper upon the botanical character of the black rot of the grape.
e following resolutions were then adopted :
ey are gratified with the beginning made, they express the hope that this work will be still further supported. The botanists here assembled hereby re- new their promise to render the U. S. Commissioner of Agriculture any assist- ance in their power toward making investigations in any department of botany. Resolved, That the hearty thanks of the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S-
The presiding officer tendered the thanks of the club to Dr-
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 229
Arthur for his efficient work in arranging for their meetings, and the club adjourned to meet next year at 9 A. M. on the second day of the meeting of the A. A. A.S.
Entertainment of the Botanists at Buffalo.
Fortunately for the Botanical Club of the Association, Buffalo possesses a very active Botanical Club, and the members of this
for the entertainment of the visiting botanists. Time did not al- low the placing on the program of a tithe of the generous ideas their hearts suggested, but their spirit was shown by the num- berless little things which were done to make pleasant the meet- ings. Three special rooms were set apart for the accommodation of the club, and the unavoidable school-room bareness was re- lieved by the easy chairs, pictures and statuary which thought- fulness had provided.
The special reception announced upon the program was held on Thursday evening, from 8 to 11, at the residence of Hon. David F. Day, on Cottage street. With a view to making strangers feel personally welcome, the local club took the trouble
home. Thursday had found the ladies of the club busy in dee-
of no mean proportions—while others repres
collecting by the members of the club. Beside all these, every
available place was filled with exotics, whose graceful foliage or
Paar forms added much to the beauty of the rooms. e looming of a Cereus was awaited with interest,
With wide-open water lilies. As everything possible in
make the rooms beautiful, so was everyth
made the guests feel at ease and to relieve t
the way of decoration was done to ing possible done to he too common stiff-
230 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
ness of a formal reception. So admirably did these plans succeed . that every one spent a most delightful evening, and many pleas- ant acquaintances sprang up between the guests and their enter- tainers, which will not soon be forgotten.
The prompt and efficient service in the bountiful supper-room added not a little to the pleasure of a charming evening. Cer- tainly the thanks of the botanists present were due to the local club, and especially to the distinguished botanist who placed his house at the disposal of the club.
The majority of the botanists went on the excursion to Niag- ara Falls on Saturday, and thoroughly enjoyed the grand scenery and varied flora which surrounds the Falls, especially that of Goat Island. The rare Hypericum Kalmianum, Gymnostomum curvirostrum and Fissidens grandifrons were the chief finds.
On Monday afternoon at 1:30 the club embarked on the steamer Huntress for the hour’s ride to Point Abino, on the Canada shore. The day was cloudy and promised to be delight- ful for water travel, but half an hour out a hard rain set in, which kept the passengers busy avoiding the rills of water which coursed over the deck in various directions with the roll of the boat. Cruising off shore for half an hour until the rain ceased
the merry crowd disembarked. Point Abino is a sandy cape backed by a range of low dunes, so that as soon as the rain h
wards the point. Here Hypericum Kalmianum and Calamintha glabella were the rarities, while a magnificent growth of Juni- pers attracted much attention.
After a ramble of an hour and a half, the warning blast from the boat’s whistle brought in the stragglers. Scarcely were the
the scene could doubt the thorough enjoyment of it by all. By dusk the boat touched her wharf (again the rain ceased) and we
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 231
of our pleasure in the excursion so admirably planned and so happily executed.
As the Botanical Club of the Association has never before been so well attended, so also has it never before been so ospi- tably cared for and so happily entertained as at Buffalo. What more can they do for it in 1896?
Essay toward a revision of Dodecatheon.* ASA GRAY.
Probably every botanist who has turned his attention to this genus has suspected it to be of more than one species. But those who have attempted to deal with the numerous now extant forms have been baffled in their endeavors to distinguish and define them. In the Synoptical Flora of North America I could do no better than to arrange the forms loosely under seven varieties.
f I have now done better in the attempted discrimination of five species the credit is largely due to indications and specimens sup- plied to me by two western correspondents, Mr. Suksdorf, of Washington Territory, and Prof. L. F. Henderson, of. Oregon, to the latter especially in pointing out to me the anomalous char- acter of the form which I have accordingly designated by his na
me. If the assigned characters hold out it will be in good part by their fruits that we shall know them; and fruit is rare in our specimens, so that many of them can only be guessed at, and the value of the present scheme is still to be tested. But present indications point to five species, the principal characters of which are exhibited in the subjoined
CLavis DoDECATHEORUM.
A. Short filaments manifest, being inserted at the very orifice of the short
corolla-tube, and distinctly monadelphous: leaves with tapering 1. Capsule acute, coriaceous, opening at apex by valves:
Eastern. D. MEADIA. 2. Capsule obtuse, coriaceous, opening at or from the apex by valves: Western. Leaves from narrowly or elongated to obovate-spatu- late: capsule oblong to cylindraceous, usually much D, JEFFREYI.
surpassing the calyx. Leaves obovate or oval with cuneate base, sule globular, hardly surpassing the calyx.
Buffalo meeting. 1886.
short: cap- D. ELLIPTICUM.
* Read before the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S.,
ui
232 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
3. Capsule obtuse, thin, cylindraceous, or suburceolate, surpassing the calyx, truncately dehiscent by circum- scission of the apex: leaves obovate. D. HENDERSONI. B. Anthers seemingly sessile, the very short and distinct filaments being inserted below the orifice of the corolla and included in its throat!: leaves ovate or obovate, often abruptly contracted into the margined petiole. D. rRIGIDUM.
. D. Meanvta L., the original species, and the only one of the Atlantic region, has an acute capsule, of coriaceo-crustaceous texture ; the narrow and obtusely acute apex, of slightly different color from the rest, but of same texture, opens into five dentiform valves, which hardly ever dehisce further down. There are plen- tiful Rocky Mountain specimens (such as are represented by the D. integrifolium Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3622, from the north, and by Fendler’s no. 549 from New Mexico) which probably go with this; but fruit is wanting.
leaves of which are said to be at least a foot long, and the scapes and peduncles are correspondingly grandiose. But it is added
Bongard, and var. vegetius of Ledebour FI. Ross. from Sitka,
As at present received the species ranges from Sitka to the Guad- alupe Islands off Lower California, ee
3. D. ELLipTr Nutt. ex Durand in Jour. Acad. Philad., ser. 2, iii. 94. D. Meadia, var. brevifolium Gray, Syn. FI. ii. 57. D. integrifolium Benth. F]. Hartw. t.322, This is rather common in California, from San Diego county, and San Bernardino, ap-
1s,
89) excellent obeervestiougis Reese sat ee amen (in Jour, Lend, Phila ser, 2
and its near allies: they are certainly monadelphous into a rin 1 hort tube in the flower- bud and in anthesis in all te except D. frigidum, separating only as the gravid
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 233
parently not on the mountains, and northward to the Columbia river. From the latter I have unusually large specimens, coll. by Suksdorf, in springy places on rocks, Columbia river, with flowers collected in April and fruit in May. I presume this to be Nuttall’s species, taken up by Durand, who well describes it though without the fruit, which I have well formed only from Suksdorf. If I mistake not it extends to St. Lawrence Bay on
D. Henpersont. Prof. Henderson, in sending me excel- lent specimens of this peculiar species (collected in Tualatin plains, Oregon), called my attention to its character. The broad and
similar. But the capsule is chartaceous in texture, when we
Washington Terr., April, 1883, coll. Suksdorf, on mountain sides; also, but less marked, from the south side of Tamalpais, California, at the elevation of 2000 feet, coll. Brewer (1862), who notices it as quite unlike the form in the valleys below. This is the only species which in this revision demands a new name ; and it may properly bear that of the acute observer who indicated its peculiarity. . ie:
5. D. rrigipum Cham. & Schlecht. in Linn. 1. 222, at least partly; Hook. FI. i. 119; Seem. Bot. Herald, 38.t.9. D. Mea- dia, var. frigidum Gray, Syn. FI. 1. ¢. The very short filaments
in this species I find to be distinct down to the insertion in
234 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
throat of the corolla, manifestly below the orifice: in anthesis they do not show at all; later they may slightly project. Ac- cording to Seemann’s figure the “not quite ripe” capsule is ovoid and slightly longer than the calyx. This figure accords well with the specimens from coll. Wright, of Arakamtchetchene Island, Behring Strait ; from Arctic Alaska, Muir; and Lake Lin- deman at the head of the Yukon, Lieut. Schwatka. Originals from Chamisso, and part of those from St. Lawrence Bay, Eschscholtz, are similar but smaller.
ar. DENTATUM. Larger: leaves with blade from one or two to three or nearly four inches long (in the dried specimens thin), oval or ovate to oblong, commonly repand or sparingly dentate, at base abruptly or truncately contracted into long and wing- margined petioles: scapes a span to a foot high, 2-7-flowered: corolla so far as known white: capsule globular- to obléng-ovoid, moderately surpassing the ovate or triangular-acuminate calyx- lobes, half-5-valved.—D. dentatum Hook. F1.i.119. D. Meadia, var. frigidum Watson, Bot. King Exp. partly. D. Meadia, var. latilobum Gray, Syn. Fl.l.c. The “N. W. Interior, Douglas” is probably interior of Oregon. Lyall collected it in 1850 on the east sides of the Cascade Mountains in Washington Terr. ; Bran- degee in the same region in open woods in 1883; Suksdorf in 1885, at the foot of a waterfall near Bridal Veil in N. E. Ore- gon; Henderson in 1884 and 1885 on wet rocks, along bluffs of the Willamette ; Howell near the Cascades in 1886. The most southern and remote station is that of Watson in the Wahsatch Mountains, Utah, at the head of Cottonwood Cafion. It has all the essential characters of D. frigidum, but is much larger.
The Development of the Gymnosporangia of the United States.* W. G. FARLOW.
The study of the connection between the different forms of Gymnosporangium and Roestelia known in the United States has not been by any means as simple as the similar study in Europe. This is owing, perhaps, to the fact that we have about double the number of species found in Europe, and it has not always been easy to determine exactly which of our forms were the same aS those of Europe, or even clearly to define our own species. Be- fore one could begin to study the connection between the Gym- _hosporangia and Roestelie, it was necessary to have a compara-
*Read before the A. A. A. S., Buffalo meeting, 1886.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 235
tively clear notion of the species as distinguishable by their gross and microscopic appearances, for, until that was the case, any ac- count of cultures made would be quite unintelligible. Nor could we hastily assume that those of our Gymnosporangia, which ap- pear to be very much like European species, must have the same Roestelia form as in Europe. Practical experiment by cultures is the only method of settling the question effectually. If the anatomical characters are the same, and if the sowings of the spores are followed by the same Roestelia in both cases, then our form and the European belong to the same species, otherwise not.
In a paper published in 1880, I attempted to take the first step by collating what had been written about our species and supplementing it by observations ona large amount of living and herbarium material, so as to be able to form an estimate of the comparative distribution of both our Gymnosporangia and Roestelize, and, as far as our knowledge then allowed, to learn something of the probabilities of the connection between different orms; for we must naturally assume that, if there is any natural connection between Gymnosporangia and Roestelie, the con- nected forms will be found growing near together rather than
botanists who, on sowing Gymmosporangium spores tained only spermogonia have at once assumed that they belonged
several cases, the same host is known to support several different forms of Roestelia. Although my cultures were not conclusive at all, taken in connection with what was known of the compar- ative natural distribution of the forms in question, they afforded, in a measure, some guide to the i in which we might ex-
t more definite information in the future. — : ray ibe 1880 my cultures have been continued at interes without, however, the production of ecidia, and in the meanwhile
236 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.
in nature this Roestelia has developed very slowly, and it is highly probable that the excidia will ripen as, when growing wild, the tubercles appear in July and August, but the ripe peridia are not found until some time in Se tember, in Massachusetts. This
My second supposition has been proved by Mr. Thaxter’s cultures to be incorrect. The spores of Gymn. clavipes growing
nae m peared principally on the leaves while the wcidia were on the
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 237
stems, and this is known to be the case when the species grows wild. On apple only spermogonia appeared, bat it is well known that the species not unfrequently grows on apples. It might be asked whether the result of this culture is not at variance with
238 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
as J. Virginiana botanists may, perhaps, discover the species in regions where it is not now known.
Taking next the form which grows on Juniperus Virginiana and produces the well known birds-nest distortions, sowings were made on Pyrus Americana, apple, Amelanchier, and Pyrus arbutifolia and spermogonia appeared in great abundance om Amelanchier in seven days and on one apple in eight days and in a month ecidia developed on Amelanchier. The species was R. cornuta which is considered in Europe to belong to Gymn. con- icum. Why the ecidia did not also develop on Pyrus Ameri- eana, the host on whic . cornuta occurs in its most marked form in this country, is a question. The failure in the present ease may be merely an accident and future cultures may succeed. At any rate, the experiments should be repeated several times before we conclude that the spores of the birds-nest form will not
w on Pyrus Americana. Considering the distribution, the result of the cultures, and in general the anatomical structure, I think that it is most probable that the species is Gymn. conicum which Oersted concluded from his cultures to be connected with
Cultures were also made of the spores of Gym. clavarieforme, a species which grows on J. communis, and has apparently beer more abundant this year than usual. Although sown on Pyrus Americana, apples, and Crategus they only grew on the Crategus where they produced Roestelia Jacerata, the xcidium which in Europe is believed to be connected with the same species. In general the distribution of the Gymnosporangium and the Roe- stelia is about the same in the north and west, although the latter is much more common and is found in places not very near juni- per trees.
that the species is connected with Roestelia transformans which occurs on the Pyrus,
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 239
of the spores of Gymn. clavipes. It is out of the question to consider Gymn. globosum and Gymn. clavipes as forms of one species both from their habit, microscopic structure, and the dis- tortions produced. The species to which it appears to be most closely related and with which it is even identified by some writers is Gymn. fuscum, a species which is considered by Euro- pean botanists to have for its ecidium Roestelia cancellata which grows on Pyrus communis. Now although in this country one often finds pear trees growing close to red cedars attacked by
hardly eredible that it has escaped the observation of our botan- ists unless it is very rare indeed while Gymn. globosum is very common. oe With regard to Gymn. macropus we have more definite in- formation, although here, unfortunately, the case is not quite clear. This species has been studied more than any other, not only on account of its great size and abundance, but also on ac-
240 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
count of its supposed relation to diseases of apple trees. My cultures seemed to point to a connection with some common Roe-
refer later. Many have probably read the account of Prof.
alsted’s experiment, in a recent number of the BoTraNnicaL GAZETTE, and, with the author’s consent, I will state briefly the result. Early in the season, specimens of Gymn. macropus were gathered and allowed to develop under cover, so that there need be no danger of mixture with spores from outside. e
ra fection on parts of the tree which had not been covered. In time the wcidia appeared and proved to be what has usually been called Roestelia penicillata.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 241
lata is the wecidium of G. clavarieeforme, Rathay maintains that it is a form o tained both R. lacerata and R. penicillata from sowing the spores
views of those who are opposed to Oersted’s conclusion. n other words, the undoubted Gymn. clavarizforme on J. communis
country is only a form of Gym. clavarieforme which grows on J. Virginiana. This is the view of Schroeter, but it is difficult
produce on the former what we and on the latter what we call
The Theory of Immunity from Contagious Diseases.* D. E. SALMON. dual acquires from the effects
h one attack of the disease letely and satisfactorily ex-
The immunity which an indivi of a contagion, by passing throug Which it causes, has never been comp
# Read before the A. A. A. S., Buffalo meeting, 1886.
’
242 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. |Sept.,
plained. Various conjectures have been offered, but no one of these to my knowledge has been based upon sufficient direct and positive evidence to warrant its acceptance as a well established theory of immunity. Since the demonstration of the germ theory of contagion, it has been evident that there were, in a general way, three possible explanations of acquired immunity, viz: a substance might be formed in the body during the course of the
disease which is unfavorable to the microbes; or a substance es-
s. t is well known that Pasteur has adopted the second or ex- haustion theory, and sustains it by his observations on the growth of microbes in culture liquids contained in flasks. If we sow chicken bouillon, he says, with the microbe of fowl cholera and after three or four days filter the liquid in order to remove all traces of the microbe, and afterwards sow this parasite again in the filtered liquid, it will be found powerless to resume the most eeble development. He assumes that there are but two hy poth- eses by which this fact can be explained: either the microbe has exhausted something from the culture liquid essential to its mul- tiplication or it has added some substance which is unfavorable to it. To decide between these two possibilities a culture of the
ma 'y, we find the elements of the problem very materially changed. The body is very different from a culture flask to which nothing gains entrance and from which nothing is elimi- inated. The insusceptible fowl is continually taking into its system fresh food which contains principles suited to the growth of the microbe in question. If the body is to be compared to a culture flask we should expect the immunity to be at the most of
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 243
but a few days’ duration, since the fresh nutriment should in- crease the capacity for growth in the one as well as in the other. Immunity from contagious diseases, when once acquired, how- ever, does not terminate so soon, and generally persists for years.
he exhaustion theory is susceptible of being tested by direct experiment. Ifa fowl is insusceptible to cholera because it lacks some element essential to the growth of the microbe, then bouillon made by infusing the muscles of this fowl in distilled water should also lack this same element and would therefore be equally incapable of nourishing the germ. In February, 1881, the writer was investigating the subject of fowl cholera, and made this ex- periment; and he found that the proliferation of the microbe was Just as vigorous in bouillon made from insusceptible fowls as in that made from susceptible ones (Rep. U. S. Dep. Ag., 1881 and 1882, p. 292).
_ Both the antidote and the exhaustion theory, consequently, fail when tested by direct experiment ; indeed when we consider that there must be a different chemical substance exhausted from the body for each contagious disease against which immunity is acquired in the one case, or a different product for each disease added in the other case, the theories become at once improbable.
f we direct our attention now to the third or vital resist- ance theory, such discrepancies in regard to well established facts will not be found. Immunity is probably never absolute, but simply relative. Chauveau found that the Algerian sheep, sup- posed to be insusceptible to charbon, would succumb to that dis- ease if a sufficiently large dose of virus was administered, and the writer found that fowls insusceptible to ordinary doses of disease if the dose was suffi-
increasing the dose the resist~ overcome, the microbes multi-
If the germs failed to multiply
ance of the tissues is in some way
ply and the disease is produced.
244 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. |Sept.,
when a small number were introduced, because there was some- thing lacking in the constituents of the body which is essential to their growth, it is difficult to understand how this unfavorable condition can be overcome by increasing the dose of virus; or if the failure to multiply was due to the existence of some sub- stance which acts as a poison to the microbe, it is equally diffi- cult to conceive how a large dose of virus would insure pro- liferation when a small one fails.
ith these various facts in mind, we are prepared to understand how immunity results from one attack of a contagious disease.
erance is gained the tissues resume their vital functions as before, the liquids of the body become unfavorable to the existence of
sufficiently increasing the dose of tobacco, so the immunity of most individuals may be overcome by administering a very large
[The discussion of observations and theories made by Metschnikopf, Chau- veau, Ziilger, Riemschneider, Hiller, Pasteur, and the author, which bear upon the elucidation of the subject, but do not affect its general statement, have been omitted for lack of Space.— Eps. ]
the preventive treatment of contagious diseases. Investigations of this question have not been as numerous or thorough as is de- sirable. Pasteur found that his fowls which had been treated
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 245
with the narcotic above referred to were still susceptible. The writer made many experiments with the same poison, which were also negative in their results. Law has published experiments with swine plague from which he claims positive results, but the number of animals operated upon is too limited to be at all con- elusive, even if the details of the experiments were satisfactory, which is not the case. Quite recently in our experiments pigeons have been granted a very complete immunity from the effects of swine plague virus by treating them with cultures of the microbe in which all living organisms had been previously destroyed by
eat. Up to this time, however, our experiments with pigs have only given negative results.
Although there are still some points in connection with this subject which greatly need experimental elucidation, it is believed that the theory developed in this paper is in accordance with the facts so far demonstrated. The problems of immunity have long been considered impenetrable mysteries, and if this theory does not prove in all respects correct it is hoped that it may at least be of some service to other investigators.
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
Dr. Gray’s letter to the Botanical Club.—T> the Botanical Club of the A, A. A. §., at Bufalo: I am unable to attend the ensuing meeting of the Asso- ciation. But wishing to manifest my interest in the Botanical Club, and to show that I am not altogether an idler in the camp, I send herewith two small papers,* containing the result of some recent systematic work upon two familiar
nera.
would be much more readable than the papers themse prefatory to the essay on Dodecatheon will sufficiently explain that undertaking, and the result, which has given me no small satisfaction. For we have always felt confident that there were distinct western species, although I have never till now found a clew to lead toward the extrication of the various forms.
ei ee ee ee es ee that on Violets in the next
*The paper on Dodecatheon published in this issue, and
246 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Sept.,
Z arranged our species in a series of natural groups, which are itil Risin defined by see: iia a combination of » ase There are
ne. or two changes in nomenc ; but the only e ones are in the ond group, whine Vz oa Ck the much neg name of V. delphini- folia and the Linnean name of V. palmata asserts its right of priority over V.
cucullata of Aiton. If we did not fall back upon this name we should have to take up V. obliqua of Hill, which is much earlier than V. cucullata, and is clearly of that ree as Hill’s figure shows.
ee crave the opinion of the club as to whether our Pansy-Violet, V. tricolor,
- arvensis, is indigenous to this country. In deference to those who have more knowledge of the matter than I have, this is here included among the wild species, yet with misgiving—Asa Gray.
Orange-leaf seab.* — During the past two seasons the Department of Ag- riculture has been receiving orange leaves that were diseased in some way. Mr. Charles W. Campbell, of Ocala, Florida, writes that the disease appeared first last summer and is rapidly increasing, especially attacking young and vigorous
. It is very one to the e gro owth of the trees and ruinous to young
seems re be no iotetios upon the subject, and there is a svobabitite that the disease is new, at least it is of very recent appearance in Florida, The entomologists affirm that there is no evidence of its being caused by insects. The first appearance is that of small, light-colored, wart-like excrescences upon the leaf surfaces and young shoots. These — often become con- fluent, and finally destroy the vitality of the leaf. The top of the older waris is dark brown or nearly black, due to the ereyrave of be dese eg oe grant, made up of a multitude of irregularly devel one-celled conidia. Whether this particular fongos j is the caase e of the disease it accom wr a I can not at present say. € specimens recently received Mr. J. B. Ellis discovered a species of Pasattiins which he believes to be F. sarcochroum Desm., and expresses the opinion that the warts are caused by the mycelium of this aoa After care- ful examination, however, I am inclined to think that the disease is caused by the first fungus referred to a From letters received fo’ De Land, Florida, we learn that (1) trees af- fected last season were the first attacked this spring; (2) sour trees alone vo
throughout the whole tree; (6) the disease does not spread in the grove, but appears at several points simultaneously,
It is recommended that the following fungicides be tried: (1) a solution of potassium bisulphide; (2) a grisont; (3) strong soap suds containing _. and carbolic acid. Of course all these solutions should be applied in
orm of fine spray.—F, ‘iteiued Scrrpyer. me ieee of a paper read before the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. 8,, Buffalo meet
tPrepared by boiling three unds each of th Iph dali e in six gall ———— until reduced to tw a When ba mutt ripoiged bd oo . f the Clear tia uor an ttle for use this liquid shonid be much auntedc with coh (1 to 12)
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 247
Expulsion of the seeds of Sporobolus eryptandrus.*. -The caryopsis of most Graminez contains a seed which firmly adheres to the pericarp. Sporo- bolus and some others have long been known as ex-
still adhering to various portions of the glumes and branches of the panicle. One of my special students, at my suggestion, has made a few experiments to de- termine the mode in which the seed escapes. Inside
tion. When about ready to escape or at a certain stage of maturity, if water be applied to the gS in a short time the seeds come forth. A
panicle was wet and in 30 minutes 27 seeds easailae : in 37 minutes 40 seeds had escaped. In another case
other cases seeds were seen to escape in six minutes, and in one c and one-half minutes, If the ovary is carefully removed from the floral glume and palea, and water is applied, the seed usually escapes a little quicker than when left in the flor
On applying water the ovary may be seen to slowly enlarge till it bursts
slowly, and if the glumes are still near the ovary the seed moves upward and usually adheres to some part of the panicle. A slight sprinkling or a heavy dew would bring the seeds out, but a heavy rain would wash them down at a time when the condition would be favorable for germination. Several other Species, as I judge from herbarium specimens, expell and hold their seeds in a similar manner. The action of the water on the ovary seems to be purely me- chanical and is explained in well known works on physics. The water enters the ovary faster than the gum can escape. The ovary is flattened and splits On the side next the palea.—W. J. BEAL. The Biology of er trees with special reference to the ments of forestry {—It most necessary for forestry purposes to thor- oughly understand the bias of the timber tress to be propagated, as in- judicious methods of propagation, selection of ausolinble species and im-
proper after-treatment may occasion heavy financial loss, the results being
for forestry purposes out of the 420 absence of knowledge as . the true value not only of the timber, but rowing capacities of our
A classification may be made into dominant species, which are capable of
*Read before the Botanical Club of the A. A. A.S., Buffalo meeting, 1886. + Portion of an abstract, by the author, of a paper read before A, A. 8., Buffalo meeting, 1886. <
248 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Sept.,
forming extensive forests, co-ordinates, which may be occasionally grown in extensive plantations for their economic value, though properly not desirable for dominant forest growth, and subordinates which are useful to fill up the forest stand,
€ most important qualities for the consideration of the forester, pos- sessed by different timbers in a different degree, are the relation of their de-
As the preservation of soil humidity becomes a necessity all over the world only such species as are capable of shading the soil against undue evap- oration should be chosen for the dominant forest. These are the shade-endur- ing ones.
A study of the form-development must precede consideration of rates of growth. Trees may be classified according ‘o their greater tendency to de- velop the bole or the crown. Their true habitus must be studied in the open; the dense forest influences the development especially of the jatter class, it stim- ulates height-growth. Soil, situation and age influence form-development, the energy of height-growth being increased in fresh and deep soils, while shallow and compact soils, altitude, cold winds reduce this energy.—RB. E. FeRNow
EDITORIAL.
It Is PROBABLY safe to say that the botanists form the best compacted or- ganization cf scientific workers in the country. Their work demands the most widespread exchange of facts, and this has led to correspondence which has often ripened into friendship, This can be plainly seen at such meetings as the
speedy publication, and the meetings of the Botanical Club, which bring all workers into more sympathetic relationship. We would urge upon botanists who have not already ped out their work that they select at once some convenient subject for investigation during the coming year, so that at their
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 249
next meeting they may have something of interest to present which will be a real contribution to science. The thing to be criticized in many of our botan- ists is the aimlessness of their work. One year is much like another, and con- sists in the collection of specimens, the finding of new stations, or the observa- tion of a few unimportant deviations from published descriptions. It is true that the days of announcing albinos is past, but th ght to b re decided settling down to some special work. On the other hand, the mistake should not be made of selecting some subject far too difficult, which is beyond the range of the worker both in experience and material, The commonest ma-_ terials and the easiest subjects are the best to work, for they imply a sufficiency of ability and material. The young collegian thinks of stopping nothing short of reorganizing the universe, and the ambitious young botanist is something like him. The work that is nearest at hand is the work to be done, and no
come an original observer and not simply lead a tread-mill existence. All this is not by way of saying that the botanists of this country are not at work, for there is an abundance of good work being done, but simply to stimulate the many who are not at work as they should be.
SomME MENTION is made elsewhere in this issue of the present status of bot- any in the Department of Agriculture at Washington. It is evident there has been expansion, which has resulted in leaving the original botanical division as strong as before, and in some respects stronger, while there has been a dis- tinct gain in establishing the study of plant diseases as a separate and clearly
gnized portion of the Department. It remains to be seen if this good be- ginning can be maintained, and made the fulcrum for higher and broader work, An institution which depends upon annual appropriations for its in-
The committee of the A. disbanded, and botanists should consequently feel that such responsibility as may exist lies with them individually.
E TIME the August number should have been prepared for press the editors were taking their yacation—the senior editor with a party in Indiana, one of the others in the mountains of West V irginia, and the third on the shores of Vermilion lake, in Northern Minnesota. If any short-comings are observed in that number our subscribers will have no difficulty in surmising the cause.
250 BOTANICAL GAZETTE [Sept.,
OPEN LETTERS.
Drying Plants. On reading the Herbarium number of the Gazerre I noticed that none of
the writers on specimen makin
years ago, while botanizing in otia. ough not e re for common he specimens fall short of those obtained by th inary methods, yet, if so situated tha abundance of driers is not o nable, or, if
will be found of practical value. On the trip referred to a large number of specimens had been collected, but so bad was the weather from rain and sea fogs that there was great danger of losing them a!l. Under these circumstances. advantage was taken of occasional glimpses of sunshine in the following way:
each sheet of specimens was pla between two driers a were sprea in a single layer on the floor of an open balcony. Pieces of board placed in the sun, logs or bark, would of rse answer the same purpose. Smal nes laid on the corners of the sheets prevented the di ing them, and n pressure was used except the weight of the single drier covering the specimens. of good sunshine served to fully cure mos This plan is only
i licable to specimens previously somewhat wilted in the press, as the leaves resh or insufficiently wilted ones curled up from the absence of pressure. lon, Ontario, Canada, T. J. W. Buraess, M. D.
A Collection of Exotics.
In reply to the suggestion of Prof. W. W. Bailey concerning exotics in the herbarium, I may state that in the herbarium of the United States National Museum we have undertaken to form precisely the kind of a collection he men-
ons. lt is the policy of the National Museum to publish, in the form of bulle-
tins, investigations upon the natural history of various interesting localities-
Colum ia. A committee of botanists was also appointed by the Biological So-
ciety of Washington to assist in the collection and preparation of this material.
For several years but little was accomplished, but on the formal establishment i m
1 k nd ore- over exotics that have long been cultivated are generally burdened with an extensive synonomy, but with a good named herbarium of foreign plants for
mparison much may be accomplished. __ en finally mounted for exhibition or study each specimen will be la- beled with its accepted scientific name, the common name under which it is
te these enera
we shall probably not be able to do so on account of limited space, althou. ‘ne suggestion of Prof. Bailey to this effect may be a good one. At any rate 3 ee of this character will furnish a source of popular information of un-
Vaiue, ; TON. United States National Museum. id) sede
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 251
Sinteni’s Puerto-Rico Plants.
[Translation.] The distribution of the first installment Bs plants sean vies T. Sinteni at Puerto-Rico has just taken place. The determination en made by the ny w a 5 rie
NOTES AND NEWS.
. F, Hance, British Consul at Amoy, China, died on June 22. He has been an ea sane student of the plants of the East, having described a large number rs new species, mostly in English tine dicals.
Mr. Romyn Hircucock, editor of the Americ Osaka, Japan, whigh will be his address for some rene © to come. The
ment of the Journal is placed in the hands of Rufus W. Deering, of washington NEW monthly botanical journal, to bear the name e Malpighia, wil 1
icroscopical analy has sailed for usiness era .c.
Messina, Italy, edited by Professors Borzi, Penzig, and Piro tta. It will contain or poet articles, bibliography, critiques, notes and queries. The subscription is placed a nty-five
ia RO: loo Harvey, of the Arkansas Industrial University, has accepted the Positi of natural history in the State College, Orono, Me., made vacant by the aE or aes vs H. Fernald, who takes the chair of zoology n the chusetts Stata ral Colleg Nopsis of the North A es of the genus Carex by Prof. L. H.
Bailey, Jr. Siz, wil shortly appear in the proceedings He the American Academy. Contrary can botanists the pag covered includes aoe
ri Prof. Bailey upon the work for three years, and the results hee his fads will be heartily aloisaed.
Boke si orlakeseasd MEETING of the: Roriery: sae i hae otion list Parasitic fungi as affecting plant ‘ar:
siaatrayoni by W. J. Beal, Ph. D.; On some psa of cultivated plants, by W. G. Far- low, M. D.; "The sources of nitrogen of plants, by R. C. K , M. D.; Vitality and ger- mination of fruit tree seeds, and Comparative growth of young trees, by W. R.
+ ee cates nson, M. Sor A sty i
© mildews of the grape, by Seribn B. fics
oe PLANT of Yucea filamen of remarkable size and habit ploomed last year in the at Adelaide, South hei and is red and described by Dr. Schom- bu seen, the director, in his last report. Itis about vin a years old, is 18 feet high and 7 feet 4 four in phen teed nan one foot above the ground. = for the first time in 873, seen cing an upright pages When this was cut away, a number of short ranch obular head of foliage Last year when rit bloomed
for isi secon od tim lone and dred flowers each, ‘bat instead of being rupee = were fully pendulous. ‘It is said to
have been a magnificent sight, as can well
ruling regarding the
S. for securing ng more vargeseet transmissio with written labels reported that aa heen
much siseatiod had been given d d ached. The ittee were ie wart h the pete that it was riiking legislations for
252 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Sept.,
+1 £ th
too small a class to be worth while. To overcom b 1 is now changed by the substitution of the words “ Wi a Gredl history specimens bide Ga botan i comm
eci Smithsonian inp as Chairman. The other members are Profs, L. F, Ward, J. W. Th S++ the ts
ck reported that i it bea eeocmaplished ‘the chief objects in view and was discontinue REFERENCE WAS MADE in the May issue to the condition of the botanical part of the partment of Agriculture, and the efforts to secure a suitable \ ata for the pres- ent pee For awhile after that was written the prospect was gloomy, and fears were en- t f is
address me fungous foes of ne PP and the pina for an patted ty of fully 7 $5,000 wk which Prof. Ri
d those of of Congress is largely due. The result has been, ea the work on the diseases of plants has n separated from i i
pa Pp e ow Division, and has been placed in full charge of Mr. Scribner, who reports directly to the Commissioner. This leaves the position of assistant botanist Vacant. An approprialliy of $5,000 was obtained, of which $840 goes to the Botanical Division t yin studying the agricultural grasses of the West, a the balance, $4,160, is to be used. for the investigation of the diseases of plants, and for the salaries of thos ose Pichia Although this is much less than originally peers yet it eginning.
LATHREA SQUAMARIA rope, has been studied by Mr. George Massee and described, with a plate, in the mind Journal of Botany. It fink for a long time been considered a true parasite upon the roots of elm, ash, hazel, and beech. After
u
B oO ba | z aR i=] i = 4 5 3 B 4 } E i=") e
upon which its
nt becomes old, frequently very rare, or ee ntogeer absent, while i in a Oe
i roots and dises are very numerou old plants; thei
pends entirely on the position in which eae isin finds itself; ry small living roots ye a
suitable host-plant are present they are developed, whereas, if the plant has migrated to &
locality from which they are absen t, it possesses the © power of supportin « itself by means ” It may bei
th mycelium of a fungus, such as described by Kamienski as about the roots op Monotropa, but not with sufficient constancy to admit of the theory of symbiosis
VOL. XI, NO. 10.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—OCT., 1886. Memoranda of a revision of the North American Violets.’ I. ASA GRAY.
It seems most natural to throw all the Candollian groups into one, except the section Melanium, which includes the pansies ; in this, following the late M. Boissier ; and to arrange our violets in SIX primary sections, upon characters of vegetation taken along with differences in the stigma.
Grovr I. Strictly acaulescent; the dissected leaves and scapes all directly from an erect and short thick caudex rather than rootstock, never stoloni- ferous: corolla beardless: large antrorse-terminal stigma wholly beakless and naked,
V. pedata L., with var. bicolor Pursh, fide Raf.
Group II. Acaulescent; the leaves and scapes springing directly from the summit of a rootstock, or later more or less from runners: style with in- flexed or truncate and beardless summit and an antrorsely beaked or short pointed small stigma.
* Rootstocks thick and short, multicipital, ascending or little creeping, never filiform nor stoloniferous, often fleshy-dentate: corolla only sacca spurred, blue or violet, occasionally varying to white; at least lateral petals bearded. Species connected by transitions.
V. pedatifida Don. Syst. i. 320 (1831). V. delphinifolia Nutt. in Torr. ray, Fl. i. 136 (1838). This earlier name clearly belongs here and must be adopted. It is the V. pinnata of Richardson (not the Linnean species, which has longer and narrower spurs), the V. pedata of Hooker’s Flora as to the plant of Saskatchewan, ete. It has often been confounded with that species; but its affinities are with V. palmata, indeed is probably variety of that species, with all the t might take the much earlier name of
1Read before the A. A. A. S., Buffalo meeting, 1886.
254 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. (Oe
V. palmata L. In the year 1856, in the second edition of my | Manual, this was combined with V. cucullata, following the-
general conviction of our botanists; repeated studies during thirty years confirm the opinion. But V. cucullata Ait. ought to have been referred, as an entire-leaved variety, to the Linnean V. palmata. I am the more constrained to do so now by the fact that the name cucullata would have to give way to the much earlier-published V. obliqua Hill, well figured and unmistakable in his Hortus Kewensis. To the various synonyms already ad- duced to the more or less cut-leaved forms of this multifarious and widely diffused species, I have only to add that of V. digi- tata Pursh, as suggested above.
ar. cucullata, the V. eweullata of Aiton (1789) and V. obliqua Hill (1769), with abundant synonymy, is characterized only neg- atively by the absence of cut leaves, and every one of its many forms is liable to have them, most so those which affect dry or sandy soil. Yet they have not been found at either the most northern or the farthest western limits of the species.
V. sagittata Ait. Generally well-marked as this is, yet it appears to be confluent on one hand into typical V. palmata, on the other into the var. cucullata.
* * Rootstocks thickish and creeping, stoloniferous, comparatively ‘large-flowered : corolla blue or violet, with white varieties; lateral petals usu- ally bearded ; spur short and saccate: leaves cordate and merely crenulate.
V. Langsdorffii Fischer in DC. Arctic Alaska to Brit. Co- lumbia, extending, I believe, to the Sierra Nevada in the state
evada. Quite distinct, as Maximowicz insists, from the more -eaulescent V. mirabilis,
V. odorata L., the Sweet Violet of the Old World, beginning to be naturalized.
* * Rootstocks long and filiform (not thickened nor scaly except at
base of old flowering growths), extensively creeping underground, sometimes 1? summer along the surface in shade, leaf-mould, etc.
+ Corolla blue or purple, large-spurred, beardless.
V. Selkirkii Pursh, fide Goldie. Our identification of 4 .
‘northern species with V. Kamtschatica of Gingius in DC., an with V. wmbrosa of Fries, appears to be confirmed. Few botan-
‘ists are aware that John Goldie, the first describer of this marked ©
‘Species, and of several other Canadian plants, lived down to te ‘present summer, dying at a great age, at Ayr, Ontario, June “+ -+ Corolla blue or purple, short-spurred, smaller.
ee *See sketch of Goldie’s life, p. 272, this number,
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 255
VY. palustris L. In this country only alpine or subalpine, Labrador to Saskatchewan and Rocky Mountains, south to those of Colorado, and the higher parts of those of New England.
ae Corolla white, mostly with brown-purple lines on lower or also on lateral petals or a blotch, these bearded or beardless in the same species; spur short and saccate: stigma as if truncate and margined, antrorsely short-pointed. The three species run together.
V. blanda Willd. Geographical range fully as large as that of V. palmata. To this I refer two forms, which in their ex- tremes would seem specifically distinct, viz. :
Var. palustriformis. Comparatively large, growing in shady or mossy and loose soil or leaf-mould, where it is freely and ex- tensively stoloniferous: upper face of the leaves commonly hir- sutulous in the way of V. Selkirkii, but less so: scapes often red- dish: flowers rather larger ; lower petal less lineate or picturate. This is V. obliqua Pursh (not Hill nor Ait.), and may also be his
and is the V. amena of Le Conte). It ranges from Canada to Delaware, and to the mountains of Utah, but passes freely into the ordinary type. In the dried specimens it so much resembles
sachusetts and central New York.
V. primulifolia L., including V. acuta Bigelow, in its various forms, as is well known, fills up the interval between V. blanda and V. lanceolata. It is an Atlantic coast species, except as to
Var. occidentalis. A form with ovate- or spatulate-oblong leaves, all tapering at base, coll. by T. Howell, much out of the ordinary range, at Waldo, 8. Oregon, along streamlets.
V. lanceolata L. has a rather larger range, from Nova Scotia to Lake Superior, Florida, and Texas.
+ + + + Corolla yellow; lateral petals usually be
V. rotundifolia Michx. Our only truly acaulescent yellow violet, well marked in its summer state by the unusually aceres- cent leaves lying flat on the ground. From the character and
arded.
256 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
habitat this should be, in its cleistogamous-flowering summer state, the V. clandestina of Pursh.
uP III. Subcaulescent by leafy stolons, or caulescent, with ascending 2-3-leaved stems, slender, almost glabrous, multiplying by long filiform root- stocks: leaves all reniform or cordate, undivided: corolla a bright yellow, with saccate spur: stigma terminal, beardless and beakless.
V. sarmentosa Dougl. To this belongs V. rotundifolia Hook. in Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 73, in Geyer’s collection, a species which it considerably resembles at first, flowering direct from the root- stock.
V. biflora L. Always caulescent, no leafy stolons; stigma margined on two sides. In this country known only from the Colorado Rocky Mountains; in the Old World ranges from Kamtschatka and Japan to Europe.
Synopsis of North American Pines, based upon leaf-anatomy.’ |. “\ JOHN M. COULTER AND J. N. ROSE.
(WITH PLATE VIII.?)
_ The genus Pinus is very naturally circumscribed, but its spe- cies have always been notably difficult of discrimination. This
1Read before the A. A. A. S., Buffalo meeting, 1
, 1886. i 7EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.—1. P, Strobus, 2 dorsal peripheral ducts, stomata oD ventral s,and single fibro-vaseular bundle, M54: 2p Gauss, P parenchy mets ducts, stoma
on all faces, fibro-vaseular bundles, X54: 3. P. sis, internal duct, - eaten ue sole of aoe bundle-sheath with thick outer walls, K250 ; 4
lg ; - 2. ening ceils next the epidermis, ys . P. flerilis, thin-walled layer (pitted) net th ; . tubereulata, walled layer between epidermis and stengtennien ae re eae af
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 57
In 1865 F. Thomas, in Pringsheim’s Jahrbucher, iv. pp. 23-63, first called attention to these leaf characters as means of classifi- cation. The other authors upon this subject have been C. E. Bertrand, Bull. Soe, Bot. France, xviii. pp. 376-381, 1871, and Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., xx. pp. 5-153, 1874; W. R. McNab, Proc. Irish Acad., ii. pp. 209-218, 1875, and in the same journal, pp. 673-704, 1877; E. Purkinje, of Austria, has also made studies, but his results have not been learned. Probably the most dili- gent and successful investigator of this subject was the late Dr. Geo. Engelmann, whose name in connection with this group of plants is the most familiar in this country. me of his conclu- sions have been published in his “Synopsis of American Firs,” published in 1878 in the Trans. St. Louis Acad., iii. pp. 593-602, and particularly in his “ Revision of the genus Pinus,” published in 1880 in the same journal, iy. pp. 161-189. It is upon this last contribution that the work recorded in the present paper was based. Dr. Engelmann made use of the characters obtained from leaf-structure to define many of his subdivisions of the genus, but did not carry them on into the species. Our object has been, in the first place, to verify his work; in the second, to make use of these characters in the discrimination of species
fossil botany in the de- In several cases it will also be noted these characters serve to separate forms which have been doubtfully placed together, and more frequently to bring to- gether certain forms which have been kept apart as doubtful Species,
It will be observed that Dr. Engelmann’s arrangement, in the main, has been confirmed, trifling modifications here and there being made to better express what is conceived to be true rela- tionships. The necessity of a lineal arrangement, of course, dis- torts many of the facts, but we believe it to be the most natural
yet suggested.
258 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
The number of species of American pines, exclusive of Mexico, as given by Prof. C. S. Sargent, in the tenth census report, is thirty-five. These have all been examined, as well as eight or ten Mexican species, which are also included. The material has been obtained from the Harvard herbarium, from other well known herbaria, and also from the very instructive slides prepared by the Rev. J. D. King, whose material was obtained from Prof. Sargent. Effort was made to obtain material from as wide a range as pos- sible, and repeated studies of the same forms were constantly made.
ransverse sections of the leaf are used, and these should al- ways be made well away from either its base or apex. Neglect of this precaution has led to confusion, as a leaf with two distinet fibro-vascular bundles, may be thought to have but one if the sec- tion is made near the extremities. ‘The bundles usually separate above the base of the leaf, and blend again near its apex, and in poorly developed leaves may never appear separate at all. This led Dr. Engelmann to say that the single or double bundle s of very little diagnostic importance, as we find occasionally single or double bundles in the same species,”' while, with the precau- tion mentioned, we have known it to fail but once.
he outline ofa transverse section, in the main, depends upon the number of leaves in a fascicle, but this can not be pressed too far. In P. monophylla the outline is nearly circular, in 2-leaved species it is semicircular, in 3-leaved species triangular, but in 5-leaved species it is also triangular. It is thus usually possible to determine approximately the number of leaves in a fasicle by the transverse section of a single one,and hence the number of leaves will also be legitimately included among our anatomical characters. ;
The leaf-structure is separable into three regions, the cortical, the mesophyll and the fibro-vascular. j
€ cortical region. This is composed of one layer of epi- dermal cells, with very thick walls, interrupted here and there by stomata. The position and number of rows of stomata are = uable characters. In some species, as P, Strobus, they are foun only on the ventral side; in others, as in P. Coulteri, they occur both dorsally and ventrally. The rest of the cortical region is made up of the so-called “ hypoderma,” being mostly very thick-walled cells, aptly called by Engelmann “ strengthening cells” Engel mann rejected the term “hypoderma,” because cells of the same Da- ture often occur About the resin ducts and in the fibro-vascular re- gion. Theterm “strengthening cells,” therefore refers to this thick- walled tissue wherever found, and they may be cortical, about the
'Trans. St. Louis Acad., iv. 165,
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 259
ducts, or central. The term “ hypoderma” still has its use, how- ever, as it contains another group of cells which we have called “thin-walled cells,” to distinguish them from the strengthening cells, This thin-walled layer frequently occurs between the epi- dermis and the cortical strengthening cells, and its presence or absence is a character of considerable importance. Seven of our species have an hypoderma composed only of these thin-walled cells, with no cortical strengthening cells; eight or nine species have no thin-walled layer between the epidermis and the cortical strengthening cells; while the remainder have the thin-walled layer between the epidermis and strengthening cells. By “ thin- walled cells” it must be understood that we are speaking com- paratively, as they are by no means thin-walled in fact, but ¢on- trasted with the epidermal and strengthening cells are decidedly so. Rarely is there any difficulty in distinguishing this layer, but occasionally, as in P. monticola, the thin-walled layer shades into the strengthening cells.
Il. The mesophyll region. This is chiefly compused of large chlorophyll-bearing parenchyma cells, with very characteristic infoldings, which are of no diagnostic value. In this region, however, are found the resin ducts, and their position and size furnish very important characters They are found in three positions, viz.: peripheral, when they lie next to the cortical region; parenchymatous, when completely surrounded by the mesophyll ; internal, when next to the bundle-sheath. The terms “ external,” “ medial,” and “internal” would better express their
that in two species resin ducts have been occasionally discovered in the fibro-vascular region, viz.: P. sylvestris,’ to which we a
P. serotina. Dr. Engelmann considers the positions of these ducts in the mesophyll region as the most useful diagnostic character obtained from the leaf-structure. However, even this character can not be relied upon exclusively, as variations from the normal
changing the normal position, but in the development of accessory ducts in some other position, or in the change in position of a single one of the normal ducts. To Dr. Engelmann’s list of these variations we have added ten or twelve species, showing that such variation is not unlikely in the whole genus. All the resin-ducts
2Arthur, Barnes and Coulter, Hand-book of plant dissection, p. 167,
260 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
which, in many eases, are thick-walled strengthening cells, either scattered about the duct or forming a compact sheath.
Ill. The fibro-vascular region, A very distinct bundle-sheath invests this region, the cells of which are either comparatively thin-walled, or with the outer wall excessively thickened. This has been a useful character in some of our subdivisions, but is not always constant. P. Sabiniana, P. Coulteri, and a few others may or may not have the bundle-sheath with thickened outer walls. Tn the center of this region occur the fibro-vascular bundles, either one or two. This character we have used as one of the best for separating the genus into two sections. As has been mentioned, Dr. Engelmann considered it of but slight diagnostic importance, but we have found no character less likely to fail. In the examina- tion of many hundreds of sections but one was different from the expectation in this regard. The bundles are always together at the base and apex of the leaf, and may be widely separated dur- ing the remainder of their course, but even when they are in con- tact they can easily be distinguished as two. In the use of the terms “ dorsal” and “ ventral”, when speaking of the leaf sur- faces, the former is applied to the phloem side, the latter to the xylem. Strengthening cells may or may not be found about the
fibro-vascular bundles, and this is such a constant character as to good service in classification. The rest of the fibro-vascu- lar region is filled with parenchyma cells and tracheids, neither of which are of any diagnostic value. : sing the structural characters described the following syn- optical arrangement of our pines, including some Mexican species, is presented, for the purpose of supplementing other characters, for use in the absence of other characters, and to indicate relationships.
1. Fibro-vascular bundle one: leaves mostly in fives.
*A thin-walled layer next the epidermis (somewhat thickened in P. mon- ticola) : no strengthening cells next the epidermis nor about the ducts: leaves always in fives.
t Stomata on dorsal side of leaf.®
1. P. albieaulis Engelm. Epidermis mostly very thick- walled: one to three rows of dorsal stomata: two dorsal ducts (.050-.070 mm.); often a ventral duct, sometimes one or more smaller accessory ones: thin-walled cells about ducts larger than those next the epidermis; leaves 2 in. long.
Along the Coast Range, from California to British Columbia.
This does not mean that there are no ventral stomata,
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 261
First described by Engelmann in Trans. St. Louis Acad., ii. 209; then re- duced by him to a variety of the next species in Bot. Oalif., ii. 225; finally re- stored to specific rank by the same author in Bor. Gazerrs, vii. 4. Several ‘specimens labeled P. aristata in herbaria belong here.
2. P. flexilis James. Epidermis not so thick-walled: one to four rows of dorsal stomata: two dorsal ducts (.030-.045 mm.) ; rarely a ventral one: thin-walled cells about ducts equalling those next the epidermis: leaves 2—4 in. long.
Western slope of Rocky Mountains to California.
The extreme forms of these two species stand well apart, but there are in- termediate forms which are hard to determine.
- + T No stomata on dorsal side of leaf (often present in P. monticola),
3. P. reflexa Engelm. Three or four rows of stomata on ven- tral faces: two dorsal ducts (.025-.040 mm.): number of cells in bundle-sheath 16-20: fibro-vascular bundle often quite large, al- most filling the fibro-vascular region, which. often has strength- ening cells, differing in this respect from the other species of the group and resembling P. cembroides: leaves 1—2 in. long.
High mountains of New Mexico and Arizona.
First described as a variety of P. flexilis by Engelmann in Bot. Wheeler’s Report ; then raised to specific rank in Bor. GAzeErreE, vii. 4.
4. P. Strobus L. Three to five rows of stomata on ventral faces: one to three ducts (.035-.040 mm.), mostly two and sit- uated half way between the middle and edge of the dorsal face ; when three the odd one is on one of the ventral faces: number of cells in bundle-sheath 15-19, mostly 16: leaves 3-4 in. long.
Along the Alleghanies and in the northern states east of the Mississippi.
5. P. Ayacahuite Ehrenberg. Much like the last, but with a few more cells in the bundle-sheath (18-21), and always two dorsal ducts, which are much smaller (.015-.025 mm.).
Mountains of Mexico.
6. P. monticola Dong. Two to six rows of ventral stomata, often one or two dorsal rows: mostly two dorsal ducts (.025-.050 mm.), sometimes but one; often a few ventral ducts: number of cells in bundle-sheath 20-25: leaves 2-4 in. long.
Mountains of the Pacific slope.
The thin-walled layer next the epidermis, which is ch group, is not so evident as in the other species, but can be distinguished from the strengthening cells. It marks well a transition phase to the next group.
* # No thin-walled layer next the epidermis: strengthening cells next the epidermis and generally about the ducts : leaves one to five.
teristic of this
+ Stomata on dorsal side of leaf.
262 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Oct.,
7. P. Lambertiana Doug. ‘Two to six rows of stomata on each face of the triangular section : always two dorsal ducts, often one between, occasionally some ventral ducts which are sometimes parenchymatous, no strengthening cells in fibro-vascular region: leaves 3-4 in. long.
In the Sierra Nevada and Coast Range.
Notes on the mode of pollination of Asclepias. CHARLES ROBERTSON, (WITH PLATE VIII )
In regard to the visitors of Asclepias Cornuti, Dr. Hermann Miiller observes that they “slip upon the smooth parts of the flower until a foot enters the wide inferior part of the slit, in
_ which it at last gets a firm hold”. Mr. T. H. Corry’ describes the insect as grasping the back of a nectary, and plunging its » proboscis into its cavity, “endeavoring at the same time to get a firm and sure foothold on the unstable flowers ” until the insect at length places one of its feet into the wider part of an alar fis- su
ves = 3 ae — tae] dl ° bp, ct as a @ a i) S poe Soon = i) = @ -) => © S ja} im | (oF oe b> ad oO ‘ (=) — 5 a )
also found pollinia of this species on the spurs and claws of
Danais Archippus, and high up on tarsal hairs of Priononyx
ict reel ese i _ 1. Befruchtung der Blumen”, 3, p.336. T ee slated
by D’ Arey W. Thompson, B. A., 1883, p.898. The Fertilization of Flowers ”’, tran
a7 Structure and Development of the Gynostegiu ization _ inAselepias Cornuti, Dec.,” Frans. Linn. Soc. Fe ee et tee Mode of Fertil
186, 187. ond. Bot. 2d Ser. Vol. II., part 8. 1883, PP- pe Hy
PLATE VII}.
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,i886.
p GRAS E- Bh Stash ios ios F
~ LPs
aD oe: Geeytte ’ “4 . : Mh adh MEE? GES. G- =
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, ‘263
tes and P. Turnus as high as 9mm, H. Miiller gives a figure of the leg of a butterfly showing eleven corpuscula, seven of which are fastened above the claws, four forming a combination ona tibial spur. *Dr. A.S. Packard, Jr., figures a Tachytes (?)’ show- ing pollinia much as they appear on visitors of the smaller flow- ered species. In addition to those mentioned above, I have found, among the visitors of A. incarnata, A. verticillata and A. tuberosa, insects of the following genera with pollinia upon the hairs of the tarsi above the claws: Apathus, Melissodes, Cera- ‘tina, Magachile, Epeelus, Halictus, Vespa, Polistes, Odynerus, Cerceris, Crabro, Pelopoeus, Ammophila, Stizua, Bembex, As- tata, Tachytes, Pompilus, Priocnemis, Myzine, Pieris, Colias, Libythea, Conops, Midas, Trichisa, and Euphoria. A theory of pollination can not, therefore, be limited to an account of the in- sertion of pollinia which are attached to the claws; and it is
34 specimen of Sphex Pennsylvanica in the collection of Prof.S. A. Forbes at Cham- paign, Ill., has pollinia which I refer to A. Sul-ivantii s y situated on its legs.
fig. 1 ; 5 Am. Nat, vol. I., p. 105, and * Guide to the Study of Insects’’, p. 165. Dr. Packard. regards the tarsus as that ‘‘ of a wasp belonging probably ”’ to Tachytes. Mr. W. H. Patton, in Proc. Bost, Soc. Nat. Hist., XX., p. 397, says, ‘Indeed. that figure bears @/resemblance to the tarsus of Tachytes, but represents tolerably well the tarsus of Sphex, an insect of a different family ’’.
4
264 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Oct.,
claimed for the view maintained in this paper, that it will account for pollination as readily in the one case as in the other and by the same mode. : H. Miller, who supposes that the whole foot enters the stig- matic chamber, says: “When the insect tries to draw its foot out in order to proceed further, the diverging claws are caught by the apposed edges of the anther-wings, and guided upwards in the slit, so that one or other of the two claws is brought with- out fail into the notch in the lower border of the corpusculum and there held fast®.” On the same subject Mr. Corry observes : “When the foot reaches the superior end of the alar chamber in which it has been guided, one at least of the two hooked claws upon it, or some part of the foot in the case of Diptera, must easily enter the hollow cavity of the corpusculum, which lies in such a position that this result is inevitable’.”. The importance which these authors attach to the view that the whole foot enters the chamber, in my opinion, rests on a misunderstanding of the mode of insertion of the pollinia, and has led them to overlook the precision with which a corpusculum comes to be fastened to a hair or claw. The corpusculum is placed so nicely at the top of the wings that its cleft is fairly continuous with the slit be- tween them (fig. 2 ¢.), and I can not conceive that the contriv-
manner as a hair or spur. In a careful examination of the feet of 116 hive-bees which were killed by being caught on the flow- ers of A. Sullivantii, I have found that, with but two exceptions, when a foot was held by the wi ngs, only one claw was between them, the other being free, or less often the pulvillus was held between the wings and both claws were outside. When first withdrawn the pollinia lie in the same plane (fig. 4.) Ina few minutes the twisting of the retinacula brings the pollinia into nearly parallel planes, but the upper ends are still
®Tbid, p. 398, 7Ibid, p. 188,
) 4 Jt
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
vantage might be looked for in the slow movement of the pol- linia of Asclepias. Indeed, Mr. Corry, who has observed this phenomenon in A. Cornuti, states that it is of advantage, although he fails to show it; and I think it impossible so to do on the supposition that the pollinia are introduced by the corpuscula. He says: ‘Some considerable time, moreover, must elapse after the pollinia are extracted before the corpuscular appendages are so far dried that both pollinia of the same corpusculum can be in- troduced through the fissure into the alar chamber, and in the meantime the insect has had time to reach another flower or plant*.” On another page he observes: “ If the movement did not oceur
movement is hardly an advantage under this view. If the cor-
foot of an insect commonly enters the stigmatic chamber it is not hard to understand how the corpusculum should go in with it. But when the corpusculum is fastened to a hair which is directed _ outward and downward from the leg of the insect, and which is often so short that the corpusculum is fairly in contact with the n the examination of the feet of hive bees killed on the flowers, I have failed to find a single case
fore, the structure of the cor usculum is so far from facilitating the introduction of the pollinia that it prevents the part to whic it is attached from being again caught in the slits;
8 Ibid. p. 195. Ibid, p. 190.
266 BOTANICAL GAZETTE [Oct.,
ward, the retinacula finally stand nearly at right angles to the leg of the insect. The retinaculum, near the point where it joins the pollinium, is bent rather suddenly, so that the pollinium ap- pears to be flexed upon it. This flexure, which Mr. W.H. Leg- gett” has called the knee, is very prominent. There is quite an interval between the knees, and the membrane of the retinaculum at the knee is expanded transversly to the plane of the polliniunr (fig. 5 k.) Robert Brown" has observed in A. purpurascens, that the part of the retinaculum extending between the knee and the pollinium remains attached to the latter when it is found in the stigmatie chamber. This expansion of the membrane serves to prevent the withdrawal of the pollinium after it has been inserted
knee has reached the upper part of the cavity and will go no further, the retinaculum is torn across and escapes, leaving the pollinium in position to effect fertilization.
In repeated trials at artificial pollination of the flowers of A. Cornuti, A. Sullivantii, and A. incarnata, I succeeded three times, in the case of A, Sullivantii, in separating the pollinium from the retinaculum without withdrawing the latter from the slit, and thus was enabled to insert a pollinium and to draw out a corpus- culum at the top of the ale with its two pollinia by the same
pusculum at the top remained intact. Accordingly, I have seen | ee es Ce Vel ins UC‘ “‘“‘“‘ ; 3O*; _ Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond., Vol. XVI, p. 724,
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 267
no difficulty, on the supposition that the pollinia are introduced by the knees, in the observation of H. Mii ‘In several flowers which I dissected the corpuscula and pollen masses were still in their places, though pollinia, which must have come from other flowers, had been inserted into the* stigmatic cham- bers.”
In a number of cases observed by me on A. Sullivantii the movement which turns the knees toward the flower is completed in about seven minutes, though it has proceeded sufficiently in five minutes to turn the flexure far enough to render its inser- tion quite likely. With the view of pollination stated in this paper, the slow movement is plainly of advantage, because a knee can hardly be caught by the wings until it has occurred.
Now, since only one pollinium is inserted into the stig- matic chamber, there is an economic disposal of the pollinia. The interval between the flexures is so great that only one of them can be caught, while the other passes by the slit uninjured. There are, therefore, two chances of a pollinium being transfer- red to another plant. If both pollinia were left at each act of pollination, there would be bat one chance of cross fertilization. Moreover, the chances of cross fertilization would be reduced from the fact that the stigmatic chambers would be more nearly filled by pollinia from the same source, while if they are intro- duced singly, there are more chances of a chamber receiving a pollinium from a distinct
As two pollinia are fastened together, there would be but one chance of pollination occurring if the pollinia were inserted by the corpuscula, while there are two chances of a knee -being caught. When a pollinium has been removed, the broken retin-
chamber, of course, there would be ie aa taking place without regard to the number of pollinia. Such an accident would be likely to destroy the whole combination. As already observed, on the large flowers of A. Sullivantn and A.
2Tbid, p. 400.
268 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
Cornuti the shorter hairs on the legs of insects are not readily caught, so that the number of parts to which the corpuscula may be attached are reduced toa minimum. For instance, the only parts on the leg of a hive bee which can remove the corpuscula of these species are the two claws and the pulvillus. The leg will thus remove three corpuscula, and since these bodies render useless the parts to which they are attached, the broken retina- cula not only take the place of the parts disqualified, but increase the number of parts to which the corpuscula can be attached. By means of these combinations, therefore, the leg of an insect
13 Tbid. 191.
1886. ] - BOTANICAL GAZETTE, - 269
which has two pollinia’.” This is a plain admission that the view that the pollinia are inserted by the corpuscula will not ac- count for the formation of dichotomous combinations of pollinia, and involves the whole theory of the insertion of pollinia by the corpuscula. For if a pollinium in a dichotomous combination can be inserted by the knee, any other pollinium may be inserted in the same way, and the theory of insertion by the knee may be applied throughout without meeting any difficulty. The suppo- sition that the pollinia are inserted by the knees explains the for- mation of these as well as of unilateral ones, and shows the value of both forms; for the combination becomes the equivalent of a leg provided with a number of pollinia, each one of which may be inserted separately. at
Finally, I have seen the pollinia of A. Sullivantii introduced into the stigmatic chambers in the manner above described. The pollinia and the entrance to the chamber in this species are very large and are easily seen, and hive bees move so slowly in effect- ing pollination that, after a knee is caught, one can see the pol- linium slowly disappear between the wings, so that there can be no doubt as to the manner of insertion. Commonly, however,
slit. When a foot is held by a retinaculum the pollinium is found in the chamber, with every indication that it was introduced by the knee.
ExpLaNATION oF Ficures on Pirate VIII.—1. Flower of A. Sullivantii
a. anther wing. ¢. corpusculum. e. entrance to stigmatic chamber. k. knee. r. retinaculum. s. stigmatic chamber. p. pollinium. i gk Aik enantio 14Tbid. pp. 191, 192.
270 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, fOet, 2
Certain chemical constituents of plants considered in relation to heir morphology and evolution.*
HELEN C. DE 8S. ABBOTT.
The writer has been engaged for some time upon the study of plants by means of proximate qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis, in which the latest methods advanced by Dra- gendorff were followed. The facts obtained from these studies tend to show a chemical progression in plants, and a mutual de- pendence between chemical constituents and change of vegetable
m.
All plants which were known to contain saponin were exam- ined to determine the correlation between this constituent and the accompanying morphological forms. It was found that these sa- ponin plants occupied the great middle plane of M. Edouard Heck- el’s scheme of plant evolution.!. M. Heckel arranges all plants within three divisions: 1. Simplicity of floral elements; 2. Mul- tiplicity of floral elements; 3. Condensation of floral elements, and in addition he bases his theories upon three characters: Filiation, adaptation, and progression. These laws as well as the three divi- sions of development, are not only elements of test for the great divisions, but are to be found in orders, sub-orders and classes. 4t is a significant fact that all the saponin groups belong to this middle division, or multiplicity of floral elements. Saponin is thus a con- structive element in developing the plant from the multiplicity of floral «lements to the cephalisation of those organs. It is an in is- pensable principle in the progression of certain lines of plants, passing from their lower to their higher stages. Saponin is invari- ‘ably absent where the floral elements are simple ; it is invariably absent where the floral elements are condensed to their greatest extent. Its position is plainly that of a factor in the great middle realm of plant life when the elements of the individual are striving ‘to condense and thus increase their physiological action and the economy of parts. All the great groups which contain saponl? “are closely allied and possess other properties in common, 4% fibrous or bulbous roots, rootstocks, tubular character of some part of the flower, and a climbing tendency in Smilacee and some -of the Sapotacee. :
+ Numerous analogous examples of a correspondence between morphology and chemical constituents were advanced, and the following conclusions reached :
Darina eee a
* Abstract, by the author, ing, 1886
-Evolution used in the sense pecbeaek rc posicn hans as hemeaeee cain SE. ~*Les plantes-et la théorie de l’evolution, Revue Scientifique, 13 Mars. 1886.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, | 271
1. A similarity of one or more chemical constituents is to be found in all plants which are equally developed, and on the same evolutionary plane.
The evolution of chemical constituents in which they fol- low parallel lines with the evolutionary course of plant forms, the one being intimately connected with the other, and consequently that chemical constituents are indicative of the height of the scale of progression, and are essentially appropriate for a basis of botanical classification. In other words, that the theory of evolution in plant life is best illustrated by the chemical constit-
_uents of vegetable form.
e reasons offered in favor of a chemical basis of classifica-
tion are:
form are intimately associated with the origin and progression of plant life, and are consequently better adapted for classification than organs and tissues because as component parts less complex.
the invariable composition and structure of given de- terminate chemical constituents.
4. The percentage of any given compound in a plant would gauge the progression or retrogression of a plant, species 0 genus, and would accentuate the characters of progression, adap- tion, and filiation.
Variations in chemical constituents would be detected by analysis earlier than consequent variations of organs or tissues.
t is a law of internal influences controlling function and modifying forms rather than of external forces, hence a study o the elements of the innermost structure of plant life is a study of that law and of life itself. ;
All chemical constituents will not answer as means of classi-
t. . . The chemical study of plants is meant to include micro- chemistry in its application to histology and physiology, in de-
272 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Oct.,
with the schemes of Dragendorff and others. I should suggest that analysis be made of each part of the plant, as of the root, stem, bark, wood, leaf, flower, and seeds; also of the separate organs of plants, i. e., in the flower, of the stamens, pistils, petals, calyx, and of various plants under various conditions of age, climate, soil and seasons. Under these conditions a comparison of chemical constituents with ‘plant structure would lead to a comprehension of the correlation between morphology and chemistry.
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
An interesting Peronospora.—The Peronospora graminicola Schr. is abund- ant here this season on Setaria viridis. Dr. Farlow gives a description of the species in the Boranrcal Gazerre, March, 1884, p. 39, after which he says: “This curious species, for which Schroeter has created the sub-genus Selerospora, has been found in several European countries, but is at present only known at. La Crosse (Mien-) in this country.’ The specimens gathered here are more vigorous, seemingly, than those from which the description of the species was made. For example, the conidiophores, instead of being solitary or sparingly branched, are clustered and much branched. But that which will most inter- est all lovers of the P p is the fact that this mildew attacks the spikes of the Setaria and frequently distorts the floral parts beyond all’ recognition. Herewith is shown! a “head” of the foxtail flowers, drawn natural size. In- stead of the apparently cylindrical spike, three or more inches long, with its many long bristles, there is a smooth head, or short spike of floral parts, 96 shown at ain the engraving. Rarely more than one head in the same plant '8 thus deformed. With few exceptions, the essential parts of the affected flowers are either abortive or wanting. At) is shown a spikelet double its natural size. The affected floral parts are usually of a purplish color, and abound in
e odspores of the Peronospora. In many of the palets and flowering glumes the thick-walled, dark brown or chestnut odspores are so numerous as to occUPY nearly all the space within the epidermis. i
her culms without flowers the upper leaves are frequently very stiff, upright and colored dark brown. In such the odspores have formed in count less numbers.—Byron D. Hatsrep, Agricultural College, Ames, Iowa.
John Goldie, gardener and botanist.—John Goldie was born near May- bole, in the district of Carrick, Ayrshire, on the 21st March, 1793. Having ardening as an occupation, he was for a time under instructions 1»
the art in the gardens of Kilkenam, a residence of the Fergusons, an A county family, situated on the Girvan river in Carrick. At an early period . his career he became associated with Mr. James Smith, well known in his dey
1See plate VIIT.
18885. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 273
as a botanist and horticulturist, and to whom is credited the introduction into cultivation of what is now known as the Kilmarnock weeping willow, which, it is said, he discovered amongst some of the hedges of Ayrshire. hen Hen Ainslie, the well known American naturalized poet, was
young man making the tour, the fanciful account of which he afterwards pub- lished under the title of “A Pilgrimage to the Land of Burns,” he visited, amongst other places worthy of note, Mr. Smith’s residence and gardens, known by the name of Monkwood Grove, situated on the banks of the classic Doon, and puts on record a very pleasing picture of the place and its occupant and its botanical treasures.
In the year 1815 Mr. Goldie married Margaret Ballantyne Smith, daughter
of his preceptor. An incident of his early youth was his appointment as bot-
W
unexplained cause, superseded at the last moment, whic terwards to regret, as the expedition turned out abortive, bers succumbing to the terrible African climate.
For the purpose of th ghly with the botanic gardens at Glasgow, and in company with the lamented bot- anist and traveler Douglas studied botany under Sir William Hooker, was at that time curator of the gardens, and whose lifelong friendship he af- terwards enjoyed.
e paid his first visit to America in 1817-18, and at Montreal made the acquaintance of Frederick Pursh, one of the pioneer botanists of this continent, and at that time residing at Montreal ; congeniality of tastes resulting in Mr. Pursh furnishing him with useful letters of introduction to people throughout the country likely to aid him in his researches. Returning home in 1818, he revisited America in 1819-22. His diary, still preserved in manuscript, records his starting on foot from Montreal on the 4th June, 1819, and in this way mak- he St. Lawrence, with a divergence to the Lake Simcoe ‘oronto, at that time called Little without observing or being made Hamilton now stands. The Niagara
nearly all the mem-
the diary dates his arrival at what was named from an oil that was seen to rise to dark-colored, and having a strong bituminous smell. Some soldiers, marching from Pittsburg to Detroit, were said to be the first to report the discovery of this oil, the virtue of which as a cure for rheumatism they also found out, the march in the wet having made many of them victims to it.
The diary, of course, makes many references to the plants noted in the dif- ferent localities, and his services to the science were recognized by English bot- anists in annexing his name to a fern, Aspidium Goldianum, which he was the
to describe and procure specimens ol.
274 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
On returning to Scotland, after this second American tour, he was in the year 1824 recommended by Mr. McNab, of the Edinburgh Botanical Gardens, to collect and take charge of a vessel load of plants to be taken to St. Peters- burg for the starting of a botanica! garden there, in which mission he acquit- ted himself to the satisfaction of his employers. On his return from this expe- dition he settled down with his family in the nursery business, but returned to Russia again in 1830 and made a collecting excursion through the country, amongst some of the fruits of which was the introduction to the English horti- cultural world of such plants as the Picea pictita, Pavenia tenuifolia plena, etc. From this time till the year 1844 he followed the business of nurseryman and florist at the old home near by to the birthplace of the poet Burns, a few miles from the town of Ayr
In 1844, having formed a favorable opinion of Canada West as a place of emigration, in which he might have a chance to better the circumstances of himself and family, he took ship with his entire household, for Montreal, and from there journeyed westward and chose as a resting-place a spot near some of his old-world neighbors, about a mile from Ayr, in the county of Waterloo, where he died, surrounded by children, grandchildren and great-grandchildren, last June, in his ninety-fourth year.
ium molle DC.—This species, heretofore accredited to Florida, seems to be no nearer to us than St. Thomas of West Indies, Panama, and trop- ical South America. It should be dropped from our catalogues. The plant escribed under that name with doubt by Chapman, and on that authority en- tered in Watson’s Index, is D. tortuosum DC. To it are to be referred No. 30 Garber’s South Florida Fl, and No. 623 Curtiss’ N. Am. Pl. Its more distant verticels of filiform, recurved, thrice longer (9’) pedicels, and its pendulous loments of 4-6 equal, twisted, 2’ long, fertile joints, sufficiently distinguish - tortuosum from the following :
D, molle DC.; ? Macf. Fl. Jam.; Benth. in Fl. Brasil; Griseb. Fl. Brit. W- Ind. ; not Chapm. (No. 861 Eggers’ Fl. Ind. Oce.)—Probably distinct from every other known species by its loment. This is 2- or occasionally 3-jointed ; up- per joint only perfecting seed, flat, oval,enlarged (3 long) and detaching itself at maturity, suture notched at insertion of seed ; lower joints minute, undulate- twisted, sterile, persistent.—Joun DonNELL SmivH,
of several leguminous seeds, published in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, February, 1886, at Dr. Coulter’s suggestion I made an examination of the testa of the seeds of Phytolacca, with the following results: There are four distinct regions: 1, The palisade layer (I). This layer consists of flat very thick-walled cells, each containing a very irregular cell cavity, completely filled with a large granular mass and numerous small granules. The thick walls contain a brown pigment, and are roughened all over by small projec- eee aS Aas Bre ronghen ae
1¥ee p’ate VITT.
1886. | BOPANICAL GAZETTE. 275,
tions. These cells vary in shape, some being almost wedge-shaped. 2. The next region (II) contains four or five layers of thin-walled cells, which are somewhat irregular, sometimes five or six-sided in section, separated by a few intercellular spaces, and containing a small amount of coloring substance. 3. The third region (III) is decidedly a pigment layer. The cells aresmall, regular and thick-walled. 4, The innermost region (IV) contains two layers of nearly empty cells. They are thin-walled, with the exception of the wall next the nu- cellus (V), and somewhat rectangular. It will be noticed that the “crystal layer” found in many of the harder seeds is entirely wanting. —Cuas. U, Srock- BARGER, Wabash College, Indiana.
e notes on Hypericum.—Since the publication of my revision of North American Hypericacee in the BorantcaL Gazette for April and May, 1886, I have received some very icing material from Dr. A. Gattinger, of Nashville, Testy ie has for many years been making a careful study of the state flora, ms to be a peti for this group, where northern and southern forms mingle. Eighteen species of Hypericum are found within its borders, and it is not wonderful that in some of its almost inaccessible regions @ new species has been discovered.
ery interesting discovery is that of H. Kalmianum L. in the oakbarrens of Tullahoma, Middle Tennessee, July 10, 1882. Heretofore thought to be re- stricted to the region of the great lakes, its occurrence in this widely separated locality is very unexpected. Asa rule the specimens seem more robust than their northern representatives, but not more so than some specimens I collected last August at Point Abino, near Buffalo. It would be interesting to learn more of the surroundings, but “oakbarrens” give us probably the same condi- tions of soil as are found to favor the northern forms.
In the revision referred to a separation is made between H. Kalmianum and the group containing H. prolificum and H. densifloram upon the basis of five- and three-celled capsule. Undoubtedly this distinction occasionally breaks down, as H. Kalmianum is found with capsules four- to six-celled, and the cap- sule of H. densiflorum is often four-celled, while the new species described be- low combines characters of both groups, and forms a complete transition from H. Kalmianum to the species that follow. While these exceptions show that the division is not an absolute one, it still is the rule, and furnishes as good a distinguishing character as can be e xpected in species so closely allied. For the present, then, the new species, while it is undoubtedly most closely related to H. densiflorum and H. prolificum, will be grouped most conveniently with ~ H. Kalmianum, on the basis of a five — capsule, as follows:
of Ek um Gattinger, n. sp.1_ Shrub, five to seven feet high, with
prolificum : fovert as ae doen: page
ule tw hree li ong.
upright branches : leaves oe in tf, not foliaceous, | tapering to the long strong ee completely fivecelled ond deeply five-lobed, in most cases the fi falling away from a baer op axis. eae sway lands, in the Orange *sand formation, near Hol-_
sti net,
1Announced to the Botanical Club of the A. A. A.S., Buffalo meeting, 1586.
276 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
low-rock, Carroll Co., West’ Tennessee, collected first in fruit, September, 1867 in flower, July, 1886, Gattinger ; also, ‘‘ W. Mississippi or E. Tennessee,” Dr. J. TZ. Stewart, 1863. Dr. Gattinger describes it as “growing in a swampy region difficult to penetrate, amidst Rosa Caroliniana and Nyssa aquatica.” He found two shrubs, and no more. The Stewart specimen is in the Harvard herbarium, and is simply a fragment of a fruiting specimen which has remained undeter- mined, but it is undoubtedly this species. The great peculiarity consists in the deeply five-lobed capsule, which is more differentiated than in any other mem- ber of the genus and serves well to distinguish the species. Some species are slightly lobed, but in this case the carpels seem almost distinct and are simply held together by their attachment to a central axis, from which they fall away at maturity. The size and general habit of the plant are like H. densiflorum, with perhaps even denser flower clusters, while the broad leaves are exactly those of H. prolificaum. Mr. Canby has collected New Jersey forms of H. densiflorum bearing the leaves of H. prolificum, which closely resemble H. lobocarpum, ex- cept in the capsule characters, Dr. Gattinger is to be commended for the per- sistence with which he urged the claims of this species to recognition—JouN TER,
How the humble-bee obtains nectar from Physostegia Virginana.— While passing through a patch of the “ False Dragon-head,” I noticed that a goodly number of a large species of humble-bee were alighting on the flowers and darting their heads deep in between the calyx and corolla, at the upper side of the latter. At first I thought they were collecting nectar from between the calyx and corolla, and commenced to look for the glands. But on inspec- tion, I found that on the upper side of many of the corollas, near the base, was a longitudinal slit, usually near one-third inch long. This was the case in
opening, the slit was usually absent. On gently pressing down on the outer portion of the slitted flowers, I found that the sides of the opening were thrown apart, thus exposing the upper portion of the four-lobed ovary and lower parts of the pistil and stamens, and making access easy to the nectary glands at the base of the ovary. In addition to the humble-bee there were a number of other insects visiting the flowers, but they entered in the usual way, through the corolla. It is not unusual to find tubular flowers, especially the closed gentians and Tecoma radicans, with holes eaten through them near the base, through which insects pass in and out, which holes are nearly always made by ants.
* But I do not remember to have seen any record of instances where an insec made a slit, through which to collect the sweets of a flower.—J. ScunecK, Mt. Carmel, Til.
Home-made bacteria apparatus.—For the cultivation of bacteria and other microscopic organisms certain utensils are essential, others are very Set- viceable without being indispensible. The German investigators have give? much attention to the construction of incubators, sterilizers, culture vessels of various kinds, implements and accessories in great numbers, and of convenient utility. Ii it is desired to fit up a complete laboratory for the study of these
1856. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 277
low organisms, and the means are at command, it is doubtless best to send to Berlin! for the equipment. But for many who have not large bank accounts, and who are still desirous of learning or teaching something concerning bac- — a few lines about inexpensive, home-made apparatus may prove accept- able.
The necessities are; (a) A good microscope, of which nothing further need be said, (b) a dry sterilizer, (c) a steam sterilizer, (d) a water oven or incubator, (e) moist chambers, (/) test-tubes, (g) inoculating needles, (h) soft glass tubing, (j) pincers.
The dry sterilizer may be made of sheet-iron (“ Russia” prefers}, and if the walls are double all the better; but the common ovens sold with “oil” stoves may be easiest procured, and answer every purpose. The side door is in
Steam Sterilizer. a, Fig. 2 . Incubator. a, Double pe for water ee és ae b, prote: ecting space ; 6, age with collar to serve for the ring of tin outside th he felt cover: insertion of thermometer and for handle: ej ¢, felt govesine dle at felt covering on c ; d, nose piece for filling extreme top of lower ruses: ater space, observing height of en and for
thermometer or gas- regulator ; mine in
every way preferable to a cover at the top. The bottom should be PaaS to admit the flame and a false bottom pierced with small holes, except near the central area, placed an inch above. Several moveable shelves are pacing must depend upon the amount of work to be done, but in any case 0 square foot for the base is little enough, and a greater height is preferable. this ull vessels and utensils which will stand a high temperature, as well as ‘quantity of cotton-wool for plugs, are to be sterilized by heating to 150° C., or more. It is a good place to keep a supply o Keep a quantity of cotton in the upper space. Let this be separated into pel- lets big enough for plugs before sterilizing. ilizer (fig. 1) is a very useful vessel for sterilizing fluids in flasks, test-tubes, etc., and ndage tl that will not —. a » high dry sli
ra
the like. It should be cyltndicien! in graye not less tha ter of base and one foot in height. It should be divided into two equal parts,
1 Or to Eimer and Amend, 205-211, Third Ave., N. Y- City.—Eps.
‘
Rese
278 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Oct.,
so that the upper part may be lifted off and the lower half used by itself. A cover like that of an ordinary tin pail is used. A. perforated false bottom (readily removable) is fitted on suitable supports one and a half inches from bottom. When in use this space is to be filled with water. This vessel may be made of tin, but copper is better. Over the outer surface thick felt (to be ob- tained at thesaddler’s) may be sewed by bringing the ends snugly together after placing the piece around each cylindrical portion of the vessel. The felt on the cover may be held in place by three or four little “tongues” soldered to the upper surface, passed throngh the felt and bent down. To protect the felt from the flame a band of tin two and a half inches wide should’ be fastened around and allowed to project a half inch below the bottom, the lower edge be- ing turned in and up against the vessel.
I can not help but feel that the sterilizer is much simpler than this descrip- tion. The figure may help to a comprehension of the lattes. If tin is used the cost need not be over one dollar and a half, and a dollar more for copper.
The incubator (fig. 2) ought to be made of zinc or copper, preferably the lat- ter. The cheapest (though not the best) form is cylindrical with circular cover- The bottom and side walls must be double so as to leave a three-fourths inch water space. The side walls are closed at the top. Two half-inch holes are to be cut through the outer vessel, one at the extreme top vertically over the other near the bottom. At this place a vertical nose-piece three-fourths of an inch in diameter extends the entire height of the vessel covering the holes just men- tioned. This is for filling the water space, and for the insertion of a thermom- eter or gas regulator, as well as to indicate the height of the water within. The cover may be single tin covered with felt, or better (in service, but more incon- venient to handle), of copper, and double for water. In the latter case a side projection containing water connected with that inside will be necessary for
eating by a special lamp. An inch hole fitted with an upright collar is to be provided in the cover for the insertion of a thermometer. With the double cover a second hole leading to the enclosed water is desirable for a second ther-
_ Moist growing chambers can be satisfactorily secured by the use of a smal! plate or saucer and the largest goblets or tumblers procurable. A simple circle ~
made of a strip of zinc an inch wide will serve as a support for the glass cul- ~ ture plate. ‘The rare can be cut from good window glass the size of the moist
er, Or
1886. | _ BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 279
per cent. aqueous solution of corrosive sublimate instead of pure water. In this case the support for the culture plate should be glass or porcelain. Indi- vidual butter plates or saltcellars may be utilized.
Test-tubes five inches long by three-fourths of an inch wide are the most convenient. Instead of these, half-ounce bottles of elongate form and with wide mouths may be used with equally good results.
For inoculating or transferring needles for cultures, platinum is the best. When this is not attainable use brass wire. Heat the end of a slender glass rod five inches long until soft and thrust the wire into the glass for a handle. The wire may be three inches long. One of these should be hooked at the end.
Small sized glass tubing, suitable for drawing out into capillary pipettes, is indispensible for the inoculation of culture liquids through the cotton-wool stopper. This tubing can be found at any chemical laboratory, or may be had of any dealer in chemist’s supplies. The same may be said of suitable pincers for handling the sterilized cotton. The latter should not of course be taken in the fingers when corking the test-tubes. The rubber cloth called by dentists “rubber dam,” and to be had of them, is serviceable for capping cotton-stop- pered tubes or bottles to prevent evaporation. Cut the rubber into suitable squares, and hold in place with a common elastic band. If test-tubes are use a beaker with a little cotton in the bottom serves well for holding, or a little basket can readily be made of screen wire cloth.—T. J. BuRRIt.
EDITORIAL.
THE BOTANICAL SPIRIT has been so rampant and the botanists so n at the recent mectings of the American Association that there have been fre- quent suggestions of breaking up the biological section into its constituent parts, or at least of making a section of botany. It is urged that the interests of the present section are so diverse that it is already found convenient to group ose who have no desire to listen to the discussion of all biological subjects, and that botany and zoology have no more relation to each other than certain other distinct sections, and not so much as both to geology. re are several objections to making the proposed change that might be profitable to consider. In the first place, after botany and zoology have been separated they no more embrace single interests than the whole subject of biology, and what is to be the fate of the great field of physiology, so ably represented at the Buffalo meeting? In the second place, such a division, so far as botany is concerned, ical Club into a section of botany. This woul social affair into a stiff, business-like, and somewhat heavy body; the small notes, the personal suggestions, the hundred things which are often far more personally beneficial than weighty papers, would be eliminated, and we would predict for the section of botany not a tithe of the attendance, interest, or en- thusiasm enjoyed by the Botanical Club. In the third place, the very fact that
umerous
280 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
there is great diversity of interest in a section makes it a far more comfortable one to be associated with, as it does not compel a burdensome attendance, and gives chance to learn something of the other work of the Association, as wel as to cultivate friendships. As it is, the section of biology burdens no one, ex- cepting its officers, and yet one can hear everything he desires. Botanical pa- pers are good things, but botanical papers morning, noon and night for days in succession would rpaiee tiresome even to botanists. Then there is great ob- jection to excessive subdivisions in the matter of machinery and reference of papers. The scahlieale 3 is already eu mbersome enough, and even now papers
on immunity from contagious diseases, would be almost impossible to refer properly in the proposed division. Large in attendance and diverse in inter- est as the section of biology is, we believe it as yet gives the most convenient and complete arrangement of subjects and opportunities that can be made
THe TIME being nearly at hand for putting together and summing up the results of the year’s work, suggests the consideration of a class of public insti- se having more or less to do with botany, whose annual reports may prop-
y be the subject of criticism: we have in mind the experiment stations deal- re droete agricultural and allied subjects. Their work is two-fold in character,
hi
— value for his labors, and the latter to the man who desires to apply it ard the establishment of some new principle or fact os universal ae é
served by Lord Rayleigh, in his Montreal address, “ Sihashed and ‘u-nasietid facts are only raw material, and, in the absence of a theoretical solvent, have but little nutritive value.” It is this want of digestion which does much to- ward rendering the majority of experiment station reports a conglomeration of details, explanations, facts, deductions, illustrations and hypotheses, which neither the commercial nor scientific man is disposed to work over into useable shape. A decided advantage might be gained by placing the undigested facts and other separable data by themselves, which would bring the directly appli- cable part of the report into readable com mpass. A division of the latter into the commercial and the scientific could then be made. The commercial part uld be non-technical, and be a clear statement of the results of the year, in so far as they may be of value to the farmer, gardener, stock-raiser, etc. The scientific part should state with equal clearness and brevity the facts and de- ductions of permanent and universal value, and point out their relation to what has been previously established. Some such plan of making the material of these reports more available would add to the good reputation of the insti- tutions and to their usefulness
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 281
OPEN LETTERS.
Spores of Pilobolus.
At the Buffalo os of the Botanical Club of A. A. A. S., Dr. Farlow spoke of an instance in which Pilobolus threw its spore cases a distance of eight
feet. I have just olanreed in a dark stable, not often used, where aes is a dirt floor, that these black “specks” are very thick and some of pel se to a san aor marpee k hie ai - a feet, peace 4 face leis £ cals a little higher I examined some of th d they are not “ fly-spe
Agricultur eat Coltege, Michigan.
Viola tricolar, var. arvensis.
Seeing by the Gazerre for Septe pager Fira . Gray wishes to know whether Viola tricolar, var. arvensis is established “. a wild plant or not I might say that the above plant has been es tablished in one - a elds for at least ten years, and is steadily spreading itself over a whol
oodstock, Ontario. Tuomas P. Haas Vegetable substance within animal tissues. ase of the organization of a vegetable substance within eran ae reporte in the Revue de Chirrugie, August, 1886, may be of interest to y read- _
’ Prof. . Vaulair, of Liége, was experimenting on the tubo- we _ nerves, cry rubber drainage tubes, as decalcified bone was ae 8 A tu gray vulcanized caoutchouc was us sed, 1} metres ‘idx, I t ‘inch thick, walle’ oo, inch thick. was successful as regards - regeneration of the nerve. ~ was being absorbed, and finally it ae
e parenchyma, ie a large number of "blood ¥ ssels. The stroma formed a com- pact resisting mass of fine interlaced couuectied tissue fibers, and cells occupy-
a tw ety op heres yt some were polygonal, others. The connective tissue took a bright
4 of Le capillary type; in some the walle shad and resembling normal vascu
Ww lar endothelium; there were also other ‘ope
e outer pe of the tube was ir and fungous; the inner stat line of Pepe from the subjacent tiss tiss ad become assimilated to the surrounding con wore
ppear: ill observe that this absorption or rather 0 organizatio ofa
our readers W structureless vegetable exudate is different from the revivification of pet e sponge, e here w he convers ag one ani tissue into anot nl ave not ‘become a as far
bstance known, save through the laboratory of the alimentary Your oy aders ell find a more extensive eae Ce Tae "Medical Record, Oc-
A. W. Brayton.
acted Ind.
282 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Oct.,
CURRENT LITERATURE.
The Cayuga Flora. Part I: A catalogue of the Phenogamia growing without cultivation in the Cayuga lake basin. Balletin of the Cornell University. vol. ii. William R. Dudley. 8vo., pp. xxx. 133. v, with 2 maps. Ithaca, 1886.
catalogues we have seen. It may be taken as an example of careful and con- scientious work, and aided, as he has been, by specialists in their own groups, every part of it becomes authoritative. The introduction of 30 pages is devoted . ; Aili : :
), ete. The largest ex (112) ste Salix (22), Polygonum (20), Solidago (18), Panicum (17), Juncus (15), ete Rhexia, Hippuris, Castilleia, and Pogonia pendula are reported as having dis- appeared. New varieties of Crategus coccinea and Naias marina are describ
gested cuts of the pussy-willow for a head-piece and the witch-hazel for a tail-
piece, and looking over these well-printed pages one can feel confident that from
pussy-willow to witch-hazel all has been well done.
Flower-Talks at Elmridge. By Ella Rodman Church. Philadelphia: Presby- terian Board of Publication. 1885. 12°. pp. 320. Illustrated.
oar Pgs Sey = Foi fli By the same author and publishers. 1886. pP-
which looks at correspon and differences of h us parts, which dis- cov adaptati d the means of acco plishing ends, which takes into ac- count the habits, gro avior of plants, in short, that which scrutinizes every detail of the plant’s structure and nce, and constantly inquires for the reason of it as look om the standard of lant’s needs. It is this form of the subject e new botany, as it is sometimes inappropriately ~ posed t routine learning of t 0 ns and of th shapes and positions, upon wh pendence must be placed to redeem the isapprehension that loo n the science
name of botany from the popular as having as little todo with the ver mythology.
‘So far as children’s books are concerned, the botany which is the most at-
_ tractive and serviceable in them is the kind ind to think- _ ing and stimulates the observation. A Lane red ee en ee
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 283
terms should b eet as much in the background as oreo for te pom mes
older Forge as well, often gain the ae idea that the hard the chief part of the ac pa ie rst question must be, ‘ how w is it? with the cuca hiesiings ti nquiry, ‘ vantage is it tv the plant?” and the answer
se be obtained directly on the plants themselves, bad “ht through the me ium o oks.
of the books before us are designed for children, more particularly Sanday-school children, grees accordance with a too common custom, for it seems to us unwise, th ieuctenk are drawn parapet good and polite. Three small children ee chet governess talk in one book about Snsdl, and in
e other rees, The author assures us in the preface that the “ Elmrid
Series,” of which the first two volumes are entitled Birds and their Ways, = Flyers and
o be] a6 S 7 o
0 ined. e quo a few lines from the mid the first rolume by satigsh zs “Mlustration the sub- ject is the common blue ries or iris. The “You will notice that while the Logestier mye sondters sitesi the flower-stem bends this way and that, which is called flexwous ; quite round, and about two feet long. stem is also branching, and has s veral wire each with three thick ~— that curl _ he base
capsule. “T wish there weren’t such hard things to aS vonuaiing about flowers,’’ said Clara. like the flowers so much that I want to know all about them, but I mix’ up all the it hings.’ “You need not, dear,’’ replied her governess, laughing; “all that you need to rem ber at present is that sepals belong to the cup or bottom 0: ‘a flower, and ete: to the yo or Na ies Ge “— le -olm is the oldest of the party, I shall expect most of the remembering to be done b: Malcolm ds a grimace, too, at the sepals and petals, but manfully said that he would do his beak: ully side with the apap and see no why these technical ahi should used, | as it seems unnecessary to introduce them ve to —
card nly w an ob reality very few being needed by the child-botanist.- Fortunately for a it ones, the governess does not always feel it incumbent upon her to be so strictly “botanical,” and many pleasant pnt instructive observations upon the his tory
0 . being none worth mentioning, unless one takes a t of a few like the] use of the words “stigma” and “ germ” in the quotat author is evi- dently upon familiar grou hat e to regret is that she ‘ot
a nd. W
ter acquainted with some of the features of botany referred to in the beginning of this notice, to which te 8 coder work by Dr. = eg already mentioned, may
be cited as a stepp ae Guide to the r orders of Cryptogams and the commoner and more pik pro fame a Now England pee", ate a glossary. ry: By Fr ederick Leroy Sargent. Cambridge: Charles W. Sever, 1886. 12°. pp. = intra ace that he has attempted “to bring together
thor tells us in the at he has attempted “to b
in Sonate tion nero a een shape such information as would enable
284 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Oct.,
a student to learn to recognize a number of the commoner erie genera f h
ery ptogams.”’ e idea is an excellent one. Probably who are con- e subject will agree that our va a s have n inadequate heretofore for the needs he student who res to readily provide himself
n some knowledge of the oer and calalsianhin of the plants he sees about him, especially of the oh form he printer and the binder “som done their parts well, and the text has an attractive rset as if it oo - Teepe setting. But the value of a guide lies ess when ot i
re is
hal rnin the key, we find two grand tag m0 cy Cormophyta » an A “ Tha ape phyta.” ‘The i i i wit th marked
here distinguished by gemme, vis our specim Ge does not have. As we are still as much in the dark about the — position of the plant as when we started, we take down Underwood’s N. Am epatice and find that it is Constene conicus, more commonly written Fegatella eaihen. everywhere a very common sign tk
Fearing this may not be a inte test, we ene the next thing at hand, an have a at Sagar ildew on lilac lea o trouble in placing this un- me ie the Jats and running it into er Memeasteuen, but here we find “genera not giv
e e oO t re give surprisingly small. The two genera of Characee are the only ones given among fresh-water alge, and those of but three orders are given among marine
ge. y u he t rene crab Tremellinex, and Dise omycetes, but these embrace the yeh
most conspicuous of the fungi. The genera of lichens are enumerated 45 an independent t group.
The pb criticisms may be interpreted as meaning that the work does no meet the expectations raised by its title. But we may turn about and ¢ stilae the title, as too ambitious for the work it is attached to. A — is for the use of who do not know the way, and to serve its urpose mu t therefore be
i: t work ment. But instead of calling this a “ guide,” su it be named an “abbre- is” —the tins ena “ have made lose their donee and the pie ons uthor has apparently designed it to qui well. We think that a serviceable caida | is feasi| live and Maron nop but it must be
1886,] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 285
more elaboraie than the present work, and as we have e good manuals of the mosses and liverworts, it nee not cover more than the ene
ofe students who are under the eye of a teacher. It will assist the student in Paton
and usually to learn benpues or him to readily turn to some vated handbook and pursue his inquir
Lectures on the Physiology of east By Sydney Howard Vines, M. A., D. Sc., F. R.S., Fel and Lecturer of Christ’s at Cambridge, and Reader i in Botany i in we a rsi rs 8°. pp.x.710. Cambridge: Valewuie Press.
1886. [New York: Macmillan is i a
7 this rate volume—delightful tg dy ager and intellectually— ‘Dr. Vines presents his lectures on a ology to a wider audience than can gather about his desk at Cambridge. The wack. of preparing these lectures for .p rad ; :
ee of advanced students. arious delays prevented its appearance until e than six — after the publication of Dr. Go odie admirable work with whic mn wn an students are now familiar a srevigis knowledge of histology, Dr. Vines’ book is purely physiological It shows shebuapboat its pages the influence of Michael Foste 0 whom the author acknowledges his indebtedness. Undoubtedly this influence
has given us a work on vegetable physiology which is a worthy companion to ext-bo i iology.
The broad topics of the book are discussed in sot pide order: Struc- ture and properties of the cell, absorption, movement of water, trans nspiration, food, metabolism, growth, irritability and reproduction er ‘first t glance it would seem that too much space had been ted to irritability, but when it is seen that under this head the author treats the relations of * ere nts to pete influences, such as light, heat and electricity, together with their response to internal stimuli, of whose nature we are ignoran ant, eer apparent dis-
roportion vanishes. Warmly to be commended is the concluding portion of the last lecture on ok Ee in which is discussed the biological significance
of this property in six eee on metabolism (we are glad to substitute this well-
vital relations to the assimilative and metabolic page of the plant are kept constantly before the mind of the reader. he eature is more to be com- oe than this, for in no other work have hase relations been so clearly set
“The es oe pages contain a fine summary of the reproductive pro-
ing these from their lowest terms in the protophytes to their most.com-
pile peated form in the ier ppanatin together with a condensed statement of the more prominent theories of reproduction.
e excellence of such a work disarms criticism. One could wish, how-
topics had been ened in Ae detail. A notable omission,
of nuclear division. Bee
to confu dis of “ = utili
f ee een tone ig one with its only English contemporary, it will be seen as rom that Dr. Goodale is decidedly ri pict oe ing with greater or less fullness atau every topic of vegetable physiology,
/
286 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Oct.,
including innumerable things of less importance a the college student or general reader is sure to desire to know. While Dr. Vines’ book lacks this
and in a way suited only to advanced students. It therefore supplements its predecessor in such a way that no one can do without either.
NOTES AND NEWS.
PROFEsSOR C. R. RNES oo returned from Cambridge to the duties of his professor- ship in Purdue Univer REE NUMBERS ooke's British Desmids are now issued. This work forms a con- tinuation of the aa 8 British Fresh-water Alga Rey. J. M. CRomBIe begins an Index x adele eropienmeies tp in the last number of Grevillea, after the most recent Nylanderian arrangement, XWELL MAsTER’s “‘ Vegetable Teratology *’ en translated into German ie Mr. Udo Waamiée: and published by Hassel, of eae teas notes and wood cu have sagen added.
BR. FREDERICK LEROY SARGENT has accepted the Chair of vai in tes lane of Wisonsn, = Manon, seta was resigned by Prof. A. B: Seymour. Mr. S has al- ready n his d
AM HARVEY et SON, oe several years Professor Coulter’s assistant, | professorship of botany in — oe a Hastings, Nebraska. His position at serio’ College has been filled by N. Rose
THE ADDRESs of Mr. a ‘realaeeit of the biological section of the British Asso- ciation at pote recent Birmingham meeting, dealt with the past history of those plants which still form a portion of the existing flora.
_ Pror. Ce 8. SARGENT Writes that there should be added to blished list of Dr. En-
May, a ie plapiad on “ The Genus Euphor- bia in in DeCandolie’s Sey omy i Am, Jour. Sei. ity 291.
Phallus) sometimes becomes very obnoxious when growing near taonee, W. G. Smith, i gen Gardeners irae , recommends sue a strong s0- lution of carbolic acid to dats the fungus and prevent ‘ts starting
CYPRI the mountains of China is a notable saitin to an al- ready a considerable ae ae Shateace species, divided between E. North America and E. Asia. It is annou by M. Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot. de panes xxxiii. ‘a
THE SEASON of aes Nebraska and Iowa gave a heavy crop of the cluster-cup on green ash, Zeidium Fraxini, but the mike are almost free from it the present year A query a8 to the cause of this unexpected change is raised by Professor this in the last a Naturalist.
NAVAJO names of plants are clon of in an entertaining article by Dr. W- Mat thews in the September American Naturalist. The list comprises about one hundred species including many small or rope ncen bits capa wie which it is surprising the Indians should have names for.
Mr. ein F. SMITH, , recently assistant i in the gms laboratory of the University 2 Michigan, has mycological ne of ape 8. Department of Apoitnge. He will first take up the posal of the F -Morthiera fruit
Dr. HENRY 4 OsBoRN, prormnie Zodlogy in anor University, has u editorshi bi
the p of the American Som nthly ‘ieroscopical J nat during the pees 9 nce of ME Hitchcock in Japan. Dr. Osborn rti i jurul _ the microscope in the true light as means and not the end. This means that o
will beably edited, and wi with epeotal sete ference to useful work with the microscope.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 287
C. H. STOWELL has severed his penrrymeee with the Microscope. The August number contains sis ae and Papesat - Mo. Microscopical Journal, Pape steno’ bg editor, ‘Mr. Romyn Hitchcock. No aia auare could justify sibines public insolen THE ERBARIUM HEUFLERIANUM ” Pei. 8 is for sale, on account of the death of the owner. It contains 1,431 genera, 8,614 species, aa about 30,400 specimens, including many type specimens. Further information can be obtained by addressing Paul Baron Hohenbiihel, Innsbruck, Universitiitsstr. No. 3, Tirol, prowess ngary. Mr. ee FRSUND, a Vienna, = ah have found cellulose 1 in Rees human blood and organs in re and of the blood in tuberculosis, Heretofore the occurrence of cellulose in ani- mal tissues was euanap: to be restricted to a few invertebrate families
N of the Phalloids, or stink horn fungi, has ree easy been e by Dr. Fischer in whiel eleven suns ee seventy-three species are a ae 6 Fnaie old genus Phallus is discard About a d from North America, four from
Europe, and seven from Asia. They are most numerous in the southern hemisphere.
F. Day gi a list of era to his excellent catalogue of Buffalo plants. The Natural- ists’ Field Club of that city is an pee ad active organization, and it ‘would seem ese if any plants dasapea t Abot EFHOD ms sed. BY Dr. Bt Zz af beigaer mper to pet the distribution of starch in m twelve to twenty-four hours, then transfer to gentsicn a solution of ate peso ish parts of chloral to five of water. By this means very transparent, and the smallest grains of starch, stained blue by the nt are clearly visible under the sim even in the deepest-seated cells. E PRINCIPAL articles of the begin of the Torrey Club for September are Naiadacex in the Torrey Herbarium, with plate, by Thomas bt a Synopsis of the Genus Paspalum. by Geo. Vasey, Dehiscence of Fern tase by Joseph Schrenk, and Proceedings of the ies descri mogeton
Wrightii Morong from the Loo Choo islands, and Paspalum Buckleyanum Vasey from Texas. THE TH LLETI Soriété Mycologique de France, recently received, contains several vanes on hymenom delet fungi by MM. Quélet, Lucand, Steuienen , Gillot, Mougeot, Barla, and Brunaud. The wise spect articles are the Role of ptomaines and leucomaines in mushroom poisoning, by Dr. rquignon; Note ona case 0: ing by watson gt ret Dr, Kuhn; and On the scncceusinshial study of mushrooms, by M. Boudier. AND MILLER pmb been investigating cholera during the past year in ge
hai. They rhea Koch’s com a bacillus in twenty-t es out of twenty-seven cases. germ is destroyed by drying, t The question as to whether it enters the body through inspired air or the alimen
ntary ca finds upholders for the first position in Emmerich and Buchner, hcted in Sicily, for a
second, Koch and the general opinion.
REMARKABLY REDUCED trichomes in some species of Campanula have been described by E. Heinricher in the Berichte der deutsch. bot. meen The ot fe age seine pay in about the middle of the outer = of the epidermal riace
the lea’ in cuticle, ond — show divisions. The dis- Cc C. grandis and C. patula, and
i g& 4 Be Ba: a 2. 8 2 ui:
stomach , If, however, bacilli and bacteria are
Haast tome ore the ydrochlorie acid of of the e gastric juice is poured out they pass on into the intestine uninjured. attacked by cholera w! nes ine Seary is diseased. As it is generally ibonens tat He meee ee introduced by the alimentary ese observations of Dr. Miller are extremely caren
288 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Oct.,
TWIN TREES are often recorded, and a recent account of one near Tunbridge Wells, England, brings them to mind. In the case referred to an oak and a beech have grown as a
been broken off eight or nine feet from the ground. The birch is now six or oe inches in diameter, and its roots reach t through the internally decayed oak to the
RCHID between Cattleya intermedia and Sophronitis grandiflora, oo by A reel ee Sons of England, has been referred by Prof. Reichenbach to the genus Leelia. from th and the seri is not much diminished, but takes on another form, when we learn that this has 1 a Brot. Reichenbach he ) reexamine the characters of these sary a“ with the reenlt th is anferred to
ar ‘including Ss. yee ccingwon t, Rendu
rs cad., 1886, p. 930) that the spores of Peridermium Pini , Var. corticolum sown upon Vineetoxieum = Produce i in about four weeks Cronartium sche It has been Peridermium Vini, var. acicolum are strate hice of the me fungus It is now nib a that these two ‘teil of Peri- dermium really spec eal. distinct. This gi top evidence that we shall be un- able to tally. classify the pleomorphic fungi aitir ihiaté life arene are known,
Davies’ mitre RK oO iad “Preparation and mounting of microscopic oe 16mo. of som 200 pages recently sent us by the ‘Auction publishers, J. H. Lé& Co., of New York: tt re It is now in essentially the same form as left by Mr. Matthews of the Quekett Club, who
ted the second edition about twelve years AZo, Alt hou, ugh it doe ee describe som valuable processes which h ’s time, the specialist, yet it is still almost as serviceable as at the time it was pubthebeds for that Sutisidersble class of microscopiat oe Geni re to prepare a cabinet of mount ted apes — ens
© wnole
The author tells i 1 d trustworthy manner how to prepare, preserve and nai such objects.
BOTANY of the U.S. Department of Agriculture Report for 1885, which was dis- tributed some 0, 1 degrees of value an a) portant in bacteriology is the identification of the bacterium of swine-plague, and the diserimina- tion betw and the rouget, or swine e of E e, studied Db. The and for divisions require no notice report of perintendent of grounds gives much space to mildews, peach-leaf blister, peach yellow, pear bli. : ing of , po , etc. The most courteous is, that it is “‘erude, owing to want of owledge’’—wor ic) find in the report.
th
&
ored plate. The botanist’s report gives a brief description of a score of foreign and native
medicinal plants, with cuts, and a page of notes on grasses. The remainder of it is de-
voted to fungous diseases of plants, contributed by the assistant botanist, together with
4 short account of smut in timothy by Professor release, and is worthy the careful atten”
tion of cultivators and students of fun, THE COMMITTEE of the British Bssociation on fossil lants made an interesting report at
the recent Birmin meeting. Attention was de vote d last year exclusively to ewe
gams. They find that many of the so-called mon noes ope mares been disprov
ons b “hey os
ter. . Very likely the sone ee rt ea
ter. ne Aroidez have been proved to be of high antiquity. In
the naming of fossil lants from oe te e cases
reached an absu dity, the iio ry materia a a err wh leh as in some hat hay, ce
n ere. been D pre resery T ero iY onous leaves, that have been referred without any hesitation to must strike ey: ery one, in com with the relative few associated fruits : Pa ‘been determined oth erwise than as Carpalt ithes nee was ch is a confession of
VOL. XI, NO. 144.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE.—N OV., 1886.
Memoranda of a revision of the North American Violets. II. ASA GRAY.
Group IV. Subcaulescent, first flowering from the ground, on slender mostly subterranean shoots from a deep thick rootstock or caudex, not stolon- iferous nor creeping, later more caulescent, always low: corolla wholly or mainly yellow, except in last two species, the spur short-saccate: stigma beak- less, sometimes with a short antrorse lip, concave, orbicular, antrorse-terminal or oblique at the large and gibbous-clavate summit of the style, bearded below its margin by a tuft or rarely a ring of stiff and reflexed or spreading bristles. Western species, but one cismontane.
* Leaves undivided, from roundish-ovate or cordate to lanceolate: lateral petals slightly bearded or beardless in the same species
+ Ovary and oval capsule glabrous.
V. peduneulata Torr. & Gray. California and Arizona.
V. Nuttallii Pursh. Kansas to the Saskatchawan, British Columbia, and the northern borders of California. Although some forms of this come near to the next, the capsule should dis- tinguish them. A good part of Sir Wm. Hooker’s V. premorsa belongs here, namely the specimens of Scouler’s collection. Also
V. linguefolia Nutt in Torr. & Gray.
+ + Ovary and globular capsule pubescent.
of forms, among them the var. venosa (V. aurea, var. venosa Wat- son, V. purpurea Kellogg): there are larger-leaved and long-pet- ioled forms which approach V. pedunculata, and narrow-leaved Ones which are very like V. Nuttallii. Leaves finely dissected : subterranean shoots commonly sending up
their scapiform peduncles from under ground ; the last species more caulescent
+ Petals beardless, essentially yellow. ,
V. chrysantha Hook. Well marked by the bipinnately dis- Sected leaves, beardless and deep orange-yellow petals, the upper slightly or largely brown-purple.
1 Concluded from page 256.
290 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
V. Sheltonii Torr. Known by the glabrous palmately dis- sected leaves of orbicular outline and light yellow petals. The stigma has the bearded tufts of the related species, but small.
+ + Lateral petals bearded; upper deep violet-purple or blue; lower pale or yellow.
V. Beckwithii Torr. & Gray, is pubescent or puberulent, its rounded leaves palmately about thrice 3-parted into linear or spat- ulate-linear acutish or obtuse lobes, the primary divisions petio- lulate: upper petals deep violet-purple, the others light blue or bluish, with yellow base, latera] ones short-bearded.
V. Hallii Gray. Glabrous throughout: the leaves of ovate or oblong or irregular outline, subpinnately or pedately about twice parted into lanceolate or linear lobes, their tips obtuse or acutish and callous-apiculate, veins or ribs indistinet: upper stipules commonly foliaceous, often enlarged and laciniate or entire: Up- per petals deep blue, others yellow or cream-color.—From Salem,
regon, to Humboldt county, California.
Group V. Caulescent; the few-several-leaved stems erect from short a creeping rootstocks; no stolons; no radical flowers: spur of corolla short am saccate; lateral petals commonly scantily papillose-bearded : stigma beakless, bearded or pubescent at the sides.
* Petals yellow: main stems usually naked at base and few-leaved above.
_ VY. lobata Benth. Pl. Hartw. A species of the Pacific Coast, we very various and mostly digitately cleft or lobed leaves : with
Var. integrifolia Watson, with mostly deltoid- or rhombie- ovate often caudate-acuminate leaves, which is to the een what V. hastata is to V. tripartita Ell. Perhaps it passes to ' glabella,
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 291
V. hastata Michx., an Alleghany Mountain species, extending to Ohio and to the northwestern borders of Florida; generally well marked by its approximate and deltoid-hastate or subcordate leaves.
Var. tripartita, the V. tripartita Ell., a remarkable form with trifid or 3- -parted or even trifoliolate leaves, srideninn as LeConte maintained, only an usual state of V. hasta
V. glabella Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. A Pa cific species, ranging from the middle parts of California to Alaska and to Japan ; its tprehsaeuhenal forms coming too near the Asiatic V. uniflora L., while its most eastern in the northern Rocky Moun- tains are not readily distinguished from V. pubescens. With Maximowicz, I conclude that we should keep up these species.
V. pubescens Ait. This common and rather variable Atlantie American ne contrary to Maximowicz, I must keep entire. The capsule in all its forms varies from oblong to globular (even on the same stems), and from glabrous to densely tomentose pan the very {aieverea plants are connected by transitions wi ith
. scabriuseula Torr. & Gray, which should have been named ikcvansila, for it really is not scabrous.
* * Petals white, with violet or purple tinge, and some yellow or yellow- ish at base within: stems more leafy or more prolonged by successive leaf- and flower-bearing growths up to midsummer: stipules small, narrow, entire and nearly scarious: capsule oval, glabrons.
V. Canadensis L. This ranges from een oe to Sas- katchawan and the Rocky Mountains, to those of Utah and Ari- zona. In New Mexico and Colorado it passes into
Var. scopulorum, a diminutive and depressed form, of which the most characteristic form was collected in Clear Creek cation, by Mr. Greene.
V. ocellata Torr. & Gray. Known only in California ; seems well to hold its characters as a species.
___V. euneata Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 290, and Bot.
Calif. ii, 433. Mountain woods in the northern part of ene Bs nia and adjacent Oregon. Distinguished from the p y its smoothness and its rhombic-ovate or cuneate leaves, sity the radical ones cordate.
Group VI. Caulescent from more or less creeping rootstocks, or at first flowering nearly acaulescent, erect or spreading: leaves gay undivided : stipules more or less herbaceous : corolla from blue to white, with projecting ob- long to cylindrical spur: style moderately thickened upward, bear
292 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
* Spur of corolla not very long: lateral petals usually bearded: stigma inflexed, a short scarious beak. (Canine.)
' + Stipules from serrate to fimbriate-pinnatifid or pectinate.
V. striata Ait. Stems 3-4-angled, ascending and at length a foot or more long, producing normal petaliferous flowers until midsummer or later: corolla yellowish-white ; lower petal striate with brown-purple lines; spur thick, rather shorter than the sepals: capsule ovoid.—An Atlantic and mostly northern species, extending along the mountains to Georgia, and westward only to Minnesota and Missouri. My JV. laciniosa of Japan is the anal- ogue of this rather than of any form of the next, with which
aximowicz would associate it.
V. canina L. Our forms of this collective species, none of them quite identical with European, may be grouped under the ollowing varieties :
Yar. Muhlenbergii, the common Atlantic American Dog Violet, nearest to the Old World V. canina, var. sylvestris, may as well retain the name under which Torrey published it (as Muhlenbergit) in 1824, the same year in which it was named Muhlenbergiana in the Prodromus. The alpine and arctic form
i uhlenbergii, var. minor Hook. Fl., bas recently been il- lustrated under this name by Lange in the Flora Danica, from Greenland. Dr. Engelmann detected a summer form of it on the sand-beaches of Lake Superior, answering to V. arenaria. Our plant is only spring-flowering; in summer it sends off prostrate stems bearing cleistogamous flowers. ;
yar. multicaulis, the V. Muhlenbergii, var. multicaults Torr. & Gray, F]., and doubtless V. radicans DC
Yar. adunea Gray. To this, the type of which is V. adunea of Smith in Rees’ Cyclopedia, I refer all the far western forms of the species, which differ from the eastern somewhat in habit, in less cordate leaves, and in the generally longer spur which 18
isposed to be curved or hooked. ore southern and larger forms, which prevail in California, answer to V. longipes Nutt. _The smaller and higher northern form answers to Regel’s V. cantina, var. rupestris.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 293
Var. oxyceras ot Se in the Botany of California, is re- markable for its acute as well as long spur. It has been col- lected, so far as I wee only by Dr. Torrey near Donner’s Pass over the Sierra Nevada, and by Brewer and later by myself on ae high ground between Clark’s and the Yosemite.
+ Stipules entire, or nearly so, linear: flowers on scapes from the at. and few on 1-3-leaved ascending stems, pretty large.
V. mirabilis L. A species allied on one hand to V. Langs- dorfii, on the other to V. canina, ra nging from the mountains of Europe to N, E. Asia; and I somewhat doubtfully refer to it a plant collected in Oregon, near Portland, in coniferous woods, by
r. Howell. The species was so nam y Linnzus because: the ony one he knew having what are now called cleistogamous flower
* ® Spur to corolla very long; petals beardless: style slender-fusiform, symmetrical ; stigma erect and terminal, small: stipules laciniate-pectinate.
V. rostrata Muhl. A strongly marked species, of the Alle- ghany region, ranging from Upper Canada and Michigan, throug the higher parts of the State of New York, to the mountains of Georgia. Mr. Dolph long ih sent me, from northern Pennsyl- vania, flowers having the spur 2 2-3-corniculate at tip.
The section conten ei inelndes the pansy ~ 6 cor- nuta, now well known but not so common in our which has the eilaied and eae apex of the style Sollaael into a large and deep nectariferous and stigmatic cavity, is repre- sented in America only by
V. tricolor L., var. arvensis DC. I had always taken this field form of the pansy for a mere escape from cultivation; but it Occurs in Fathex: numerous localities from Canada to Texas; and bee botanists familiar with it insist that it is indigenous.
f we count this as indigenous, in deference to the weight ot authority, we have thirty-three wild species of Violet in North America, all but eight of them endemic.
It is not out of place to is bane I aida in the opinion that Solea concolor of Gingius a genus quite distinct from Lonidium, and of course I ahould con up Hybanthus.
294 BOTANICAL GAZEITE. | Nov.,
The relative value of cultures in liquid and solid media in the diagnoses of bacteria.
THEOBALD SMITH.
The marked progress recently made in the study of micro- organisms as the cause of certain diseases is without doubt due to the more thorough application of various solid culture media by Koch and his pupils. Today the microscope does not hold the chief place in the study of these minute organisms. It is their mode of growth upon gelatine, blood serum, agar-agar, potato, in meat infusions, milk, ete., or the absence of growth on one or more of these substances and in these fluids which aids in confirming the microscopic examination. For this frequently yields results so indefinite that without the media mentioned it is impossible to come to any satisfactory conclusions as to the kind of bacteria under consideration. Besides these various tests, in- oculation experiments are of essential importance in the investi- gation of pathogenic forms. z
In connection with the cultivation of bacteria for diagnostic purposes, it is again desirable to call attention to liquid media and their uses. The statements of Koch and others several years ago concerning the unreliability of liquids have almost driven them from the field in ermany and in our own country.
Pasteur, the founder of this new and brilliant branch of path-
t any danger whatever; (2) by frequently testing liquid cultures
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 295
on solid media, preferably on gelatine. My experience with the culture tube devised by Dr. D. E. Salmon has been entirely sat- isfactory. Its efficiency may be considered quite perfect. As it has been fully described! I need not dwell upon it here. The testing of liquid cultures is very simple and quickly accomplished. Either a minute portion is shaken up with liquified gelatine and the mixture poured on glass plates, or a platinum wire frequently dipped into the culture liquid is drawn several times across a layer of gelatine not yet congealed. In either case the developing col- onies will determine the purity or impurity of the liquid culture. I have almost invariably found the thirteenth or fourteenth gen- eration as pure as the first, and I should be surprised to find one out of every hundred impure.
I will grant unreservedly that test tubes plugged with cotton wool are not fit for liquid cultures. For gelatine in such tubes, when frequently exposed, is invariably invaded after a time by fungi or bacteria. The plug being a nidus for dust, its removal is always attended with danger. Because a culture tube which eliminates the use of a large removable plug is more costly, it does not follow that it should not be used in scientific research. We know that in the department of physics, chemistry and phys- iology, the most advanced work is of necessity performed with the most complex apparatus. That there are those who do not suc- ceed in keeping liquid cultures pure, does not concern those who do. It behooves the former, in the interests of a true scientific spirit, to improve their apparatus and techinque instead of condemning the method. ver ee ae
Conceding then for the present that cultivations in liquids can be kept free from contamination, the point at issue Is the em- ployment of liquids for diagnostic purposes. Whoever has paid any attention to the multiplication of bacteria in nutritive fluids, has no doubt been surprised at the variety of features which pre- sent themselves, and at the regularity with which the same ones appear in cultures of the same microbe. To illustrate how many different characters may be used in determining the kind of bac- teria and the purity of the cultivation, I will briefly outline a Ay of the more important ones as they have come under my own - servation, referring the reader to Miquel? for characters of bac- teria obtained from the air, soil and water. _
Every cultivation made in a tube shaped like a test-tube a9 sents three regions for observation—the liquid itself, its surface,
1 First Annual Rep. Bureau of Animal Industry, Dept. Agriculture, 1834, p. 229; Ameri- ean Monthly Microscopical Journal, 1884, p. 185. a es 2 Annuaire de 1’ Observatoire de Montsouris pour l'an 1885, p. 577.
296 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
and the bottom of the tube. In other words, there may be a membrane covering the liquid anda deposit in the bottom, With reference to the liquid itself, it may remain clear or become clouded. In the former case the growth may appear as a mem- brane or a deposit, or it may be disseminated through the fluid in minute granules, flakes or cloud-like masses. The cloudiness may be very faint—a slight opalescence—or it may be dense, ap- proaching a turbidity. When.shaken the cloudiness may be, as it were, set in motion, and thus show itself composed of elements, indistinguishably minute, or as granular or flocculent masses; or it may be impossible by shaking to disturb the uniform opales- cence. The liquid may become colored. There may or may not be a membrane present. It may vary from a mere iridescent pellicle to a thick creamy layer. Its formation and growth should be carefully noted, together with its color, consistency and struc- ture when fully formed. The deposit may be absent, very scanty, or quite abundant and colored. When agitated it will rise from the bottom in coarse or fine flakes, as a viscid ropy mass, or as a fine powder. In connection with these characters it is necessary to take into consideration the composition and reaction of the culture liquid. The temperature to which the culture is exposed has a marked effect upon the rapidity with which these characters appear. The odorand reaction of the culture of a certain age are also valuable in many cases.
When these various features, and many others not given above, are taken alone and in combination, we have for most cultures an almost positive means of diagnosis as well as a ready method of detecting contaminations, for these features are as a rule constant. In order to illustrate this statement I will write down a few features of the growth of Bacillus subtilis? in a neutralized infu- sion of beef to which 1 % peptone has been added. In a tem- perature of about 35° C, the liquid becomes opalescent in from 6 to 8 hours. When agitated, rolling cloud-like masses are out- lined by a condensation of the suspended bacteria. Within 24 hours an interlacing network, or islands of a whitish gelatinous deposit appear on the surface, which within another day are fused into a white papery membrane covering the entire surface. This membrane, which is not smooth, but puckered and pouched in a cag! way, pushes its border up the sides of the tube, resemb-
Ing at this stage the cupof anacorn. The liquid itself gradually clears up in the mean time until it is quite as limpid as before 1n~ oculation. This clearing up of the liquid, together with the pe- ee ee
Se
, 4) This bacillus can be obtained pure at any time by boiling in a water bath, ior from Ys to % hour, a filtered infusion of hay comtained ina flask cdageah with cotton wool. ©
BOTANICAL GAZETTE,I886. i PLATE IX
TeTcobype Printing
SCRIBNER ON BLACK ROT.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 297
culiar cup-s i isti r cup-shaped membrane, is very characteristic of this bacillus,
ncpabme = equ to the observer as the stellate growth of liquid aeeie e Ne For if another microbe be present, the a ie ¢ ne . land the membrane is modified. There are ei tae ia of interest in connection with the membrane Shes: ti i Sp pata later, which I forbear to mention here, as oe or diagnostic purposes is limited by their tardy ap-
such cases cultures in fluids are frequently of great service. In
Black Rot, Physalospora Bidwellii Sace. F. LAMSON SCRIB‘ER.
Botanical characters of the
(WITH PLATE IX.)
_ The external characters of black rot of the grape are determined by the growth of the mycelium of Phoma uvicola B. & C., or, if we assume the mature form to be correctly determined, Physalo-
* Medical News, 1886, Oct. 18. * Read before Botanical Club, A. A. A.&., Buffalo meeting, 1886.
298 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
spora Bidwellii Sacc. As soon as the berry exhibits any signs of the malady, a thin section through the discolored part will show, under the microscope, the mycelium or vegetative portion of the fungus. This will be found near the surface of the berry and will be seen to consist of hyaline, colorless threads or hyphe, of very irregular diameter (1-4), much branched and provided with more or less frequent septa. The very young branches re- mind one by their shape of the haustoria of Peronospora, but their position in respect to the cells of the host and their subse- quent development reveal their true character. The presence of the septa is alone sufficient to distinguish the mycelium of the Phoma or Physalospora from that of Peronospora.
The mycelium traverses the tissues both between and through the cells and under its action the latter soon lose their turges- cence and their contents turn brown ; they gradually collapse and flatten, and the dried pulp remains only as a thin layer of tissue in which the vegetative part of the fungus occupies a large part. During the earlier stages of the disease the mycelium is most abundant near the surface of the berry and here, at frequent points, just beneath the cuticle, it makes a condensed growth that results in the formation of the perithecia or conceptacles destined to contain the spores. At first colorless, the pseudo-parenchyma- teus tissue of these conceptacles soon become pale yellow, then brown and finally black. The conceptacles themselves are ovoid or globular bodies varying in size from 75 to 140s in diameter, and in their development they raise and finally burst through the cuticle, imparting to the surface of the berry a pimply or punctu- lous appearance. At the apex of the exposed part of each con- ceptacle there isa minute opening, or osteolum, through which the spores escape at maturity,
The microscope reveals the fact that the conceptacles are of two sorts—pycnidia and spermagonia—names determined by the character of their contents, otherwise they do not differ except 10 size, the pycnidia being the larger,
NIDIA.—A_ cross-section of a pycnidium shows first a clear zone lining the cavity, consisting of very delicate tissue that gives rise to the short and thin walled threads, the basidia, upon Which are borne the spores, in this case called stylospores, that completely fill the remaining portion of the cavity. Thes stylospores are one-celled, round or somewhat oblong, being 18 their longest diameter about 8». Under an amplification of 500 diameters the cell wall is clearly discernible, the contents having
ee ‘Viala and Ravaz, “‘ Memoire sur une nouvelle maladie de la vigne, Le Black Rot,” P
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 299
a beaded appearance, or sometimes one or two nuclei in the oth-
spores glued or held together by a kind of mucilage. These threads which are more or less twisted are easily seen with a
berry. How long these stylospores may retain their germinative power is unknown, but it is not likely that they hold it through the winter season.
SPERMAGONIA.—The spermagonia have exactly the appear- ance of the pycnidia but are usuaily smaller, they are also far less numerous. Within the outer wall there is a clear zone from
300 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Nov.,
merely one stage or condition of certain ascigerous or ascosporous fungi, yet to be determined. Professor W. G. Farlow has very carefully described and illustrated the various conditions or spore- bearing forms of the fungus that causes the Black Rot of the plum and cherry trees, Spheria morbosa. In this case there are shown pyenidia containing stylospores and spermagonia filled with spermatia, conidia produced externally on short stalks or conidiophores, and sporidia, which are spores formed in little sacs or asci within a perithecium. The last or ascigerous form is the mature or perfect state of the fungus. We have here four dis- tinct varieties of supposed reproductive bodies, pyenidia, sperma- gonia, conidia and sporidia. In the black rot we have seen the first two upon the same mycelium and even associated in the same stroma, so that there is no possible doubt of their connection, and, reasoning from analogy, we would expect to find also the conidial and ascigerous forms. ONIDIA.—I am confident that I have seen upon completely diseased berries gathered from the vine, but more particularly upon similarly diseased berries kept moist for a few days under a bell jar, the conidiophores of the Physalospora bearing imperfectly developed conidia. T hey certainly appeared to be growing from the exposed portion of the pyenidia, but whether from these or froin specially formed sclerotia I am not prepared to say. essrs. Viala and Ravaz state that berries diseased with black rot, placed in the earth, have developed sclerotia ; and, main- i to 20° C., th
by this disease. These berries, placed in a moist atmosphere at a temperature of 20° to 29° C., produced the same conidioferous filaments,
The conidia serve to propagate the fungus, and consequently the rot which it occasions. If their development be delayed un- ‘til spring, as perhaps it often is, a knowledge of their existence 18 particularly important, for by them the disease may .be perpet- uated from year to year, |
Sporip1a.—The discovery of the mature or ascigerous form of the so-called Phoma uvicola, or what it seems reasonable. to as- sume to be such, is recorded by Mr. J. B. Ellis, of Newfield, New Jersey, in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for August, 1880 (vol. vii, ge 90). Mr. Ellis says that in the early part
Dr E. C. Bidwell, of Vineland, New Jersey, 1D formed him of having made this discovery on grapes which had
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 301
been diseased with the rot the season previous and were still hang- ing dry and shriveled on the vines. By way of experiment some of these berries were placed in water, where they were allowed to soak for three or four days. At the expiration of this time many of the perithecia (that before only contained Phoma spores) were now filled with well developed asci containing immature sporidia. Following up this discovery, Mr. Ellis at once searched for simi- lar developments in shriveled grapes from his own vicinity. His efforts were rewarde nding some ascigerous perithecia, to- gether with an abundance of Phoma, on grapes gathered from the ground where they had probably lain through the winter. Messrs. Viala and Ravaz did not succeed in finding, nor were
Thanks to the kindness of Mr. Ellis, who has very generously supplied me with specimens, I have been enabled to study its ap- pearance and illustrate it. he perithecia containing the asci are in all respects like those that enclose the stylospores, and they have every appearance of being developed from the same mycelium. The walls of the asci are very transparent, and it is difficult to determine their outline except they be separated and examined singly. They are cylin- drical or subclavate, abruptly contracted at the base, obtuse at the summit, straight, or occasionally somewhat curved. Except for the sporidia they are perfectly transparent. Each ascus contains eight sporidia. es oF Mr. Ellis named this fungus Spheria Bidwellii, in honor of its discoverer; by a more recent classification it becomes Physa- lospora Bidwellii Sace.? If we are right in our conclusions, we see that this parasite has four kinds of reproductive bodies: first, the stylospores, enclosed in conceptacles, together constituting the Phoma uvicola of authors ; second, the spermatia produced at the same time and enclosed in similar though smaller conceptacles ; third, the conidia externally developed on short conidiophores ; and fourth, the sporidia which are formed in asci that are enclosed in a protecting perithecium. The stylospores (and possibly also the spermatia) are undoubtedly designed for the immediate prop- agation of the fungus. The-conidia probably serve the same pur- pose, and by their tardy development may help to Siig eae the fungus from year to year. The sporidia are without dou ne special reproductive bodies for the latter purpose. The mycelium
is et iis minutis globosis epidermidi 2 The description given by Ellis is as follows: “‘ Perithec ne _ ne ectis berumpen ice poro pertusis; ascis clavate-cylin tusis ‘oon cients ae ee. Prabstensie ellipticas vel oblongas (continuas?), -0005-.0007° X.00015-,0002 foventibus ; paraphysibus nullis.
302 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
within the diseased berries retains its vitality during the winter months and through the agencies of warmth and moisture of early spring and summer the asci and sporidia are produced.
The germination of these sporidia has never been observed, but if by any system of culture they can be made to reproduce the Phoma of the Black Rot their real nature will be settled be- yond dispute.
EXPLANATION OF Puate IX. Fig. 1. A fragment of epidermis of a dis- eased berry, showing five of the black “ pustules” formed by the development of the pycnidia. From four of these slender, contorted, worm-like filaments are being extruded ; these are the stylospores held together by a kind of mucilage.
Fig. 2. A section through a bit of the berry, including a pycnidium (P) and a spermagonium (S). At O is the osteolum of the pycnidium through which the spores escape at maturity.
Fig. 3. A section of a portion of a pycnidium, more highly magnified, showing the basidia,
Fig. 4. Three stylospoves germinating.
5. A section through the perithecium or conceptacle of the ascospo- rous form, showing the asci, etc. ig. 6. Two separate asci, showing the 8 sporidia in each.
Fig. 7. Four of the sporidia that have escaped from an ascus.
Fig. 8. An ascus, enclosing 8 sporidia, found June 2, 1886, in grape (de- stroyed in 1885 by “ Black Rot”) kept for a week in moist air. From camera lucida sketch made by Erwin F. Smith in the laboratory of the University of Michigan. Mr. Smith notes that the “ receptacles containing the asci are num~- erous, and the asci themselves abundant.”
Synopsis of North American Pines, based upon leaf-anatomy. * JOHN M. COULTER AND J. N. ROSE.
8. P. monophylla Torr. & Frem. Section almost circular: stomata in 18-26 rows: number of ducts two! (.055-.115 mm.) + number of cells in bundle-sheath 30-55 : strengthening cells 10 fibro-vascular region: leaf 1 to 2 in. long.
In the Sierra Nevada and mountains of California. :
The single leaf serves well to distinguish this species. It has been consid- ered a single leaf or a connate pair, but its minute structure at once decides that it ts but one of the two leaves found in P. edulis, and the notion
*Continued from page 262. eer
ed 2 Imann, in Bot. Calif. ii. 124, says that the ducts vary from 2 to 14, but We have found but two. Our minetonins uate included the type.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 303
that the two leaves of the latter are the representatives of the one in P. mo- nophylla can not be held for a moment. If, therefore, P, monophylla and P. edulis intergrade it can only be on the supposition that an entirely new leaf is formed. Dr. J.S. Newberry® states that he has observed the two species run- ning together, and that in certain intermediate regions he has seen trees upon which both single and double leaves were fou nd. This would surely i in- dicate a very close Joeomeneetia er ” im their minute structure, but in oS absence of specimens from l d judgme
Dr. Hooker® still claims, from his own nckagty that they a are distinct. 1 Dr. Newberry’s testimony is confirmed by a study of the minute structure of these intermediate forms the question would seem to be settled.
9. P. edulis Engelm. Closely resembling the last, but the much smaller section sas | aed le pate or rarely triangular (3-leaved): stomata in 5-15 ro ducts .030-.060 mm. : num- ber of cells in bundle-sheath 1 15-40: leaves somewhat shorter.
S. Colorado, New Mexico, and W. Texas.
The 3-leaved forms of P. edulis we have received raise the question whether they should not rather be referred to the next species, not so much on account
of the 3-leaved character, but because it is accompanied by the absence of dor-
sal stomata.
+ + Nostomata on dorsal side of leaf.
++ Dorsal side of leaf much broader than either ventral: cuticle nct spe- cially thickened: stomata not deeply set, the subsidiary cells even forming
slight protuberances.
10. P. ecembroides Zucc. No ventral furrows: stomata 4-6 rows: dorsal ducts two, nearer the edge than the middle (.025-.040 mm.), completely surrounded by strengthening cells, which are also in fibro-vascular region : leaves (3) slender, 1-2 in. lon
Piroaghont the southwestern mountains and Mexico.
Occasional specimens of this species show stomata on dorsal side of leaf and ey a close relationship to the preceding group.
P. latisqaama Engelm. Like the last, but with a broad fiver on each ventral fie’ ducts smaller (.020- 0-.030 mm.), not ‘always completely surrounded by strengthening cells : leaves more slender and longer. exico. Resembling P. cembroides, but
P. Parryana Engelm. wih ole much (often twice) larger: stomata in 8-10 rows:
— verre Pee Club, xii. 50; xiii. 183. *s Chronicle, July 31, 1886.
304 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Nov.,
ducts much larger (.050-.090 mm.): leaves (mostly 4) shorter and much thicker.
S. California and southward into Lower California.
In reference to this whole group of “nut pines” (the last five species) Dr. Engelmann’ says “it is an open question whether these species may not prop- erly be united into one, as the difference of flowers and fruit is very slight, and that of foliage is only relative.” We have been able to separate them upon the characters given, but do not claim that they should be kept specifically distinct. It is evident that they are very closely related, and if the differences noted do not serve to make them specifically distinct they will all have to be included under one species. For the present it seems better to keep them separate.
++ ++ Dorsal side of leaf about as broad or narrower than either ven- tral: cuticle often much thickened, and stomata very deeply set: leaves in fives.
13. P. Balfouriana Murray. Strengthening cells about two layers, sometimes three in the angles, very few in fibro-vascular region: ducts dorsal, two (.040-.080 mm.), always completely sur- rounded by strengthening cells, position as in P. cembroides, or nearer the middle, sometimes parenchymatous: leaves 1-1} in. long.
Mountains of California.
14. P. aristata Engelm. Resembling the last, but strength- ening cells fewer, but one layer next the epidermis, sometimes two on the dorsal side or at the angles, and an incomplete sheath or none at all about the ducts: dorsal ducts one or two, smaller (.025-.050 mm.), near the middle of the dorsal face, often quite close together: leaves as in the last.
Mountains of Colorado, Arizona and westward.
In Bot. Wheeler’s Report, p. 375, Dr. Engelmann reduces this species to a va- riety of P. Balfouriana. Judging from its leaf structure it should be restored to specific rank, for it is more distinct than many that are kept separate, and its superficial characters confirm this claim.
at 2. Fibro-vascular bundles two: ducts mostly parenchymatous or inter- nat
* Duets parenchymatous (mostly peripheral in P. resinosa).
+ Bundle-sheath thick-walled (except sometimes in P. Sabiniana) ++ A thin-walled layer next the epidermis.
= Leaves in pairs.
T Trans. St. Louis Acad. IV. 178.
Lic.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 305
; jth San cells about ducts, but none in the cortical region, At- lantic species
‘ P. resinosa Ait. Thin-walled cells small, ae eay | i tone, not half as large as the epidermal cells: leaves 5-6 i e
Massachusetts to Minnesota. The ducts are mostly peripheral, as in the first section, though parenchy- ne ones are quite common. This species seems to form a sort of transition tween the two sections, which are apparently quite vanes separated here owing to the absence of about a dozen Old World species
b. Str (ahaa cells in the cortical region, but none about ducts: Pacific coast species
16. P. contorta Dougl. Thin-walled cells as in P. resinosa, and about half as large as the strengthening cells, which mostly orm but one continuous row interrupted only by stomata: ducts _ one or two, often ree — than in the next species(.050-
-090mm.): leaves 1-1} in. long. All along the Pacific coast. hie old the leaf structure resembles that of P. Banksiana and P. inops* P. muricata Don. Thin-walled cells larger than in the
Ente only a little smaller than the epidermal and larger than the aipeseihening cells : ducts 2-9, very small (.025-.040 mm.): leaves 4-6 in
the coast Be ‘California.
Th es has been confounded with forms of P. contorta, but they are well alitiaaictuhwe by the characters given above.
— — Leaves in threes (sometimes fours or fives): ducts 2-10.
Strengthening cells abundant in
ay to ‘the duets ; ; rarely any about ducts 8-10, very
18. P. Engelmanni Carr. cortical region, extending half w the duets ; abundant in fibro-vascular region: small (.020-, 030 mm.): leaves 13-15 in. long.
Mountains of Mexico.
Our description of this little known species is taken from specimens ob-
. Eng elmann describes the single spec- developed strength
epidermal cells. Parlatore considered this speci but its leaf structure is very distinct from what is phous species,
2
0 found even in that polymor-
306 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
19. P. Coulteri Don. Strengthening cells larger than the epi- dermal cells, in the cortical region broken into heavy bundles y the frequent rows of stomata; sometimes about the ducts ; very numerous in fibro-vascular region on both sides : ducts 4-10, quite variable in size (.025-.100 mm.), sometimes internal: leaves 6-12 in. lon Along the Pacific coast.
20. P. ponderosa Doug]. Strengthening cells smaller than epidermal cells, in 1 to 3 rather regular rows in the cortical re- gion ; also about the ducts: ducts mostly two, often five or more, quite variable in size (.030-.070 mm.): leaves 5-11 in. long.
Generally distributed throughout the Rocky Mountains and westward.
31. P. tuberculata Gordon, may be looked for in this group.
= = = Leaves in fives: ducts always 3, one in each angle.
21. P. Arizonica Engelm. of S. Arizona, and
‘ Montezume Lamb. of Mexico, can not be separated by leaf characters. The latter species has a wide range of forms, and is but poorly circumscribed. It is quite possible that further knowledge of external characters may require these two species to be reduced to one. All the forms have well developed strength- ening cells.
No thin-walled layer next the epidermis ; strengthening cells about ducts and in fibro-vascular region.
= Leaves in fives: stomata deeply set.
19. P. Coulteri Don. may be looked for in this group. —
3. P. Torreyana Parry. Outline of section mostly triangu- lar: stomata numerous, 8-13 rows on each tace: 3-5 rows ‘ strengthening cells in cortical region: ducts mostly 3 (.040- -060 m.), sometimes with accessory internal ones: leaves 8-11 10- long.
Coast of Southern California.
= = Leaves in threes: stomata not deeply set.
24. P. Jeffreyi Murray. Strengthening cells in 2 or 3 fet in cortical region; one complete row about ducts: ducts two ° more (.040-.060 mm.) : leaves 4-9 in, long. Eastern slope of the Sierras and ranging into Oregon. oe The leaf structure is much like that of P. ponderosa, to which species It _ often referred as a variety, but is very distinct in the absence of the sub-epi = dermal thin-walled layer.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 307
25. P. Sabiniana Dougl. Strengthening cells in bundles in cortical region, and usually about ducts; which are mostly two (.020-.050 mm.): the cells of the bundle-sheath are often thin- walled, and the species may be looked for under the next group: leaves 8-12 in. long; the section considerably smaller than in P. Coulteri, with which it may be confused,
Mountains of California.
+ + Bundle-sheath thin-walled: a thin-walled layer next the epi- dermis. :
++ Strengthening cells in fibro-vascular region; few, if any, about ducts, = Leaves in threes.
26. P. Teda L. Strengthening cells in the angles much larger than epidermal cells, in the rest of the cortical region only about half as large; also on dorsal side in fibro-vascular region: ducts quite large for the section (.037-.075 mm): leaves 5-6 in long.
Delaware to Florida and,westward to Arkansas.
27. P.serotina Michx. Strengthening cells equalling the ep- idermal cells, or smaller, numerous in the angles, elsewhere in the cortical region in bundles or single layers; generally absent from the ducts; in the fibro-vascular region on either or both sides of the fibro-vascular bundles: cells of the thin-walled layer quite small: ducts mostly 5-7, often half of them internal (.025-.050 mm.): leaves 6-8 in. long.
From N. Carolina to Florida.
28. P. rigida Miller. Like the last, but strengthening cells tical region, in two or three rows, about
not so numerous in the cor angles: ducts 3-7:
the size of the epidermal cells, or larger in the leaves 3-5 in. long.
From New Brunswick to Kentucky.
29. P. insignis Dougl. Epidermal cells forming an arch next the stomata, making an oval cavity which opens below: strength- ening cells (as well as thin-walled layer) mostly larger than epi- dermal cells, in one or two rows in the cortical region; sometimes found in the fibro-vascular region: leaves 4-6 in. long
Coast of California.
19. P. Coulteri Don.,
31. P. tubereulata Go
= = Leaves in pairs.
30. P. pungens Michx.
and a rdon, may be looked for in this group.
Thin-walled cells quite small:
308 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Nov.,
strengthening cells in small bundles eeberntec by the rows of sto- mata, much more numerous and larger in the angles; generally present in the fibro-vascular region : arses 1-23 in. long.
In the mountains from Pennsylvania to Tennessee.
++ ++ Nostrengthening cells in fibro-vascular region, nor about the ducts. == Leaves in threes.
31. P. tubereulata Gordon. Thin-walled cells smaller than epidermal: strengthening cells in one or two rows, larger than 3 epidermal cells ; rarely some about ducts and on dorsal side
bro-vascular ts ducts 2 to 5, small (.020-.030 mm.), an with several internal.
Throughout the western Scie systems.
23. P. Teda L., and 26. P. insignis Doug]. may be looked for here.
= = Leaves in pairs.
32. P. inops Ait. Epidermal and strengthening cells about the same size and quite small, the latter in a single layer: lines of stomata quite numerous : ducts occasionally internal: “fibro- vascular bundles often wiaelf separated: leaves 13-3 in. long.
Along the coast from New York to S. Carolina, westward through Ken- tucky to Indiana.
3. P. elausa Vasey. Lines of stomata 10-20: strengthening eells ote pais wanting, or with a few scattered peripheral
ones: ducts mostly two, one of which is occasionally internal, bi Mal but little in size- (.030-.035 mm): leaves but half as wide (1 mm.) and longer than the last.
Psia
34. P. mitis Michx. But one layer of strengthening — which are little smaller than the epidermal : ducts st ual -030 mm 2. offen as many as six: leaves 3-5 in. long, not twi ice as wide as thie
New York to Florida, westward to Texas and Kansas.
35. P. glabra Walt. Ducts rather large (.050-.060 mm.) for the group, ewes than in the last, mostly 2 or 3, ec gee me one of them internal: leaves 3-4 in. long, twice as wide as t
South Carolina to Florida and through the Gulf States to Louisiana.
36. P. Banksiana Lamb. Cells of thin-walled layer smaller
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 309
than strengthening cells: ducts (.030-.060 mm.) sometimes want- i eaves 1 in g.
In the northern States.
30. P. pungens Michx. may be looked for here.
* * Ducts always internal: bundle-sheath thin-walled.
37. P. palustris Miller. Cells of thin-walled layer generally much smaller than those of the epider mis : strengthening cells
mostly on ventral side of fibro-vascular region : ducts variable in size (.040-.050 mm.), with few strengthening cells: leaves 10-15 in. long.
P, australis Mx.
Virginia to Texas.
38. P. Cubensis Griseb. Cells of thin- aes layer large, often equalling those of the epidermis: strengthening cells about as largeas epidermal, mostly but one layer ; soinetabe more in the angles, and even extending to the ducts ; none about the ducts
nor in dhe a 3 ion: duets variable in size (.050-
080 mm.), often with dteeniory parenchymatous ones: fibro-
vaciihiee’ bundles but little separated, often blended: leaves 7- in.
P. Eltiottii Engelm
South Carolina ee Florida.
Nore.—We would be pleased to receive from our friends specimens for ienopeasti, as doubtless a wider range of forms will lead to some modifica- s.
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
A ease of teratology.—It is not always that the continuity of the leaf-
spiral can be readily demonstrated with opposite or whorled leaves. Tera- A stem of the garden valerian, Valeriana al
of the stem were nearly horizontal the leaf-spiral was neerly pease and the
leaves were inserted vertically with their buds at the side. wisting, as
common with monstrous formations of the stem, was confined to i single axis. A
Beverly, Mass., which were attacked by the tru
mon in many parts of Europe. In all respects the leaves attacked resemble
310 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, ‘[Nov.,
those which I have examined from Europe, and differ from those which I found in California, of which a notice was published in the BoranicaL GAZETTE of September, 1885, in having isolated, light yellow sori instead of the aggre- gated, or somewhat concentric, and dark brown, aimost black sori found in the affected hollyhocks of Santa Barbara. The fungus from Beverly is of interest not only because very little is known of the occurrence of P. Malvacearum in the Eastern States, but also because in this case we have an accurate record of the advent of thefungus. The disease was unknown at Beverly until the pres- ent year, and was imported with some seeds of Malope from Europe last season. At present the disease is contined to the Malope and hollyhocks of Prof. Jack- son’s garden and that of one of his neighbors, other gardens being free from the disease. W. G. FaRLow.
Making drawings with a dissecting microscope.—The apparatus con- sists of a Zentmayer’s dissecting microscope, the Rothrock model, ice round metal base being replaced by a wooden one, which is made as fol heavy board (D in figure) 6><12 inches, having a shoulder cut at ws end,
mirror. When the my is prepared for drawing, A is carried forward to C, and then raised with nto a position at right angles with D, the weight of the microscope and the eeales at the end of D keep this portion in position.
A Wollaston’s camera toncess is now placed over or rather back of the lens and the object drawn in the usu The lenses used are a one ich and a one-half tod achromatic per having special adapters for fitting into the arms of the microscope stan : for receiving the camera lucida. Mr. Zentmayer has made these Sittings 0 adapters under my direction, and modified the mounting of the camera nightly , s making it more convenient for use than in its usual form.
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 311
The piece A can be raised or lowered and fixed at any point so that various degrees of enlargement in the drawing are secured. Upon the stage I have a piece of plate glass 1} >< 3 in. upon which my dissections are usually made. A space in the center of this glass slip is ruled to millimeters, twenty-five millimeters each way. This ruling, as made for me by J. W. Queen & Co., does not interfere at all with the work of dissecting, while it enables one to measure in the easiest possible way any object on the plate, and in making the drawings the scale of enlargement is always before you and can be noted in a moment. The slip of glass is held to the stage by spring clips which are at- tached to the stage but are not shown in the fi
In making drawings for photo-engraving it is essential that the lines be black. For this purpose Higgins’ American drawing ink is very good. excellent pen for very fine work is No. 1459 of Keuffel & Esser.
F. Lamson SCRIBNER.
Plan for laboratory work in Chemical Botany.*—Chemistry furnishes The chemical study of a plant includes not
Two years ago when I saw Prof. Goodale repeat Piefler’s experiment of putting together certain constituents and building up a cell, T also saw that cell form was not fundamental, but that construction lay back of form and determined it Form is a property of a substance, so to speak. Ii this is so, even the study of anatomy falls under chemistry and it determines how a plant shall be in-
vestigated. _ Organic chemistry has two departments. As aspecial and not an inclusive subject, it investigates elements and compounds in tk emselyes and in their re- i . When a study is
erally termed life, botany has been entered upon.
ment of organic chemistry termed the proximate analysis of plants is divisible.
One of its subdivisions really belongs to botany and should be relegated to it. +. = 3} POE § +} t rf ] } } thas:
ATL + L VAAL VEE Lia y donein A ical the various compound their relation to the plant.
I ) being t alone imperf lts but methods. The chemist extracts s from the plants and examines them without regard to The botanist does little better. With the highest many of the constituents of the plant. wo modes of in-
vestigation, that is, panied by a micro-chemical study. quantity of the more important constituents in its various tissues. The comparative study that is then
is prepared to trace these substances possible needs no
emphasis, On page 179 of the July number of the BoranrcaL Gazette I gave a d micro-chemical work are combined.
scheme of analysis in which macro- an : f that scheme will be necessary
* Read before the A. A. A. §., Buffalo meeting, 1886.
312 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Nov.,
before, not only the laboratory arrangement I am about to describe, but the - whole bearing of the paper can be really understood.
That scheme includes the more important plant products, and by studying any plant as indicated the student is acquainted with a good number of them. In spite of time required, the qualitive value of the quantitative work makes its omission impossible. It frequently tells where the individuality or active principle of the plant lies. Of course this is the real end of botanical proxi- mate analysis.
The books needed in carrying out this analysis are easily obtained. Prof. Goodale and Bessey’s botanies and Prof. Trelease’s translation of Poulsen’s Bo- tanical Micro-Chemistry give directions for the micro-chemical work, and Dragendorff’s Plant Analysis for the macro-chemical, Dragendorff’s book is rather difficult for-beginners, but can be supplemented by the investiga- tions of some one who has followed his general plan. Miss Helen Abbott read a paper, entitled “A chemical study of Yucca Angustifolia,” before the Associ- ation last year that seems to me particularly suited to this purpose. It is some- thing more than an intelligent following of Dragendorff. It is a model as re- gards the use of the five senses and in its deductions from what is observed. This last alone would be sufficient reason for placing it before students.
The plant to be taken depends upon the end in view. If investigators in botany are to be trained a fresh plant will be chosen each time for the purpose of stimulating observation and generalization. If botanical information is to be given in a short period of time some plant whose anatomy is familiar will
anic n products and showing its chemical characteristics most readily on the upplication of proper tests will, of course, answer best. If this plant was one, one or more of whose constituents were sold on the market, these could then be obtained in sufficient quanties to allow that fuller study that 1s not possible with the amounts obtained in the above analysis If the introductory remark that chemistry lies at the bottom of all botan- ical work is accepted, then a botanical laboratory will be a chemical laboratory with convenient arrangements for plant study. I have here a plan of a labora tory desk that I have arranged for the work. While a modified chemical lab- oratory desk it seems to me not unsuited to all work now generally done in bo- tanical laboratories. The desk is 40 in, lor g, 36 in. high, and 31 in, deep. It has drawers and three cupboards. Cupboard A is for the compound msicny: scope, drawer B for the apparatus generally used with it, and C for mounting materials is for the simple microscope and other apparatus used in analy2-
- HY can be drawn ont and used for holding mount
Specimens from the herbarium near by. HH are pieces that form a table for : © compound or simple microscope when drawn out, The desks are set in
ps of four, as a whole having the shape of a truncated triangle. Book-
y
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 313
shelves for ordinary working books are placed at one end of the group. The other ends are placed against the wall, between two windows, so that the drawn out tables will be in front of windows and receive plenty of light. Drawer G, between the two desks, is for the smaller pieces of chemical apparatus. Draw- ers 1, 2, 3, 4 are for students’ use. They are set back, leaving a space in front for refuse solids, in the sides of which are nails for holding rags, apron,ete. Each desk has two gas jets, a faucet, the water falling into the sink below, and tin hood for assisting in ventilation. I have found these tin hoods of great use for
ee ee
1d Pali \
‘a
i - F ae
ype ? eal tr og ai <r indeed > —
PLAN OF LABORATORY DESK.
this purpose. I think that with these, and a gas chamber for generating hy- drogen-sulphide, chlorine and one or two other gases, the microscope would not 63 gta by being kept in the laboratory if shut up in close box a not in
te is intended that one desk will be furnished with the reagents ordinarily omer 4 in inorganic chemistry. The next with those of organic chemistry Of these petroleum spirit, ether and absolute alcohol will constitute the chief expense. Petroleum spirit and ether can be readily recovered by using the condenser, so that absolute aleohol might be said to be the Wis great expense. Even if feenwece it could only be employed as a weaker alco The individual desks are to be furnished only with the pa pieces of apparatus as measuring flasks, pieces of platinum , porcelain crucible, etc., ete The balance, polariscope, spectroscope, condenser, platinum dish, ete., will be used in common, It is thought that the additional expense of carrying on the work as laid down will be slight in those places where botanical espesrnsg are properly equipped for the study of plant anatomy. —Linure J. Mar Some additions to the Sylva of North America.—During the month of April of this year I was able, in company w ith Messrs. C. G. Faxon and A. Curtiss, to make a somewhat detailed examination at the trees of the semi-
tropical Florida region, AS which should now be included: Myginda in Lam. (M? micro Chapman, Flora, not Swartz),
314 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
peculiar plant, not rare in the West Indies, and, although early collected upon Key West in a shrubby state, often confounded in American collections with M. latifolia and M. pallens; referred to [ex by Kunth, and on account of its di- cecious flowers and suspended ovules made by Grisebach (Cat. Plant, Cub. p. 15) the type of his section Gyminda of the genus Myginda, Myginda integrifolia is truly arborescent upon Key West, reaching a height of 20 to 25 feet, with a straight slender trunk, not rarely six inches in diameter. It may be distin- guished from the other North Ameri peci e genus by its entire obo- vate leaves, rounded or often deeply emarginate at the apex, revolute, pale yel- low-green in color; its wide-spreading axillary and terminal cymes, diccious flowers, the staminate with long erect filaments (those of M. pallens become re- flexed between the petals upon the expansion of the flowers) surrounding a deeply-cleft pistillate process, the pistillate flower with two-lobed sessile stigmas with a singl pended anatroy lei h cell, and by its smal! dark blue or black ovoid drupe, the large embryo surrounded with a thin covering of albumen.
° mr
Terminalis Buceras Bentham & Hooker (Bucida Buceras L.). This well- known West Indian tree was first seen in the U. S. by Mr. Curtiss. It is com- mon in the hummocks, near a Mr. Farley’s house, towards the east end of EIl- iott’s Key, where we found it in full bloom on the 19th of April. It is here a fine tree, sometimes 50 feet in height, with a trunk 12 to 18 inches in diameter, . these tall, upright stems often springing from stout, short, prostrate trunks two to three feet in diameter. The wood is heavy, hard and moderately close- grained, but probably of little value except for fuel.
PsrUDOPH@NIX SARGENTIL H. Wendland (in lit.) Dr. Wendland proposes
light yellow-green, flattened and the latter thickened at the base, espe- cially on the upper side, with an ear-shaped process, and with three-lobed three- — seeded fruit or often one or two-lobed by abortion, one- half to three-fourths of an inch in diameter, in April bright orange or red, fleshy and very conspicuous. Unfortunately neither flowers nor pre 1d be found, so that Dr. Wend- land, to whom specimens were submitted, is unable to characterize the interest- ing addition to the North American sylva.
The Pseudopheenix is a tree with the general habit and appearance 2a Oreodoxa, 20 to 25 feet in height, with a trunk 10 to 12 inches in diameter. Six individuals only, in two localities, two or three miles apart, were found. :
It is perhaps worthy of remark that upon the island of Key West, which 1s less than four miles long by about three-quarters of a mile wide, there are rowing at the sea level 41 indigenous arborescent species, a greater number no doubt than can be found in any other area ef similar extent in the United ‘States. Lysiloma latisiliqua, Colubrina reclinata, now the rarest of the Florida trees, and Clusia flava, not rediscovered in Florida during the last 40 years,
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 315
probably not now growing naturally in the United States, although found on Key West, according to Nuttall, in Dr. Blodgett’s time, have now disappeared from the island; and it is not improbable that other species, which now flour- ish upon the adjacent islands, have been exterminated from Key West in the general cutting of the woods which is continually going on there.—C. 8. Sar- GENT.
EDITORIAL.
InN REFERRING to the botanical papers at the recent Buffalo meeting of the American Association the American Naturalist takes occasion to rem ark that “it
too few, perhaps, are spent in special and costly preparation of a gen- - eral kind, and then every spirited student desires to enter some special line of work, in which he proposes to become an authority. The easiest advice to give is that he should follow the bent of his desires, but the average young bot- anist is compelled rather to follow the bent of his opportunities. Physiological botany is a great. department, an exceedingly important and attractive one, an
should be cultivated by all who can do so, and we know more than one keen American botanist who would willingly exchange all his chances in systematic work for a good opportunity to follow out his physiological bent. But the ap-
pliances for good physiological work are costly and entirely beyond the reach of the average American botanist f ¢ any amount of physiological
: urs work can be conducted in ordinary laboratories, but such work is purely ele- ’ mentary and only serves for class illustration. What our young botani ‘is to become an authority in some department of physiological botany, and how is he to do it with the means at his command? Systematic botany, on the other hand, requires no such unattainable appliances, and what information is needed s
gists if they could. There are some among them -wh from choice were the whole field of physiology open to them. We simply make the claim that our young botanists are fully alive to all the interests of their science, physiological as well as systematic, and were equal opportunities offered would be fairly distributed among the different departments.
316 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Nov.,
BoTANICAL ACTIVITY is manifesting itself by: contributions and bulletins from the laboratories and science departments of our nae institutions of learning and research. In comparing these one finds that they are of very
uneven value as permanent additions to the world’s aR They all show ability to deal with new problems, but the worker often leaves the reader to find out for himself just where he stands, and what relation this contribution holds to what other workers have already recorded. We venture to say that the difference in the value of results is mainly referable to the equipment in libraries, specimens and indexes, possessed hy the several institutions. Many workers, possibly the majority, are inadequately supplied with these requisites for determining and recording the relation which their results bear to the pres- ent record of facts, or for sineting their attention to the most profitable part of the field of research. Of these helps, the last is especially a for unless all available literature 8 material is fully indexed, by means of a card cata- e or some similar system, it is hopeless to expect the ae to thoroughly compass his subject, and to exert his powers to the best purpose.
OPEN LETTERS.
Letter from Commissioner Colman. To the Members of the Botanical Club of the American Association for the Advancement ee Science:
Lapies anp GENTLE —I have noted with extreme gratification the interest . have taken in om is ene by me in this Department, rela- tive e oO
is most nt u you on behalf of the farmers and fruit grower rs of the country, in whose interest and for whose direct benefit this park ic ists a
As you ce Well aware, only a few of the more important plant diseases bate been thoroughly worked out by scientists, and the little that has been done there is to ¢
wor a dition to the culthace in this particular, to which you have so erously pledged yourselves, I beg leave to call your attention to the fact t thes y anists, knowing i 2, :
e reco h o th ) subject and by collecting and rareibydtar ict to a Department mater! useful in the investigations, or that may serve Pi ata the distributiod of the injurious species of fu a hi sats for this work and a free use of the mails will be va sr eye y have notes or materials to transmit, and the source of all ma that may be used for publication will be properly credited
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 317
Again thanking you for your hearty commendations of my course in hap tion to this subject, and assurin eg gt that I shall continue to do all i
power to further the work, I re —— respectfuly, n J. Peageraerni insikiaitinde: Department of Agriculture, Woks D. ee Oct. 1886,
Second blooming of Salix humilis.
On the 25th atl ope bo while ore the leaves of some willows, I came across a milis Somey ie s full of Ss artally et oy Se stami- nate catkins mi pre fally developed I vis the pla o weeks later and about Shé-beit of the catkins had. iene’: “the other half had — up and wit ater ed. OniveR A. Far
Phenix, Mich.
CURRENT LITERATURE.
Plant Analysis : ae on ar “acon By G. Dragendorff, Ph. D. Translated from the Germ see ng y G. Greenish, F.I.C. J. H. Vail & Co., New York 188 4, 8vo0 The study of ml conte a most important part of a -_ Hague iA ©
of plants, pins a a great impetus from the publication of this Both in
its original form and its English version it at once attrac posse tion for its completeness, compactn ess and epic hnrere to the Reine a the student. ion is nd has all the value
a
tudy of chemical botany is now receiving more ere than hereto-
ore, and merits, and is likely to obtain, a larger place yet the curriculum of botanical science, being Doig hbpaelig ne as a part of "the course in veg- etable physiology, aa ev ore s oe ca botany. is change can be chiefly Sane to t ths ae pray of Dr. Dragendorff’s work, for although it has been befere the public but a short time, it nevertheless
r -
ain amount e of chemistry, chemical manipulation, and
{. the microscope, is presupposed in the pupil, but having this, the work will
be found as clear and simple as mplex nature of the ct permits. Its
a e ach c ot fail to stimulate the pupil to original in-
vestigation, for while the limits of the w would only permi introduc
tio e important constituents of plants, yet he tu e alert
for less nape or unknown ¢ compou unds, which are to be worked out from infor-
ation gathered elsewhere, p iterature aiding him in his resear
a The fact that the work is specially adapted for the fag ti of chem- Poy problem ms from a Pepeig ig point of view, makes no ~~ it at this
time peculiarly fitt as Miss Martin’s recent ‘articles oe the subject have un- doubheaty pr A ae rikoowits of our readers in this Tissitiod.”: General Biolo B be cpeicg = see Ph. D., and Edmund B. Wilso Ph. De. Part ‘, 8° pp. 193. Henry Ho It & Co, Now York, 1886.
Ameria Science Seri tae is always welcome, especially when it deals with methods a laboratory work. Every respectable teacher believes in laboratory 'y Sod teacher follows no guide sg eho re has notions of his oer as 1s the a oiler and details of presentation. The act that a con- stant succession of laboratory guides is appearing shows that F tsachiova differ as
318 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Nov.,
to these matters of detail, and the wise teacher will use his own methods and cull out from all these laboratory guides the things that are adapted to his wants, We b believe in general biology, and think it should be more sere taught, and the book before us a well as an nl ai tion to the —
tailed study of either plants or animals. The m = eee ge is to sta a the general Pyensiged nt biology, ilastrate them so fa ar ssible by la bOrRioes work, and then a detailed study of a single plan a et Aone. or thi
reason a fern (Ptorie aquilina a) ‘ad an earth-worm are selected. Four chapters are devoted to the preliminary statement and illustration of principles, six to i ne i i :
tion of an undigested mass of facts, and the student has in theend no clear con- ception of the relations of things, but t is simply results from the wrong use of i i i
both in following the laboratory directions than any guide we have yet seen. The book is to be an Sp lendanto ory one, so introductory that the student is to be taught the use of the microscope, but the laboratory directions are so con- densed, many of the pobnations are so difficult, and, — than all, the material is so varied that it would tax ~ best equipped 1 aboratories and our best
trained teachers to have a beginning class follow them. To save a constant supervision on the part of. the ‘Sardi and the almost impossible attempt to get together such vari ate we prefer explicit directions in laboratory work, ew types, and to leave to the teacher the task of enunciating principles be u t r a moment that we disappro e laborat rections, hey are excellent, very desirable to follow, and well illustrate the pri les of biolog riticism only raises the nas to th 2 ability to introductory — and the average American laboratory. The figures of the re numerous, wel cuted, and refresh ew, and it would
book Le be well if they could be an ir Soret to more numerous and better drawings in our laboratories. We commend this book to the —— attention - teachers, and feel confident that it is one that they can not afford to be wit : gr Fungi is desi mycetes). By the Rev. John nar a Vo "i IL Cortin- sh aeigtei tat a Edi corer urgh: Wm. Blackwood & Sons, 1886. pp- 335 The se iar ay co oncluding volume of this work, neieLdeae ay the order on menomyceies, follows the first with remarkable and commendable promptn That they should both be issne within one thy was ster pected, but will give great satiataction to collec _ The first volume was ftioed and commended in the July number of th journal Heise a typographical error made the date read 1866 instead of gtk and only a few words need be added here, The sonoud volume conta
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 319
NOTES AND NEWS.
EVENTY SPECIEs of lichens oa bac collected by W. V Presse we mostly peat ay Willey, e Journal . L tu for Octok R. on D. HaLsTeD will spend the winter months in the hak of Los. Angeles, ean. He will remain there from the middle of November to the middle of February.
A CRITICAL STUDY and revision of the Hysterineew in the Duby Herbarium, by Dr. Rehm, is aces in the fourth heft of geo ork and will prove of interest to systematic oe ts.
HE Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for October, Dr. N. L. Britton tenets geet two teins of wh a a been called Anychia dichotoma, and restores Decandolile’s A. illacea to specific
A HANDBOOK 7 the sryplogamie is peepee a by Aaeed ag ceca bs gale? lid age Eas! = London, N. W., England), oo recent articles pertaining to a ree
CARL OscAR HAMNSTROM ie at t Hessleholm, Swerlen, oe pte ifs of this year, at the age
f 70. We learn from the Botaniska Notiser that orks comprise studies of parts of the Swedish flora, dations ed between 1842 and 1851.
IN THE OCTOBER Journal hes Botany Baron - von citi = scribes a new genus of Vac- einiacez from New Guinea, ing it Catanthera. Its sa t characters are petals per- send separated and anthers a pauaneOnky icles Sra an ynward.
N ERINEvuM on the flowers of Lc igpes grapes is ee 4 J. E. Planchon in the last pie aoe tect as apa found in two localities in Fra Erineum usually ap- pears on the upper surface of leaves, eas has ctuitityd never : beloce been eae on the pases
ah aiure, for Sept ted a ck H. Marshall Ward, on the oe of roots. In po se ck language e he gives an idea of the acrteities of the root, and shows anak complex conditions are at work, influencing the life of the whole plant. Spe- cial angie is paid to the,oxygen supply.
TOMATOES, by Prof. L. H. Bailey, Jr., occupy Michigan plone ioaar oe esc a en Seventy-six —— vaslotie were grown | the es dg which th ne
cal synopsis prepared in upon their earliness, sronuulivouaan amount of rot, and pervabantion a are te w (Achillea Millefolium) is observed by Rev. G. Hens has ia the Royal Horticultural ylieea of Eng la rt to beg yno- -dicecious. The female florets b abortive anthers without pollen. Th di es having fewer sa apace and stamens, slightly longer ovaries, ‘and the corresponding tubes mya rr THE A and development of Agarum Turneri, the sea colander, by Mr. J. E. Humphrey, forms ae fifth contribution from the eryptogamic uberis of Harvard Uni- “ahh as the part studied. It agrees closely in structure with that of other Laminari ett interest centers in the manner of forming the perforations, which is well seit andi — ted.
ne
Mr, Harvard Pee on the aaiacoas of Ravenelia a lndleform Our knowledge of lete. The paper shows that ee
this odd member of th e Uredi new has been wer ery in — h of adnate pedicelled spo
A skeETCcH of the life of C. C. Frost of Verm lied in 1 the October J ogy. It is from the pen of bit. ge R. Dudley, pret visit to > Frost’s late poasen, $8 and is an interesting account of a mod: botanist. Mr. Frost’s chief Work, do conjoin nly w with Prof. fuckermes ermann, was a Catalogue of Shi of Am-
ly of the fleshy sorts.
herst.
320 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Nov.
Pror. Heenan ben BARNES bee A ab as one ae the bulletins of oT oe an analyt y to the gen recognized i ual of ma moses ve ‘North America, weet is well known to g the manu
l key to g gee anything but satisfacto ory. Professor Barnes has attempted to supply this per a to lessen the rca in the way ‘a students of opies can be had on sppteation to Purdue University.
HE VER LES ruthers, before the biolog- ical section oe the B ish Reaceiath ion, on the age ots some neexisting species = apres , is pub- lished in full i tie ged al of Botany for October. Comparing the species of mummy —- and those of veeeot geological ni etal s with = ving representatives the conclu-
sidered onfirming the long-established
—— that by us, at least, as s workers, species oman be eats sans as < ave quantities.”’ In g f th ekett havent a
+
hy + +2 + +h 7
= 5 = - a
I Qu ical Club h f d satisf carry a bottle of good glycerin as the material is satin wash well in sea water } an oa drop it into the bottle. chee imens ataun not be put into a bottle to thin the glycerine too much with sea water. Such material can afterward be mounted in glycerine jelly. Some kinds, like Polysiphonia and its at are not well preserved in this manner, and for such a saturated salt solution uld sed.
ae
gts MES BRITTEN is doing some good work in the matter of raisin — ons con- cerning = priority of a. neric names. He has given in the last 5 a l of Bo otany a paper the nomenclatu —— Proteacez, hit which the rights of Salisbuny — put forward a nd rapnte ap sed upon oe ange ished = nist to the
vere § res passe ey the case we have Lest to say, but if ve fos = a law at all, ii hd sO! pe t is to be fixity of names, the sooner all anaetions " mes are Sealed. se better: and 7 Ad must be gogee ba sotte of sentiment, or fitness, or universality, for short of abso- lute <a there is no fi
ANICAL PAPERS before the Birmingham meeting of the British Association
as foll ede Initiation of a discussion upon the value of the **type-system’’ in the mie: of botany, Prof. Bayley Balfour: On oo germination of the spores of Phytoph- thora ee. Prof. Ma ee Ward ; On the flora of Ceylon, especially as affected by cli- ire Hei aif Tri rimen mboldtia laurifolia asa lg gg ilous plant, Prof. Bower;
eon the f ral s avtitnet? > of the genus Cypripedium, Dr. Maxwell T. Masters: Bugio, the tality of erin Zelations rc “a heer eri Michael = ‘Giabhia am; The multiplication and organism
TERESTING FUNGI ene oe oe erns of meee France, 500 feet below the surface, collected Ay a. Marty, are described by M. R yimogure in the, eid Revue end
; Ds SDs ich hung pendent from the ceiling of the cave by thousands bey igre form stipes sea or more long. much twisted and often Bata were inflated inch in diameter at the base while the other end was recurved, and su ipported the prayiah x
brown pileus i ‘e an Oprighe t.position. when ghtod by the lamps of the explorers the roof pilei
THE STRUCTURE of the diatom valve is the a ci considered in the last number of the Journal of the Quekett Mier. Society. The paper by Mr. Deby is of special interest as — author has based : conclusions upon astudy of untreated valves from living diatoms,
1 one, also i a f si letely } ated, giving the valve its appearance of areolation. Thi- W,as elaborate a by the author, seems more i cord with our knowledge of the rattare of other vegetable eells peng those of the well known diatomists, Miiller Van Ermengem, Flogel, Cox and Van Heurck
A. Ernst, of Caracas, in Nature of October 7. cope to whl 7, gives an account of what he considers to ge bse vag "Bieter a sis phan ig atorigy kingdom. It is a menispermaceous
i
1 Tati a male OEE? He also attempted to : discover a er, as in the case of Coelebogyne, the embryo is developed as an outgrowth from a cell of the nucellus, hen discarded the soes on the ground that that process is »ryony, and there is no such thing in Disciphania, a conclusion
womay) be somewhat Hence the claim is that this furnishes on cafertilized oosphere. ‘OF course the strength of rag wl pes is
recnceeaae , and altogether it is a matter well worth eo ig in
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, I886.
PLATE X
PS sasey Canct Nip) Sa
ee S > e
a et iit\)
ofavas
Weenies
"
*
~ S
VOL. XI, NO.12.—BOTANICAL GAZETTE—DEC., 1886.
The Bulliform or Hygroscopic Cells of Grasses and Sedges compared,” W. J. BEAL. ( WITH PLATE X.)
As so little attention has been given to this topic, it will be nee- essary first to describe briefly the leaf ofa grass. In general, it consists of a sheath encircling the stem, and a lamina spreading from the upper part of the sheath. The blade is traversed long- itudinally by fibro-vascular bundles which vary much in size and degree of perfection. In viewing a magnified transverse section of a mature leaf of Sesleria (fig. 1), we see: e, an outer envelope of cells, the epidermis; 6, the median fibro-vascular bundle; A, A, lateral bundles; a, the lower median strand of hypodermail fibers ; d, the upper median strand; ¢, d’, the lateral strands. The other cells are parenchymatous, most of them containing granules of chlorophyll. The vacancy, i, is the lacuna, caused by the rupture of some cells. In aquatic grasses the lacune are very large. The epidermal system consists of: a, epidermis proper ; f, g, bulli- form (blister) cells; ¢, stomata; d, trichomes.
Of the bulliform cells I speak more particularly. They are in longitudinal parallel lines, are larger, extend further into the leaf, and have thinner walls than ordinary epidermal cells. They are usually more or less wedge-shaped, with the point of the wedge towards the outside of the leaf. When dry, these cells contract and aid in closing the leaf in two or three ways; when moist the leaf expands again. In Zea Mays (fig. 2) these cells are raised above the others and puff out like a blister. When viewed on the surface of the leaf the bulliform cells are usually seen to have the proportions of length and width much like those next
them. ;
The number of rows in a species appears to be always uni- form, but the number varies with the species from three to twelve ina band. If there are many rows the cells are shallow: if few, the cells are deep; if three only, those at the side are small, and the middle one is very large. ‘I'he arrangement or plan of these cells is quite constant in a species, but in a genus they often vary widely. : :
The following examples will give some notion of the variety, the sections being made in the widest part of the leaf:
*Read before the A. A. A. S. Buffalo meeting, 1886.
322 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Dec.,
1. The leaves of Dactylis glomerata have one median band fig. 3). eo. In Chloris petrzea there is one middle band, and one or more on each side. 3. The leaves of Poa pratensis have two bands, one on each side of the middle (fig. 4). . Andropogon squarrosus has one band each side of the middle and a small one at each edge. he leaf of Phleum pratense has one band of several shal- low cells each side of the middle and others between the veins (fig. 5). ; "6. The leaves of Zea Mays have a band between each two primary bundles and above each third class bundle (fig. 2.)
Fig, 10.
7. The leaf of Leersia oryzoides has numerous bands on the upper surface each side of the middle, and one band each side of the keel on the lower side (fig. 6).
The leaf of Amphicarpum Purshii has opposite bands of bulliform cells on both surfaces, though those above are most prominent (fig. 7).
9. In case of the leaves of Panicum plicatum the bands of bulliform cells are first on the upper side and then on the lower,
are found in grooves (fig. 8).
10. The leaf of Andropogon prinoides has large epidermal cells of nearly uniform size distributed all along the surface, excepting over the veins (fig. 9). ;
11. The leaf of Paspalum plicatum has a very irregular ep dermis, with groups of cells in the center of the leaf, several above each other, as well as side by side, all acting as bulliform cells (fig. 10, text).
e In vernation the leaves take the same positions as when full grown and dried, though the bulliform cells at that time are very
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 323
small. The leaves of Dactylis and Poa pratensis are conduplicate when slowly dried, while those of Phleum are convolute. The leaves of Panicum plicatum, when dry, close in a zigzag manner like a fan. The object accomplished by the closing or rolling of the leaves is to cover one surface and assist in preventing excessive evaporation in dry weather.
The examples here cited belong to various genera and tribes of grasses, and give a fair idea of the varied forms of bulliform cells, though these are by no means all the varieties that might be
own.
Ina similar manner let us now glance at some of our common species of Cyperacez, and compare them with some leaves of grasses,
1. The leaf of Cyperus rotundus, var. Hydra, is narrow and thin, having a single deep band of bulliform cells above the midvein (fig. 11). The epidermal cells are rather large and nearly uniform in size. The bulliform cells are much like those of Dactylis glomerata. The epidermal cells on the upper side are much larger : aes
In case of Kyllingia pumila the upper epidermis occupies nearly half the thickness of the leaf, the cells above the midvein being scarcely larger than those on either side (fig. 12). This leaf may be compared with Andropogon prinoides, though in the latter case the epidermal cells over the veins are small.
3. The leaves of Heleocharis, so far as seen, have leaf- blades which are very small or rudimentary.
4. The
cells are rather small and can scarcely act as bulliform cells. The leaf much resembles that of Dactylis glomerata, but the bul- liform cells are not so deep.
The blades of Scirpus validus, the great bulrush, are very short, almost rudimentary. The lacune are large and near the upper surface of the leaf. The cells of the upper epidermis, as well
324 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Dec.,
7. On examining a leaf of Eriophorum Virginicum we see that it is very thick, with many veins and lacune. The epider- mis is composed of small cells; the single band of bulliform cells over the midvein consists of about eight rows of considerable depth. The epidermal and bulliform cells are much like those of Dactylis glomerata.
8. In Fuirena squarrosa the cells of the upper epidermis extend about one-third the depth of the leaf and are somewhat uniform in size. There is no special enlargement of these cells above the midvein. The epidermis is much like that of Fim- bristylis autumnalis and Kvyllingia pumila among sedges, and Andropogon prinoides among grasses, except the cells above the leading veins are as large as any, while in the grass they are very small over the veins.
So far the examples of leaves of sedges noticed belong to one tribe, Scirpez.
9. The leaves of Rhynchospora capillacea (fig. 14) are very_ narrow, with a few veins, small epidermal cells, and a band of bulliform cells reaching more than half way across and extending nearly one-third the depth of the leaf. This may be compared to a very narrow leaf or the apex of a leaf of Dactylis.
The leaf of Cladium mariscoides is rather thick, beeom- ing thinner at the margins and toward the midvein. e epl- dermal cells are small and have thin walls; there are many layers of similar thin-walled parenchyma cells below the epidermis; but no distinct band of bulliform cells. The leaf reminds us very much of the leaf-blade of Scirpus validus.
-he last two examples belong to the Rhynchosporee. :
11. The bulliform cells of Scleria triglomerata are much like those of Carex vulpinoidea (fig. 15).
The following eight examples are selected from the large and difficult genus Carex : ;
12. The blade of C. vulpinoidea (fig. 15) is of medium thick- _hess, having about six bulliform cells extending one-third the way to the lower side of the broad shallow midvein. Between the veins there is a noticeable enlargement of about six epider- mal cells, the other epidermal cells being rather large. These side bands approach in appearance the side bands in Phleum pratense, only they are less distinct.
[os podioides has a leaf much resembling the last, “i the epidermal cells do not show a resemblance to bulliform
_ 14. C. Grayii is a coarse species found in low and wet places- _ The epidermal cells are of moderate size; the lacune are large-
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 325
‘There is one band of bulliform cells of about twelve rows, extend- ing one-half the depth of the leaf, if the deep narrow midvein is not taken into account. So far as bulliform cells are concerned this reminds us of a leaf of Dactylis glomerata.
15. C. Pennsylvanica is an early upland sedge with narrow leaves. ‘The epidermis (fig. 16) is composed of small cells. There are six rows in each bulliform band, and these extend about two-fifths of the way down to the lower side of the midvein. The epidermal and bulliform cells remind us again of a leaf o Dactylis glomerata.
16. The blade of C. utriculata is very thick, narrowing to the margin and in the center. The epidermal cells are of mod- erate size; the single band of bulliform cells number about ten and are over the midvein. is leaf reminds us very much of that of Eriophorum Virginicum, but in the former the vessels of
ro-vascular bundles are near the upper surface, while in the latter they are near the lower side.
17. In the wide coarse leaf of C. Careyana (fig. 17) the upper epidermal cells are rather prominent, varying considerably in size. There is one very wide band of about twenty bulliform cells over the midvein. In the center of the leaf they extend two- fifths of the distance to the base of the vein. About half way
On t
epidermal cells resemble a wide shallow band of bulliform cells. The leaf of C. Hitchcockiana is much like the last one
named, and there are many leaves of Carex proper of like
structure.
19. The leaf of C. laxiflora, var. latifolia (fig. 18) is about an inch wide and rather thin. The epidermal cells are somewhat prominent. There is one band in the middle of about ten bulli- form cells, which cause this wide leaf to be conduplicate when dry.
In the leaves of Carex the pitted vessels of the fibro-vaseular bundles are near the lower side of the leat.
It will be seen that all the leaves of sedges have been com- pared with some one of five genera of grasses. In the sedges, so
middle of the leaf to compare with that of Poa pratensis, Phleum pratense, Leersia oryzoides, Amphicarpum Purshii, or Panicum plicatum. The bulliform cells and other epidermal cells, the hypodermal fibres, and the lacune vary more in grasses than in sedges, or in other words, we find a greater variety of forms of
326 BOTANICAL GAZETTE : [ Dec.,
these cells or groups of cells in grasses than in sedges. Perhaps we should expect this as most of the sedges thrive in wet places, where the conditions are uniform, while the grasses thrive in a much greater variety of places. Still we find a greater differ- entiation of parts in the leaves of marsh grasses than in the sedges growing near them.
Some of these characters in the leaves of grasses and sedges may be useful in description and classification.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.—The drawings are all diagrammatic and repre- sent portions of the tranverse sections of the leaf. Fig. 1, Sesleria cerulea ; a, median strand of hypodermal fibres; 5, median fibro-vascular bundle; e¢ d’, lateral strands of hypodermal fibres; e, epidermis; /, bulliform cells when leaf is closed; g, same when leaf is open; hf h, lateral fibro-vascular bundles; i, lacuna, 120 (Douval-Jouvé). Fig. 2, Zea Mays, 17 (Sudworth, in Beal’s. Grasses). Fig, 3, Dactylis glomerata, <38 (Sudworth, l.c). Fig. 4, Poa pra- tensis, X75 (Sudworth, I. c). Fig. 5, Phleum pratense, 20 (Sudworth, I. c)- Fig. 6, Leersia oryzoides, ><350 (Douval Jouvé). Fig. 7, Amphicarpunr Purshii, 25 (Sudworth, 1. c). Fig. 8, Panicum plicatum, ><10 (Douval-- Jouvé). Fig. 9, Andropogon prinoides, 50 (Douval-Jouvé). Fig. 11, Cyperus rotundus, var. Hydra, X55. Fig. 12, Kyllingia pumila, 55. Fig. 13, Fim bristylis autumnalis, X55. Fig. 14, Rhynchospora capillacea, X55. Fig. 16, Carex vulpinoidea, <46. Fig. 16, C. Pennsylvanica, 55. Fig. 17, C. Carey- ana, X55. Fig. 18, C. laxiflora, var. latifolia, 55.
—
Hieroehloa borealis. WALTER DEANE.
A visit at Rye Beach, N. H., during the month of August, 1886, and an acquaintance with an Indian named Sabbatis Dana, who camps in the town every summer and sells baskets and other articles, have given me some interesting facts in regard to the Hierochloa borealis, or Holy Grass. It is one of our widely dis- tributed grasses, ranging over the northern half of the United States and northward. In this section of the country, eastern New England, it is generally found near the sea shore, and is one of our earliest flowering grasses. I have collected it in the middle of May and, at that time, only the culm, rising from the creeping root-stocks, is visible. Later in the season, from the same root- stocks, at intervals of two or three inches, there grow radica leaves in tufts. In the months of J uly and August these leaves _ reach their full height. The length of the grass much surprised _ me,as I can find no mention made of it. I saw it three feet i
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 327
height, and I was assured that it grew much higher. In a salt marsh near by there was a patch of half an acre covered with this
hardly seeming to belong to the fresh over-topping leaves.
is grass, as is well known, becomes very fragrant when dried, whence its name, Vanilla Grass. Bigelow says, “ This is one of our earliest grasses and is distinguished by the delightfully fragrant odor while drying.” In Germany, on festival days, it is strewn before the doors of churches on account of its fragrance and is called, as the generic name implies, Holy Grass. These radical leaves are used very largely by the Penobscot Indians in the manufacture of their baskets, ete. Sabbatis Dana is one of the remnant of the Penobscot tribe, from 400 to 500 in number, who live at Old Town Island, Me., on the Penobscot river. In the summer time large numbers of them visit the various fash- ionable resorts and ply their profitable trade. Sabbatis has been at Rye Beach for twenty-six consecutive summers. The Hiero- chloa borealis is known among the Indians as Sweet Grass. There is no Indian name for it, even those Indians who know no other English using this name. They pick it in large quantities and hang it up in small bunches from the ridgepole of their tents to dry, the fragrance being much stronger if dried away from the sun. In this way, I was told, that the scent would last for years. The leaves, in drying, become strongly involute, making a fine pliable thread, very different in appearance and color from the
positively assured that it never flowered at all, statement being obvious. For whe ers have long gone by. I looking wisely at Sweet Grass.” es, but they did not belong to the grass, and he refused to be convinced until I produced a specimen with the old culm and fresh radical leaves risino from the same root-stock. Then he was much surprised Of course, in pulling up the leaves as they do, stock remains attached. The Indians the base of each tuft, in the fres.
and interested. but little, ifany, of the root- know the grass by experience,
328 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Dee.,
plant, being quite red in color after the outermost leaves are re- moved. They always carefully pick over the grass when brought home, stripping off the older, outer leaves which, they say, have no fragrance.
In using the grass it is generally braided into strips as fine or as coarse as they require, and of any desired length, and is then woven into baskets and other fancy work. As it takes a good deal of time to pick the grass, dry and braid it, the Indians often buy it of those who gather and prepare it for sale, paying for it so much a pound. The wood used, which forms the main part of these articles, is white ash, Fraxinus Americana, and red maple, Acer rubrum, called in Maine white maple. These woods they prepare at home, splitting the ash into strips of the requisite thinness and width by means of a machine. The maple is used for the heavier parts, such as the frame work and handles. The pieces are stained with some coloring material and are then ready for use. Baskets and articles of that sort are always made over a block to preserve the shape, and I was told that it would be impossible to make a basket, with Sweet Grass in it, without a block, as the grass would draw the basket out of shape. I saw some very delicate specimens of weaving. They frequently use horse hair in making very small baskets for charms, being less than half an inch in width; the frame work is of ash and the weaving is almost microscopic. I noticed among the articles for sale in the Indian tent, some small boats, beautifully cut out of white cedar or arbor vitae, Thuja occidentalis, while the bark of the paper birch, Betula papyracea, was made into baskets, music rolls, ete.
Notes on Carex. VIII.—Hybrids.
L. H. BAILEY, Jk.
( WITH PLATE XI.)
CAREX ARCTATA X FLEXILIS.
C. Knieskernii Dewey, Sill, Journ. 2d ser. ii. 247. ©. aretata formosa? Bailey, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. xxii. 104.
In a recent trip to the northern boundary of Minnesota, 1 found a quantity of this rare Carex and growing in such intimate association with Carex arctata and Carex flexilis that all doubt ___ Was at once removed as to its parentage. I had long been confi- ce dent that the plant is a hybrid, and that Carex arctata is one of
PLATE Xl
BOTANICAL GAZ |
BAILEY on CAREX.
#
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 329
its parents, but it had not occurred to me that the rare Carex flexilis is the other parent. In the Synopsis of North American Carices I guessed at Carex formosa as being the other parent, although that plant had not been found in the vicinity of Lake Superior, where Professor Macoun had found the hybrid. Dr. Jasey has loaned me the original specimens of Carex Knieskernii, together with Carex flexilis from the same source, and adds this note: “The original Carex Knieskernii was collected by myself, in company with Dr. Knieskern, on the ground of old Fort Bull, somewhere west or northwest of Kome, N. Y., near a small stream which, if I remember correctly, was called Fish Creek, and empties into Oneida Lake. The specimens of Carex flexilis are from the same locality.” This first collection was made in 1841. In 1869 Professor Macoun collected it at Kakabeka Falls, on the Canadian side of Lake Superior. The third finding was that of the present summer, a few miles this side of the international boundary. I obtained about a hundred specimens from two or three contiguous localities. Judging from its comparative fre- quency in these localities, I should expect to find the hybrid wherever Carex arctata and Carex flexilis grow near each other. Some of my specimens are almost indistinguishable from one parent, some from the other. They appear to have been the pro- ducts of reciprocal crosses. The hybrid may be distinguished in general as follows: Culm one and a half to two feet high, longer than the flat
nerved, thin in texture, mostly surpassing the whitish, pointed scale (Fig. A).
It is singular that a genus possessing imperfect flowers and so many species should present so few hy h remaining hybrid Carices which have been clearly made out in this country :
CAREX DEBILIS X VIRESCENS Bailey, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sei., xxii. 105.—Plant slender and lax, very green, appearing
330 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Dec.,
-nerved and slightly hairy, short beaked, thin in texture, empty, twice longer than the white-hyaline scale-—Revere, near Boston, Mass. C.E. Faxon. (Fig. B.)
CAREX GRACILLIMA X PUBESCENS Bailey, 1. c. 107. C. Sullivantit Boott, Sill. Journ. xlii. 29.
CAREX STRICTA X SALINA Bailey, l. c. 85. C. spiculosa ? W. Boutt, Bot. Gaz. ix. 88. “* Forma sterilis saline” Christ, Cat, Car. Eur. 7.
CAREX TENTACULATA X LuRIDA Bailey, l. ¢. 69. C. tentaculata, var.? altior Boott, Til. 94.
CAREX BULLATA X UTRICULATA Bailey, 1. ¢. 68. C. Olneyi Boott, [1]. 15, t. 42.
EXPLANATION oF PLATE XI.—4A, Carex arctata flexilis, <}; a, peri- gynium ; a’, scale of same, 7. B, Carex gracillima virescens, <4}; 6, perigynium ; b’, scale of same, <7-
The Flora of our Southwestern Archipelago. II.’ WM. 8. LYON.
The absence of the great genus Astragalus from Guadalupe struck Mr. Watson as somewhat remarkable.2 It seems to the writer, however, phenomenal that the genus should have any rep- resentation not only upon that island, but upon any of those un- der our consideration.
The “ Rattleweeds” take as kindly as does the horned toad to the dry, arid basins of the interior, and of the vast number known but few are reported from the immediate sea-board. Only four species I know of approach anywhere near the coast-line adjacent to the Santa Barbara group.* ‘The papery texture of the pods of- most species unfits them for transportation by water, while the pernicious nature of some species makes them avoided by ani- mals, and an inherent antipathy to the moisture-laden atmosphere of the seas keeps them mainly retired from the coast. Neverthe- less three species manage to reach Catalina, two get to Cedros, one to Clemente, and the genus does not fail altogether till far out at sea on Guadalupe.
1 Continued from page 205, ? Proc. Am.
ee cp. it, A, » A. Antiselli, A. didymocarpus, A. pycnostachyus.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 331
Of the three species reaching Catalina, two are common to the immediate coast, and their migration is less a matter of wonder- ment than the development of an entirely new and interesting species (A. Nevinii) upon Clemente, which can only be accounted for by assuming that the potency of insular influences in the elab- oration of new types have succeeded in overcoming what I be- lieve to be the natural antagonism of the genus to the tide line."
Localization of species is the next feature which arrests our attention. Hemizonia Streetsii is not infrequent on the east end of Catalina, extending quite down to (and there in greater abund- ance than elsewhere) the narrow isthmus which connects the east and west sections of the island. A strong current of wind at nearly all times sucks through this narrow causeway, across which one might almost throw a stone; otherwise all conditions of soil and climate seem identical on both sides. Diligent search during two seasons failed to reward me with a sight of this species from the west end. The current of wind seems insufficient to account for this peculiarity, as all other species pass and repass freely. Paucity of species is worthy of mention, more striking in Cata-
se large and varied flora: great size, low fertile valleys, swamp lands, river bottoms (in miniature), rolling hills, sub-alpine ele-
yet only a total of 153 species are reported from this island. Col-
lections from Guadalupe and Clemente having been made only in the spring, will probably be augmented by future exploration,
a total of only 287 Phanerogams and ferns from these three islands. Of these, 46, or 16 per cent. of the whole number, are strictly insular. Of the 287, 23, or 8 per cent., are limited to Guadalupe ;
OE 4This pecnliarity has been noted of the genus Astragalus more strongly than of =r other of the great genera characteristic of California flora: amons which may be cite Hosackia, Lupinus, Krynitzkia, Mimulas and Eriogonum, all of which are a undantly presented in closest proximity to the sea shore.
332 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Dec.,
per cent. of the 81 species collected on that island. Lastly, 31, or 38 per cent. of the whole flora of Clemente is reported also from Guadalupe ; and 35, or only 23 per cent., of that of Catalina is common to itself and Guadalupe. More significance attaches to this latter analysis than to the others, as it seems to indicate a closer relationship between the floras of Clemente and the distant Guadalupe than obtains on the two nearer islands.’
t this point it is proper to refer back to the statement made in relation to the antiquity of Clemente, that the geology and present flora of that island were not in apparent harmony. This hypothesis, determined by the scantiness of peculiar species, is far from conclusive. Greater antiquity would afford opportunity for the extension landward of many perhaps original species whose local identification would thus be absorbed and lost forever ; and if the faintest value be attached to the common methods of seed dispersal, facilities have occurred for the distribution of a score of distinctive floras; and while strongly disparaging those very methods in general, their specific force and application is readily conceded where the barrier to isolation becomes contemptible, in view of the stupendous lapses of time since the seas first swept the uppermost terraces of Clemente.
rom all the foregoing we briefly suggest :
Ist. Present variation and constant modifications in matter of size point to the mutability of species upon these islands.
2d. The large percentage (16) of the whole flora being char- acteristic, tends strongly to indicate insular genesis.
3d. That there are no barriers which some species can not overcome ; while the close restriction of others to local habitats and seeming to enjoy greater facilities for expansion than the first named, would indicate that the latter species were too short-lived to acquire the adaptability and availability for extension possesse by the former.
4th. That the material available for investigation is of too conflicting a nature to formulate even a scientific “ guess” as to primative origin of the floras of these islands.
he discovery of a new genus on Catalina and Santa Cruz®, whose definite characters and relationship is not yet wholly set- tled, but whose nearest apparent affiliation is native of northern Mexico, might lead us to inquire for some such derivation; but Mr. Watson has shown how unlikely is this to be the case with
°Since making the above analysis, the i ies and extension : > publication of some new species and ex 5 y erehanaiys of ergo by ae “ties 3 = his recent revised supplement to the igen F a mag ‘ ects xactitude of the enu i | to vi general conclusions. merations given, but not enoug _ ©Proc. Am. Acad., vo!. 20. :
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 333
Guadalupe, hence with our northern group. From the presence of a few sporadic South American forms it would be as unsatis- factory to attempt in any way to connect their floras as to deduce anything European from the presence of Lavatera.
Have these islands ever formed part of a continuous territory ? Have they ever been united to the adjacent continent? Is their antiquity greater or less than that of the main and?
These, and a host of correlated questions, must first be an- swered authoritatively by the geologist who undertakes their care- ful exploration ; until then the botanist must relegate the history of the past to the field of idle speculation, and from the pregnant material at hand confine himself to defining the present—antici- pating the future.
LIST OF FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS OF SANTA CATALINA ISLAND.
1, Clematis ligusticifolia Nutt. | 36. Rubus ursinus Cham. & Schlecht. 2. Eschscholtzia peninsularis Greene | 37. Cercocarpus parvifolius Nutt.
3. Crossosoma Californicum Nutt. 38. Adenostoma fasciculatum Hook. 4. Dendromecon rigidum Benth. & Arn.
5. Isomeris arborea Nutt. 39. Alchemilla arvensis Scopoli.
6. Capsella Bursa-pastoris Mench. 40. Rosa Californica Cham. & i hl
7. Oligomeris subula iss. thlecht. 8. Helianthemum scoparium Nutt. 41. Heteromeles arbutifolia Rem. ae enia grandifolia C. & 8. 42, Lyonothamnus floribundus Gray. 10. Silene Gallica Linn. 3. Ribes viburnifolia Gray. 11. Stellaria media Linn 44. Tillea minima Mi
: iers. 12. Lepigonum macrothecum F.&M. 45, Cotyledon czspitosa Haworth
i 13 at occidentalis W 46. Zauschneria Californica Pres! 14. Malyastrum Thurberi Gray 47, GEnothera micrantha 15. Erodium cicutarium L’H 48. GEnothera bistorta N
+16. Rhamnus croe 49. Godetia tenella Wats.
*17. Ceanothus sorediatus H. & A. 50. Megarrhiza Californica Torr. 18. Rhus diversiloba Hook. & Arn. 51. Megarrhiza Marah, reported by
ake t collected since
19. Rhus ovata Wats.
20. Rhus integrifolia Benth. & Hook. | 52. Opuntia Engelmanni Salm.
20°. Rhus integrifolia (a remarkable | 53. Mesembryanthemum crystalli- ternate-leaved lorm). num Linn.
21. Rhus laurina Nutt. 54, Caucalis microcarpa Hook & Arn 22. Trifolium microcephalum Pursh, | 55. Sambucus glauca Nutt. 23. Melilotus parviflora Desf. 56. Symphoricarpos mollis Nutt.
i i 57. Lonicera hispidula, var. vacillans
, ougl. 26. Hosackia micrantha Nutt. 58. Galium angustifolium Nutt. 27. Hosackia maritima Nutt. 59. Galium Aparine, var. Vaillanti 28. Hosackia ornithopus Greene, ray. : 29, Astragalus leucopsis T. & G. 60. Galium Catalinense Gray, ined. 30. Astragalus trichopodus Gray. 61. Brickellia Californica Gray. 31. Astragalus Antiselli Gray. 62. Pentacheta Lyoni Gray 32. Lathyrus vestitus Nutt. 63. Bigelovia veneta Gray. 33. Prunus occidentalis Nutt. 64. Erigeron foliosus Nutt. 34. Prunus ilieifolia Walp. 65. charis p ularis DC. 35. Spirea discolor Pursh. 66. Stylocline gnaphalioides Nutt.
wn Canberra, Patna, PLE V, ra
a : Lapgiae 3 gs PL BAA fer fev Pinay ARH D
334 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Dec.,
67. Filago Arizonica Gray. | 109. Antirrhinum speciosum Gray — 68. Encelia Californica Nut coll. by Ga 69. Lepto: ‘pa = Kelloge | 110. Miadios glutinosus, var, puniceus 70. Madia sativa Molin Wendl. 71. Madia fi oe s Gray 11. Mimulus cardinalis ee 72. Hemizonia Streetsii Gray. 112. Mimulus luteus Lin 73. Hemizonia fasciculata T. & G. 13. Mimulus floribundius Do gl 74. Layia platyglossa, var. breviseta 114. Castilleia foliolosa Hook. & Arn Gra | 115, Castilleia parviflora Bon 75. a Palmeri, var. Clementina | 116. Mona lanceolata Gray 7. Micro glasii ie? 76. ‘Lathivonsiiniia pusillus Hook & 8. Audibertia meri Gr Arn. 119. Audibertia nat hake “Benth. 77. Achillea Millefolium Linn. 120 where prostrata Aa r. 78. Cotula coronopifolia Linn. 121. Plan tago Patagonica Jacq. 79. Artemisia Californica Less. 122. Mirabilis Californica Gray. 80. Cnicus occidentalis Gray. 123. Rumex salicifolius Weinmann. 81. Centaurea Melitensis Linn. 124. Eriogonum nudum, var. pauci- 82. Perezia microcephala Gray. florum Wats. 83. Stephanomeria paniculata Nutt. | 125, Eriogooum giganteum Wats. 84. Malacothrix saxatilis T. & G. 126. ¢ ides 85. Arctostaphylos tomentosa, Dougl. | 127. Pterostegia drymarioides Fisch. 86. Arctostaphylos bicolor Gray & Meyer. 87. Erythrea venusta Gray. 128. asses Coulteri ee 88. Gilia atractyloides an te 129. Urt — wig cea Nutt. 89. Gilia multi i 130. U rtis 90. Eucrypta ee cerpeantbsind: 131. Parietatia “ebilis Forster. folia Greene. 132. Eremoc oe setigerus Benth. 91. Phacelia hispida Gray. 133 Salix leev Bebb. 92..Phacelia Lyoni Gray. 134. Populus , esmtiona a T.& G. 93. Emmenanthe penduliflora Benth. | 135. Quercus Douglasii Hak: & Arn. 94. Eriodictyon tomento th 136. erct 95. Heliotropium Curassavicum Linn. | 137. Quercus tomentella Engl. Krynitzkia ambigua Gray. 138. Calochortus Kennedyi Porter. nitzkia ramosissima G 139. CalochortusCataline Wats.—-coll. 98. Plagiobothrys Arizonicus, var y P. Schumacher. Gray, 7 140. Juncus inidk us Linn 99. Convolvulus Soldanella Linn. 141. Stipa setigera Presl. 100. oe mMacrostegius 142. Avena fatua 143. Melica sen, sao Trin ate Convolvalus ope Choisy. 144. Hordeum mu m Lin Cressa Cretica Lin | 145. Elymus condensate Pes: 103. Solan aro sett: ob 146. Gymnogram triangularis 104. Sola nti, ae Wallacei | aulf. | 147, pi bin pers triangularis, var. 105. Pataca Californicum Nut viscosa Ea
106. proppelatis Californica Chae | 148. Pella ornithopus Hook
107. erate cordifolius Benth. 149. Adiantum emarginatum “Hook.
108. Antirrh um Nuttaliianum | 150. Aspidium aculeatum Swartz. Benth. 151. Selaginella rupestris Spring.
List OF FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS OF SAN CLEMENTE ISLAND.
1. Eschscholtzia elegans, var. ram- 5, Lepidium nitidum Nutt. ce ee 6. Oligomeris subulata Boiss. “6 Delphiniam variegatum Torr. & 7. Lepigon ey macrothecum Fisch.
. Meconopsis } hylla Benth 8. Claptoae foliata Donn aC tela ead ce ophylia aytonia perfoliata Donn 4. Sisymbrium reflexum Nutt. 9. La catebé jibes Kellogg.
1886. ] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 335
10. Malva borealis Wallman, | 49. Krynitzkia ambigua Gray. 11. Erodium cicutarium L’Her. | 50. Convolvulus macrostegius Greene 12. Erodium moschatum L’ Her. | 51. Lyciam Californicum Nutt. 13. mer integrifolia Benth. & Hook. 52. Antirrhinum Nuttallianum : a tson. . - Lupinus affinis Agardh. 53. Antirrhinum speciosum Gray. 16. Trifolium microcephaium Pursh. | 54. Collinsia bicolor Benth, 17. Trifotium Palmeri Watson. 55. Plantago Patagonica Jacq. - Medicago denticulata Willd. 56. Mirabilis Calitornica Gray. - Hosackia ornithopus Greene. 57. Abronia umbellata Lam 20. Astragalus Nevinii Gray, ined. 58. Rumex salicifolius Wein. . Vicia exigua Nutt. 59. Eriogonum nudum, var. pauci- 2. Cotyledon? orum Wats, }. Mentzelia gracilenta T. & G, _ 60. Erigonum (n. sp.) unfit for deter- t. Megarhiza Californica Torr. ination. . Cereus Emoryi Engl. | 61, Pterostegia drymarioides Fisch. & . Opuntia prolifera Engl eyer. Mesembryanthemum nodiflorum. 62. Aphanisma blitoides Nutt. 28. Mesembryanthemum crystalli- 63. Chenopodium Californicum num Linn. | Wats. 29. Bowlesia lobata Ruiz: & Pavon. | 64. Chenopodium album 30. Sanicula bipinnatifida Dougl. | 65. Atriplex microcarpa Dietrich 31. Daucus pusillus Michx 66. Atriplex leucophylla Dietrich 32, Galium Aparine Linn. | 67. Atriplex Californica Mog 33. Gnaphalium decurrens Ives. 68. Hesperocnide tenella Torr. 34, Hemizonia Streetsii Gray. | 69. Parietaria debilis Forster 35. Perityle Fitchii Torr. | 70. Allium serratum Watson 36. Beria Palmeri Gray, var. Clem- 71. Brodiwa capitata Benth tina. 72. Phalaris Canariensis Linn.
en 37. Eriophyllum Nevinii Gray, ined. 75. Stipa setigera 38. Achillea Miilefolium Linn. | 74. Melica imperfecta Trin. 39. Senecio Lyoni Gray, ined. | 75. Ceratochloa grandiflora Hook. 40. Microseris Lindleyi Gray, ined. | 76. Hordeum nodosum Linn. 41. Malacothrix foliosa Gray, ined. 77. Polypodium Californicum Kaulf. 42. Sonchus oleraceus Linn. 78. pe bo gaara triangularis
: bie ;
43, Gil vi ray, ined. aulf.
44, Gilia micrantha Steudel. | 79, Notholena Newberryi Eaton.
45. Nemophila racemosa Nutt. | 80. Layia glandulosa H. & A.
46. Phacelia floribunda Greene. | 81. Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & 7 er.
47. Phacelia phyllomanica Gray. . Phacelia distans Benth.
rs
Apprrronan Nores.—In the very nature of things all islands. and these in a superlative degree, being largely exempted from the disturbing external influences affecting organic life upon the mainland, present to the naturalist an inviting field of explora- tion and research.
To the enthusiastic lover of the beautiful in nature, they offer as well a wealth of picturesque attractions. The southern coast of San Clemente once seen can never be forgotten. Against ver- tical cliffs of over two hundred feet the great seas dash with thun- derous noise and appalling force, whilst far above, the rocky ter- races, all softened with tender creamy lichens and whose darkling
336 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Dec.,
caves each carry a drooping portiére of lovely snow-white morn- ing glories, forms in all a combination of rare grandeur and dainty prettiness seldom seen in one picture. ina is a miniature world in itself. The landward coast
is indented with little pockets rather than harbors, whose waters are marvels of tranquillity and pellucidity. From his ‘boat the fisherman can look down and at a depth of fifty feet see the bril- liant anemones and sea urchins starring the rocks below.
rom the middle of the island two not inconsiderable streams (in California we call them rivers) take their souree and flow in opposite directions, one through a sandy valley with here and there a fertile oasis of cottonwoods, anon a desert of prickly pear or tunas within whose cruel environment lurks the dainty edible fruit of Solanum Xanti, var. Wallacei. The other “river” takes its way southerly through cafions of the loftiest mountains of the island until it plunges into Silver cafion; and thence to follow its precipitous course to the sea will try the nerves of the trained mountaineer. Down into the very bowels of the earth one seems to go, into ravines whose walls are vertical battlements of rock that not even a goat could scale, and into whose chilling and darkening depths the sun never looks; it is then that when a “break off” or falls occurs in the descent that the situation be- comes interesting—critical, perhaps, for him who will not or can not retreat
in Southern California.
ough I have spoken of my work upon these islands as “gleanings” the harvest on most of them as yet is virtually un- touched, and offers a fruitful field to the zealous collector. If my remarks should stimulate any to their thorough and compre- hensive exploration, my labor shall not have been in vain.
“4 886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 337
BRIEFER ARTICLES.
New grasses.—Srorosotus Botanpert. Culms slender, about a foot high decumbent below, smooth: leaves narrowly linear, flaccid; radical ones about - 6 inches long ; ine ones similar, 1 to 2 inches long; ligule short and obtuse ; upper half of stem naked: panicle 2 to 3 inches long, sparsely flowered, open, lax, lower branches in twos or threes, filiform, 1 to 14 inches long, flowering above the middle: spikelets about 2 inches long; empty glumes unequal, 1-nerved, upper one ovate-lanceolate, 1 line long or more, lower one } shorter ; flowering glume nearly 2 lines long, oblong-lanceolate, 5-nerved, softly pubes- cent on the nerves below; palet equaling its glume, finely ciliate on the nerves ; sterile pedicel prominent, } to 4 as long as the flower.—Collected at Multino- mah Falls, Oregon, by Dr. H. N. Bolander.
AGROSTIS ATTENUATA. Culms slender, smooth, erect, attenuated, 2 to 3 feet long: radical leaves narrowly linear, 2 to 4 inches long; culm leaves 3, distant, sheaths shorter than the internodes, smooth; ligule membranaceous, conspicu- ous, 2 to 3 lines long; blade 2 to 3 inches long, narrow, acuminate: panicle 3 to 4 inches long, pyramidal, lower branches in threes or fives, somewhat unequal, 1 to 2 inches long, capillary, few-flowered, pedicels mostly longer than the spike- lets, which are about 1} lines long: empty glumes equal, oblong-lanceolate, acute, scabrous on the keel; flowering glume nearly as long; palet wanting.— Found by Mr. Thomas Howell, near Mt. Hood, Oregon. It belongs to the scabra group, but is well distinguished asas ecies.
GROSTIS FOLIOSA. Culms stoloniferous, erect, 1} feet high, leafy nearly to the summit: leaves 3 to 5 inches long, 2 to 3 lines wide, acuminate, some- what scabrous; sheaths smooch; ligule short, obtuse: panicle lanceolate, 4 to 6 inches long, 1} inches wide below, open, branches mostly in fives, uneven, 4 to 1} inches long, flowering near the extremities, subdivided mostly below the middle, pedicels longer than the spikelets, which are about 1 lines long: empty glumes lanceolate, acute; flowering glumes a little shorter, about 5- nerved, the lateral nerves excurrent at the apex, the midnerve usually term- inating in a short awn near the middle; palet wanting.—Collected in Oregon by Thomas Howell and by Dr. H. N. Bolander
UHLENBERGIA Neo-Mexicana. Perennial: culms mostly branched near the base from thickened nodes, wiry, erect, 1 to 2 feet high, scabrous: cauline leaves about 5, setaceous, erect, about 3 inches long, the upper one near the panicle; ligule short, lacerate: panicle narrow, linear to lanceolate, 4 to 6 inches long, the branches unequal, mostly in twos, appressed, the longer 1 to 2 inches long, flowering to the base, the branchlets sessile and closely flowered: spikelets sessile or nearly so, about 2 lines long without the awn; empty giumes equal, more than half as long as the spikelet, lanceolate, acuminate or awl-
_ pointed, l-nerved; flowering glume short stalked, 3-nerved, narrow, acuminate + and terminating in a straight, slender awn 4 to 6 lines long.—Rocky hills and mountain sides, New Mexico and Arizona.
Mu ERGIA ACUMINATA. Culms erect, 3 to 4 feet high, smooth : rad-
2
338 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [Dee
ical leaves involute, 6 to 12 inches long; cauline ones 3 or 4, distant, narrow, becoming involute, acuminate, lower 6 to 8 inches long, upper 1 to 2 inches, scabrous; ligule 3 to 4 lines long, lacerate: panicle linear, 6 to 10 inches long, branches in twos or threes, closely appressed, the lower 1 or 2 inches long, flowering to the base, branchlets short and erect; pedicels and rhachis scab-
in New Mexico. A well marked species.—Dr. GroRGE VASEY.
Ambrosia bidentata >trifida.—A hybrid from these parents has been sent tous by Mr. Eggert, of St. Louis. That district is famous for hybrids, Dr. Engelmann having detected so many there, but this one, we believe, is new.
A. GRAY.
linum Canadense in Indiana.—The discovery of this northern spe- cies in middle Indiana is a very interesting fact. Known to students of Gray’s Manual as Conioselinum Canadense, or Hemlock-Parsley, its range is entirely north of Indiana, except as it finds its way southward along the higher sum- mits of the Alleghanies, and is usually found in swamps. I found it a little over a mile north of Crawfordsville, clinging to an almost inaccessible bluff wall, in surroundings kept constantly cold and wet by springs. It was in both flower and fruit October 15.—J. N. Rose.
Dr. George Martin.—Those interested in mycology will be pained to learn of the recent death of Dr. George Martin. The study of our American fungi was with the deceased a thing of recent years, and was taken up mainly because he saw in it an opening for good work in its relation to practical med- icine. However it was not long before he became so interested in these plants that almost his whole leisure and strength were given to them. When one remembers how many of the specimens in Ellis’ Centuries of North American Fungi were collected, and how many more were critically studied by Dr. Mar- tin, there will be a surprise to know that he had been for years an invalid whose life hung upon the slenderest thread. The deceased left behind him a manuscript volume which might well be published as a memorial of his labors. It contains a large number of colored illustrations, with spore measurements, and descriptions of the fungi he had studied. Such a volume would be a real boon to American mycologists. During his life, when urged by his friends to publish it, his modesty always led him to evade tke question or to depreciate _ the real value of what he had done. He was distinguished as a physician, high-toned and honorable as a man, public-spirited as a citizen, and warm-
as a friend. None can regret his death more than his neighbors 17 West Chester, Pa., who knew and loved him well.—J. T. RorHRocK.
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 339
rarity. It may have been passed over as a Githopsis, ax it has somewhat the aspect of a depauperate form of this common plant.
The following species of Gilia was also found in a district supposed to be pretty thoroughly explored. Professor Gray informs me that I may regard it as a new species, quite as good as some other of the troublesome forms which have come to light, and which almost efface the distinction between the sec- tions Dactylophyllum and Leptosiphon. I have had Professor Gray’s kind and needful help in shaping the characters of these two species so as to render them more diagnostic than they would have been in my inexperienced hands.
CAMPANULA ExIGUA. Annual, 2 to 5 inches high, with spreading branches, hirsute below, puberulent or almost glabrous above: leaves very small (1 to 3 lines long), sessile, lowest lanceolate or obovate, entire or with a few coarse teeth, upper subulate ; flowers solitary at end of the slender divergent branches or short peduncles, erect: calyx-lobes subulate-linear, usually twice the length of the campanulate or somewhat turbinate tube, erect, connivent after flowering: cor- olla oblong-campanulate, light blue ; tube about the length of the calyx-lobes, longer than its oblong acute lobes; filaments ‘abruptly dilated below the mid- dle into a broad ciliolate base: style not surpassing the corolla: capsule some- what urceolate, opening by three valves above the middle.—Summit of Monte Diablo, June 14, 1886. Also collected, July 3,on Tamalpais, by Mrs. Curran, in fall fruit and in a larger and coarser form. The species will rank along with C. Reverchoni of Texas, in a separate subdivision.
Gra AmBIGUA. Habit and foliage of G. Bolanderi, but more erect and stouter: corolla much larger, over half-inch long, nearly thrice the length of the calyx, its proper tube equalling the latter or somewhat exserted, the obcon-
only other Gilia seen near it was G. dichotoma.—V OLNEY A pleasing experiment in laboratory practice.—The following expe- i i asses in vegetable anatomy while
that the outer layer of the external coat is in the field. Pass a drop of water under the cover-glass and watch the section. As soon as the liquid strikes the mucilaginous layer the cells composing it at once enlarge and their dissol veil contents float out upon the slide. That which before was a hyaline line, seem- ingly amorphous, becomes a series of cells nearly uniform in size. The thin- ness of the section and the unusual exposure of the mucilage permits of the quick outward movement of the cells much to the delight of the student. For a time it was quite a puzzle how the side walls of the rapidly expanding cells could accommodate themselves to the sudden expansion. A quantity of flax- seed was soaked in water, the liquid being changed frequently during a day or more, and the seeds afterwards dried with blotting paper. Upon making thin sections of these seeds, and treating the outer layer as above described, the side walls were well defined, and their method of expanding became plain. These
340 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. | Dee.,
walls are folded or plaited right and left like the sides of the bellows of an accordeon, the plaits being widest at the bottom, or attached ends, and dimin- ish outward sala the exposed surface. These cells are somewhat irregular,
panded and contracted several times before their contents so far disappear as to arrest further action.
f the student attempts to study the mucilaginous covering without mak- ing a pret the expansion of the cells and the outward flow of their contents are so slow as to be disappointing. When the thin section has been brought into the field of the high power lens it is well for a neighboring student or an assistant to add the drop of water, thus giving the ea. ay the entire use of his time for making the observation.—_Byron D. Hats
Alaskan garry ent of plants collected during the summer of 1885, a Ounalashka, by Mr. S. Applegate, the United States Signal Observer at th station. The list, although small, contains several species of great rarity and
odgaine pratensis L. Festuca rubra L.
Draba hirta L. a bao, i Trin. Leptarrhena pyrolifolia R. Br. zoe sL. ae m angustifollum L ? Fragments | Desc iva anvpels soba ie Scheele. De peba mpsia ceespitosa P. Br., var. longiflora
esr ti di igyna Cam rg : Toro campestris DC. Trisettim ose P. Br., var. molle Luzula years ee DC., var. a Led. Juncus are s Willd. Soyecs xia Alent'ca Vas Juncus tine te Hoppe. Deyeuxia Pangsdort ‘Knath. Carex decidua Boott. V not By rare: the third Hapa a L.
station in North Amer (Fide Bailey | Agrostis of net Trin.
in litt. Oct. 22, 1886.) 2quisetum variegatum Schl, Carex podocarpa R. Br. Cryptogramme acrosticnoides R. Br. Carex limosa L., var. stygia Bailey.
Iam indebted to Dr. Vasey and Prof. L. H. Bailey, Jr., for assistance in determining the sedges and grasses—F. H. Knowxrton, U. S. Nat. Museum.
EDITORIAL.
Wire rus number the Gazerre for 1886 is complete. The 350 pages that we have given to our readers represent the best botanical activity of the country, and the fact that several im aa er RE this year cannot appear until next, on account of the pressure upon our pages, goes to show that this activity has been unsually great. ‘Ti is very evident that botanists are working now as never before inthiscountry. Perhaps there is no more interest in the calens subject of botany, but there is more independent and valuable work. Our friends have said that the Gazerre has been no small influence in encouraging this activity. Whether this is true or not, the botanical signs for 1887 are most encouraging. American botanists are fully awake, and the next year gives promise of much good work. Every botanist dvonta feel called upon to help along this progress, both by making some contribution to botan- ical knowledge himself, and by warmly supporting a botanical journal that
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 341
gives expression to these activities. That the Gazerre has been better than its promise is the record of the year just closing, and as we clear our decks for another year it is with the determination to surpass anything we have yet done. With this promise to our friends we wish them a happy and successful new year.
THERE Is some feeling among amie botanists that their labors are not fully recognized in Europe, being passed by when credit is really due them.
nts to partial remedy within the control of each author. We refer to the desibades of separately printed copies of important articles contained in journals and society publications. We venture to say that the number of cop- ies now sent by most authors to German and other foreign investigators is very small and wholly inadequate. A satisfactory distribution would require that a copy of every important research should be sent to other workers in the same line, to the prominent botanical vero and to the chief libraries. If it can also be placed on sale, so much the better. If authors will take this small trouble and expense, the saith and recognition of American botany abroad will be advantageously improeve?.
OPEN LETTERS.
Orientation of Cassia leaflets The region abont me is beta): 7 a d with a pide of the two species C. Cham
of Cassia, C. nictitans an ista. I notice this summer what I never
appen ave observed ro Sag a afternoon especially, all the leaflets are so dis resent their surfaces to the declining s thousands of specimens I can find no exception This presentation of neces sity gives something of . north and south trend to nie edge of the leaflets, so here we have c lants of a certain kin
ss p Brown University, Pronidenes
Gigiakorlasth perfoliatum. n August last I collected a stout specimen of thi each node.
In is plant, nearly four feet high, having a whorl of three leaves a
he leaves of each whorl
were united around iy stem much as in ibe usual form, except that there was
a superfluity of tissue at the points of cohesion, thus makit e ba th
leaves crispa J. FRanKirn Cours, Providene : ERE
CURRENT LITERATURE.
Life mages of Pl By Professor D. McAlpine. pp. 296. Illustrated. wan set Mik Lsetey & Co., London. 1886. sq. 12°. ut the latest alg of botany in such a
ia isa anita attempt to pu popular way goes sant Nor person can understan Such attempts can not be too Pal be mended, for they are important and difficult. poe ed with these facts the cha
the intelligent ponetae at sind becomes acquainted for foundations for otiginal investigation multiply, but the difficulty toca in in
342 , BOTANICAL GAZETTE. [ Dec.,
pep vlarising without misstating. Professor McAlpine has sccompiae. is ask as well as we have yet seen it done. The book was not written for in bat i it should be able to stand the fire of their criticism. At thes aie iat
stud asis, and an r upon the
living cell. The remaining pages ta ke up types, be eginning with the lowest, and
give a condensed account of their structure and lite hist story, over forty being
considered. e book is not eat a capital one for the general rendee but
would be very helpful in the hands of the young laboratory worker. The i ice
e things that mi ri function of chlorophyll, p. 69, Pringsheim’s “ screen” theory is given w without uny mention of there being a diversity of opinion upon the {sab} ect. eu of the terms “root” and ° a soe carried down to the leieest plants on
as eicleadion: e e” and “macrospore” are through to the highest. ee ty a hee provi enough perhaps for the téuhiniea hotanist, but the audience for whom the book is written had better know what the polien-grain and embryo-sac mean. On p. 229, in speaking of the germ- 0
— — Oo f= bee
rbe . oe with the fact. But these are mostly matters of judgment, and would commend the book as being very Wiadable ana serviceable.
ees Le is of North American Carices, including those of Mexico, Cen- rica and ee ne, with the American bibliography of the es By pa Bailey, jr. ,V. Reprinted from Proc. Amer. Acad., April 2
That the genus: Carex needs elucidation all botanists will agree, and Pro fessor Baile thus g the results of his study. A proper ivdement upon. such work can be passe only after using it, and
wha tever is said n now is based upon a author’s known ability. Such a al a
to distribute species in na groups, is noteworthy. Professor Bailey has put us under an ng ncaa ge Sr should be repaid by the careful use and crit- icism of his pape
NOTES AND NEWS.
pee cae a ed errs has been acquired by the French government and placed in the Jardin des Plan
Pror. W. € a: eis that ha stamens of Parnassia mature one at a time, and asks if thishas been observed befor aE ; _THEopor Gg. eifeg olen 5s, merit 7 i hens, ae professor of botany at the university of Athens,
1886.] BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 343
Dr. Emmy L. GREGORY presents the first part of the distribution and func- tion of the fea of libriform tissue, in the Bulletin a the Torrey Club for November. Pror. O. NoRDSTEDT has critical notes ne Vaucheria litorea, — - Thuretii ea VY. Synandra, oat ar a aa in the ante Pen Nat-
‘A WELL WRITTEN and readable notice of Lubbock’s ‘‘ Flowers, Fruits and Leaves,” seoratisin over a page, is given in No. 1115 of the Nation, under the title of ‘‘ Vegetal eesthetics.”’
A. R, graduate of Michig the botanical depart- ment of eas stat University, has been pecker assistant to Dr. Vasey in the Department of Agricultu
SPIRANTHES sa Minegienveeeumaas as been a very rare orchid in Ireland for fifty years or
more, le is now thought to be entirely exterminated. Asystematic search forit is talked of se a year eure Lenrsact, verweed of Irmischia and of the Deutsche botanische Monatsschrift, has om Sondershausen to Arnstadt, where he has accepted the position of tretr a ee ‘Be alschul Ron F. VON MUELLER will next June resign his position as director of the Botanical ebhen of Melbourne, Australia
Miss LIL bee ecgrt $ paper on the preliminary analysis of the leaves of Juglan nigra, ao before the A. A. A. S., Buffalo meeting, has been issued as a reprint from a Amer. td phe October, 1
BALD SMITH expresses some thoughts on recent investigations concerning bacterin in Wee water, in the Medical News of October 9, 9, which are especially aaa engaged in such researches. am A. WIGAND, tl ned professor of botany at the University of Marburg, is dak at the age of area years.
Fou me BOTANISTS have recently died: L. D A. F. M. Marcilly, conservator of forests ; "dailioe fuer oldu Ed. Lamy de la Peistrey lichenologist ; and Jean Baptiste Pierre See aay eryptogam
ON PAGE 260, October Gazette, is an omission which should be corrected. To the char- acters of F 1 should be added ‘‘ ducts peripheral.”
ESCRIPTIVE NOTES on Papuan plants, by Baron F. v. Mueller, cover 120 octavo pages, and include many new species. The desc riptions are in Engl lish.
Errata.—Page 263, for oar Langit itibes ea and Trichin pial Epeolus, Pelopeus,
lan
Stizus and dita us. In foot-note 5 for ‘ bears mblance”’ it rs no resemblance. Mr. Jon EDFIELD poner his notes i ee November oe the Torrey Club, upon Didnuke ert Corema, an account of explorations for 1886. THE SOCIEDADE gb ERIANA, Of Co’ es an annual bulletin, issued in
mbra, publish parts, which has now ached its fourth abla It is = to the study of the flora of Portugal, and has uae brought to light quite a number of n —
BARON VON MUELLER’S activity in making known the fa. ions i nin bis almost monthly publication of new species tes flowering ue in i tralasian Journal of Pha: and other journals.
Hi Aad
THE MYXOMYCETES are of Mycology by critical Coane on n the —* spore wera he Dr. trichia
PROF. ‘e N. Pre alias us wulitvan in the Am. uae N how botany shall be ta aaht in agricultural colleg What he botany is
uralist for phan upon suggests finds application not only in ageiaiaenelt canal but eunicces taught. TwOoN hi 1i eee Lowre & Co 0., “London. The first isa “Téxt book of aie botany,” edited from the ouse, and the other is “* The mieroscope, in theory
- work of Strasburger by Prof. W. Hillh
344 BOTANICAL GAZETTE, [Dec.,
and practice,’’ edited from the work of Nigeli and Schwendener by J. Mayall. A new AC sine re- oe of Prantl and Vines’ ‘‘Text book of botany,’’ is also an- ced by the e firm
MICROsPOREs in Sphagnum were described by Schimper in 1858. They were found in
separal te capsules, an nd also intermixed with the macrospores. They do not appear to have
been seen again, however, until a few months ago. The subject is discussed by C. Warn-
storf in Hepa,
LETE ee history of Gnomonia erythrostoma = been traced by Dr. Frank
(Berita aa sch. bi SSK iv, p. 200), making the second Pyrenomycetous fungus which the sates reproduct is known. It attacks ine leaves of the cherry tree,
Gikeblies the tree, and finally xilling it. iatomaceze of Lake 1 ins by B. W. Thomas and H. H. C t result of soniddence from the She water supply, made poe by Mr. Thomas a8 during the — sixteen years. Two yea ~ ‘teen species and vy which are marked n. ay and one
ie J. H. Hart, superintendent ” the caeccaaen cinchona plantations, Jamaica has issued from the press of Mortimer C. DeSouza, oe . avery tained —_ of “ & Botanist’s Rambles”? in Central America. It give: a sketchy account of the plants of that interesting region and is well worth reading. go can be ie from the a fora sixpence.
He
has te two or i tires working vg ere during the winter semester, but that pede the
mmer the number will reach 30 Dr. Strasburger rine $s great personal — in
; ee work of rg students, and gives Prise, more attention than would be expected from so y aman.
.C. C. Parry, ina stesecis from the eae, Davenport Acad. Sci., v. 35, confirms the genus pacha Remy and extends its character. In his memoir on Chorizan the he had included this genus as C. passed but two new species from Chili have co onfirmed its generic ch: Der and soit has been restored and becomes L. Chilensis Remy, with two Chilian associates.
OKE criticizes Stevenson’s recent work on*‘‘ British fungi,’’ in a late issue of
by ek arging tha: over forty species were wrongly om ei, from the first volume,
sot ie other faults, none of which, Dectobeah freee gpd aftect the value of the work for
Americ.n botanists. It must be remembered t Dr. Cooke's pred rarely coincide with those of his iaiow mycologists.
AT THE LAST annual hgantecnt of hose Union ‘of Naturaliste’ Societies of ee East of Seot-
land, Prof. J. W. H. Trail gav rganizat which in the main is equally pertinent to American societies. He. placed bibliograpical index —— and toca lists - ——- classes of natural history second, both to be pre , codperative syst
ead 3 a seed-carri Wallace at pies November siaaivanat of 0 National Academy of Sciences, - which the author suggested _ the power of the win nd to oveasi ional y care. it seed to igaanghieraas distances might account even for the t gions of the northern ate ore to those ape the southern,
BULLETIN No. 1 of the aa division of the U. S. Department of ca ry we Dr. George Vas: ager, je Sexoied toe economic questions regarding the grasses of t arid tricts of Kansas, N neluding an item on the adva Esheegeyrted lishing a grass-experiment station. We are Fest a formed that a bill for this purpose
_ will be presented at the next session of Congress.
‘Herr F. neath aac igen acide is IL, Karmelitergasse, 21, Prague), Who bas cies, wishes to sor chee ivy sag a ‘North America generally, especially of the : Nescenaeyh nahgads or gent er. of any of our spe
3
1886. | BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 345
A BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH of the ney Miihlenberg, with portrait, has been distrib- uted as a reprint from Hoffman's ‘‘ Pharmaceutische Rundschau,’’ June, 1886. It is writ- * Sah eS wn Maisch ones Ph ninadaiphts Colle ee of Pharmacy, set is exceedingly
closely identi ed with early American botany as Miihlenberg was, it is spuetaiey pre for American botanists to be aenbeaa with his life.
end OCTOBER RUMBER of es Ratian Journal of Sony contains bryological notes ih G. Venturi, the extra y L. Macchiati, description of so: new sist ak Scitaminez by B. Sco teen: notes on the fruit and ae of Cacao by 1 . Caruel, a case of prolification in Spilanthes by F. Tassi, a new station for Aceras anth ro- pophora by P. Severino, and teratological notes by C. Massalonge.
ners’ Chronicle of Novem-
It isa Chinese and Japan ese plant, Xow ap came to the United States nobody
re gaky how, te . — ages ye ars ago, but has now spread wonderfully in the southern Unite are given in this eats: vol. III, pp. 4, 42.
INT pea of the Torr. Bot. ol tub, for Nov prem there el aga papers of eystematic inte sagt Britton publishes a preliminary list of the N. species of Cyper
nterest, genus which he has long been studying. Seventy-three sail are enumerated, a a eral new varieties and —— are described. Rev. E. L. Greene dese nies six n w Cail: fornian Polypetale, and Dr. Vasey publishes (with plate) a new genus of renee, dediented to Mr. C. R. Orcutt. remem Californica belongs to the Festucez and Lower California THE EpIToR of the Botanisches the report. any American botanical society ‘will be ont ieee? in that journal, mein trans-
into, and fifty Aesth furnished the Soci iety free. Two hu more copies e suppli i « This on offer, e printed report at little ey es souk and brings pro-
beri gives the soci separa ceedings to the scates of eae throughout the world, ought not to remain coke Address id Uhlworm, Cassel, Germany.
LITANI, sob ix, No. 2, appears with ten folded plates and several
A Horti PETRO eo of importance to syst ists. C. Winkler describes twenty new Composite from Tu n, E. R. Trautw — publishes ist of a Tu ollection, with descriptions of new species, among he Astragali predomina . Regel also continues h
descriptions of new or eerie keowe plants. e ar Dr. 1 tribution are the nee inte of the Asiatic genus Eremostachys, and a conspectus of the lom
ain sof P. sa, by = Wm. Dawson,
forms a IX of the Bulletin of the Chicago Academy of anu ei f microscopic objects ag” found by Mr. B. W. Thomas and others mn ERS? fe — clays ae underlie n Ohio, New
milar bodies path since been found tland, Tasmania, Australia and Brazil, and qui te a literature has come oe i
of Satvinia-like plants, int atvidse ‘them into five species, und P ugge: esting the remarkable abundance of floating
Mm TRELEASE has published a revision of the North American species of ctrum, distributed as a reprint of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xxiii, , accom The species have yor been difficult of discrimination and polanichs uable characters are taken from the condition h and form of filaments, the anthers, -s
A dozen
Miihlenberg’s T. polygamum replaces T. Cornuti of is journal, 92, The good plate of achenia helps tonne the work of deter-
346 BOTANICAL GAZETTE. { Dec.
Rey. E..L. GREENE has issued his fifth paper entitled ‘Studies in the botany of Cali- fornia wind parts adjacent, ” being a reprint from Bulletin 6 of the Calif. Acad. Sei. Most a the contribution is taken up with a study of the genus Brodiwa. Mr. Greene has ob-
the species in the field, wad has thus discovered characters unobservable by closet sty ha The sym era ‘ der Brodiza’’ are characterized as Brodiza Smith, in part, Hookera Salisb.,in part, and Triteleia ebay ete. A new genus, Behria, is added to ie grou sie ead ween only the umbels are know Coimpatihk with Mr. Watson’s revision of L d naif ‘of the Eubrodixa, Hookera contains the
tions n to ea atta reene also restores yp sidhaat fe Voeel. to include 15 or 18 species of Hosa: or It was the Nuttallian genus Drepanolobus. Some 18 or 20 miscellaneous species are Sassi asn
1
Mr. di m Prot. Philadelphia Acad., contain-
ing a pence. on the Dotelerapeae bol Lecay Marlandton. Mr. Megha an has always been a SE Be ee Aiernaesiange both the fa
and the In this paper he is more convinced than ev r of his views that cross- feriiaton, it accomplished, is of no benefit, ne that dave is little to prove that close-
ing is an injury. -‘‘In my mind, the facts rather show that inste see of eotete eee’
aia to the propagation of the race being gained, the hi sees of a
that it nd that: itis is on the down-
ward track in the order of nature.” He cites the ce ‘ab coast abe yet says that
‘in an experiment it did not produce a single seed w the flow e protected from
insects. The papilionaceous soma are said to give us ae va of self-fertili-
zation and hence the constancy of garden varieties.
GENERAL INDEX.
*,¢ Names of new species are printed in bold-face type; synonyms are printed in italics.
A. A. A.§., botanical club of, 159, 191; Col- ‘a? s letter we 316; entertainment, 160, 30: Gray's let
i eing, m8; div ra) Abie etines, sections of leaves, Achillea m jhaiceia rt heh Riecuien: Acta horti Petropolita Activity of botanists, 346 A&cidia, preserving, 159 JEcidium Fraxini, 8536; Phryme, 159 RMasivation, causes of, 126 Otte aretic, . Farlow on, 195; collecting bot- resh-water, how to collect, rgeitine 8 how to co llect, 147; a, mot nting, 148; in National 1 Herb Agarum Turneri, anatomy and deveiopment
Aarectie department, 21; appropriatio: = ; botany at, 119; botany in poet
319
Agricitaral science, society for promotion f, pa at Buffalo meeting, aa pro- ; sev venth meeti g, 220
, 337; exarata, 173; Pek: eer 173; scabra, kiaake el of, 340
Allen’s ** Charles Da aie:
Alopecurus, alpinus, 170; Aad be us, 170; geniculatus, var. ‘171; glau wegen nigri- , 170; occiden + 170; pra-
170; Amanitine and antidot Amarantus, albus, 41; Miavides, 41 Lop ole bidentata x trifida, 335 meriea, recognition of botanical work in,
um Purshii, bulliform cells of, 322 Anyehia, Papiliacea, 319; dichotoma, forms ot, Anatomy, ee of dicotyledonous anatase mp ans chemical, 179 Anemone nudicaulis, 17 Anemonella thalictroides, 39 Andean flora, pi Andropogon, prinoides, pulliform cells, 322 ; squarrosus, 5 bulliform ee eells, 322
Antheridium, in ferns, development of, 127 Apical cell of ‘root of Botrychium, 50
Apparatus, for Pcten remedies for plant qiaree mes bg ith home made, 276;
yin ‘ ae transpiration “— nin 128 wie issecting microsco S10; pag oe s, for transpira-
ng a weet 128i Noll’s, for differentia-
se of ¢ Apples, Beal o Sowers
of, 126 — sa hei for collecting. 140; how to
asin i. Asinnin na, a baie ni ge notes on, 217 rthur, Barnes a & malter's * Handbook
of Plant Lape Arthur, J. sa ee conferred, on, 195; i HReport of ‘he on 2 Arundo Ca nsis, garispea pollination or 262, 343 scyru : ease 81; Oke
florw i
tar cas
mina, 161, 162; n 108 rolia 163,
arillus in, 190, 220; cuneata. ,143; gran di
flora, 163; grandiflora, westivation of, 161; i eticulata,
rvi , 163; Pp mea, 164; 7 16: — a, 164; triloba, u wept: eer ied 63
s t dis!
Audibertia eee 2
ras, distribution ot 97, 341 177
Avena, co mpressa, tensis, 177; stri- ata, 176; yersicola, ae 127
Azolla, 1 B _ A. S., botanical ps sede seen ae ‘ Bacteria, a ratus, home-made, 276; cul- tures Pay omer and s s lid media, 294; De Bary’s lectures on, 1 rah ow to 150: in drinking W , Smith on, 343; methods of Pend ole Pk of, 124 terial a-es of larvae, Bacteriology. chairs of, 103; studies in, 103 _ Tus, Koe — exon il *s com Bailey's ‘ By avon et of } iN. reke 7. Carices,” 342
aay. es’ * Key - o Genera of Mosses,”’ 320 Baskets of Hierochloa bo Bass-wood, an a Se of seeds of, 18 Bausch's “ = ipulation with the Micro- scope,””
348
BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
Behrens’s ‘‘ Text-book of geen La 101
Bennett’s Hand-book of eryptogamia an- nounce: = Behria, gen. 1 , Greene
345 Bentham, Geo. a citation of authorities, 91 Bessey, CLE. appoi ntm of, 7 Bignonia capreo "36 ste “is piaeler. Edmond, 39; Clark, 181; age * John, 272: Gray, Asa, 2 Lowrie, a. Ri 64; Tu “eH , Edw: ard, : Tulasne haber Birch, dispersion of seeds “ 47 Black rot, characters of, 297 a “ rk on, 196 Bloo , seco nd, o alix humilis, 317 Geena Tamona’ sketch of, 39 Bonnier and Mangin’s research ation, 72 ks ca et botanical, 343; of reference, 193 the Asa ray, 127; focieties, nbLication of aang ngs of, 34 Botanists, organization. and work ae 248 Botanizing, 131, 132, 135; in T ny, at Agricultural ment, 252; in America, 65; aon gar outline tl study o of, Soil jot Ha Harvard, no as gp ing,
edleas ara on ee ase ‘ternatum, development of root 0! Bornet, Ed., death of, _ Box for collecting, 132, aM:
es on respir-
for thick speci-
“199, ig Greene o peg SB: — of, to Hookera, 70, 345 meliaceze, M — s drawings of, 159 Bods, destruction 0 f, 127 Buffalo, mee ing of A, A.A - §., 118, 160, 221,
294, pan dg added to catalogue, 287 Bull, Dr. Henry Gc. death of, 7 Bulletin, French Mycol ic Fa iety, papers
in, 287; Torrey Botan poss er 47, 66 Bulliform ce us ‘ol phiecen neges d sedges
pared, 321
ome Be field notes on, 136; how to collect,
Ghent. a of species in, 117; twonew,
ekceuierasite Canadensis, 174; crassiglumis, OP confinis, 175; Langsdorfiii, 174; Mexi-
, 174; , 175 ia, plants, Groene on, 816} new, 338 rare ferns of, 181 Calochortus, clavatus, 181; Obispoen. eedii, 181
Calypso borealis, coralline roots of, 196
Cam! weve Yo. ae for illustrating differ- en
seer a chen, te use of with dissecting
Pecos Americana. 1 been ha vids 387
Marylandica, cross- iinat f, a ; orientation of aeons ee caries, cee a sets of, 159; ‘hybad, 328 ;
ra, new spews ot Vaosiness, 319
Cattleya X Sophronitis, 288 bei arctata X flexilis, 328; arctata X for- mosa, 828; bulla uiriculata, 380 ;
a, ulliva fit, s of, 251; tentaculata X lurida, 330; a- culata var., 330; utriculata, vulliform oe ane of, 3253 vulpinoidea, bulliform cells
arruther's address to B. A. A. S., 286, 320 Cennothus sorediatus, 204 n blood, 287
peta Cel for opaque objects, 150; wall, tegen ment with EEC 338 ospora, new species a Mo.,
Chumpigndns, atlas des,
Chapman, A. W., oetorate conferred on, 195
Charas, ay to eis:
hemical botany, oatline for. beat of, 178;
lan for laborato ork in, 311
Chemistry; relation
Chestnut, abnorma eT
Chloris petra, epee oe cells of, 322
Cholera b
nomteanthe sofenie
Church’s ‘* Among ae ice at Elmridge,” 2; ‘Flower ae at Egress fe net
Cinna, arundinacea va 173
Citation of authorities, 30, oe 98.
Cladium eee bulliform cells of, 324 k, Wm , sketch of, 181
caathierain roseo- persicina on fish, 127
one ia flava, 314 —
is hak morphology, 270
ba ells
Com “new ibs of, 344
Conidia of Phy salospora oniferze nerd reaped of female flower of, 24 siz Ss ia wood of, 127
i mum.
value eal, 316 Goavalveins macrostegius 5, 204 sss M Ci, oe desmid s, 286;
196; Mc Manual of Structural, Bot- ; Spheropsides, li-t of, 23 Sty NBL 132, 1. 158; marine alge,
320; tools for , 142, 185 Columbia ia College herbarium, removal of, 70 Colubri eclinata, 314 Codperation of botanists, 157 a a, Red: : vorydatis, aurea, 188: and allies, 188;
ioe 189; poate urvisi tay 188; flavu
herbar-
Coulter's “Manual of Rocky, M Mt. Botany,” 44 Cronartium asclepiadeu & Cross- va Bg ke ge of Cassia iE piadiib, Crozier, , appointment,
ia maxioa ‘a and Pepo, tendril move-
pach Culture of bacteria in liquid and solid me-
Geiss: ieee ik. leave of absence, 159 Cuscuta, ct ag inflorescence of, 42;
GENERAL
INDEX. 349
Cyperus, Britton on, 345; rotundus, var. Hydra, Dulliform Sg ‘of, 323
Cryptoga da log, 159 C Sucipedtanre ar. Bote m, 286
D Dactylis glomerata, bulli cells
of, 322 Brseshetaue Californica, 77. gfinody By Bi gh ostachya, 177; sericea, 177; unispicata,
regi bn and Phillips on ae” airs 128
win, Chi irles, peetch: of, 126 Davies's ‘Preparati onand "Mounting Micro- scopic Objects,’ DeBary's ‘Vorlesungen liber Bacterien,’’ 123 Degre onferred ou botar ists, 195 De la Chapelle, Ed., death «f, Denmark, figures of flora of, 104 Dentaria, fruit wanted, Deschampsia br arsers 2 esk for chemical botany, 313 Desmids, sagt to Fig 148; Japanese, 220 Desmodiu molle, tortuosum, 274 Duveusia ¢ poe pitosa, nie canadensis, 174; ; flexuosa, 175; Langsdort- i; nica, 179; neglecta, 175;
4; La Appo purpurea, 174; stricta, 175 Spe concen of bacte ria 294 Diagrams, makin
reyi, 232; Meadi ia, 232 Dovwdeaetionek ierococeus of hydrophobia,
Dragendorff’s cs “a Analysis,”’ 317
Drawings, with dissecting microscope, of fleshy fungi, 14:
Dredge for po ciee 141, 193
Drying, Cacta a : 37; lt, 160; fleshy fungi, 13; re hy re 158; Naiadacez, 139 ; resitlo ra 7; plants in general, 129, 132, 133;
romotion of, 48
Eatonia Oudleyi, 116: fidiformiis, 117; notes on, 116; obtusata, 117; Pennsyl- vanica,
ig | Mitchell Seientifie Society, journal
eb ts 1, lid; howe stacy 111; petio- lata, li; tubulosa, 112 - Virginica, lll Elodes, 111 Elymus condensa 204 Emich on self- rifiation of waters, 23 En pee bliography, 192, 286; sketch n Pop, Sci. a 191 Brintepiinose hytonomi, 14, 101 Epidermis of Salicornia, 126
Epimedium, 1
Eremostachys, 5 TR on, 344
Erineum ou flowers of grape, 319
Eriocoma cuspidata, 172
Eriogoneex, Parry on recent descriptions of,
Eriogonum, giganteum, 204; pe ossipinum, 54 se” eden irginicum, bulliform cells of,
Errera on a Tee" nis, 62; minis, 63; of ¥ i. 2: tortilis, 62 Eurot m As td villosa s glaucus on Exchanging, liberal, 158
oe collection ‘of, 250; in herbarium,
paw cee work of, 280
ent of, 20, 120; in Univ. of eb. ooaxiiinn.
Extinction of species, 198, 343
F
Fasciation, 220
Felt for driers, 134, 160 erns, antheridia. 127; rare, 181; of San. ‘het te ~ 334; of Santa Catalina Is.,
Tex Fertilization (See Pollination) rhe eg ndle in root of Botry- "_ Fimbristylis autumnalis, bul:iform cells of,
Fish, vegetable parasites of, 1
Fitchburg fe ad School's D Oatatoges of gers
Fitzalania.
Flax- ed. pind ure of testa, 339
— plants, “drying, 1 Flo nica, 104; 197, "330 Forestty. 247; commission of N. H., report, ork of Agricultural Deparment,
Fossil rplent thy Ne — a 184; report of
rir W. Archipelago,
mblosts, a we Franz, ae. nel i, 22 Frost, ec. C. aoe 's sketch of, 319 Fruits, ollectin ng, 132; testing European,
Fucacee, protoplasmic continuity in, 48 toeeee gy init ang bulliform cel s of, oe F
i=] m2 SE 2f o Ge 5 -
Gousl hove, 155; new Mo. para-
sitic, , collecting, 145, 146; disioa: Mar
pleomorphic, Classifica tion of,
i reap Tulasne Bros. on, 94 Fu 246 bike“ gga jee ero 100; pyrinum, G Gardens, botanic, 126 artenfiora, sketch of, Dr. Gray in, 126 , Bo
eogra BF ria a Yas, gg 57, 60, hi ua M, 67, 112, 181, we = pepe Geographico- o-botanica
300
BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
Germs, destruction pd * ecase= 287 Gilia ambigua Give Ecol herbarium, rl or preserving ni marine a lgee, 3 rhein erythrostomy, Frank on, Mu Goldie, John ae of, 272 Goodale, Dr. Geo.
., lectures o A Grafting ex sen mian nts, ural, 288 ; St eee al s researches. Hs Grape ro Graphs hontis. melicoides, 176; Wolfii, 176 Grasses, arctic of arid districts, 344; builiform Teel "of, 321; collecting, 138; ter’s Mar nual, 95; ne Pay 105, ane SST of Ye ilowsto tone bare Gra vis, A appointment, 220 Gray, hes eetanhion” sketch of, 1, 42, “1,
126; birthday or ha an 6; “Gon tributions, xx ; herbari um, ISL: letter fe botani club, B45; aKa Michi- gan Laer 4 papers on sale, 103 ; « Synoptical Flora, 68
Greene's “ Studies in Botany of California, - nland, figures of plants of, 1
soar on libriform tissues, gg Groslik on relation of light and leaf paren-
chyma, eee
Grove’s ‘* Bacte cab Yeast Fungi,’’ 22
Growing ndeee:
b Sol aiagrel so a tio of 1 97, 330
Gymnos : otiemesns: 236; clav- arizforme, ae 238; clavipes, 190, 236; conie sal 7 ae 238; globo-
H
Hairs, on “seh of Campanula Americana, 99
Halsted d, B. D., to California, 319 Hamnstrom, Car car, death of, 319 Hanee, H. F., death of, 251 Harfordia, new ge ts’ Rambles,’ 344 Eartaet i Dotan at, ae Harvey, F. L appointm t, 251 Hemizonia, Stteetsit, lox stieiiod of, 331 Herail 0; tive anatom Her warodig i grange of, 67, 98, "120 0, 156 ; pany singin ipa Re nage red of Cooke, 196: exsic- tein, 20; giue for, 67. “120, tae hg say vnad University, 1 oe Heutte erian for sale, 287; of Lamarck, library ¢ 156, 193; National, 153; ie ‘ Robinson, for sale, 193; of Ne- raska, additi i 159 ae cn one 131, 132, Hick, on rotopiasmic Soatuuity: 43 Hierochlon 170, Himantha
, departure of, 251; on red snow 48 mom disease in Mass., 309 Hook’ for col lecting aquaties, 140 _ Hooker, J. me resignation of, 22
cay ot ‘ is Methoden der Bacterien-
; Nu-
| Kellicott, bo 8.,
Hypericaeez, revision of N. Am, 78, 1 Hy soa 79, ae te adpressum, 86; am- , 86; a um, 85; anagalloides, tie: geek ulosu. mr ascyrotde a Ascyron, 83: als athoides 84; axillare, 86, 112; Bonapartex, 86; bracteatum, 108 ; Bue kleyi, 83; campanu- ll; ies! ane ne 10; cis aga Be ie nein 1 “corymibosum. Goletioraan, 84; _dolab me, 87; Dra mondii, 110; emarginatum tigiatum, 36 orm ‘ ovata frondosum, 85; sitet vides, 85; glau- m, 83; grav veolens, 107: : gymnanthum, 109; hedyotifolium, 106; hireinum, 82; thie ge te 82 : Japon Bisods 109; Ka st ma, 275;
Pp hulodsient 87
83 ; quinquener vium,
84; Sarothra, 111; Seouler
06 ievpanie) Barberi Hysterinez, Seviiion of, 319
Icones, Flore Greenlandica, 104; plantarum fet narum Scandinavie, 104
Immunity fr pooner n, theory of, 241
Tosaustor, home-m pa
Index, genezal, to rT a of, 316; subject, arrangement °
Indiana, ‘icons origin of, 88 3 mildews of, 60; plants of, 219, 338 ;
In tion needles, 279 biawets and Campanian Medium, 208; visit-
macnn ge #bnormal development of, 203 y ; Drw rag 82 Tenia Jo sous ot a ‘Botan
J Journal of My cology, 233; N. Y. micro- scopical soci Age
| Juglans nigra, Movin ¢ on analysis of leaves
of, J uniperus Californica, 198
K Kalchbrenner, Rev. Karl, death of, aie Ga g., appointment, 125 orate Kavleria cristata pe eg at oreoiteeting, 4 Coniferz. 24
Kyllingia pumila, bulliform cells of, 323
GENERAL 1NDEX.
351°
L _ Labels, style of, 192 Laboratory desk for, 312; experiment, ple asing, 339; study of chemical oy ag
pepe Seariola in Indiana, 219
Lamatcx’s herbarium, 342
zea, Parry on squamuria, 25 polkessatcy, 202; Thadharia, 201 Aare | Revisi on of Canadian Ranuncu-
Leaf. anatomy, of Sesleria ceerulea, 321; syn- ed on, 25 6, 302
Leimbach, Pr of Dr, a
Leptosyne gigant
pb gs Fe ak "distribution of, 345
oa cout ., death of, te
Lett i idew 100; rust 1
Libe Braility. in peg ome: nging, 1
ppsess. Fl relation o} herbarium, 68 i on
Lichens, haw to vollect, 142: ot Florida, 319; i 3; mo , 142; in
grag herb., 154; wri seohene *pueker- anon
influence on leaf-parenchyma, 104 espondence of, 220; life and
L xamination of, 42 Lobelia syphilitica, pollen tubes of, 220
asization of species. Lowrie, J at Be ade es sketch of, 64 Lubbock, ers, Fruits and Leaves,”’
Louomn ahd tr 314 M
McAlpine’s ‘‘ Life- Histories of —. 341 Let Phin aS Feo Meehan ho 196
pe eee ny ree Gazette, 1885, 6
Malaco x insularis, +
., death of, 343
"nate of, 3388; L. J., oe at vanalyain of leaves of ee ans. ual
Massachusetts, plants
Masters’ “ Contributions aa the History of Certain Species 0: Conifers, i bef ** Plant Life _ the 102 + Veg table Tera-
tology, trausla Melica Spaibosa, 178; speciabile, 178 entzelia orna seeds 0
a
robes, Regt za Micrococcus pi lovorus, roscopical Bulletin, srg phe at eae 60 ; of S phagnum tort Pg. 344 Mildew, of of lettuce 100 ; of Indiana, 0 aa rican Medicinal rlants,”” uri, new fungi from, 22; Tracy’s Cata- we logut 0 of ee 159, 220
rue 60; Grossularise, 60;
see FO = 158; slime, how to col-
eee
Mon Mowian cotleen ini. sale of, 18 Morp nology. female flower of Conifere, 24; seiak of c wr Se gutapata to, 270 : gorse h of, 103; herbarium
S, ey ra 0: how to collect, ye Rpt arg herb,, 154; Scandina- e Mounting, °160 3 Carices, 137; delicate plants. 156; = bral ov 120, 157; Serre 139; li th . Beet ;
ibereik: a 387; Neo- wwe x<icaine,
Miiller, F. von, ou “Australasian plants, 343; on Papuan plants, 343; resignation of,
ay a division, department of agricul-
ture, Myco ology sg heer of, 23
Mycorhiza, 24
M dwind inteasifolte, 313
Myriandra irs crea 85; galioides, 85; ledrfolia. Micha i, 86; nitida, 85; pa ba tak, gh
Mas bor to agg a 149; place of, 195; Rex on Trichias, 343; Wingate on new, 343
Naiadacez, how to collect, 139
Names, Navajo , 286
Nasturtium ropagation of,
m lacustre,
a ocoagg fe phen Oral on work or} 344 obese? and exsicca:2 for Univ. of,
te Crepes net, Ed., 220; Bull, H.G., ss in Chapelle sre BAB | ee by, J. x. 20: Franz, 22 ; Ham: .C.0 , 319; Hace, ; Kalchbreune er, Ke 2205 Leteu 343; Lowrie, J. R., 64 ; Mar- es F. M., 343: arti, * Geo., n Ed., 103; Newbould, 'W.W., 158; raises "T. G. , 342; Rozl, B., 47; Sicard, a boa lasne, ce ae iy 2
vi ae sip from Physostegia, 276
, death of, 158 Vau oo 343
Numbering distributions,
Nuph of 164; ena, 167; , 168; luteum, fat polysepalum, 168; pumi- lum, 168; rw » 167; sagit- tifolium, 1
Oats, amount smutted, 1
} eae Be Souidinavis “alah of, 104
352 BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
Orchid, a hybrid, 288; prices paid for, at signis, 307; Jeffreyi, 306: mberti- Morgan sale, 23; sale of Morgan collee- a 262; latisquam a. 303 : mi iti ™ 33, 308 ; tion of, 18 monophylla, 302; Monten uh 306; mon-
Orchid pigmew tieola, 261; muricata, 305; palustris, 309;
Ore sey on oe Bests 5 Parryana, 303: pon SA. pungens,
Orieniation of Cassia leaflets, 3a 7; reflexa, 261 ee 305 rigida.
Orphanides, th of, 342 33, 307; Sabiniana, 307; otina, 807;
Orthotrichia microcephala, new genus and Strobus, 261, seni paamines syl- species, vestris, resin-passages of, zeda, 33
Oryz sapais, asperifol ia, 172; Canadensis, 172; 307: Torreyana, 306; tuberculata, 308 cuspidata, 172; exigua, 172 Pithophora Kewensis in Americ
rn, H.-L, editor Am. Mo. Mic. Jour., 286 | Poa pratensis, lifo: ells of, 3:
Oyster’s aagialogue o of N. Am, Plants, a 70; | Pockets, how to make. 83.
destructi slag er aby: Kunzei, 61; Sai 61; tri- ula, 61
r Pyeer's “Structure of Leguminous Seeds,”’
Panicum, dichotomum, 169: plicatum, bul- ; liform cells of, 322; pubescens, 169; ther-
Paper, tae drying plants, 132, 134; gummed, for Brnguie geod 160 a Lathreea squamaria, 252 , on Ravenelia, 319 ple re ews bens
sis, of, 3 Paspalum plestarn. ieatiiona’ pelle of, 322 Pear b of, 10. cause of, 99: Wakker’s account
ef ‘* Report of the Botanist,’’ 21 Henhsatina’ s Te ndril Movements,’’ 121 Pentachze
Peri ehereciein Pini, 288
Peronospora, gaugiiformis, 100; graminicola,
ote mea spirit for preserving plant tissues,
Pezizee, 125 Pfeffer's ‘ Intramolekulare Athmung,”’ 69,
n Clem Philline of oo oa in list of, 333 on transpirati 128 Phiprete s
_— airinnin, 172; pratense, bulliform
Phlomis, Regel on, ——— —— w to collect, 149
ye 2h ee am ij i meme 6 ff si Phyliac nia, santa, 1; su ulta, 61 Phyllosticta, ¢
rginiana, how bees get nectar Bhrtonomnis punetts, fungus on, 14 Herod ell igen res ind flew
Pilobolus ae. 2 Po Ssages of, 206; white, Pines,
synopsis of North American, 256, 302, Pinus, albicaulis, oe
a Vi Ady Scere ih
adescan nti n Tradesca
Pollen. oe of Tr llen tubes, cult vatinte i
Po Pollinition, of Ariseema triphyllum, 217; of clepias, por B43 | of irene agg Me- stun 208: of Cassia bed landica ypetale, new Califor A , 345 e
Postage on bota nical specimens, 251 ‘otato-rot, Press, for plants, 131. 1s, i portable, 134 Pressure for plants hg Primula Cusickian# Priority, law of, Prizes, botanica i
Protozoa or proto
Prunus ili ne ito atopy OB: “ee identalis, 202
Pseudophcenix eee i, 314
Publication of the G TTE, 66 inia Malvac cearuim th Mass., 309
byes n idia of Physalospora, 298
Quercus, aquatica, 34; bicolor, 33; Mich- auxii, 33 R
Ranuneuli, revision of N. Am.; 218 Ranunculus, N. Am. speci
s, of Seotch | pine, 206; of white
pine, woah tee researches on, 72 Reverchon’s Texas ferns, 67 wagner aes * Devonian, Dawson on, 345; 127 Ebuntneerindic 205 Rhynchospora capillacea, bulliform cells of,
Reesteliee, development from Gymnosporan-
gia, 189 a tiaca, 190, 236; botryapites, Rensieli a ia Ocarina, 100 238:
cillata, 940; tran
iar 127 R6Il’s “our Psestematik wd Torfmoose, Root-ca trychium, Roots, wie Caly peo borealis, 196; develo — of, in ping ac ternatum, 49; Wa lecture on;
R6zl, Benedict, death of, 47 Rubi, British, 220
GENERAL
INDEX. 353
Rubus cuneatus, 35 Rust of lettuce, 100
eeardo’s ‘‘Sylloge,”’ “aoe oe allt preset Saddle-girth for pressure, 133 Salicor sca Pipa acea, “episiermis of, 126 Salix, how collect, 136; humilis, second Salvinia, | Wr na San C em nte Is. ig inc ~ 197, 330 , flora of, 197, 330 i, 197, 330
ving 150
of, 31
ie
, flora of,
162 Sarcina morrhuz on fish, 1 es ea ait os Asa Gray, 42 appointmen nt, 286; ‘‘ Guide to Crypt ogam mic Genera,’ Sarothra, Pol Drummond, 110; gentianoides, icoides, 111
bi Schizanithus Gr ahami, fi on Solanum, 24
eria, Sed; vor bulliform cells of, 321; how to col- Sed: aps ck and Wilson's “' Biology,’’ 317 Seeds, oc a ra of tree, 17, 68; Scistinatlon by mals, 201; distr! ‘bution by wind, sits ‘of Phytolacea, 274: of S Siacomoine tandrus, 247; wanted, me selint am “Canadense in Indiana, 338 Sep ef 100; new Missouri species nH Sesleria poole em "structure of age ga Setaria viridis, Pero arn gg on,
Seymour, ore
Shrubs, testing European, 126
Sicard, Gillaume, death of, 348
Sinteni’s Puerto Rico plants, fog
Size, are of island lant
se : appointment, O86 : Theobald, p ialie tin in drinking water, 343
Sean | of oats, 100
Snow, Fath, Hitchcock on, 48
Solanum. tuberosum, grafting on, 24; Xanti,
tg
Solea cone r, 293
Sophronitis R “Cat tleya, 288
Species paper, weig ht Li 59
Specimens, for ‘etermiation 158, 192; and specimen g, 129; thick, disposition
of, in Grevillea,23 nei,
tion of, 127 nzoviana, exterminated,
oon "Castagne classifica Roma
Spores of fungi, saving, 1! Sporidia of Physalospora, #300 Sporobolus Boland + ri, 337; cry ptandru latots det bes 247: depauperatus, 173 of woods, 40
Para assia. , 342; theory of super-
Starch, in so oe of, 287; of Oryza glu
sear comata, 171; parviflora, 171;
Sterilizer, home-made, 277 Stevenson’s ‘‘British Fungi,” 194, 318 ; Cooke
Richard-
ie 5 setigera, 172; spartea, 171; vi- ridu Bis Wf
Pre sf how to collect, 1
Stowell, C. H., retirement Pre 287
Strasbu ee laboratory, 344; researches on
gra Sturtevant, on horticultural botany, 104 of ba Am., additions to, 313 Sybioss between roots and fungi, 24 Syno ’ Tamarack in Indiana, 99 barn ng; ae Prentiss on, 343; vs. investi- 4 Tendril movetentl of a 121 Tesiolbey. See Varia Te Lemay ve eer ig ne , botanizing in, 56, Bap sind eh ae Cornuti, 92; dasycarpum, 92 ; 92; — er’s movograph of, pinen re A 92: poly —_ 92; ens, 93; purpurascens, 92; revolu- tum, 92; "Trelease’s revision ary a m., Thomson, Harvey, appoi ntment, 286 Tiliacese ae, 2 SaYSzN lowicz peeora of, 47 Timber trees, =~ pang ae 247 Tomatoes, note: Tools, * ad tectnk
211; plants of, 57,
foil plants, 185; fungi,
Torrey rhetan um, removal of, 70 js weenie ‘* Flora of ie cg 159, 220 Tradescantia Virgini | pollen-spores and es of, Transpiration, ee of, 128 Trelease’s ‘‘ Revision of N. Am. species of ee 345
Triaden i
Trichias, banded ee _ on, 343 Trichodium subulatum,
ichomes, reduced, in Cake nula, 287
baa “se ndegei, 176; subspicatum, 176;
Trees.. neve of timber, 247; of N. Am., ad- Pg ions to, 313; _alepersion pot seeds, a7,
n, 288 nical sk sketch of, etch of, 74, 182:
93; EL. R ds, 17 PYcloemioe Park,” 218
U Ulmus alata, 34 Unein aie ‘Americana, 62; circinata, 60 Laoag how to collect, 145 ne lanata, Ceara. .. Hahn iana, 162; pygmexa, 163 Uvariex, old world, 162 Vv
Valeriana officinalis, monstrous form of, 30
ulip- Tumbleweed Tweedy’s ‘‘ Flora of
utinosa Stems, d cor pent comparative anato- my of, 72
Vampyre penis Yorets Vancouveria, 182 Vanda! Sanderiana, price
354
BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
Vanilla grass, 327 Variations, in Ariseema triphyllum, 217; in Botrichium matric: ge nee ae in i
onotro in orange ienit, 98; in
Vasculum, 132, 134 eaeerie abnormal forms of, ; gemi- riatio , 195; So Mee ‘species
aucheria, 195
of 8 Yee substances within animal tissues,
Vermont, Sova of, 112
Vilfa depaupe
Vines’ ** Phystonois of plants,’’ 285
Viola acuta, 255; adunca, 292: emma: , 206 aurea, 289; Beck withii, 290 ; aii 256 ; hppa i Brooksii, 289; C: nadénsis, 291: iad 292; Baisad Aresabe wy "289 3 clan. Gesting. 255, 256; cucullata, 254; cuneata
291; delphinifolia, 953 : dig itata, 253, 2 Nii, 290; h Kenichi,
bes
202 bilis, ue 293; Mu -
peat 292 : Nuttallii, hg obliqua, 255; Imata-
i:
ocellata, : odora lel
preemorsa, 289; ain
eens, 291: purpu 5 aE 29) : renifolia, 250: eat 293; rranaiioma: 255; sagittata, 254; sarmentosa, 256; Scl-
kirkii, 254; are emloba, 253; Sheltonii, 290; stri ata, 292; tricolor, var. arene Nee trinervata, 290; umbrosa, 254 Violets, memoranda of a revision of N. Am., 258, |
+ th 4
of Eastern, 32
Virginia, Wankapin, 35 2 ee Water, examination of, 126; oe
W atson’ s ‘‘Contributions, xiii.,’’ 218 e and, OL: outlawed 1
Lo Ww ilson, Sedgwi ck and, Biology, OL Wisconsin, weed law of, 1 ‘ Woods, sections of native, "5
Ya arrow, BY no-dicecious, 319 ntosa, a larg’ YZ n Mays, bulliform cells, 32
Zopt's ‘* Morphologie und Biologie der Nie- deren Pilzthiere,’’ 46
e
INDEX OF AUTHORS
A bbott, Helen C. De S., 270
Perey T, F., 141
Arthur, J. a, 14
Bailey, L a es ae 98, 137, 194, 328 Bailey, 61, J21. 192, 193, 341 Peat -, bia i 25 68, 99, 183
» Bol lin, Bates, ‘Charlotte Fi ske, 10 ye 17, 98, :
247, "281, 821 fee Bb, M. S,, 136 Bessey, hr viles Sy 132, 157, 186, 193
Brayton, A
Burgess, “4 i we $3, 250
Burrill, T. J., 276
Butler, Bloise, 148
Campbell, a Wis a 49
Chapman,
Chickering, cae
Collins, asf iranklin os aa
Colman, Norm. ., 316
Cooley, Grace eet vt
Coulter, J. M., 10, 3, 91, 78, 106, 120, 256, 275,
Grasty. B.I. 132
Crozier, A. ‘hh
Cummings, Clara E., 68, 140 D
Davenport, Geo, E., 9, 67
Davis, J. J., 133
Deane, Walter, 112, 326 3 E
Engelmann, Geo., 135
F Farlow W. G., 43, 93, 122, 149, 150, 190, 234, 309 Barwell, Mure re 317 Fernow, coving a bo t, Martha Boc
Goodell, Prof.,73 | Gray, Asa, 17, 20, 39, 161, 182, 188, 190, 231, 249, 253, 289, 338 me
rt, Thomas Tee
James, Joseph F., Johnson, Charles F, 133
Knowles, Etta L., 206 Knowlton, F. H., ‘121, 250, 340
L mm: 180 pees aan Russell, 9 Lyon n William S., 97, 330 M
39
x EEES Pro
&
Morgan, A. P, , : 9 Thomas, 139, 164, 193
Morong,
Oyster, J. H., 120 :
Parry, C. C., i Chas. " ge Porter, Th omas C.,
ye
Rose, J. 60, oe 302, 338 me) oer Ss cote eS 313 Sargent, C. S., Sargent, F, L., 142
h, 276 ane e Joseph, 2 TP 95, 95, 138, 169, 246, 297,
Hacke. Ha Pools tine D., 101, 191, 272, 339
seymour, A. B., 146, 156, 157
ae BOTANICAL GAZETTE.
Yates, Lorenzo G., 181
Mi ‘ Vasey, = 116, 153, 337 é Vroom, J., w cy
Lester F., Henry, "4, i | Woll ec ig 148